GTC-1123 (PQQ) - 2023

‫المؤسسة العامة القطرية للكهرباء والماء (كهرماء)‬
‫تعلن عن التأهيل المسبق‬
‫الموعد النهائي إلرسال‬ ‫بيان إرسال المؤهل‬ ‫رقم المناقصة‬

‫عنوان التأهيل المسبق‬
‫الطلبات‬ ‫التأهيل المسبق‬
‫تقديم عروض فنية فقط‪:‬‬ ‫التأهيل المسبق لـعقد‬ ‫‪GTC-‬‬
‫يوم الخميس ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ .i‬نسخة أصلية في المغلف األول‬ ‫اتفاقية الطلب عند‬ ‫)‪1123(PQQ‬‬
‫‪، 2023/08/31‬‬ ‫بعنوان "النسخة األصلية"‬ ‫الحاجة لمدة ثالث‬ ‫‪/2023‬‬
‫في موعد أقصاه الساعة‬ ‫‪ .ii‬نسختين في المغلف الثاني بعنوان‬ ‫سنوات لتوريد محوالت‬
‫‪ 12:00‬ظهرا بتوقيت‬ ‫"نسخة"‬ ‫التوزيع األرضية‬
‫الدوحة‬ ‫يجب أن تكون المغلفات مختومة بالشمع‬
‫وصف مختصر‪:‬‬
‫يسر المؤسسة العامة القطرية للكهرباء والماء (كهرماء) دعوة المصانع والشركات للمشاركة في عملية التأهيل المسبق الخاص‬
‫بتوريد محوالت التوزيع األرضية حسب مواصفات كهرماء رقم ( ‪KM EPM D GEN GENERAL Issue 0.0 31.05.2023,‬‬
‫‪KM EPM D GEN MTRL GASKETS SEALS Issue 0.0 18.05.2023, KM EPM D GEN MTRL INSULATING LIQUID‬‬
‫‪Issue 0.0 14.11.2022, KM EPM D PNT ELECTRICAL MATERIALS Issue 0.0 20.03.2023, KM EPM D TRF 11‬‬
‫‪0.4 DRY GMT Issue 0.0 25.10.2022, KM EPM D TRF 11 0.4 OIL GMT Issue 0.0 12.08.2022, & KM EPM D TRF‬‬
‫‪ )GENERAL Issue 0.0 13.01.2023‬بنظام الطلب عند الحاجة‪ .‬ويتطلب من المصنعين ‪ /‬الشركات المهتمين تلبية المعايير‬
‫الفنية وشروط المناقصة حتى يتم إختيارهم للمشاركة في المرحلة الثانية من المناقصة‪.‬‬
‫من الذي يجب أن يرد على هذا التأهيل المسبق‪:‬‬
‫المصنعين ‪ /‬الشركات التي لديها تاريخ في تصنيع ‪ /‬توريد محوالت التوزيع األرضية‪.‬‬
‫مكان تقديم طلبات التأهيل‬

‫تاريخ طريقة إصدار مستندات التأهيل‬
‫(العروض الفنية)‬
‫أمانة السر‪،‬‬ ‫يتعين على الجهات الراغبة إستالم مستندات التأهيل من خالل‬
‫لجنة المناقصات العامة ‪،‬‬ ‫الشراء من موقع المؤسسة اإللكتروني بعد دفع مبلغ ‪ 25000‬لاير‬
‫المؤسسة العامة القطرية للكهرباء والماء ‪،‬‬ ‫رسوم المستندات‪.‬‬
‫الطابق ‪ ،35‬مبنى كهرماء الرئيسي ‪،‬‬ ‫المستندات متوفرة للشراء من تاريخ ‪ 2023/07/25‬ولغاية‬
‫شارع الكورنيش‪ ،‬منطقة الدفنة ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.2023/08/31‬‬
‫الدوحة ‪ -‬قطر‬ ‫‪https://km.qa/Business/Pages/Tenders.aspx‬‬
Qatar General Electricity and Water Corporation (KAHRAMAA)
Announces the following Pre-Qualification
Pre-
Pre-Qualification Statement Of Pre-Qualification Submission
Qualification
Questionnaire Title Submission Deadline
Tender No:
GTC- 1123 Pre-Qualification of Submission of Technical Offers only: Thursday,
(PQQ)/2023 Three (3) Years i. One original in Envelope 1 31 - August 2023,
Call-off Agreement marked "original" not later than
for G.M. ii. Two copies in Envelope 2 12:00 pm Doha
Transformers marked "copy" time.
The envelopes must be wax sealed.
Brief Description:
Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation (“KAHRAMAA”) is pleased to invite interested
manufacturers/companies to participate in a Pre-Qualification process in respect of the Supply of GM
Transformers as per specification KM EPM D GEN GENERAL Issue 0.0 31.05.2023, KM EPM D GEN MTRL
GASKETS SEALS Issue 0.0 18.05.2023, KM EPM D GEN MTRL INSULATING LIQUID Issue 0.0 14.11.2022,
KM EPM D PNT ELECTRICAL MATERIALS Issue 0.0 20.03.2023, KM EPM D TRF 11 0.4 DRY GMT Issue 0.0
25.10.2022, KM EPM D TRF 11 0.4 OIL GMT Issue 0.0 12.08.2022, & KM EPM D TRF GENERAL Issue 0.0
13.01.2023 on call-off basis. Interested manufacturers/companies will need to satisfy the technical
requirements and terms/conditions of the Tender in order to be shortlisted to participate the
second stage of Tender.
Who should respond to this pre-qualification:
Manufacturers/Companies that have a track record of Manufacturing/Supplying Ground Mounted

Transformers
Date and Mode of Issue of the Pre-Qualification Place of submission of Pre-Qualification

documents Documents (Technical Offers)
Interested parties can collect the Pre-Qualification The Secretary,
Tender Documents through Purchase from General Tenders Committee,
KAHRAMAA website upon payment of QAR 25,000.00 Qatar General Electricity & Water
for document fees. Corporation,
Kahramaa Main Building
The documents are available for purchase from 35th Floor,
25/07/2023 until 31/08/2023. P. O. Box 41,
https://km.qa/Business/Pages/Tenders.aspx Doha – Qatar.
‫‪Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation‬‬ ‫املؤسسة العامة القطرية للكهرباء واملاء‬
‫‪Tender& Auctions Committee‬‬ ‫لجنة املناقصات واملزايدات‬
‫رقم الطرح في‬

‫نوع الطرح وموضوعه‬ ‫رقم الطرح لدى الجهة الحكومية‬ ‫املوقع املوحد‬
‫ملشتريات الدولة‬
‫مناقصة عامة ‪ :‬عقد اتفاقية الطلب عند الحاجة ملدة ثالث سنوات لتوريد محوالت‬ ‫‪GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023‬‬ ‫‪2023/2644‬‬
‫التوزيع األرضية‬
‫‪TENDER DOCUMENTS‬‬
‫‪GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023‬‬
‫‪Three (3) Years Call-off Agreement for G.M.‬‬

‫‪Transformers‬‬
‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫‪---------------------------‬‬ ‫رقم الطرح في املوقع املوحد ملشتريات الدولة ‪2644/2023‬‬
‫رقم الطرح لدى الجهة الحكومية‪GTC-1123/2023 :‬‬
‫التوقيع وختم الشركة‬
‫نوع الطرح وموضوعه ‪ :‬عقد اتفاقية الطلب عند الحاجة ملدة ثالث سنوات لتوريد محوالت التوزيع األرضية‬
‫الصفحة ‪ 1‬من ‪1‬‬
‫آخر حتديث‪2022-11-05 :‬‬ ‫منوذج رقم ‪ :‬ت‪.‬م‪.‬ح‪014/‬‬
‫رقم الطرح في‬

‫نوع الطرح وموضوعه‬ ‫رقم الطرح لدى الجهة الحكومية‬ ‫املوقع املوحد‬
‫ملشتريات الدولة‬
‫مناقصة عامة ‪ :‬عقد اتفاقية الطلب عند الحاجة ملدة ثالث سنوات لتوريد محوالت‬ ‫‪GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023‬‬ ‫‪2023/2644‬‬
‫التوزيع األرضية‬
‫الشروط العامة‬
‫تعريفات عامة‬
‫• يقصد بالجهة الحكومية أو للجهة الحكومية ‪ ،‬املؤسسة العامة القطرية للكهرباء واملاء ‪ ،‬كما يقصد باإلدارة‬
‫املختصة إدارة اللوازم (الشؤون الفنية) باملؤسسة ‪ ،‬وذلك أينما وردوا في هذه الشروط ‪.‬‬
‫• يقصد بالطرح أينما ورد في هذه الشروط ‪ ،‬املناقصة العامة أو املناقصة على مرحلتين أو املناقصة املحدودة‬
‫أو املمارسة أو املسابقة ‪ ،‬أو املزايدة العامة‪.‬‬
‫• يقصد باملناقصة وما في حكمها كافة أنواح الطرح لتوريد أصناف أو تقدم خدمات أو تنفيذ مقاوالت‬
‫األعمال‪.‬‬
‫• يقصد باملزايدات ومافي حكمها كافة أنواح الطرح لبيع األصناف أو تأجير العقارات واملساحات واملنقوالت‪.‬‬
‫تقديم العطاء‬
‫‪ .1‬يجب على مقدم العطاء ترتيب مستندات عطاءه الفني وفق الترتيب الوارد بنموذج العطاء الفني ‪ ،‬وترتيب عطاءه‬
‫املالي وفق الترتيب الوارد بنموذج العطاء املالي‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬يجب أن يتضمن العطاء الفني ما يلي‪:‬‬
‫• نموذج العطاء الفني ويشتمل على اسم الشركة باللغة العربية أو اإلنجليزية‪ ،‬والسمة التجارية إن وجدت‪،‬‬
‫ورقم السجل التجاري وتاريخ انتهائه إن وجد‪ ،‬والنشاط التجاري‪ ،‬ورقم شهادة التصنيف الصادرة من‬
‫اإلدارة إن وجد‪ ،‬وشهادة براءة ذمة من الديون الضريبية‪ ،‬والشركاء في الشركة‪ ،‬واملدير املسؤول‪ ،‬وعنوان‬
‫الشركة وبياناتها‪.‬‬
‫• الكتالوجات والرسوم وقوائم الكميات والبيانات الخاصة بأنواع املواد واملهمات واملعدات واألجهزة املطلوب‬
‫توريدها‪ ،‬وطريقة تشغيلها أو طريقة تنفيذ األعمال موضوع الطرح‪ ،‬والجدول الزمني لإلنجاز والتسليم‪،‬‬
‫وفترة الضمان والصيانة إذا نصت عليها وثائق الطرح‪.‬‬

‫• بيان باملعدات واألجهزة املتوفرة لدى مقدم العطاء إلنجاز العمل املطلوب‪.‬‬
‫• قائمة بقطع الغيار ومستلزمات التشغيل‪ ،‬مع بيان معدالت استهالكها‪.‬‬
‫• بيانات عن أسماء ووظائف وخبرات الكوادر التي سيسند إليها اإلشراف على تنفيذ العملية ومدة خبرة‬
‫الشركة في مجال عملها‪.‬‬
‫• اسم الشركة املنتجة لألصناف وبلد املنشأ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬يجب على مقدم العطاء أن يوضح في عطائه اسم كل من الشركة املنتجة واملصدرة في حالة ما إذا كانت الشركة‬
‫املصدرة ليست هي املنتجة للمادة‪.‬‬
‫‪- .4‬تمثل متطلبات العطاء الفني أعاله الحد األدنى املطلوب وعلى مقدم العطاء تقديم عطاءه وفقا ملا تحدده اإلدارة‬
‫املختصة في وثائق الطرح‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬في حالة إذا ما نصت وثائق الطرح على تقديم عينة فينبغي أن تسلم إلى إدارة (إدارة اللوازم) مقابل إيصال‬
‫ً‬
‫استالم يرفق مع العطاء الفني ‪ ،‬وال يقبل العطاء ما لم يكن مصحوبا بالعينات وترد العينات ألصحاب‬
‫العطاءات املستبعدة أو املرفوضة‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ً‬
‫‪ .6‬في حال نصت وثائق الطرح على تقديم تأمين مؤقت ‪ ،‬يرفق مع العطاء تأمينا مؤقتا‪ ،‬باسم الجهة الحكومية‬
‫إلى لجنة املناقصات واملزايدات ‪ ،‬وذلك بشيك مقبول الدفع (شيك مدير) أو بموجب خطاب ضمان مصرفي‬
‫صادر من أحد البنوك املحلية أو املعتمدة غير مقترن بأي قيد أو شرط ‪ ،‬وصالح لألداء بأكمله ‪ ،‬وغير قابل للرجوع‬
‫ً‬
‫فيه ‪ ،‬وساري ملدة (‪ )120‬يوما من التاريخ األخير واملحدد لتسليم العطاء‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ .7‬تكون مدة سريان العطاء (‪ )90‬تسعون يوما من تاريخ انتهاء املدة املقررة لتقديم العطاءات إال اذا نصت وثائق‬
‫الطرح على خالف ذلك ‪ ،‬و يجوز للجنة املناقصات واملزايدات العتبارات املصلحة العامة ‪ ،‬أن تطلب من‬
‫مقدمي العطاءات مد سريان صالحية العطاءات املقدمة منهم ‪ ،‬بما ال يتجاوز عشرة أيام عمل‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8‬تقدم أسعار جميع العطاءات بالعملة القطرية‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ .9‬يجب أن يحتوي العطاء املالي على نموذج العطاء املالي مشتمال على السعر اإلجمالي باألرقام والحروف ‪ ،‬وقائمة‬
‫باألسعار االفرادية التي تبين مفردات كل بند أو صنف وفي املناقصة ومافي حكمها ويجوز في حالة تقديم العطاء‬
‫ً‬
‫من شركة غير قطرية أن تكتب األسعار بالعملة األجنبية ‪ ،‬على أن يتم معاداتها بالعملة املحلية وفقا لألسعار‬

‫املعلنة من مصرف قطر املركزي وقت فض املظاريف ‪ ،‬ويجب تضمين نسخة من الشهادة أو الخطة التي تحدد‬
‫القيمة املحلية إن وجدت بحسب األحوال‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪ .10‬بإستثناء العقود االطارية أو التوريد أو تقديم الخدمات عند الطلب ‪ ،‬ال تقبل العطاءات إال إذا اشتملت على‬
‫أسعار إجمالية ثابتة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬يجب أن تكون األسعار املقدمة شاملة لجميع املصاريف بما في ذلك النقل والتأمين والرسوم الجمركية‬
‫والضرائـب وغيرها من املصروفات وأن يتم تسليم املواد في املوقع املحدد خالل املدة املنصوص عليها في وثائق‬
‫الطرح‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ .12‬ال يجوز ملقدم العطاء أن يسحب عروضه أو يعدل فيها بعد اإلغالق ويكون ملتزما باألسعار والشروط الواردة‬
‫ُ‬
‫في عطائه املقدم‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬يجب على مقدم العطاء االلتزام بالشروط املبينة في وثائق الطرح‪ ،‬وال يجوز له إجراء أي تعديل في وثائق الطرح‬
‫ً‬
‫أيا كان نوعه‪ ،‬وفيما عدا العقود اإلطارية‪ ،‬ال تقبل العطاءات إذا لم تشتمل على أسعار إجمالية ثابتة سارية‬
‫املفعول‪ ،‬للعطاء أو للبنود القابلة للتجزئة‪ ،‬خالل مدة سريان العطاء املحددة باإلعالن أو الدعوة ‪ ،‬وال يجوز‬
‫ملقدم العطاء الرجوع فيه خالل تلك املدة‪ .‬وإذا كان ملقدم العطاء أية تحفظات أو اشتراطات‪ ،‬وجب عليه بيانها‬
‫في العطاء بشكل واضح‪ ،‬على أن ُيدون عليها كلمة "تحفظ"‪ ،‬ليتم وضعها في الحسبان عند التقييم‪.‬‬
‫االستفسارات أثناء الطرح‬

‫‪ .14‬تقدم االستفسارات املرتبطة بتنفيذ األعمال املطلوبة وشروطها الواردة بوثائق الطرح إلى اإلدارة املختصة‬
‫بالجهة الحكومية‪ ،‬وذلك خالل املدة التي تحددها اإلدارة املختصة في الوثائق ‪ ،‬أو بحد أقص ى يومي عمل‬
‫قبل تاريخ األقفال اذا لم تحدد بوثائق الطرح‪.‬‬
‫‪ .15‬جميع االستفسارات والردود والتعاميم التي يستلمها مقدم العطاء من اإلدارة املختصة أثناء الطرح يجب‬
‫اضافتها في العطاء الفني املزمع تقديمه وذلك بعد التوقيع عليها وختمها من قبله‪.‬‬
‫‪ .16‬يجب على مقدم العطاء توضيح عناوين التواصل به (رقم الهاتف ‪ ،‬رقم الجوال ‪ ،‬البريد االلكتروني) ‪ ،‬في عطاءه‬
‫املقدم لتمكين لجنة املناقصات واملزايدات للتواصل به ‪ ،‬وذلك للحصول على اإليضاحات والتأكيدات الالزمة‬
‫بشأن العطاء املقدم ‪،‬ويعتبر عدم توضيح عناوين التواصل بالعطاء املقدم إخالال بشروط الطرح كما يعتبر‬
‫عدم الرد على استفسارات اإلدارة املختصة بالجهة الحكومية امتناعا عن الرد يؤدي إلى االستبعاد ‪ ،‬كما ال‬

‫يجوز ملقدم العطاء إضافة مستندات جديدة أو مصححة على العطاء أثناء التواصل مع اللجنة في األحوال‬
‫ً‬
‫املقررة قانونا‪.‬‬
‫الترسية وتوقيع العقد وتنفيذه‬
‫‪ُ .17‬يعتد بالسعر اإلجمالي املبين في نموذج العطاء‪ ،‬وال ُيلتفت إلى األرقام األخرى‪ ،‬أو أي خطأ يقع من مقدم العطاء‬
‫أثناء حساب السعر اإلجمالي لعطائه‪ ،‬وال يسمح له بإجراء أي تعديل في هذا السعر بعد تقديم عطائه وحلول‬
‫تاريخ االقفال وإذا تبين بعد فحص العطاء والتدقيق الحسابي ملفردات السعر‪ ،‬عدم تطابق السعر اإلجمالي‬
‫الوارد بنموذج العطاء مع السعر اإلجمالي الصحيح‪ ،‬يكون االعتداد في هذه الحالة بالسعر اإلجمالي األقل فإذا‬
‫تجاوز الخطأ الحسابي (‪ )%5‬خمسة في املائة من قيمة السعر اإلجمالي الوارد بنموذج العطاء‪ ،‬وجب استبعاد‬
‫العطاء‪ ،‬إال إذا رأت لجنة املناقصات واملزايدات بإجماع أعضائها الحاضرين قبوله على أن يكون ذلك بموافقة‬
‫مقدم العطاء ‪ ،‬وتكون العبرة بالسعر اإلجمالي املكتوب بالحروف‪ ،‬عند حدوث اختالف بينه وبين السعر‬
‫اإلجمالي املكتوب باألرقام‪.‬‬
‫‪ .18‬إذا كان موضوع الطرح شراء أو بيع األصناف وسكت مقدم العطاء عن تحديد سعر صنف من األصناف‬
‫ً‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الواردة بجداول الكميات‪ ،‬اعتبر ذلك امتناعا منه عن الدخول بالنسبة لهذا الصنف وإذا سكت مقدم العطاء‬
‫في مقاوالت األعمال عن تحديد سعر ألحد البنود في أعمال املقاولة‪ ،‬فللجنة املناقصات واملزايدات استبعاد‬
‫ً‬
‫العطاء‪ ،‬إال إذا كان هذا البند قد كتب أمامه كلمة "متضمنا"‪ ،‬فللجنة أن تطلب تفاصيل قيمة السعر اإلفرادي‬
‫لهذا البند وفي جميع األحوال ال يجوز تعديل السعر اإلجمالي بالزيادة عما ورد في نموذج العطاء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .19‬في املناقصة ومافي حكمها تعطي املنتجات الوطنية أفضلية في األسعار على مثيالتها من املنتجات األجنبية‬
‫بنسب ـ ــة (‪ )%10‬وعلى مثيالتها ذات املنشأ الوطني بدول مجلس التعاون الخليجي بنسبـ ــة (‪ )%5‬وفي حالة عدم‬
‫توفر املنتج الوطني تعطى املنتجات ذات املنشأ الوطن ـ ــي بدول مجلس التعاون الخليجي أفضلية بنسبة (‪)%10‬‬
‫على مثيالتها من املنتج ــات األجنبية مع مراعاة شروط الجودة والتسليم‪.‬‬
‫‪ .20‬تكون الترسية في املناقصة ومافي حكمها على أفضل عطاء‪ ،‬وتكون األفضلية‪ ،‬للعطاء الذي قدم أقل نتيجة‬
‫ً‬
‫مالية ‪ ،‬بعد حساب نسبة القيمة املحلية املقدمة من مقدمي العطاءات ‪ ،‬وذلك وفقا للمعادلة التالية‪[ :‬السعر‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫اإلجمالي للعطاء ‪ = )ICV%-1( x‬النتيجة املالية] ‪ ،‬إذا كان مستوفيا لجميع الشروط ومطابقا للمواصفات الفنية‬
‫املطلوبة ‪ ،‬وشريطة أن ال تتجاوز قيمة الترسية القيمة التقديرية ملوضوع الطرح‪.‬‬

‫‪ .21‬وتكون الترسية في املزايدات ومافي حكمها على أفضل عطاء مقبول قدم أعلى سعر مستوف للشروط ‪ ،‬بشرط‬
‫أن أال يقل عن القيمة األساسية‪.‬‬
‫‪ .22‬مع عدم اإلخالل باملواصفات واملواعيد املحددة لتوريد األصناف‪ ،‬يجوز للجنة املناقصات واملزايدات ‪ ،‬إذا‬
‫تساوت األسعار بين عطاءين أو أكثر في شراء األصناف‪ ،‬تجزئة الكميات املطلوبة بين هذه العطاءات وإرساؤها‬
‫على أكثر من مقدم عطاء بحسب أقل األسعار‪ ،‬مع مراعاة عدم اإلخالل باملواصفات وترابط املواد املجزئة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .23‬يتعهد املزايد في املظاريف املغلقة في حال إرساء املزايدة وما في حكمها عليه أن يقوم بسداد قيمة األصناف‬
‫كاملة أو القسط املستحق من القيمة اإليجارية‪ ،‬خالل سبعة أيام عمل من إخطاره برسو املزايدة عليه‪ ،‬ويكون‬
‫ً‬
‫سداد القيمة اإليجارية على دفعات دورية كل ستة أشهر مقدما‪ .‬فإذا تأخر عن السداد دون عذر مقبول‪ ،‬جاز‬
‫لرئيس الجهة الحكومية ‪ً ،‬‬
‫بناء على توصية لجنة املناقصات واملزايدات ‪ ،‬إلغاء الترسية‪ ،‬ومصادرة التأمين‬
‫املؤقت أو النهائي بحسب األحوال‪ ،‬وذلك دون اإلخالل بحق الجهة الحكومية بمطالبته بأي تعويضات أخرى‪.‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫‪ .24‬في عقود بيع األصناف التي تقدر قيمتها وفقا لوزنها‪ ،‬وال يمكن تحديد وزنها مسبقا‪ ،‬تعتبر الكميات واألوزان‬
‫املعروضة للبيع تحت العجز والزيادة‪ ،‬وتكون العبرة في تحديد الكميات النهائية املباعة بما يسفر عنه التسليم‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ُ‬
‫الفعلي لها‪ ،‬وتسدد قيمة األصناف وفقا للكميات املسلمة فعليا‪ ،‬ووفقا لألسعار الخاصة التي تمت الترسية‬
‫بموجبها‪.‬‬
‫‪.25‬يجب على مقدم العطاء في املناقصة ومافي حكمها والذي يتم الترسية عليه الحضور إلى الجهة الحكومية إليداع‬
‫التأمين النهائي خالل (‪ )15‬خمسة عشر يوم عمل من تاريخ اليوم التالي إلخطاره بالترسية ‪ ،‬و توقيع العقد‬
‫خالل املدة التي تحددها له على أن ال تتجاوز عشرين يوم عمل من تاريخ تقديم التأمين النهائي ‪ ،‬ويجوز في‬
‫العقود التي تبرم مع متعاقد من خارج الدولة‪ ،‬أن يكون تقديم التأمين خالل (‪ )20‬عشرين يوم عمل تبدأ من‬
‫اليوم التالي إلخطاره بالترسية كما يجوز بموافقة اإلدارة املختصة‪ ،‬مد املهلة املحددة لتقديم التأمين النهائي بما‬
‫ال يجاوز (‪ )5‬خمسة أيام عمل‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ .26‬في املزايدات العلنية وما في حكمها‪ ،‬يدفع املزايد الذي رست عليه املزايدة أو جزء منها نقدا مقدم الثمن‬
‫املبين في اإلعالن‪ ،‬على أن يقوم بسداد باقي قيمة البيع خالل مدة ال تزيد عن يومي عمل من تاريخ الترسية‪.‬‬
‫‪ .27‬يلتزم املزايد في مزايدات التأجير بدفع تأمين نهائي بما ال يقل عن (‪ )%10‬عشرة في املائة من القيمة اإلجمالية‬
‫ً‬
‫للعقد‪ ،‬وفقا للشروط واألحكام املطبقة بشأن املناقصة العامة‪.‬‬

‫‪ .28‬ال يجوز ملقدم العطاء الذي تمت الترسية عليه ‪ ،‬البدء بتنفيذ األعمال املطلوبة بوثائق الطرح اال بعد توقيع‬
‫العقد ‪ ،‬كما ال يحق له املطالبة بأي تعويض عن هذه األعمال إذا قام بالتنفيذ قبل توقيع العقد املشار إليه‬
‫‪،‬ولو كان تنفيذه ً‬
‫بناء على أوامر بالتنفيذ باملخالفة لهذه األحكام‪.‬‬
‫‪ .29‬إذا أنسحب مقدم العطاء ألي سبب من األسباب خالل مدة سريان العطاء وبدون عذر تقبله لجنة‬
‫املناقصات واملزايدات‪ ،‬أو لم يقم صاحب العطاء املقبول بإيداع التأمين النهائي خالل (‪ )15‬خمسة عشر‬
‫يوم عمل من تاريخ اليوم التالي إلخطاره بالترسية أو إذا امتنع عن توقيع العقد في امليعاد املحدد لذلك‬
‫بناء على توصية اللجنة بعد سماع أقوال مقدم العطاء أمام لجنة‬ ‫فيجوز بقرار من رئيس الجهة الحكومية ً‬
‫املناقصات و املزايدات أو عدم حضوره للمثول أمامها ‪ ،‬توقيع جزاء أو أكثر من الجزاءات التالية ‪-:‬‬
‫• مصادرة التأمين املؤقت‪.‬‬
‫• مصادرة التأمين النهائي‪.‬‬
‫• ايقاف التعامل مع صاحب العطاء ملدة معينة أو بصفة دائمة‪.‬‬
‫وملقدم العطاء الذي وقع عليه أحد الجزاءات املذكورة باألعلى ‪ ،‬أن يتظلم من هذا القرار إلى رئيس الجهة‬
‫ً‬
‫الحكومية خالل سبعة أيام عمل من تاريخ إبالغه به ويكون قرار رئيس الجهة الحكومية بالبت في التظلم نهائيا‪.‬‬
‫وال يخل توقيع أي من الجزاءات السابقة بحق الجهة الحكومية في املطالبة بأي حقوق لدى مقدم العطاء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .30‬يجب أن يلتزم مقدم العطاء عند التوريد بتسليم نفس األصناف بنفس العبوات التي ذكرت في العرض املقدم‬
‫منه وأن تكون بنفس املواصفات الفنية املقدم ــة وال تقبل البدائل مهما كانت األسباب‪.‬‬
‫‪ .31‬تقوم اإلدارة املختصة بتعيين من تختاره ملراقبة توريد األصناف املطل ــوبة أو أداء األعمال أو الخدمات أو تسليم‬
‫األصناف في حاالت بيع األصناف وعل ــى املتعاقد إتباع اإلرشادات التي توجه إليه في هذا املجال‪.‬‬
‫‪ .32‬يجب على من ترسو عليه املزايدة‪ ،‬تسلم األصناف املباعة كاملة خالل املدة املحددة في مستندات املزايدة‪ ،‬فإذا‬
‫تأخر دون عذر مقبول‪ ،‬وجب عليه أن يدفع مصروفات تخزين بنسبة (‪ )%1‬واحد في املائة من قيمة األصناف‬
‫ً‬
‫التي لم يتسلمها عن كل يوم تأخير وبحد أقص ى خمسة عشر يوما‪ ،‬يتم بعدها بيع األصناف باملزايدة على‬
‫حسابه‪.‬‬
‫وفي هذه الحالة يتم تحميله قيمة النقص في الثمن‪ ،‬ومصروفات التخزين‪ ،‬واملصروفات اإلدارية بواقع (‪)%10‬‬
‫عشرة في املائة من قيمة ثمن البيع الجديد‪ ،‬وال يرد له أي زيادة تكون قد تحققت في ثمن البيع‪.‬‬

‫‪ .33‬يجب أن يتم تسليم األصناف في املناقصة وما في حكمها في املوعد واملوقع املحددين في وثائق الطرح بحضور‬
‫مندوب عن املتعاقد وممثل لوزارة ‪ .....................‬وتكون مدعمة باملستندات التالية‪- :‬‬
‫• الفواتير املتعلقة باألصناف املوردة‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫• قائمة تفصيلية موضحا بها كل بند مورد أو منجز وسعره‪.‬‬
‫• إشعار إنجاز واستالم‪.‬‬
‫• بوليصة الشحن موقعة حسب األصول املتعارف عليها‪.‬‬
‫• نسخة من بوليصة التأمين على األصناف‪.‬‬
‫• شهادة املنشأ املعتمدة من بلد املصدر للمواد في حالة التوريد‪.‬‬
‫‪ .34‬يتعهد املتعاقد في املناقصة وما في حكمها بإجراء التأمين الالزم لدى إحدى شركات التأمين الوطنية املعتمدة‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫على األصناف واألعمال والخدمات الواردة في العقد‪ ،‬والتي تستوجب طبيعتها التأمين عليها‪ ،‬وفقا لشروط‬
‫‪ .35‬في املناقصة وما في حكمها ‪ ،‬ومع عدم اإلخالل باالتفاقيات التي تلتزم فيها الدولة ‪ ،‬تلتزم جميع الشركات غير‬
‫القطرية لتنفيذ أعمال أو تقديم خدمات داخل الدولة عدا الخدمات االستشارية ‪ ،‬بأن يكون اعتمادها على‬
‫السوق املحلية بنسبة ال تقل عن (‪ )%30‬من القيمة اإلجمالية للعقد وذلك دون اإلخالل بالشروط واملواصفات‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫التي تم التعاقد على أساسها وتشمل النسبة املشار إليها كال من املواد الخام واملواد املصنعة محليا وخدمات‬
‫النقل واألمن والحراسة والتموين وأي خدمات أخرى يتم تقديمها من قبل شركات محلية لتنفيذ العقد املبرم‬
‫مع الشركة غير القطرية‪.‬‬
‫‪ .36‬يتعهد املتعاقد باستخدام طائرات شركة الخطوط الجوية القطرية في نقل األشخاص والشحنات املتفق على‬
‫توريدها إضافة إلى إصدار جميع تذاكر السفر وأذونات الشحن الخاصة بالطرف الثاني عن طريق الخطوط‬
‫الجوية القطرية باعتبارها الناقل الوطني للدولة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .37‬في املناقصة وما في حكمها ‪ ،‬ومع مراعاة أنظمة الدفع املعمول بها في الدولة ‪ ،‬سيتم دفع املبلغ املتعاقد عليه بعد‬
‫إتمام التوريد أو التنفيذ النهائي موضوع العقد ‪ ،‬أو بحسب شروط الدفع الواردة بالشروط الخاصة ملوضوع‬

‫ً‬
‫‪ .38‬يجب على املتعاقد في املناقصة وما في حكمها سحب األصناف املرفوضة خالل مدة أقصاها خمسة عشر يوما‬
‫من تاريخ إخطاره بالرفض وفي حالة تأخره يلتزم بدفع مصروفات تخزين بواقع (‪ )%1‬واحد في املائة من قيمة‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫األصناف عن كل يوم تأخير وبحد أقص ى ثالثين يوما‪ ،‬وللجهة الحكومية بعد انقضاء مدة الخمسة عشر يوما‬
‫املشار إليها‪ ،‬الحق في بيع األصناف املرفوضة باملزايدة على حساب املتعاقد على أن يخصم من ثمن البيع ما قد‬
‫ً‬
‫يكون مستحقا على املتعاقد للجهة الحكومية من غرامات أو مصروفات‪ ،‬وال تكون الجهة الحكومية مسؤولة‬
‫عن أي ضرر قد يلحق تلك األصناف ألي سبب حتى تاريخ بيعها بمعرفتها أو سحبها من قبل املتعاقد‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ .39‬سيكون املتعاقد في املناقصة وما في حكمها مسئوال عن أية عيوب قد تظهر في األصناف املوردة وذل ــك بعد‬
‫االستالم النهائي لألصناف إذا تبين للجهة الحكومية أن عدم اكتشاف هذه العيوب ك ــان نتيجة لغش من‬
‫ً‬
‫املتعاقد أو لكونها عيوبا خفية أو لعيب في التصنيع‪.‬‬
‫‪ .40‬يلتزم املتعاقد بتنفيذ العقد خالل املواعيد املحددة‪ ،‬فإذا تأخر في تنفيذ العقد أو جزء منه عن امليعاد املحدد‪،‬‬
‫جاز للجهة الحكومية‪ ،‬إذا رأت مصلحة في ذلك ً‬
‫وبناء على توصية اللجنة ‪ ،‬إعطاء املتعاقد مهلة إضافية إلتمام‬
‫ً‬
‫التنفيذ‪ ،‬على أن توقع عليه غرامة عن مدد التأخير‪ ،‬وذلك وفقا للنسب واملدد التالية‪:‬‬
‫• غرامة عن كل يوم أو جزء من اليوم‪ ،‬بما ال يجاوز (‪ )%10‬من القيمة اإلجمالية للعقد‬
‫• غرامة عن كل يوم تأخير وبحد أقص ى (‪ )%10‬من قيمة األصناف أو األعمال أو الخدمات التي تأخر املتعاقد‬
‫في توريدها أو تنفيذها‪ ،‬وذلك إذا قدرت الجهة الحكومية عدم ارتباط األصناف أو األعمال أو الخدمات‬
‫املتعاقد عليها‪ ،‬وأن الجزء املتأخر في تنفيذه أو توريده ال يمنع االنتفاع بباقي األصناف أو األعمال أو‬
‫الخدمات محل العقد‬
‫ً‬
‫وفي جميع األحوال يكون توقيع الغرامة دون تنبيه أو إنذار أو إثبات وقوع ضرر ‪ ،‬كما يعتبر العقد ساريا طوال‬
‫مدة املهلة اإلضافية املنصوص عليها بالفقرة األولى‪.‬‬
‫‪ .41‬ال يجوز للمتعاقد التنازل عن العقد أو عن املبالغ املستحقة له كلها أو بعضها إل ــى الغير‪ ،‬إال بعد موافقة رئيس‬
‫ً‬
‫الجهة الحكومية ‪ ،‬وفي حالة التنازل ع ــن العقد يبقى املتعاقد مسؤوال بطريق التضامن مع املتنازل إليه عن‬
‫تنفيذ العقد كمــا ال يخل قبول تنازله عن املبالغ املستحقة له بما يكون للجهة الحكومية قبله م ــن حقوق‪ .‬أما‬
‫في حالة وفاة املتعاقد فيجوز لورثته االستمرار في تنفيذ العقد‪ ،‬شريطة توافر الضمانات الفنية واملالية الكافية‬
‫لدى الورثة وذلك ما لم تكن شخصية املورث محل اعتبار في ابرام العقد‪.‬‬

‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫‪ .42‬مع عدم اإلخالل بأي من أوجه املسؤولية املقررة قانونا يعتبر العقد مفسوخا في أي من الحالتين التاليتين‪- :‬‬
‫• إذا ثبت أن املتعاقد قد استعمل الغش أو التالعب في تنفيذ العقد‪ ،‬أو في الحصول عليه‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ثبت أن املتعاقد شرع بنفسه أو بواسطة غيره بطريق مباشر أو غير مباش ــر في رشوة أحد موظفي الدولة‬
‫ً‬
‫أو التواطؤ معه إضرارا بالجهة الحكومية املتعاقد معها‬
‫‪ .43‬في جميع حاالت فسخ العقد أو تنفيذه على حساب املتعاقد يصبح التأمين النهائي من حق الجهة الحكومية‬
‫ويكون لها أن تخصم ما تستحقه من غرامات أو أية خسارة لحقت بها من أية مبالغ مستحقة أو تستحق‬
‫للمتعاقد لديها أو لدى أي جهة حكومية أخرى وذلك دون الحاجة إلى اتخاذ أي إجراء آخر‪.‬‬
‫‪ .44‬للجهة الحكومية الحق في إنهاء العقد في أي من الحاالت التالية‪:‬‬
‫• وفاة املتعاقد حال كون شخصيته محل اعتبار في العقد‪.‬‬
‫• إفالس أو إعسار املتعاقد‪.‬‬
‫• انقضاء الشركة أو املؤسسة املتعاقدة‪ ،‬وفقا ألحكام القانون‪.‬‬
‫• إذا اقتضت املصلحة العامة ذلك‪ ،‬وبموجب قرار مسبب من رئيس الجهة الحكومية ‪ً ،‬‬
‫بناء على توصية‬
‫لجنة املناقصات واملزايدات‪.‬‬
‫التعديل على العقد‬
‫‪ .45‬فيما عدا مزايدات بيع األصناف ‪ ،‬يجوز لرئيس الجهة الحكومية ‪ً ،‬‬
‫بناء على توصية لجنة املناقصات واملزايدات‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫‪ ،‬ووفقا ملقتضيات املصلحة العامة‪ ،‬تعديل كميات أو حجم العقود املبرمة وفقا ألحكام القانون وهذه الالئحة‬
‫بالزيادة أو النقصان بذات الشروط واألسعار‪ ،‬بنسبة ال تزيد على (‪ )%20‬عشرين في املائة من قيمة العقد أو‬
‫مدته ‪ ،‬وال يجوز البدء بتنفيذ أعمال التعديل اال بعد الحصول علي نسخه من قرار رئيس الجهة الحكومية أو‬
‫وزير املالية ‪ ،‬بحسب األحوال ‪ ،‬باملوافقة على التعديل ‪ ،‬و ال يحق للمتعاقد املطالبة بأي تعويض إذا قام‬
‫بالتنفيذ قبل الحصول على املوافقة املشار إليها ‪،‬ولو كان تنفيذه ً‬
‫بناء على أوامر بالتنفيذ باملخالفة لهذه‬
‫األحكام‪.‬‬

‫أحكام عامة‬
‫‪ .46‬يحق للمتعاقد في املناقصة وما في حكمها بعد انجاز العقد الحصول على شهادة إنجاز صادره من الجهة‬
‫الحكومية مبين بها أداؤه في إتمام األعمال املطلوبة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .47‬سيخضع املتعاقد أثناء أو بعد تنفيذ العقد لتقييم أداؤه من قبل الجهة الحكومية ‪ ،‬وسينعكس هذا التقييم‬
‫على بوابة املشتريات الحكومية وشهادة التصنيف الصادرة له من وزارة املالية‪.‬‬
‫‪ .48‬تختص املحاكم القطرية املختصة بدولة قطر بالفصل في أي نزاع قد ينشأ بين الطرفين بشأن تنفيذ العقد‬
‫وتفسير أي مادة من مواده‪ ،‬ويكون القانون القطري هو الواجب التطبيق‪.‬‬
‫‪ .49‬تسري أحكام قانون املناقصات واملزايدات الصادر بالقانون رقم (‪ )24‬لسنة ‪ ،2015‬وتعديالته‪ ،‬والئحته‬
‫التنفيذية الصادرة بقرار مجلس الوزراء رقم (‪ )16‬لسنة ‪ 2019‬وتعديالتها ‪ ،‬على كل ما لم يرد بشأنه نص في‬
‫هذه الشروط‪.‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 10‬من ‪10‬‬
‫نموذج التأمين املؤقت‬

‫املحترم‪،‬‬ ‫السيد‪ /‬رئيس لجنة املناقصات واملزايدات‬
‫لجنة املناقصات واملزايدات‬
‫املؤسسة العامة القطرية للكهرباء واملاء‬
‫ص‪.‬ب‪41 .:‬‬
‫الدوحـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــة‪.‬‬
‫تحية طيبة وبعد ‪،‬‬
‫املوضوع‪...................................................................... :‬‬
‫يسرنا أن نخطركم بأننا نضمن السادة‪ .............................................. /‬الكائنين بـ ــ‪........................................‬بمبلغ‬

‫وقدره ‪...........‬أرقام‪..........‬ريال قطري (فقط ‪......‬حروف‪ ....‬ال غير)‪ ،‬حتى يمكن السماح لهم بالتقدم بعطائهم الخاص‬
‫باملناقصة رقم‪ ،....................‬واملتعلقة ‪ ......‬موضوع املناقصة ‪...................‬‬
‫في حالة سحب السادة‪ ......................................./‬لعطائهم قبل انتهاء مدة سريان العطاء‪ ،‬أو فشلهم في تقديم‬
‫التأمين النهائي خالل (‪( )15‬خمسة عشر يوم) عمل من اليوم التالي إلخطارهم بالترسية‪ ،‬أو امتناعهم عن توقيع‬
‫ً‬
‫العقد في امليعاد املحدد‪ ،‬أي التواريخ كان متقدما‪ ،‬نتعهد بأن ندفع لوزارة ‪ .....................‬عند أول طلب منها دون‬
‫االلتفات ألي معارضة من مقدم العطاء السادة‪ ،............................../‬وباملبلغ املذكور والبالغ (‪ ....‬أرقام ‪ )....‬ريال‬
‫قطري (‪ ....‬حروف ‪.)....‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫علما بأن خطاب هذا التأمين ساري املفعول ملدة (‪ )120‬يوما (مائة وعشرون يوما) من التاريخ املحدد لتسليم‬
‫العطاءات‪.‬‬
‫التوقيع والختم‪:‬‬ ‫التاريخ‪....... /....../..... :‬م‬

‫‪---------------------------‬‬ ‫رقم الطرح في املوقع املوحد ملشتريات الدولة…………‬
‫رقم الطرح لدى الجهة الحكومية ‪..............‬‬
‫نوع الطرح وموضوعه ‪..................................................................‬‬
‫منوذج التأمني النهائي (ضمان حسن التنفيذ)‬
‫التاريخ ‪...........................................:‬‬
‫املحترمين‬ ‫السادة ‪ /‬املؤسسة العامة القطرية للكهرباء واملاء‬
‫الدوحة ‪ -‬قطر ‪.‬‬
‫تحية طيبة وبعد‪،‬‬
‫كفالة رقم ‪.................................... :‬‬
‫املوضوع‪.................................................... :‬‬
‫بناء على طلب السادة ‪...................................... /‬‬

‫نتعهـد نحن بنـك ‪ ...................‬الكـائن بـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــ‪ .........................‬بـأن نـدفع لكم أو ملمثليكم القـانونين لـدى أول طلـب وبـدون األلتفـات إلى أي‬
‫معارض ــة من املتعاقد ش ــركة ‪...................... /‬مبلغ (‪........‬أرقام‪ )........‬ريال قطري (فقط ‪...................‬حروف ‪ ...............‬الغير) كض ــمان نهائي‬
‫غير مقترن بأي قيد أو ش ـ ــرط وص ـ ــالح لألداء بأكمله وغير قابل للرجوع فيه ‪ ،‬وذلك بخص ـ ــوص العقد رقم ‪ .................‬املتعلق باملناقص ـ ــة‬
‫رقم ‪ ..........................‬بشأن (‪..................‬موضوع املناقصة ‪. ).....................‬‬
‫يسري خطاب التأمين الحاضر ملدة (‪ )7‬سبعة أيام عمل بعد تنفيذ العقد بصفة نهائية و فترة ضمان تنفيذ التزامات الشركة املذكورة‬
‫ً‬
‫في املواعيد املحددة وحسـب الشـروط واملواصـفات الفنية (أو الصـيانة طبقا لشـروط املناقصـة) ‪ ،‬وذلك من تاريخ ‪......../....../.....‬م ‪ ،‬وحتى‬
‫انتهاء ص ــالحية خطاب التأمين النهائي في ‪.........../...../.....‬م ‪ ،‬ويجب تس ــليم أي مطالبة بموجب خطاب الض ــمان هذا إلينا في أو قبل تاريخ‬
‫االنتهاء املذكور بعنوان البنك املشار إليه أعاله‪.‬‬
‫خطاب الضـمان هذا خاضـع للقواعد املوحدة لخطابات الضـمان تحت الطلب (‪ )URDG‬تنقيح ‪ 2010‬منشـور غرفة التجارة الدولية رقم‬
‫‪. 758‬‬
‫كما يخضع ألحكام املادة رقم (‪ )5‬من القواعد املوحدة لخطابات الضمان عند الطلب كتيب رقم ‪758‬‬
‫توقيع البنك والختم ‪.........................:‬‬

‫نوع الطرح وموضوعه ‪..................................................................‬‬
‫مسودة العقد‬
‫‪Part 2 –Form of Agreement‬‬

2022-11-05 :‫آخر حتديث‬ 017/‫ح‬.‫م‬.‫ ت‬: ‫منوذج رقم‬
Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation ‫املؤسسة العامة القطرية للكهرباء واملاء‬
Tender& Auctions Committee ‫لجنة املناقصات واملزايدات‬
Contract Agreement
Contract No. :
Contract Title :
Department :
This Contract is made by and between:
QATAR GENERAL ELECTRICITY & WATER CORPORATION, established under the laws of
Qatar, having its registered office at P. O. Box 41, Doha, State of Qatar (hereinafter referred to as
“Kahramaa”), and
__________________________, established under the laws of Qatar, having its registered office at P.O.
Box _______, Doha, State of Qatar (hereinafter referred to as “Choose an item.”).
Kahramaa and the Choose an item. agree as follows:
1) This Contract Agreement, the attached Contract Documents with all Appendices and Drawings
thereto, the Tender Documents, the Choose an item.’s Commercial & Technical Offers (ref.
_______________ dated ________________) and all the correspondences exchanged between
Kahramaa and the Choose an item. in relation to the said Contract embody the entire agreement
between the Parties.
2) In this Contract Agreement, all capitalized words and expressions shall have the same meanings as
are assigned to them in this Contract Agreement or in the attached General Conditions of Contract.
3) In consideration of the Choose an item. performing the Works in accordance with the Contract,
Kahramaa shall pay the Choose an item. the Contract Price of Qatari Riyals: _________________
(QAR: ____________________________) subject to final re-measurement as specified in Appendix
B. The Parties agree that the Contract Price include all charges and Kahramaa shall not bear or be
charged of any additional amount whatsoever other than the Contract Price.
4) The Contract shall be deemed to have come into force on the Effective Date of Contract, which is
_________________.
5) The Choose an item. shall achieve Completion (TOC) by the Contractual Completion Date of this
Contract, which is _______________________.

--------------------------- …………‫رقم الطرح في املوقع املوحد ملشتريات الدولة‬
.............. ‫رقم الطرح لدى الجهة الحكومية‬
‫ عقد اتفاقية الطلب عند الحاجة ملدة ثالث سنوات لتوريد محوالت التوزيع األرضية‬: ‫نوع الطرح وموضوعه‬
3 ‫ من‬2 ‫الصفحة‬
6) The Choose an item. shall achieve Final Completion by the Final Completion Date (end of Warranty
Period), which is ________________________.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Contract in duplicate on the dates stated below.
FOR QATAR GENERAL ELECTRICITY FOR ___________________ :

& WATER CORPORATION:
Signature: _____________________ Signature: ____________________

Name: Eng. Essa Bin Hilal Al-Kuwari Name:_______________________
Title: President of Kahramaa Title: ________________________
Date: _____________ Date: ________________

‫الشروط الخاصة‬
‫عنوان املناقصة‬ ‫رقم الطرح لدى اجلهة‬ ‫رقم الطرح يف موقع‬
‫احلكومية‬ ‫املشرتايت احلكومية‬
‫مناقصة عامة ‪ :‬عقد اتفاقية الطلب عند الحاجة ملدة ثالث سنوات لتوريد محوالت التوزيع األرضية‬ ‫‪GTC-‬‬ ‫‪2023/2644‬‬
‫‪1123(PQQ)/2023‬‬
‫‪Part 1 – Instructions to Tenderers‬‬

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
IT.1 General 4
IT.2 Validity of Tender 4
IT.3 Familiarization with the Laws of the State of Qatar 4
IT.4 Tendering Documentation 5
IT.5 Secrecy Declaration 5
IT.6 Site Visit and Mid-Tender Meeting 6
IT.7 Security Passes 6
IT.8 Queries 6
IT.9 Fully Informed 6
IT.10 Tender Bulletins 7
IT.11 Ruling Language 7
IT.12 Tender Rates 7
IT.13 Form of Tender 7
IT.14 Bank Guarantee 7
IT.15 No Alteration of Tender Documents 8
IT.16 Submission of Tenders 8
IT.17 Alternative Offers 10
IT.18 Correction of Arithmetical or Other Errors 10
IT.19 Acceptance or Rejection of Tenders and Incurred Costs 10
IT.20 Notification of Contract Award 11
IT.21 Failure to Sign the Contract 11
IT.22 Return of Tender Documents 12
IT.23 Deviation Conformity 12
IT.24 Bill of Quantities & Schedule of Prices 12
IT.25 Tender Selection Criteria 13
IT.26
Preference for National Carrier 14

Form of Tender 15
Form of Acknowledgment of Receipt of Tender Documents 17
Form of Acknowledgment of receiving Tender Circulars 18
Form of Tender Bond 19
Form of Secrecy Declaration 20
Form of Performance Bond 22

‫‪Form of Contract Agreement‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬

‫‪Summary of Tender‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬
‫‪General Conditions of Tender‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬

IT.1 General
IT.1.a These Instructions to Tenderer issued by Qatar General Electricity & Water
Corporation (herein referred to as “KAHRAMAA”) outline the procedures to be
followed for completing and submitting Tenders.
IT.1.b Tenderer shall comply with the terms and conditions set forth in the tender
advertisement and these Instructions to Tenderer while preparing its Tender for
submission.
IT.1.c Failure to provide all of the required materials and information, or failure to comply
fully with these instructions in any way may render the Tender null and void.
IT.1.d Words and expressions shall have the same meaning as are respectively
assigned to them in the General Terms and Conditions of Contract.
IT.1.e Any reference to a volume, section or Article of the specifications is, unless the
context otherwise requires, a reference to that volume, section or Article of the
tender documents and such reference shall not prejudice the definition of
specifications contained in the General Terms and Conditions Contact.
IT.1.f The heading used shall not be deemed to be a part thereof or be taken into
consideration in the interpretation or construction thereof.
IT.1.g All dates and periods of time referred to shall be ascertained in accordance with
the Gregorian Calendar.
IT.2 Validity of Tender
Tenders shall be valid for a period of not less than Ninety (90) calendar days from the
closing date for submission of the Tenders. KAHRAMAA intends to notify all Tenderers of
the result of their Tender submission during this period. If the Tenderer retracts or
withdraws its tender during the period of its validity without giving an acceptable
justification, KAHRAMAA may, without the need for summons or notice or other legal
formalities or establishing that damage has been caused to KAHRAMAA:
(i) Encash the provisional Bank Guarantee (Tender Bond) which is required to be
submitted by the Tenderer as detailed below and
(ii) Exercise other rights that may be stipulated in the tender documents.

IT.3 Familiarization with Laws of Qatar
Before submitting a Tender, the Tenderer shall thoroughly familiarize itself with the laws,
particularly Qatar Labour laws, applicable to the work or services to be performed. By
submitting a Tender, the Tenderer is deemed to have made the necessary allowances in
the Tender Price for adhering to all laws, rules, regulations and procedures applicable in
the State of Qatar. The successful Tenderer shall use Qatar Airways for air travel of its
personnel and air transportation of equipment, materials, or goods.
IT.4 Tendering Documentation
The documentation provided for the purpose of tendering (the “Tender Documents”)
consist of:
Instructions to Tenderers and the following appendices

• Form of Tender
• Acknowledgement of Receipt of Tender Document
• Acknowledgement of Receipt of Tender Bulletins
• Form of Tender Bond (Specimen)
• Form of Secrecy Declaration
• Form of Performance Bond
• Tender Particulars
• 2.‫ح‬.‫م‬.‫ ت‬:‫ نموذج‬- Form
• 3.‫ح‬.‫م‬.‫ ت‬:‫ – نموذج‬Form
• Checklist for Bidders
General Conditions of Contract and the following appendices

Appendix A Scope of Works
Appendix B Schedule of Prices
Appendix C Insurance
Appendix D Administration Instructions with the following forms:
• Form of Performance Bond
• Contract Variation Form
• Certificate of Completion
• Final completion Certificate
• Form of Agreement
• Call-off Order Release (COO)
Appendix E Call-off Supplier Resources

Appendix F Drawings
Appendix G Material and Equipment provided by KAHRAMAA
Appendix H Contract Execution Plan
Appendix I: Materials Supplied by Contractor
Appendix J: General Safety Requirements
Appendix K: Departure from or Qualification to the Specifications.
Appendix L: (Quality Assurance & Quality Control Requirements)
Appendix M: (Instructions of Ministry of Finance)
Tenderers shall ensure that the Tender Documents they have received are complete and
must return the Form of Acknowledgement within three (3) working days of receipt. The
Form of Acknowledgement must be completed, signed and delivered by hand or
transmitted by fax to the following address:
The Manager,
Materials Department,
Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation,
Fax No. 44845192
Email: procurement@km.qa
Doha-Qatar.
The Tenderer should notify KAHRAMAA immediately if any discrepancy, omission or

ambiguities are discovered in the Tender Documents.
IT.5 Secrecy Declaration
The Tenderer shall abide by the Secrecy Declaration appended hereto and this form must
be completed, signed and delivered by hand or transmitted by fax with the Form of
Acknowledgement to the Manager, Materials Department.
IT.6 Site Visit and Mid-Tender Meeting
The Tenderer may be requested to attend a site visit and/or a meeting before quoting to
become familiar with the physical and other conditions pertaining to the supply or services
to be performed. KAHRAMAA shall notify the Tenderer of any site visit and/or mid-tender
meeting via the issuance of a Tender Bulletin. The Tenderer may designate no more than
two (2) representatives to attend on its behalf and at its own cost. It is strongly
recommended that the Tenderer attend any scheduled site visit and mid-tender meeting.
The Tenderer must consider all other matters and possible contingencies affecting the
entire Scope of Work.

IT.7 Security Passes
Access to certain KAHRAMAA locations requires possession of a Security Pass. The

relevant Tender Bulletin will indicate whether a Security Pass is required for attending the
site visit or other meetings. A security pass can be obtained by filling out a form together
with a photocopy of passport, a copy of valid residence permit and two (2) passport size
photographs for a maximum of two representatives of each tenderer, and submit to
Manager, KAHRAMAA General Services at least three (3) calendar days before the site
visit or other site meeting date.
IT.8 Queries
Any queries relating to the Tender Documents or submitting a Tender must not be raised
by telephone or personal contact, but must be submitted in writing, preferably by fax, to
the address given below:
The Manager,
KM Main Building, 7th floor, West Bay (Dafna)
Fax No. 44845192
Email: procurement@km.qa
Doha-Qatar.
Any response issued will be in the form of a question and answer and will be distributed
to all Tenderers without revealing the identity of the originator. Queries must be received
at the above address or fax only and no later than seven (7) calendar days prior to the
Tender closing date; any queries after this time will be ignored.
Any queries or correspondence during the tendering process, including the Tender
evaluation period, must not be directed to any KAHRAMAA employee by name nor any
other address or fax number other than that given above. Any violation of this instruction
by the Tenderer may render the Tenderer’s submission invalid.
KAHRAMAA will not be responsible for or bound by any clarifications, except those
submitted in writing by the Tenderers prior to queries above stated closing date.
IT.9 Fully Informed
The Tenderer should inspect the site and surrounding locations and must satisfy himself
as to the nature of the service, the correctness and sufficiency of the rates and prices

submitted and general local conditions, especially ground, climatic, sea, other water and
weather conditions which could affect the service.
IT.10 Tender Bulletins
If any addendum, clarifications or minutes of meeting will be issued as Tender Bulletins

and sent to all Tenderers during the tendering period, the Tenderer shall acknowledge
receipt of all Tender Bulletins on the “Form of Tender” and shall allow for any costs in
connection therewith in the Tender Price.
IT.11 Ruling Language
The Tender and all accompanying documents shall be in the English language.
IT.12 Tender Rates

The Tenderer shall submit prices and/or rates for all items required by the Schedule of
Prices. All Tender prices and rates shall be in Qatari Riyals. Prices and rates are to be
entered in indelible ink and submitted only on the Schedule of Prices sheets provided.
IT.13 Form of Tender

The Tenderer shall complete the enclosed Form of Tender annexed to this Instruction to
Tender. The Form of Tender must be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on behalf
of the Tenderer. KAHRAMAA may reject any Tender that is not submitted on the Form of
Tender.
IT.14 Tender Bond

The Tenderer must submit a provisional Bank Guarantee in the form of a Tender Bond
with its Tender. The value of this Tender Bond shall be QAR 2,500,000.00 (Qatar Riyals
Two Million Five Hundred Thousand only).
The Tender Bond must be issued or endorsed by a bank or a bank branch in Qatar. Cash
or cheques are not an acceptable substitute. A tender bond issued in respect of another
tender is not acceptable. Bonds issued by insurance companies are not acceptable. The
wording of the Tender Bond must be exactly in accordance with the format appended to
these Instructions to Tender.
The validity of the Tender Bond must be for not less than one hundred and twenty (120)
calendar days after the Tender closing date. In the event KAHRAMAA requests an
extension of the tender validity period, and the Tenderer agrees to such extension, it must
revalidate its Tender Bond for the period of extension plus thirty (30) calendar days.

In the event that the successful Tenderer is required to submit a Final Bank Guarantee in
the form of a Performance Bond as stipulated in the General Conditions of Contract, the
successful Tenderer’s provisional Tender Bond shall remain valid until the Final Bank
Guarantee is submitted to KAHRAMAA. If the successful Tenderer fails to provide the
Final Bank Guarantee within the specified period, KAHRAMAA may immediately encash
the full amount of the Tender Bond.
Tenders not accompanied by the Tender Bond may be rejected without the need to notify
the Tenderer of the rejection.
IT.15 No Alterations to the Tender Documents

No unauthorized erasures, alterations, additions or deletions shall be made to the Tender
Documents and any Tender submission that is incomplete or contains unauthorized
alterations may be rejected.
The principal authorized to sign the Tender shall initial any mistake made in completing
the Tender Documents and correct the same before the submission of the Tender.
IT.16 Submission of Tenders
The Tender and accompanying documents shall be bound securely together and
enclosed in a sealed envelope and shall be delivered to:
Secretary, General Tenders Committee,

35th Floor, KAHRAMAA Main Building,
P. O. Box 41, Doha, Qatar; Fax No. (+974) 44845506
TENDER NO. : GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023
TENDER CLOSING DATE: 31/08/2023
Not later than 12:00 noon hours on the tender closing date.
The envelope must not bear any mark indicating the name of the Tenderer but shall be
clearly marked on the outside with the Tender number stated on the Form of Tender and
with the official Tender closing date.
The Tender must be received before the above time and date, at the above address
either by registered mail or by messenger. Messengers should obtain a receipt to confirm
delivery time. The method of delivery is the sole responsibility of the Tenderer.

Tender submittals shall include Five (5) separate envelopes as follows:
▪ Envelope (1) marked as COMMERCIAL OFFER (PRICED) containing one

original of the Commercial Offer,
▪ Envelope (2) marked as Two copies of COMMERCIAL OFFER (PRICED).
▪ Envelope (3) marked as TECHNICAL OFFER (UNPRICED) containing one

original of the Technical,
▪ Envelope (4) marked as Two copies of TECHNICAL OFFER (UNPRICED)

and
▪ Envelope (5) marked as TENDER BOND containing one original, and two
copies of the Tender Bond.
All the above Five (5) envelopes should be clearly marked and addressed as below and
with the appropriate tender reference number, then should be submitted together but
NOT to be put in a single envelope.
The Tenderer must affix its initialed company stamp to every page of its original Tender
submission, which should include all parts of the Tender Documents.
It is KAHRAMAA’s intention to open and evaluate the technical proposal first. The
“TECHNICAL” package should not contain any commercial proposals, but should only
contain the following:
a) Copy of Provisional Bank Guarantee
b) Completed Tender Appendices (except Appendix B)
c) Technical details of any alternative proposal

d) The original Flash Drive/CD.
e) Copy of valid trade license, commercial registration and classification
certificate. Foreign bidders, for the time being, can participate in tenders
without registering on a condition that in case of being awarded a tender they
will register as per any applicable laws in Qatar. However, they can submit

with their offer certificate(s) of official registration from their home country, duly
notarized and attested by Embassy of Qatar in that country.
f) A complete set of catalogues and specifications for all the proposed materials
and equipment to be used in the project.
g) Tender Drawing (Appendix F).
h) Attested copy of certificate showing specimen of signatories authorized to sign
the Form of Tender and CONTRACT. In case the bidder is a foreign registered
company, the Certificate/Power of Attorney shall be attested by the Foreign
Affairs office and by the Qatar Embassy in the country of registration
i) Audited financial statements for the last 3 years including signed
auditor’s reports
j) Classification Certificate (Note: in new classification certificate format) issued
by Qatar Ministry of Finance, with valid date.
Note: To be considered as participant in this Tender, the Bidder must update

their company data / information in the Government Procurement
Services website.
k) Letter (with reference no. and date) to the Secretary - General Tenders
Committee, clearly stating the validity period of the offer.
l) Secrecy Declaration (duly filled-up and signed)
m) Copy of Acknowledgment of Receipt of Tender Document
n) Copy of Acknowledgment of Tender Bulletins
o) Confirmation that there is NO Deviation to the Tender Documents
p) Summary of Offer and Clarifications to the Tender Documents
q) List of references and past experience by providing list of similar projects

undertaken and of similar size and complexity and which has been in successful
operation for at least (3) years in separate location. The Tenderer shall provide
details of previous experience gained on similar projects in similar locations.
r) CV of the proposed Call-off Supplier representative stating qualifications and

experience, who will be dealing with KAHRAMAA representative and perform

other functions as required under the Contract. Provide copies of education,

qualification and experience certificates.
s) CVs of the Call-off Supplier’s key personnel (Project Manager, Project Engineer,
HSE/Safety Officer, etc., whose services will be engaged under this Contract,
stating their education, qualifications and experience and copies of education /
qualification and experience certificates.
t) Project Execution Plan
u) Project Organization Chart
v) Manpower Histogram, S-curve
w) Company Organization Chart
x) Call-off Supplier’s Representative Form (duly filled-up)
y) Quality Management System, Project Quality Plan, Project Inspection & Test Plan,
copies of ISO 9001 certificate
z) HSE Plan and copies of certificates (OHSAS & EMS)
aa) Completed Bidder’s Checklist Form (Arabic) – duly filled up, signed & stamp
The “COMMERCIAL” package should contain the following:

a) Completed and signed Form of Tender
b) Completed Schedule of Prices attached to the Form of Tender
c) Commercial details of any Alternative Proposal
d) Bidders shall attach Copy of the ICV Certificate or Plan (whichever
applicable) that specifies the In Country Value with the Commercial
Offer only.
e) Bidders must fill Form# 3.‫ح‬.‫م‬.‫ت‬. and attach it as the first page of the
commercial offer
f) Copy of valid Classification Certificate, Qatar trade license and
commercial registration.
The Tenderer shall complete and submit all details, forms and information as required
by the by the Tender Documents, Instruction to Tender and the Appendices. Failure to
submit a complete Tender or failure to comply fully with these instructions in any way
may render the Tender null and void.

IT.17 Alternative Offers
Each Tenderer must submit a valid Tender in accordance with the terms and conditions
of the Tender Documents without any qualifications whatsoever.
If the Tenderer desires to propose the use of alternative procedures and/or material to
those stated in the Tender Documents, or if it has any reservations on any of the
contractual/commercial conditions, it may state them as an additional separate
alternative Tender to its unqualified Tender and full details in triplicate shall be included.
Any alternate proposal shall be submitted in a separate envelope.
IT.18 Correction of Arithmetical or Other Errors
The Total price of Tender as stated in the form of Tender shall prevail over any price
elsewhere in the Tender.
Should the amount put in words differ from the amount put in figures, or if there is any
arithmetical error in the Tender, the lesser amount shall be taken unless the
discrepancy is attributable to an obvious error, whereupon the correct amount shall be
taken.
Any adjustment, correction, clarification, or amendment made by KAHRAMAA to a

Tender shall be communicated to the Tenderer for his acknowledgement prior to
award of the Contract.
IT.19 Acceptance or Rejection of Tenders and Incurred Costs
KAHRAMAA is under no obligation to award a Contract or accept the lowest or any

Tender and will not assign any reason for the rejection of any Tender. KAHRAMAA will
not be responsible for any costs or expenses incurred by the Tenderer in connection with
its Tender, any site visit, attending meetings, obtaining additional insurance, etc., or for
the formation of the Contract should the Tenderer be successful. The Tenderer shall not
have any recourse for any redress if KAHRAMAA. for whatever reason, awards the
Contract to another Tenderer or does not award any Contract.
Kahramaa has the right to award the tender in parts to more than one bidder. By
submitting a Bid, Bidder confirms that it shall unconditionally accept partial
awards without changes to the tender prices.

IT.20 Notification of Award
By way of a Letter of Award (“LOA”), KAHRAMAA shall notify the successful Tenderer
of KAHRAMAA’s acceptance of its Tender, requesting the successful Tenderer to
confirm acceptance of award ("LOA") by a Letter of Confirmation ("LOC") within two (2)
working days. KAHRAMAA shall state (in the LOA) the documentation required to be
submitted within the specified time period before signing the Contract. The
documentation shall include but shall not be limited to:
1. Performance Bond in the form of a Final Bank Guarantee,

2. Necessary Insurances, as required in Appendix C.
3. The Contractual program of Works "Execution Plan".
4. Attested Certificate showing the specimen of signatories authorized to sign the
Form of Tender and the Contract.
Unless stated to the contrary, the starting dates of the Performance Bond and the
Insurance shall be the Effective Date of the contract which is Fourteen (14) Calendar
Days from the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S LOC Date.
If the successful Tenderer fails to submit the above-mentioned documentation within the
specified time period, Kahramaa shall have the rights as set forth in Clause IT.21
(‘Failure to Sign the Contract’), including the right to immediately encash the provisional
Bank Guarantee.
Generally, the successful Tenderer will be instructed to sign the contract after the
submission of the above mentioned documentation. The Effective Date of Contract will
be fourteen (14) calendar days from the Call-off Supplier’s LOC date. KAHRAMAA at its
sole discretion may revise, the Effective Date of Contract to be entered on the Contract
Agreement.
IT.21 Failure to Sign the Contract
If the Tenderer after being instructed to do so by KAHRAMAA fails to sign the Contract
on the specified date without giving an acceptable justification, KAHRAMAA may, without
the need for summons or notice or other legal formalities or establishing that damage
has been caused to KAHRAMAA, impose all or any part of the following actions on the
Tenderer:
a) Encash the provisional Bank Guarantee.

b) Encash the Final bank guarantee (Performance Bond).
c) Exercise other rights that may be stipulated in the Tender Documents.

The Tenderer shall have the right to submit a grievance to Kahramaa President in respect
to any such action taken by KAHRAMAA under Clause IT.21. The grievance must be
submitted in writing within fifteen (15) calendar days of the action. Kahramaa President’s
decision in respect to the grievance shall be final.
IT.22 Return of Tender Documents
The Tender Documents, including any drawings, specifications, etc., forwarded to the
Tenderer are and shall continue to be the sole property of KAHRAMAA. If the Tenderer
declines to submit a Tender, or if the Tenderer is unsuccessful, he shall be obliged to
immediately return all the Tender Documents, inclusive of any photocopies made, to
KAHRAMAA from the date declines to submit a Tender or within five (5) calendar days
from the date he is notified that he is unsuccessful.
IT.23 Deviation Conformity
A Tenderer must confirm complying with all the requirements of the specification and
other terms, conditions and provision of the tender document.
In the event that the Tenderer cannot achieve full conformity with the technical
specifications and requirements, then the Tenderer must state this clearly in the offer
along with:
(i) List of each such deviations, and
(ii) A separate statement for each such deviation giving sufficient technical details to
explain why it was necessary to make that deviation to enable KAHRAMAA to
evaluate it.
Any deviations from the Tender Document must be included in the Technical Proposal.
The Commercial Proposal shall not contain any additional technical or contractual
deviations whatsoever. Additional deviations in the Commercial Proposal that have not
been included in the Technical Proposal will be considered as a breach of the tender
conditions and the Tender will be rejected.
IT.24 Bills of Quantities
The quantities included in the bills of quantities are included to assist the Tenderer in the
preparation of the tender. Bills of Quantities accuracy are not guaranteed and the
Tenderer shall check the quantities and allow in his submitted rates for any errors or

omissions the Tenderer considered necessary. The quantities shown in the Bills of
Quantities must not be altered.
Any works added to or deducted from the CONTRACT will be measured and priced at
the rates entered in the BOQ, and or Schedule of rates, and the interim and final accounts
adjusted in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract.
The Tenderers are to note that descriptions in the BOQ are not necessarily complete
and reference should be made to the specification and notes on Pricing for full details of
the work.
IT.25 Tender Selection Criteria
The tender will be selected to determine if each Tenderer’s tender is responsive. A

responsive tender is one that complies with all terms and conditions in the tender
document without any modification. A modification is one which affects in any way
price, quality, scope or completion date of the works, or which limit of Tenders or any
rights of KAHRAMAA as any of the foregoing have been specified or defined in the
tender document.
The following tender selection criteria will be utilized:

1. Post Bid qualification as appendix “E” – Call-off Suppliers Resources.
2. Submittal of the tender in compliance with the General Conditions without any
modification.
3. Evaluation of tender to determine if the proposed contract works are of proven
design.
4. Evaluation of Tenders past experience on the basis that Tenderer has furnished and
erected equipment of similar size and complexity and which has been in successful
operation for at least (3) years in separate location.
5. Evaluation of Tenderer’s proposed subCall-off Supplier’s experience from data
submitted.
6. Technical analysis of the tender to determine if the tender meets or exceed the
requirements set forth in the specifications”.

IT.26 Preference for National Carrier
The Tenderer is deemed to have made the necessary allowance in its Tender Price for
the use of Qatar Airways for air travel of its personnel and air transportation of equipment,
materials, or goods.
The successful Tenderer shall include provisions similar to the above clause in each
subcontract or purchase under this Contract that may involve international air transportation .

FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The Manager,
Qatar General Electricity &Water Corporation
Al Dafna
P.O. Box 41
Doha - Qatar
Dear Sir,
Tender No. GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023

Three (3) Years Call-off Agreement for G.M. Transformers
We hereby acknowledge receipt of above-mentioned Tender Documents and.

(1)
*a. confirm that the said Tender Document has been received in good order.
*b. advise you that the said Tender document is incomplete and that we request the
following:
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
(2)
*a. We confirm that we intend to submit a Tender
*b. We regret that we do not intend to submit a Tender, and the said Tender Document is:
*i returned herewith
*ii returned under a separate cover
Signature :
Name : _____________________________
Position :
Company : _____________________________
Address :
Date : _____________________________
A fax message with the same content as above may be sent in lieu of this form

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF TENDER BULLETINS
(Please complete and return. A fax reply may be sent instead of this document.)
The Secretary, GTC,

Fax No. 44845508
Dear Sir,

We acknowledge receipt of your following Tender Bulletins relating to the above contract.
1.
2.
3.
Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of
Name of Company: _________________________________________________
Name of Signatory: __________________________________________________
Date: ___________________


FORM OF TENDER
The Secretary Tender received by:

General Tenders Committee
Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation
P.O. Box 41
Doha, Qatar
Dear Sirs,
TENDER NO. GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023
1. Having carefully examined the Tender documents for the execution of the above named Works,
we the undersigned offer to execute the whole of the said Works in conformity with the above
referred Tender documents for the Sum of QAR _________________ (Qatar Riyals
_____________________________________) subject to final measurement.
2. We enclose herewith Original + two (2) copies of the Provisional bank guarantee (Bid Bond) for
QAR. 2,500,000.00 valid till __________ in separated sealed envelope.
3. The following documents (original + 2 copy) are returned herewith: -
a) Signed Secrecy Declaration.

b) Acknowledgment of Receipt of Tender Circulars
c) This Form of Tender, completed and signed
d) Priced Schedule of Rates/Prices/Bill of Quantity (as applicable) (plus one soft copy in Excel
Format, the bidder to ensure that the soft copy and the hard copy are identical otherwise
the discrepancy is an advantage to KAHRAMAA).
e) Completed Contract Schedules
4. We acknowledge receipt of the following Tender circulars and these have been considered in
our Tender preparation: -

Ref. No. Subject Date
1. ………………. ………….…………………………… ………………..

2. ………………. ……………….……………………… ………………..
3. ………………. ……………………..……………….. ………………..
5. This Tender shall remain valid for a period of Ninety (90) calendar days from the closing date for
submission of Tenders.
6. We also understand that you may, prior to acceptance of the Tender, vary the scope of works
and such variations, whether increase or decrease, any result in certain works being included in
or excluded from the scope of Works.
Signed : ______________________ Date: _________________

Name : ______________________
Position : ______________________
Company : ______________________ (Company seal)
Address : ______________________

SECRECY DECLARATION
TENDER NO. GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023
Subject to the relevant provisions in the captioned TENDER/CONTRACT document, the

undersigned hereby declares:
Item No.1
That BIDDER/SUPPLIER shall at no time without the prior written agreement of KAHRAMAA
in connection with any process and/or supply (hereinafter called the Services) which
KAHRAMAA may wish to entrust to BIDDER/ SUPPLIER from time to time or in connection
with the preparation by BIDDER/SUPPLIER of a Tender for the Services, for any purpose
other than the performance of the Services or the preparation of the said Tender:
(A) disclose to any third party the fact that the Services may be or have been entrusted to
BIDDER/ SUPPLIER and/or that BIDDER/SUPPLIER has been invited to submit a Tender for
the Services;
(B) reproduce, copy or use, disclose to, place at the disposal of or use on behalf of any third
party or enable any third party to peruse copy or use any documents, data or other
information
i) placed or to be placed at the disposal of BIDDER/SUPPLIER by or on behalf of

KAHRAMAA for carrying out the Services and/or the preparation of the said Tender;
ii) which BIDDER/SUPPLIER may in any other way acquire from KAHRAMAA and which are
directly or indirectly related to the Services and/or the preparation of the said Tender;
iii) which BIDDER/SUPPLIER has prepared or will prepare in connection with the Services
and/or the preparation of the said Tender, insofar as such documents, data and other
information contain any information placed at the disposal of BIDDER/SUPPLIER or acquired
by BIDDER/SUPPLIER as referred to in (i) and (ii) above.

Item No. 2
That BIDDER/SUPPLIER, upon completion of the Services, or, in the event that the Services
will not be entrusted to BIDDER/SUPPLIER, upon receipt, as the case may be, shall return to
KAHRAMAA all documents and data referred to Item 1, paragraphs (B) (i) and (ii).
Item No. 3
That the undertaking as contained in Item 1 hereof shall not apply:
(a) if and insofar as the fact and any of the documents, data and other information referred to
in Item 1 paragraphs (A) and (B) respectively are part of public knowledge or literature at the
date of their receipt by BIDDER/SUPPLIER as from such date;
(b) if and insofar as such fact and documents, data and other information become part of
public knowledge or literature to the date of their receipt by BIDDER/SUPPLIER as from such
subsequent date;
(c) if and insofar as documents, data and other information similar to such documents, data
and information are already in the possession of BIDDER/SUPPLIER at the date of their
receipt by BIDDER/SUPPLIER as from such date;
(d) if and insofar as documents, data and other information similar to such documents, data
and information are subsequent to the date of their receipt by BIDDER/SUPPLIER disclosed
to BIDDER/SUPPLIER by a third party whose possession is lawful and is under no obligation
not to disclose as from such subsequent date;
(e) if and insofar as documents, data and other information similar to such documents, data
and information are developed by BIDDER/SUPPLIER independently of this
TENDER/CONTRACT;
Item No. 4
That BIDDER/SUPPLIER shall ensure so far as reasonably possible that if under the terms of
this declaration any of the documents, data and other information (or the facts contained
therein) referred to in Item 1, paragraph (A) and (B) respectively come to the knowledge
and/or in the possession of any third party through the actions or fault of BIDDER/SUPPLIER,
such third party shall also be bound by the stipulations contained in this declaration.

‫‪Item No. 5‬‬
‫‪That this declaration shall be construed under and governed by Qatari Law.‬‬
‫‪Signed: ..........................‬‬
‫‪Name: ........................………..‬‬
‫‪Position held: ...........................‬‬
‫…‪On behalf of: ........................‬‬
‫……‪Company: ........................‬‬
‫‪Address: ........................……..‬‬
‫‪Place: ........................………..‬‬
‫‪Country: ........................…….‬‬
‫‪Date: ……….‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 27‬من ‪26‬‬
‫‪CHAPTER 2 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT‬‬
‫‪FOR‬‬
‫‪Three (3) Years Call-off Agreement for G.M.‬‬

‫‪Transformers‬‬
‫‪GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 28‬من ‪26‬‬
Summary of Tender
The following information relate to relevant Articles in the CONTRACT Documents For
GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023
S. Reference
Item Special Stipulations
No. Article(s)
01 Tender Validity IT.02 / ITT 90 days from Closing date of Tender.
02 QAR. 2,500,000.00 (QAR: Two Million Five
Amount of Tender Bond IT.14 / ITT
Hundred Thousand only)
Validity of Tender Bond IT.14 / ITT 120 days from Closing Date Tender.
03 10% of Contract Price valid to cover Contract
Amount of Performance
GCC 13.7 Period + Two years of the Guarantee Period +
Bond
90 days after the expiry of Guarantee Period.
04 As mentioned in Appendix C.
These insurances shall be valid from the
Insurance Appendix C
EFFECTIVE DATEOF CONTRACT until the
end of WARRANTY PERIOD
05 i) Amount of Liquidated
GCC 10 As per clause No. 7 of Appendix B.
Damages:
The maximum amount of delay damages
deducted from all invoices for delay in
ii) Maximum amount of
GCC 10 execution of COOs against the CONTRACT
Liquidated Damages
during the contract period shall not exceed
10% of the total CONTRACT PRICE.
06 Three (3) years from the date of delivery or (2)
Warranty Period: GCC 13.1 years from the date of commissioning,
whichever occurs first.
07
i) Payment of Invoices GCC 12 Refer to Article 12 of GCC.
Within 45 days from the date of receiving the

ii) Time of payments
Call-of Supplier's Correct invoice.
08 Work Completion Period
Appendix H Three (3) years including mobilization period
Plus Mobilization Period
09 To start by the EFFECTIVE DATE of
Material Orders
CONTRACT.
10 Three (3) Months from the date of receipt
Mobilization Period
Letter of award
11 Two (2) working days from the receipt of COO.
Material delivery
Refer to Appendix A – as set forth in the COO
Completion
issued by KAHRAMAA

CHAPTER (2):
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
APPENDICES TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
APPENDIX 'A' - SCOPE OF WORKS AND SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDIX 'B' - SCHEDULES OF PRICES
• Form of Tender
• Notes on Pricing
• Terms of Payment
• Schedules of Prices
Appendix 'C' - INSURANCE
Appendix 'D' - ADMINISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS
Appendix 'E' - CALL-OFF SUPPLIER RESOURCE
Appendix 'F' - DRAWINGS
Appendix 'G' - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY KAHRAMAA –

Not applicable
Appendix 'H' - CONTRACT EXECUTION PLAN
Appendix ‘I’ - MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND PLANT SUPPLIED BY THE

SUPPLIER – Not applicable.
Appendix ‘J’ - GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE 2 CONTRACT INTERPRETATION
ARTICLE 3 SCOPE OF SERVICES
ARTICLE 4 CALL-OFF ORDER
ARTICLE 5 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER PERFORMANCE
ARTICLE 6 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER RESOURCES
ARTICLE 7 NATIONAL PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS OF NATIONAL ORIGIN
ARTICLE 8 INSPECTION AND TESTING
ARTICLE 9 DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE
ARTICLE 10 DELAY IN SERVICES
ARTICLE 11 CONTRACT PRICE
ARTICLE 12 TERMS OF PAYMENT
ARTICLE 13 GUARANTEE OF SERVICES AND BANK GUARANTEE
ARTICLE 14 VARIATIONS
ARTICLE 15 REPRESENTATIVES
ARTICLE 16 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING
ARTICLE 17 FORCE MAJEURE
ARTICLE 18 TERMINATION
ARTICLE 19 LIABILITIES AND INDEMNITIES
ARTICLE 20 INSURANCE
ARTICLE 21 TAXES AND GOVERNMENT CHARGES
ARTICLE 22 CONFIDENTIALITY AND SECRECY
ARTICLE 23 TITLE AND LIENS
ARTICLE 24 ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND AUDIT RIGHTS
ARTICLE 25 SEVERABILITY
ARTICLE 26 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
ARTICLE 27 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
ARTICLE 28 SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS

‫‪ARTICLE 29‬‬ ‫‪PUBLIC RELATIONS‬‬

‫‪ARTICLE 30‬‬ ‫‪NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS‬‬
‫‪ARTICLE 31‬‬ ‫‪CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND BUSINESS ETHICS‬‬

ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS
The following words and expressions shall have the meanings herein assigned to them.
Further definitions not contained in this Article 1 shall apply to the Appendix in which
they are stated and subsequent Appendices.
1.1 “CONTRACT” means the Form of Agreement, the General Conditions of

Contract and the following Appendices attached hereto and all incorporated
documents.
1. Appendix A - Scope of Services and Specifications
2. Appendix B - Schedule of Rates and Prices
3. Appendix C - Insurance
4. Appendix D - Administration Instructions
5. Appendix E - CALL-OFF SUPPLIER Resources
6. Appendix F - Drawings
7. Appendix G - Material and Equipment provided by KAHRAMAA
8. Appendix H - Contract Execution Plan
1.2 “LETTER OF AWARD” means the formal acceptance, in writing, by KAHRAMAA

of the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S tender.
1.3 “LETTER OF CONFIRMATION” means the formal confirmation of unconditional

acceptance, in writing, by the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER of the Letter of Award
issued by KAHRAMAA.
1.4 “CONTRACT DURATION” means the period from the EFFECTIVE DATE of the
Contract to the end of the Warrantee Period.
1.5 “EFFECTIVE DATE” means the date when the CONTRACT is deemed to have
come into force which date is shown on the Form of Agreement.
1.6 “SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATE” means the date stated as such on the
Form of Agreement beyond which the CONTRACT is not effective and CALL-

OFF SUPPLIER shall have stopped supplying the GOODS and KAHRAMAA
shall have issued the Taking Over Certificate.
1.7 “DAY” shall mean the Calendar Day
1.8 “MONTH” shall mean the Gregorian Calendar Month.
1.9 “CALL-OFF SUPPLIER” means the party to this CONTRACT named as such in
the Form of Agreement.
1.10 “CONTRACT PRICE” means the aggregate sums of money up to the maximum
value shown on the Form of Agreement and which KAHRAMAA shall pay,
subject to actual utilization, to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER in accordance with the
CONTRACT provisions. The CONTRACT PRICE shall be subject to any
additions thereto or deductions there from which may be made in accordance
with the provisions of Article 14 below. Any revisions to the CONTRACT PRICE
shall be shown in a CONTRACT VARIATION FORM.
1.11 “CONTRACT VARIATION FORM” means the document issued authorized by

KAHRAMAA to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER in accordance with the provisions of
Article 14.
1.12 “VARIATION” means an instruction to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER in accordance with

Article 14 authorized by KAHRAMAA on a CONTRACT VARIATION FORM.
1.13 “COO” means the document titled Call-Off Order as per the form shown in
Exhibit 1, which may be issued by KAHRAMAA to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER from
time to time throughout the CONTRACT DURATION, instructing CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER to provide the SERVICES, including supply of the
GOODS, or any part thereof.
1.14 “GOODS” means all the goods, commodities, materials and other items
described in Appendix A including all constituent and component parts thereof.
1.15 “SERVICES” means any and all work to be carried out, including the stocking
and supply of GOODS and the performance of services to be provided by CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER in accordance with the CONTRACT and any and all COOs.
1.16 “SPECIFICATION” shall mean the Specification annexed to or issued with this

General Conditions of Contract or referred to in the contract.
1.17 “SCHEDULES” means and include the schedule of technical requirements,

schedule of prices and any other schedule forming parts of the Contract
Documents.
1.18 “DELIVERY DATE” means the date specified by KAHRAMAA on a COO on

which date CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall deliver the GOODS at the DELIVERY
POINT(s).
1.19 “DELIVERY POINT” means any of the locations set forth in Appendix A and any
other location which may be specified by KAHRAMAA from time to time to CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER for delivery of the GOODS.
1.20 "LIQUIDATED DAMAGE" means the amount deducted from payment of invoice
value for delay in delivery which is agreed between the PARTIES as a genuine
pre-estimate of the losses that may be sustained by KAHRAMAA in the event
that CALL-OFF SUPPLIER fails to deliver the GOODS by the DELIVERY DATE.
1.21 “PARTY/PARTIES” means in the singular either KAHRAMAA or CALL-OFF

SUPPLIER and in the plural both KAHRAMAA and CALL-OFF SUPPLIER.
1.22 “KAHRAMAA” means QATAR GENERAL ELECTRICITY & WATER

CORPORATION.
1.23 “REPRESENTATIVE” shall be that person, as notified by a PARTY to the other

PARTY, who shall have the duties, rights and obligations as outlined in Article
15.
1.24 “SUBCONTRACT” means any agreement between CALL-OFF SUPPLIER and

any party (other than KAHRAMAA or any employees of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER)
for any part of the supply of GOODS including any services related thereto.
1.25 “SUB CALL-OFF SUPPLIER” means any party (other than CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER) to a SUBCONTRACT directly from the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER.
1.26 "CALL-OFF SUPPLIER PERSONNEL" means all individuals whether employees

of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER or not, directly engaged on the SERVICE under the
direct supervision of the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER and shall include agency

personnel employed by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER.
1.27 “WARRANTEE PERIOD” means Five (5) years from the date of delivery or Four
(4) years from the date of installation, whichever occurs first, or otherwise
specified in Appendix A following taking over, during which the Supplier is
responsible for making good defects and damage to the materials.
1.28 “COMPLETION DATE”. Shall be the date as such on the Taking Over Certificate
issued by KAHRAMAA in accordance with Article 9 on which the work was
actually completed.
1.29 “FINAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE”. Means the certificate to be issued by

KAHRAMAA to the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to confirm the completion of the
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S obligations under the contract for the supply of
materials including the defects liability period.
1.30 “TAKING OVER CERTIFICATE”. Means the certificate to be issued by

KAHRAMAA to the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to confirm the satisfactory completion
of all the tests on completion and successful 30 days reliability run. This
certificate may be issued in respect of an agreed of materials.
1.31 “Purchase Order” means the document titled Purchase Order which may be
issued by KAHRAMAA to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER from time to time throughout
the CONTRACT DURATION, instructing CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to provide the
SERVICES, including supply of the GOODS, or any part thereof.
ARTICLE 2 – CONTRACT INTERPRETATION
2.1 The headings as well as the cover page in this CONTRACT are included for
convenience only and shall not affect its interpretation.
2.2 Unless the context otherwise requires, the singular includes the plural and vice
versa.
2.3 Words importing any gender shall include any other gender.
2.4 The CONTRACT shall be read and construed as a whole. Anything mentioned
in any of the documents comprising the CONTRACT shall be of like effect as if
stated or mentioned in all of them. In the event of any conflict between the various
documents comprising the CONTRACT, the conflict shall be resolved by
KAHRAMAA.

2.5 All references to this CONTRACT shall be deemed to include COOs, the
Appendices and all documents incorporated herein, unless such reference
specifically provides otherwise. Reference to Articles shall be to the Articles of
the General Conditions of Contract, reference to Appendices shall be to
Appendices attached to the CONTRACT.
2.6 The governing language of the CONTRACT shall be the English language. All
notices, correspondence, information, literature, data, manuals and other
documents required under the CONTRACT shall be in the English Language.
2.7 This CONTRACT embodies the entire agreement between the PARTIES.
Neither PARTY shall be liable for any statement, representation, promise,
inducement or understanding of any kind or nature not set forth herein. No
changes, amendments or modifications of the terms and conditions of this
CONTRACT shall be valid unless reduced to writing and signed by the PARTIES.
2.8 Failure on the part of KAHRAMAA at any time to enforce or to require the strict
adherence to and performance of any of the terms or conditions of the
CONTRACT shall not constitute a waiver of such terms or conditions and shall
not affect or impair such terms or conditions in any way or the right of
KAHRAMAA at any time to avail itself of such remedies as it may have had for
each and every breach of such terms and conditions.
ARTICLE 3 – SCOPE OF SERVICES
3.1 The SERVICES to be performed hereunder by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall be

as specified in Appendix A, any and all COOs and as set forth in the CONTRACT
or as can reasonably be implied. Technical specifications, if any, for the
SERVICES are included in Appendix A.
3.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall stock, and shall as and when required by
KAHRAMAA, supply and deliver the GOODS to KAHRAMAA at the DELIVERY
POINTS in accordance with the CONTRACT and the COOs issued by
KAHRAMAA from time to time within the CONTRACT DURATION.
3.3 KAHRAMAA shall not be obligated to issue any COO or to call upon CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER for the supply and delivery of any GOODS whatsoever. CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER shall deliver the GOODS as and when required by KAHRAMAA upon
the issuance of a COO. The designation of the SERVICES to be performed and
the termination of the SERVICES shall be at the sole discretion of KAHRAMAA.

3.4 The quantities of GOODS given in Appendix A are KAHRAMAA’s best estimates
for KAHRAMAA’s consumption within the CONTRACT DURATION. KAHRAMAA
does not guarantee ordering all quantity of GOODS.
3.5 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall maintain at its warehouse, throughout the

CONTRACT DURATION, a minimum level of reserve stock of all the items of the
GOODS, as specified in Appendix A. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall replenish the
stocks in a timely manner, based on KAHRAMAA’s estimates of consumption and
on its own record of the actual consumption, so as to ensure uninterrupted supply
of the GOODS. At the beginning of each month the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall
prepare the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S Monthly Stock Report (as shown in Exhibit
2) and shall send this report to KAHRAMAA’s Materials Department to the
attention of the Contract Administrator.
3.6 NOT USED

3.7 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER agrees that any omission, deficiency, discrepancy and
lack of accuracy that exist in the description of the GOODS but which may be
reasonably implied from the CONTRACT shall be deemed to be required, and to
have been provided for in the CONTRACT PRICE and shall not be the subject
of a VARIATION.
3.8 GOODS for which there is no detailed description included in the CONTRACT
shall be of best quality.
ARTICLE 4 – CALL-OFF ORDER

4.1 COOs shall be issued in accordance with the procedures set forth in Appendix
A, and in the form shown in Exhibit1.
4.2 KAHRAMAA does not guarantee issuing any minimum number of COOs. Any
COO if and when issued by KAHRAMAA shall give details of the SERVICES to
be performed, the quantities of the GOODS, the required DELIVERY DATE and
the DELIVERY POINT.
4.3 Upon receiving a COO, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall commence the SERVICES
and shall proceed with the SERVICES in full compliance with the CONTRACT
and the COO provisions so as to ensure the timely delivery of the GOODS.
ARTICLE 5 – CALL-OFF SUPPLIER PERFORMANCE

5.1 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall be responsible for all necessary certification for all
GOODS. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall supply KAHRAMAA with copies of
certificates, if required to do so by KAHRAMAA.
5.2 All data, description, specifications and all other documents provided by CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER, relating to procurement, supply and delivery of the GOODS,
shall be accurate, genuine and authentic.
5.3 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall perform the SERVICES with due diligence and
efficiency and in accordance with the best practices and accepted standards and
meeting the intents and obligations outlined in and implied from the CONTRACT.
5.4 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER agrees that CALL-OFF SUPPLIER has satisfied itself as
to the nature of the SERVICES and all the requirements for the supply of GOODS
thereof, including but not limited to supervision, personnel and all necessary
services, storage and preservation, packing, transport facilities and equipment,
the correctness and sufficiency of the rates and prices stated in Appendix B,
general and local environmental and climatic conditions and all other matters
which may affect the performance of the SERVICES. Any failure by CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER to take account of matters which may affect the performance of the
SERVICES shall not relieve CALL-OFF SUPPLIER from its obligations under the
CONTRACT.
5.5 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall notify KAHRAMAA forthwith of all things which in
the opinion of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER appear to be deficiencies, omissions,
contradictions or ambiguities in the CONTRACT or the relevant COO or conflicts
with applicable law. KAHRAMAA shall review these items and issue the
necessary instructions before CALL-OFF SUPPLIER proceeds with any part of
the SERVICES affected.
5.6 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall notify KAHRAMAA immediately as soon as any

factor arises which is likely to affect the performance of the SERVICES.
5.7 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall act as an independent CALL-OFF SUPPLIER with

respect to the performance of the SERVICES and neither CALL-OFF SUPPLIER
nor its personnel or SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS or their personnel shall be
deemed to be agents or employees of KAHRAMAA.
ARTICLE 6 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER RESOURCES

6.1 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall provide all management, supervision, personnel,

labour, materials, equipment, warehousing and storage facilities, packing and
protection and all other things required for the performance of the SERVICES so
far as the necessity for providing the same is specified in or is reasonably to be
inferred from the CONTRACT. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER resources available for
performing the SERVICES are set forth in Appendix E.
6.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER represents and warrants that it has the experience and
capability including sufficient and competent professionals, supervisors and
other personnel to efficiently and expeditiously supply the GOODS.
6.3 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall ensure that its senior supervisory personnel liaise
with their KAHRAMAA and third party peers and contacts in a co-operative
manner, and that they have good working knowledge of English.
6.4 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall ensure that all personnel engaged in the
performance of the SERVICES, including SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIER’s
personnel, have all necessary health certificates, visas, sponsorship
documentation, work permits and other immigration requirements.
6.5 KAHRAMAA may notify CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to remove from any location of
KAHRAMAA any officer, employee or agent of either CALL-OFF SUPPLIER or
any SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIER without offering any reason providing only that
such right is not exercised unreasonably. The person shall be removed forthwith
at the expense of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER and shall not be engaged by CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER in any work or services at any location or premises of
KAHRAMAA without the prior approval of KAHRAMAA.
6.6 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall use effective quality assurance programmes in the
performance of the SERVICES which programmes shall comply with all
standards and practices applicable to the SERVICES or as may be specified by
KAHRAMAA. KAHRAMAA at all times shall have the right to review and accept
or reject such quality assurance programmes.
ARTICLE 7 - NATIONAL PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS OF NATIONAL ORIGIN
In supplying the GOODS, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall abide by and comply, and
cause compliance by its SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS with the provisions of
Qatari Law No. (6) for the year 1987 concerning priorities given to National
Products and Products of National Origin. Without prejudice to the quality and
technical specifications of the GOODS, and terms of delivery, CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER shall give preference to National Products up to a value of (10%)
against cost of similar foreign products and (5%) in the case of Products of

National Origin, and if a National Product is not available, Products of National

Origin shall be given preference up to a value of (10%) against cost of similar
foreign Products. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall procure the GOODS accordingly.
ARTICLE 8 – INSPECTION AND TESTING OF THE GOODS
8.1 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall make available for KAHRAMAA 's inspection at all
reasonable times all relevant documents including but not limited to, records,
reports and documents related to importation, shipping and customs clearance.
All such documents shall be made available to KAHRAMAA at any reasonable
location specified by KAHRAMAA and CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall provide a
copy for KAHRAMAA’s retention of any and all documents specified by
KAHRAMAA at no extra charge to KAHRAMAA.
8.2 In order to confirm that the requirements of the CONTRACT are met,
KAHRAMAA shall have the right, but not the obligation, at all times to inspect,
test and examine all the GOODS, transport equipment and storage areas and
warehousing facilities of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER, and all documentation relating
to the GOODS and the supply thereof.
8.3 If KAHRAMAA so require, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall inspect, test or re-test any
GOODS or any CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’s equipment or facilities associated with
the performance of the SERVICES in order to confirm that the requirements of
the CONTRACT are met.
8.4 KAHRAMAA shall have the right to reject any GOODS in full or in part or any of
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’s equipment or facilities associated with the performance
of the SERVICES, which do not comply with any requirement of or specification
in the CONTRACT. If requested by KAHRAMAA, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall
immediately take action to replace such rejected GOODS and to correct any
defect in the performance of the SERVICES at CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’s own
cost.
8.5 Neither failure on the part of KAHRAMAA or its designated inspectors to inspect
the GOODS or the supply thereof or witness or test or to discover defects nor
failure to reject GOODS or part thereof supplied by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER which
is not in accordance with the CONTRACT shall relieve CALL-OFF SUPPLIER
from any liability or obligation under the CONTRACT.
8.6 If CALL-OFF SUPPLIER fails to withdraw any rejected materials from

KAHRAMAA within a maximum time of fifteen (15) days from the notification of
rejection, a storage fee amounting to 1% of the cost of the rejected items per day

or part of a day will be charged to the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER up to the maximum

10% of the cost of the rejected items. If CALL-OFF SUPPLIER fails to withdraw
the rejected items even after reaching the maximum limit of storage fees
stipulated in this clause, KAHRAMAA will have the right to sell the rejected items
and realize all expenses that KAHRAMAA has incurred as a result of the supply
of rejected items, including but not limited to the maximum storage fees, from
proceeds of such sale
8.7 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall be responsible for all costs and delays relating to
re-performance, replacement, testing and inspection.
ARTICLE 9 – DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE
9.1 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall make all the necessary arrangements, including
importation, shipping, customs clearance, stocking and local transportation in
compliance with the applicable laws to ensure that the GOODS are always
readily available to be supplied to KAHRAMAA, upon receiving a COO.
9.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall deliver the GOODS to KAHRAMAA in the quantities,
at the DELIVERY POINT(s) and on the DELIVERY DATE specified in the
relevant COO.
9.3 The GOODS shall be delivered packed and protected carefully and in
compliance with any special packing instructions included in Appendix A and/or
the relevant COO. The packing and protection are deemed to be CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER’s property and shall, upon delivery of the GOODS, be collected and
removed by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER from KAHRAMAA premises unless
instructed otherwise by KAHRAMAA.
9.4 When the GOODS are received at the DELIVERY POINT, KAHRAMAA shall
determine if such GOODS are delivered in accordance with the relevant COO
and the CONTRACT, and if deemed by KAHRAMAA to be delivered as such,
KAHRAMAA REPRESENTATIVE or his authorized deputy shall accept the
GOODS, note the actual delivery date on the COO and sign the Delivery Note
accordingly.
ARTICLE 10 –DELAY PENALTY
10.1 If CALL-OFF SUPPLIER fails to deliver all or any part of the GOODS included in
the applicable COO by the DELIVERY DATE (or authorized extension thereof),

then KAHRAMAA may, at its sole discretion, either i) cancel the COO or the
undelivered or unaccepted part of the GOODS by giving verbal notice (followed
by written confirmation within two (2) working days after the DELIVERY DATE)
to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER and shall have the right to obtain such GOODS from
other SUPPLIERS, or ii) allow delivery of the GOODS after the DELIVERY
DATE, in which case CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall be liable to KAHRAMAA for
delay penalty in accordance with the provisions of this Article 10 and the amount
of such delay penalty shall be calculated in accordance with Appendix B.
10.2 In each such event of cancellation of any particular COO per Article 10.1(i)
above, KAHRAMAA shall be entitled to recover from CALL-OFF SUPPLIER the
following costs:
10.2.1 all costs in excess of the value for the cancelled GOODS that KAHRAMAA
incurs in obtaining the same from other SUPPLIERS, plus
10.2.2 KAHRAMAA’s administration costs, which the PARTIES agree shall be

the amount as specified in Appendix B, or Qatar Riyals two hundred fifty
(QR. 250.00) in case such amount is not specified in Appendix B.
10.3 The provisions of Articles 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 above are without prejudice
to any other rights or remedies to KAHRAMAA under the CONTRACT or
at law.
ARTICLE 11 – CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 As full compensation for the SERVICES, KAHRAMAA shall pay CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER up to the maximum of the CONTRACT PRICE, subject to actual
utilization, in accordance with the provisions of the CONTRACT. The
CONTRACT PRICE is computed as set forth in Appendix B.
11.2 The CONTRACT PRICE shall not be subject to escalation; nor increased as a
result of any increase in CALL-OFF SUPPLIER costs nor adjusted for any reason
except as specified in Article 14. The CONTRACT PRICE shall include all costs,
charges, taxes, duties, and all other expenses for performing the SERVICES.
11.3 Except where it is expressly provided that KAHRAMAA shall carry out an
obligation under the CONTRACT at its own cost, all things required for the
performance of the SERVICES by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER under the CONTRACT
shall be deemed to be included in the rates and prices included in Appendix B.

ARTICLE 12 – TERMS OF PAYMENT
12.1 For the performance and completion of the SERVICES, KAHRAMAA shall pay
or cause to be paid to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER the amounts provided in Appendix
B, in any VARIATION, at the times and in the manner specified in this Article 12.
12.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall submit to KAHRAMAA its invoices in triplicate

showing the amount calculated in accordance with Appendix B. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the CONTRACT and/or any COO, payment under any
particular COO shall become due only upon completion of all the SERVICES
specified under the particular COO. Accordingly, the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER
shall submit the invoice only after completion of all the SERVICES specified
under the particular COO.
12.3 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’s invoice shall be accompanied by all the relevant

supporting documentation including copies of relevant COOs, all as required per
Appendix D. Each invoice shall show separately the individual amounts under
each of the headings in Appendix B, and shall quote the CONTRACT reference
number and title, and KAHRAMAA REPRESENTATIVE reference indicator.
Invoices shall be forwarded to the address shown in Appendix D and at the same
time a copy of each such invoice shall be forwarded to KAHRAMAA
REPRESENTATIVE clearly marked 'copy'. The amount of each invoice issued
by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER prior to the COMPLETION DATE shall be the net
amount calculated in accordance with Appendix B.
12.4 Upon expiration of forty-five (45) calendar days from receipt of a correctly
prepared and adequately supported invoice by KAHRAMAA or, in event that the
forty-fifth (45th) calendar day falls on a Friday, Saturday or public holiday, on the
immediately succeeding working day, KAHRAMAA shall pay the amount of such
invoice to the bank account nominated by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER.
12.5 If KAHRAMAA disputes any items on any invoice in whole or in part or if the
invoice is prepared or submitted incorrectly in any respect, KAHRAMAA shall
return a copy of the invoice to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER advising CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER of the reasons and requesting CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to re-submit a
correct invoice or to issue a credit note for the unaccepted part or whole of the
invoice, as applicable. Alternatively, KAHRAMAA may, with the consent of
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER, correct the invoice. KAHRAMAA shall be obliged to pay
only the undisputed part of a disputed invoice. If any other dispute connected
with the CONTRACT exists between the PARTIES, KAHRAMAA may withhold
from any money which becomes payable either the equivalent of KAHRAMAA's
estimated values of the amount or the amount which is the subject of the dispute.

On settlement of any dispute CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall submit an invoice for

sums due and KAHRAMAA shall make the appropriate payment in accordance
with the provisions of Article 12.4.
12.6 Neither the presentation nor payment nor non-payment of an individual invoice
shall constitute a settlement of a dispute, an accord and satisfaction, a remedy
of account stated, or otherwise waive or affect the rights of the PARTIES
hereunder.
12.7 KAHRAMAA may deduct or withhold from any money which is due or which
may become due to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER:
12.7.1 any sum, which KAHRAMAA believes, was incorrectly paid to CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER;
12.7.2 any sum which is due to KAHRAMAA from CALL-OFF

SUPPLIER whether or not related to this CONTRACT.
12.8 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this CONTRACT, KAHRAMAA shall
not be liable to pay any interest on delayed payments.
ARTICLE 13 – GUARANTEE OF SERVICES AND BANK GUARANTEE
13.1 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER guarantees that the GOODS and the stocking and supply
thereof shall be of specified quality and standard in every respect, suitable for
the conditions prevailing in the State of Qatar, in full compliance with all the
requirements as set forth in the CONTRACT and free from errors, defects or
failures for the relevant Guarantee Period which shall run until the later date of
either:
13.1.1 the end of the Guarantee Period specified for the GOODS or for the
particular part of the GOODS as set forth in Appendix A; or
13.1.2 where no period has been specified in accordance with Article 13.1.1
above, the end of the period of two (2) years from the date of Taking
Over Certificate; or
13.1.3 in the event that any part of the GOODS is rectified or replaced by
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER under the provisions of this Article, until the
date that the re-performance, rectification or replacement has been

satisfactorily completed in accordance with the CONTRACT and has
been free from errors, defects and failures for the period specified in
accordance with Articles 13.1.1 or 13.1.2 above as appropriate.
13.2 Notwithstanding the fact that KAHRAMAA has accepted the GOODS, in the
event KAHRAMAA discovers any errors, defects or failure in the GOODS during
the CONTRACT DURATION, KAHRAMAA shall notify CALL-OFF SUPPLIER of
such error, defect or failure. Upon receipt of such notification from KAHRAMAA,
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall immediately at its own cost, rectify or, at the option
of KAHRAMAA, replace the defective GOODS. Alternatively, KAHRAMAA may
decide at its absolute discretion that the carrying out of such rectification or
replacement by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER will be prejudicial to KAHRAMAA's
interests. In such circumstances KAHRAMAA may undertake CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER's above-mentioned responsibilities, in which event KAHRAMAA
shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, so notify CALL-OFF SUPPLIER.
KAHRAMAA shall be entitled to recover from CALL-OFF SUPPLIER all costs
incurred by KAHRAMAA in correcting such error, defect or failure.
13.3 Within fourteen (14) calendar days from the date of your Letter of Confirmation
to KM Letter of Award, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall provide to KAHRAMAA an
unconditional and irrevocable bank guarantee payable on first demand of
KAHRAMAA to guarantee the performance of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER's
obligations under the CONTRACT.
13.4 The bank guarantee shall be provided or endorsed by a bank operating in Doha,
Qatar and shall be in the specific form set out in Exhibit 2.
13.5 The bank guarantee shall be effective on or before the EFFECTIVE DATE and
shall be valid for Contract period + two years out of the total years guarantee
period + (90) days, as set forth in Summary of Tender.
13.6 Notwithstanding any provision of this CONTRACT to the contrary, KAHRAMAA

shall not be obliged to make any payment to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER until CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER has provided KAHRAMAA with such bank guarantee in
accordance with all the requirements of this Article. Should CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER fail to provide such satisfactory bank guarantee within fourteen (14)
calendar days from the date of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER'S Letter of Confirmation
fo KAHRAMAA Letter of Award, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall be in breach and
KAHRAMAA shall have the right at any time, without prior notification and without

any liability whatsoever, to liquidate any provisional bank guarantee submitted by

CALL-OFF SUPPLIER, suspend and/or terminate the CONTRACT. Should such
bank guarantee prove to be unenforceable, at any time and for any reason, then
KAHRAMAA shall be entitled to suspend any and all payments to CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER until CALL-OFF SUPPLIER has provided KAHRAMAA with a new
and satisfactory bank guarantee.
13.7 The amount of the bank guarantee shall be ten percent (10%) of the CONTRACT
PRICE, unless otherwise specified in Appendix B.
13.8 KAHRAMAA shall be entitled to demand payment under such bank guarantee
at any time CALL-OFF SUPPLIER has failed to perform any of its obligations
under this CONTRACT. As soon as practicable following any such demand,
KAHRAMAA shall notify CALL-OFF SUPPLIER of the obligation or obligations
under this CONTRACT which CALL-OFF SUPPLIER has failed to perform and
which formed the basis for such demand.
13.9 The rights and remedies of KAHRAMAA provided under this Article 13 are
without prejudice to KAHRAMAA's other rights or remedies under the
CONTRACT and at law.
13.10 Within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of expiry of the SCHEDULED
COMPLETION DATE, KAHRAMAA shall issue to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER a
Taking Over Certificate in the form shown in Appendix D. Upon the issuance of
the Taking Over Certificate, the PARTIES shall be considered as having fulfilled
all their obligations under the CONTRACT subject only to the provisions of Article
28 and CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’s liability for latent defects.
ARTICLE 14 – VARIATIONS
14.1 KAHRAMAA shall have the right, at any time, to make any changes in the
GOODS and or the supply thereof such as additions, deletions, substitutions or
other alterations or revisions, and to direct CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to perform

such changes. Such Variation Order shall be within the limit of ±20% of the
Contract Price. Any increase or decrease in the CONTRACT PRICE or any
modification to the SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATE resulting from such
change shall be evaluated and be determined in accordance with the
CONTRACT and with the rates and prices contained in Appendix B. If Appendix
B does not contain unit rates which are specifically applicable to such change,
then KAHRAMAA shall compensate CALL-OFF SUPPLIER on a basis to be
mutually agreed between KAHRAMAA and CALL-OFF SUPPLIER. Deletion of
individual items shall not entitle CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to reimbursement for loss
of overheads or profit or to any financial compensation.
14.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall not undertake any change until it has received a
CONTRACT VARIATION FORM. However, in the event KAHRAMAA and
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER are unable to agree on the cost related to the change,
KAHRAMAA may nevertheless direct CALL-OFF SUPPLIER in writing to
proceed and CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall proceed with such change and
KAHRAMAA and CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall endeavour to resolve the issue
by negotiation.
14.3 Instructions, decisions or acts of KAHRAMAA which are to achieve compliance

by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER with the CONTRACT, or to correct errors, omissions,
or other failures of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to comply with the CONTRACT or to
avoid failure by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to achieve compliance with the
CONTRACT shall not constitute a VARIATION.
14.4 A VARIATION shall not affect the rights or obligations of the PARTIES except
as expressly provided in the relevant CONTRACT VARIATION FORM. All
VARIATIONS shall be governed by all the provisions of the CONTRACT.
14.5 Adjustment evaluated by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER related to a VARIATION
pursuant to this Article and approved by KAHRAMAA on the CONTRACT

VARIATION FORM shall be deemed to take into account the full and final
effects of such VARIATION upon any and all aspects of the CONTRACT and to
compensate CALL-OFF SUPPLIER fully thereto. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER hereby
agrees to make no further claim for any other consequences of such
VARIATION, whether directly or indirectly resulting therefrom.
ARTICLE 15 – REPRESENTATIVES
15.1 Each PARTY has nominated its REPRESENTATIVE for this CONTRACT. The
name and contact address of KAHRAMAA REPRESENTATIVE is set forth in
Appendix D and the name and contact address of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER
REPRESENTATIVE is set forth in Appendix E. The REPRESENTATIVES shall
have the duties, rights and obligations outlined as follows:
15.1.1 All information, instructions and decisions by a PARTY shall be issued by

the REPRESENTATIVE of that PARTY. All information, instructions and
decisions from the REPRESENTATIVE of a PARTY shall commit that
PARTY.
15.1.2 The REPRESENTATIVE of a PARTY may delegate any of its

responsibilities to a nominated deputy or deputies. The terms of such
delegation shall be subject to prior notification to the other PARTY.
Information, instructions and decisions from such a nominated deputy
shall be as if from the REPRESENTATIVE of a PARTY.
15.1.3 All information, instructions and decisions by a PARTY to the other

PARTY shall be effective only if such information, instructions and
decisions have been addressed to the receiving PARTY's
REPRESENTATIVE or nominated deputy as the case may be.
15.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall not change CALL-OFF SUPPLIER

REPRESENTATIVE without the prior written approval of KAHRAMAA.
15.3 KAHRAMAA shall have the right to change its REPRESENTATIVE or its
REPRESENTATIVE’s deputies at any time at its sole discretion and shall notify
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER accordingly.

ARTICLE 16 – ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING
16.1 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall not assign the CONTRACT or any part of it nor
any benefit nor interest in or under it or SUBCONTRACT the SERVICES in full
or in part without the prior written consent of KAHRAMAA which will only be
given in exceptional circumstances and shall, notwithstanding the foregoing, be
in the absolute discretion of KAHRAMAA.
16.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall ensure that the rights of KAHRAMAA and the
requirements in the CONTRACT regarding SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS are
effectively provided for in any SUBCONTRACT. In proposing a SUBCALL-OFF
SUPPLIER as provided in Article 16.3, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall reasonably
ensure that such proposal is not detrimental to the interests of KAHRAMAA.
16.3 Where a SUBCONTRACT is provided for in the CONTRACT or where CALL-

OFF SUPPLIER wishes to enter into a SUBCONTRACT, then before CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER enters into any SUBCONTRACT, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall
give KAHRAMAA an adequate opportunity to review the form of the
SUBCONTRACT, the choice of the SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIER, the part of the
GOODS which shall be covered under the SUBCONTRACT, any other details
KAHRAMAA shall request or specify and, insofar as KAHRAMAA is required to
reimburse to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER the amounts to be paid to the SUBCALL-
OFF SUPPLIER and the cost of the SUBCONTRACT.
16.4 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall obtain from all SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS and
cause to be extended to KAHRAMAA the best possible prices, lawful discounts,
representations, warranties and guarantees with respect to any GOODS,
services or supplies furnished by such SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS. All
representations, warranties and guarantees shall be subject to approval of
KAHRAMAA and shall be so written as to survive all KAHRAMAA and CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER inspections, tests and approvals. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall
be responsible for enforcing the representations, warranties and guarantees
specified herein, at no cost to KAHRAMAA.
16.5 No SUBCONTRACT shall bind or purport to bind KAHRAMAA and each

SUBCONTRACT shall provide for its immediate termination in the event of
termination of all or a relevant part of the CONTRACT. Each SUBCONTRACT
shall provide for CALL-OFF SUPPLIER's right of assignment of the
SUBCONTRACT to KAHRAMAA or its nominee in the event that KAHRAMAA
terminates the CONTRACT. Except upon such an assignment a SUBCALL-OFF
SUPPLIER shall only be responsible to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER, who shall in turn
be responsible to KAHRAMAA.

16.6 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall be responsible for all work, acts, omissions and
defaults of any SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIER as fully as if they were the work,
acts, omissions or defaults of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER.
16.7 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall not be entitled to any remuneration, commission,

discounts or any other form of allowance on any SUBCONTRACTS unless
provided for specifically under the provisions of the CONTRACT except insofar
as such allowance has already been identified within the CONTRACT PRICE.
ARTICLE 17 – FORCE MAJEURE
17.1 A delay in or total or partial failure of performance of either PARTY hereto shall
not constitute default, suspension or termination hereunder or serve to give rise
to any claim for damages if and to the extent such delay or failure is caused by
any force majeure occurrence which demonstrably could not have been
foreseen before the EFFECTIVE DATE and which is beyond the reasonable
control of the PARTY affected and could not have been avoided by use of due
care, provided that (1) such occurrence materially and directly impairs the
ability of affected PARTY to perform (2) the affected PARTY gives prompt
written notice to the other PARTY of the circumstances constituting the
occurrence and of the obligation or performance which is thereby delayed or
prevented, and (3) such occurrences fall within one or more of the following
categories:
17.1.1 expropriation, confiscation, requisitioning or commandeering by or

compliance with any oral or written order, directive or request of any
governmental authority or person purporting to act therefor or under such
authority which affects to a degree not presently existing the supply, availability
or use of materials or labour;
17.1.2 act or inaction on the part of any governmental authority or person

purporting to act therefor or under such authority;
17.1.3 war (whether declared or not) act of foreign enemy, hostilities, acts of
terrorism, rebellion, or public disorder;
17.1.4 ionizing, radiation or contamination by radio-activity;
17.1.5 explosions, fires, floods, earthquakes, or other natural calamities;

17.1.6 maritime disaster.
17.2 If within a reasonable time after a force majeure occurrence which caused
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to suspend or delay delivery of the GOODS, CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER has failed to take such action as CALL-OFF SUPPLIER

could lawfully initiate to remove or relieve either the force majeure occurrence
or its direct or indirect effects, KAHRAMAA may, in its sole discretion and
after written notice to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER, initiate such measures,
including but not limited to, the hiring of third parties, as are designed to
remove or relieve such force majeure occurrence or its direct or indirect
effects; and KAHRAMAA may thereafter require CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to
resume full or partial delivery of the GOODS. Alternatively, KAHRAMAA, in its
sole discretion, may decide to terminate this CONTRACT in accordance with
the terms of Article 18 hereof.
17.3 Any force majeure delay as defined herein shall be considered an excusable
delay, and neither PARTY shall be entitled to compensation, beyond the
provisions of this CONTRACT, as a result thereof.
ARTICLE 18 – TERMINATION
18.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the CONTRACT or in any COO,

KAHRAMAA shall have the right, by giving notice, to terminate the CONTRACT
at such time or times as KAHRAMAA may consider necessary for any or all of
the following reasons:
18.1.1 to suit the convenience of KAHRAMAA;
18.1.2 subject only to Article 18.2 below in the event of any default on the part of
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER; or
18.1.3 in the event of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER becoming bankrupt or making a

composition or arrangement with its creditors or a winding-up order of
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER being made or (except for the purposes of
amalgamation or reconstruction) a resolution for its voluntary winding-up
passed or a provisional Liquidator, Receiver, Administrator or Manager of
its business or undertaking is appointed.
18.2 In the event of default on the part of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER:

18.2.1 under the provision of Article 31 (CONFLICT OF INTEREST AND
BUSINESS ETHICS), KAHRAMAA shall have the right to issue a notice
of termination in accordance with the provisions of Article 18.1, without
need for issuance of a notice of default.
18.2.2 under the CONTRACT other than provision of Article 31(CONFLICT OF
INTEREST AND BUSINESS ETHICS), before the issue by KAHRAMAA
of a notice of termination of the CONTRACT, KAHRAMAA shall give
notice of default to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER giving the details of such

default. If CALL-OFF SUPPLIER upon receipt of such notice does not

commence and thereafter continuously proceed with action satisfactory
to KAHRAMAA to remedy such default KAHRAMAA may issue a notice
of termination in accordance with the provisions of Article 18.1 above.
18.3 In the event of KAHRAMAA giving CALL-OFF SUPPLIER notice of termination
of the CONTRACT, such notice shall become effective on the date specified
therein (or in the absence of any specified date at the date of receipt of the
notice) whereupon CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall immediately and in an orderly
manner:
18.3.1 cease performance of the SERVICES including delivery of GOODS; and
18.3.2 assign to KAHRAMAA, or its nominee, to the extent desired by

KAHRAMAA, all or the relevant part of the rights, titles, liabilities and
SUBCONTRACTS relating to the SERVICES which CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER may have acquired or entered into.
18.4 In the event of termination under Article 18.1, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER's
entitlement to payment shall be limited to the amount calculated in accordance
with Appendix B for that portion of the GOODS actually delivered and accepted
in accordance with the CONTRACT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
the previous sentence, in the event of termination in accordance with Articles
18.1.2 or 18.1.3, any additional costs incurred by KAHRAMAA as a result of
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’s default shall also be recoverable from CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER.
18.5 The foregoing provisions of this Article 18 are without prejudice to any other
rights and remedies of KAHRAMAA under the CONTRACT or at law.
ARTICLE 19 – LIABILITY OF CALL-OFF SUPPLIER
The CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall be liable to KAHRAMAA for any breach of

CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S obligation mentioned in this CONTRACT and any other
damage that may cause to persons or properties as a result of such breach or
by reason of the use of defective materials or faulty manufacture, or of faulty
design unless such design has been provided KAHRAMAA. Such liability shall
be limited to the CONTRACT PRICE and without prejudice to any other rights
and remedies reserved for KAHRAMAA under the CONTRACT or at Law.
ARTICLE 20 – INSURANCE

20.1 Without limiting the obligations of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER or its insurers, CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER shall secure and at all times during the term of the CONTRACT,
maintain the agreed insurance coverage, as set forth in APPENDIX C.
20.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall also require all of its SUB CALL-OFF SUPPLIERS
to secure and at all times during the term of the CONTRACT, maintain the agreed
insurance coverage, as set forth in APPENDIX C, as deemed necessary by
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER. Any deficiencies in the coverage or policy limits of such
SUB CALL-OFF SUPPLIERS' insurance coverage shall be the responsibility of
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER.
ARTICLE 21 – TAXES AND GOVERNMENT CHARGES
21.1 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall pay all taxes, dues, fees and charges assessed
against it in connection with the SERVICES and agrees to protect and
indemnify KAHRAMAA and hold KAHRAMAA harmless from any and all claims
or liability for taxes, dues, fees and charges assessed or levied by the
Government of the State of Qatar or any foreign government against CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER for or on account of any payment made to or earned by CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER.
21.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall give prompt notice to KAHRAMAA on all matters
pertaining to non-payment, payment under protest, or claim for immunity or
exemption from any taxes or duties.
21.3 KAHRAMAA shall have the right to withhold from any payment such amount of
money as may be required to be withheld by the Qatari competent authorities.
ARTICLE 22 – CONFIDENTIALITY AND SECRECY
22.1 As used herein, the term confidential information (hereinafter referred to as

"CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION") means this CONTRACT and all information
(including TECHNICAL INFORMATION) which CALL-OFF SUPPLIER, directly
or indirectly, acquires from KAHRAMAA or from the performance of the
SERVICE or any other information concerning the technical and business
activities and know-how of KAHRAMAA, except information falling into any of the
following categories:
22.1.1 information which, prior to the time of disclosure or acquisition

hereunder, is in the public domain;

22.1.2 information which, after disclosure or acquisition hereunder, enters the

public domain, except where such entry is the result of CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER's breach of this CONTRACT;
22.1.3 information, other than that obtained from third parties, which, prior to
disclosure or acquisition hereunder, was already lawfully in CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER's possession either without limitation on disclosure to others
or which subsequently becomes free of such limitation;
22.1.4 information obtained by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER from a third party who is

lawfully in possession of such information and not subject to a
contractual or fiduciary relationship with KAHRAMAA or another with
respect to said information. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER may use and
disclose such information in accordance with the terms under which it
was provided by such third party.
22.2 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION shall not be deemed to be within the categories

specified in Articles 22.1.1 through 22.1.4 merely because such information is
embraced by more general information lawfully in the public domain or in CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER's possession. In addition, any combination of features shall not
be deemed to be within the foregoing categories merely because individual
features are in the public domain or in CALL-OFF SUPPLIER's possession but
only if the combination itself and its principle of operation are lawfully in the public
domain or in CALL-OFF SUPPLIER's possession.
22.3 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER represents that it has a policy and procedure designed to
protect trade secret rights of its own proprietary information including notices to
its employees to prevent unauthorized publication and disclosure of such
information. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER agrees that CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMATION shall be subject to such policy and procedure. In addition, CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER agrees that it shall not disclose any CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMATION to any third party or use CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION other
than on KAHRAMAA's behalf except as KAHRAMAA may otherwise authorize in
writing. If disclosure to a third party is so authorized, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall
enter into a confidentiality agreement with said party containing the same terms
and conditions with respect to use or disclosure of CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMATION as this Article 22 contains.
22.4 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER also agrees to safeguard all documents containing

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION which KAHRAMAA may supply to CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER hereunder and all other documents containing CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMATION whether prepared by CALL-OFF SUPPLIER or another. CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER may make copies of such documents only to the extent

necessary for the performance of the SERVICES. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall

prevent access to all such documents by third parties. On COMPLETION of the
WORK, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER agrees to return to KAHRAMAA all such
documents containing CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION and to destroy all copies
thereof. However, should CALL-OFF SUPPLIER desire to retain certain
documents and should it receive KAHRAMAA's written approval therefor, CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER shall continue to treat said documents in accordance with the
terms of this Article 22.
22.5 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER also agrees to enter into confidentiality agreements with
third parties upon KAHRAMAA's request and to keep in force confidentiality
agreements concerning third parties' proprietary information, which agreements
shall permit CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to use such parties' proprietary information
in the SERVICE.
22.6 It is not KAHRAMAA's desire to be afforded access to confidential information of

CALL-OFF SUPPLIER, any CALL-OF SUBSUPPLIER or any other third party
therefore, it is agreed that any information which CALL-OFF SUPPLIER supplies
or arranges to have supplied to KAHRAMAA shall not be subject to any obligation
of confidence (notices on drawings, proposals, graphs, tables, specifications and
the like to the contrary notwithstanding); and KAHRAMAA shall not be liable for
any use or disclosure of such information and CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall
release, protect, indemnify, defend and hold KAHRAMAA and its AFFILIATES
harmless against any liability arising from such use or disclosure. CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER also warrants that it will not disclose to KAHRAMAA any information
that is subject to an obligation of secrecy or confidentiality to any third person(s).
ARTICLE 23 – TITLE AND LIENS
23.1 Title to and the right to possession of and free right of use of GOODS shall vest
in KAHRAMAA immediately upon the date of acceptance by KAHRAMAA of the
GOODS as shown on the relevant COO.
23.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall immediately notify KAHRAMAA of any possible lien,
attachment, charge or claim, which may affect the GOODS or any part thereof.
If at any time there shall be evidence of any lien, attachment, charge or claim to
which, if established, KAHRAMAA or its property might be subjected and which
is made against CALL-OFF SUPPLIER, KAHRAMAA shall have the right to
retain out of any payment to be made under the CONTRACT an amount sufficient
to indemnify KAHRAMAA completely against such lien, attachment, charge or
claim. Should there prove to be any lien, attachment, charge or claim upon the
property of KAHRAMAA after all payments hereunder have been made, CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER agrees to refund to KAHRAMAA the costs incurred by

KAHRAMAA in discharging any such lien, attachment, charge or claim imposed

on the property of KAHRAMAA in consequence of the default of CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER.
23.3 Without prejudice to the provisions of this Article CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall
hold harmless and indemnify KAHRAMAA from and against all liens,
attachments, charges or claims by the SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS or persons
alleging to be SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS in connection with or arising out of
the CONTRACT. KAHRAMAA shall have the right to withhold the amount of any
such lien, attachment, charge or claim from any payment to CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER under the CONTRACT until removal of such claim by the SUBCALL-
OFF SUPPLIERS.
ARTICLE 24 – ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND AUDIT RIGHTS
24.1 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER and its SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS shall keep accurate
accounts and records showing all costs and charges incurred in connection with
the performance of the SERVICES which accounts and records shall comply with
generally accepted accounting principles and practices. KAHRAMAA or its
authorized REPRESENTATIVES or agents shall have the right to examine,
during business hours, all books, records, accounts, correspondence,
instructions, specifications, plans, receipts and memoranda of CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER and its SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS insofar as they are pertinent to
the GOODS. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall be responsible for ensuring that all of
its documentation and its SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS’ documentation is
preserved and made available at any time for audit, without any additional
compensation thereof, any time during the currency of the CONTRACT and up
to three years from the SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATE or effective date of
termination of the CONTRACT, as the case may be.
24.2 KAHRAMAA shall have full audit rights for all documentation in case of
termination of this CONTRACT or any substantial portion thereof or where CALL-
OFF SUPPLIER submits a claim, demand or proceeding against KAHRAMAA
or AFFILIATES arising out of or related to KAHRAMAA’s performance of the
terms and conditions of this CONTRACT.
24.3 If an audit indicates errors or anomalies in CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’s invoices,

CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall make appropriate invoice adjustments and/or
promptly refund overpayments.

ARTICLE 25 – SEVERABILITY
The invalidity or un-enforceability of any portion or provision of this CONTRACT

shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other portion or provision
hereof. Any invalid or unenforceable portion or provision shall be deemed
severed from this CONTRACT and the balance of the CONTRACT shall be
construed and enforced as if the CONTRACT did not contain such invalid or
unenforceable portion or provision.
ARTICLE 26 – LAWS AND REGULATIONS
26.1 This CONTRACT shall be governed by and construed and enforced in

accordance with the laws of the State of Qatar.
26.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall abide by and comply, and secure compliance by its
SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS, with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of
any governmental or regulatory body having jurisdiction over the CONTRACT.
26.3 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall comply and secure compliance by its SUBCALL-
OFF SUPPLIERS with all KAHRAMAA regulations, policies and procedures
related to the performance of the SERVICES, which include, but not limited to,
safety, security, health and environment.
26.4 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall ensure that its personnel and SUBCALL-OFF
SUPPLIERS are fully aware of, conversant with, and shall follow the “CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER’s Safety Rules and Regulations” and any amendments thereto as
issued by KAHRAMAA copies of which will be made available to CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER on request.
26.5 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall strictly comply and shall cause its personnel to
strictly comply with all rules, guidelines, regulations, procedures, programmes,
and policies of KAHRAMAA as set forth in “the QATAR GENERAL
ELECTRICITY & WATER Health, Safety & Environmental Conservation Policy”
and the “KAHRAMAA ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION STANDARDS”, as
may be amended from time to time. Compliance with such guidelines and
standards, copies of which are available to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER on request,
shall be considered as a minimum requirement and CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall
establish additional precautions as circumstances may require.
26.6 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall obtain all licenses, permits, temporary permits and
authorizations required by any applicable laws, rules and regulations for the
performance of the SERVICES.

26.7 All costs for compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and
obtaining authorities, approvals, licenses and permits for the SERVICES shall be
to the account of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER.
ARTICLE 27 – SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
27.1 KAHRAMAA and CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall in good faith and using all
reasonable efforts in the spirit of cooperation take all steps as may be necessary
or desirable to settle amicably through negotiations and other constructive
discussions any and all controversies, claims, disputes, differences and other
similar matters arising out of or relating to this CONTRACT (such controversies,
claims, disputes, differences and other similar matters are hereinafter referred to
as “Dispute”) through negotiations and other constructive discussions.
27.2 If a PARTY considers that a Dispute exists it shall notify the other PARTY of the
Dispute in writing (such notification hereinafter referred to as “Dispute Notice”).
Neither PARTY shall have the right to raise a Dispute Notice if:
27.2.1ninety (90) calendar days elapsed after the date of discovery of the event
giving rise to the Dispute; or
27.2.2the event giving rise to the Dispute took place after the date of the Taking
Over Certificate, except in the event of latent defects.
27.3 If after ninety (90) calendar days from the date of raising a Dispute Notice, any
PARTY considers that, despite the good faith efforts of the PARTIES, the Dispute
is not capable of being settled, the aggrieved PARTY may refer the Dispute to
the competent Court in the State of Qatar. The courts of Qatar shall have
exclusive jurisdiction over any suit or legal proceeding relating to the
CONTRACT. The PARTIES shall submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts
of Qatar as the proper legal venue for any dispute or controversy that cannot be
settled by agreement between the PARTIES.
27.4 Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 27.1, 27.2 and 27.3 above KAHRAMAA
will solely decide on all matters, which are specifically reserved in this
CONTRACT for decision by KAHRAMAA.
27.5 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall not at any time suspend performance of any of its
obligations under the CONTRACT pending resolution or settlement of a Dispute
and shall proceed with all due diligence with all of its obligations in full
compliance with the CONTRACT regardless of any Dispute.

ARTICLE 28 – SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS
In order that the PARTIES hereto may fully exercise their rights and perform their
obligations hereunder arising from the performance of the SERVICES under this
CONTRACT, such provisions of this CONTRACT which are of a continuing
nature or which are required to ensure such exercise or performance shall
survive the completion or termination of this CONTRACT for any cause
whatsoever.
ARTICLE 29 – PUBLIC RELATIONS
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER agrees that all public relations matters arising out of or in
connection with the CONTRACT shall be the sole responsibility of KAHRAMAA.
Therefore, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall obtain KAHRAMAA 's prior written
approval of the text of any announcement, publication or other type of
communication concerning the CONTRACT, which CALL-OFF SUPPLIER or its
SUBCALL-OFF SUPPLIERS wish to release for publication.
ARTICLE 30 – NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS
All notices and other communications to be given under the CONTRACT shall
be in writing and shall be deemed to be effectively given on receipt if transmitted
by facsimile. If facsimile transmittal takes place after normal business hours,
notice shall be deemed given on the opening of business on the following
business day to the other PARTY at its respective address as set out in Appendix
D (or such other address if such address has been properly notified to the other
PARTY with fifteen (15) calendar days prior notice).
ARTICLE 31 – CONFLICT OF INTEREST AND BUSINESS ETHICS

31.1 The term “Conflict of Interest” as used herein means any potential or actual
circumstance where,
31.1.1 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER engages in duplication or overlap of services
and/or
31.1.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER and/or CALL-OFF SUPPLIER PERSONNEL:
a) improperly participate or influence any KAHRAMAA decision, and/or
b) actively or passively attempt to improperly influence any KAHRAMAA decision,
and/or

c) improperly gain, while executing the CONTRACT, access to KAHRAMAA’S

Confidential Information which is either unrelated to the CONTRACT or which
does not constitute Confidential Information under the CONTRACT and/or,
d) improperly further CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S or CALL-OFF SUPPLIER
PERSONNEL’S interests or the interests of CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S parent
company, affiliates, sister companies, joint ventures or any other company or
entity, which CALL-OFF SUPPLIER or CALL-OFF SUPPLIER PERSONNEL
have any interest therein, and/or
e) give or receive from any KAHRAMAA employee anything of more than nominal
value.
31.2 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER represents and warrants that its entering into the
CONTRACT or its performance thereunder does not create nor will create any
CONFLICT OF INTERESTS as to any relationship, contractual, fiduciary or
otherwise, which CALL-OFF SUPPLIER may have with KAHRAMAA or any third
party.
31.3 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER represents and warrants that neither it nor CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER PERSONNEL has entered into any CONFLICT OF INTEREST.
31.4 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER further represents, warrants and shall ensure that neither
it nor CALL-OFF SUPPLIER PERSONNEL shall enter into any CONFLICT OF
INTEREST throughout the duration of the CONTRACT.
31.5 If any CONFLICT OF INTEREST arises any time, CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall
so notify KAHRAMAA immediately.
31.6 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall agree that CALL-OFF SUPPLIER PERSONNEL
supplies to KAHRAMAA under the CONTRACT shall be subject to KAHRAMAA
Regulations related to CODE OF ETHICS AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST.
31.7 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER warrants that neither it nor any CALL-OFF SUPPLIER
PERSONNEL (i) has paid or shall pay any commission, fee, rebate of more than
nominal value to or for the benefit of any employee or officer of KAHRAMAA, (ii)
has favored or shall favor employees or officers of KAHRAMAA with gifts or
entertainment of significant value, or (iii) shall enter into any business
arrangement with any employee or officer of KAHRAMAA in their individual or
any other capacity except as formally delegated to them by KAHRAMAA or (iv)
has falsified any record or made any false declaration so as to obtain extra
payment or to avoid any obligation under the CONTRACT.
31.8 Upon occurrence of any CONFLICT OF INTEREST or any other default of

CALL-OFF SUPPLIER under the provisions of this Article 31, KAHRAMAA, at its
sole discretion, shall determine and take appropriate action necessary in accordance
with the rights and remedies available under the CONTRACT or at law.


‫الصفحة ‪ 33‬من ‪82‬‬
‫‪Appendix B‬‬
‫‪Schedule of Prices and Terms of Payment‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 34‬من ‪82‬‬
TENDER NO: GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023

SCHEDULE OF PRICES.
TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR PRICING

1. The prices and rates in the schedule of Prices shall be used only in accordance with the
General Conditions of Contract to calculate the CONTRACT PRICE, value of the items
of the GOODS included in the COOs, cost of any VARIATIONS, and in the valuation of
interim payments.
2. The Quantities set forth in the following table (Column 4) of this Appendix B is the
estimated three years’ requirement of the GOODS.
3. The rates shall apply regardless of the actual quantities ordered. Payments shall be made
for the actual quantities of the items delivered by the SUPPLIER and accepted by
KAHRAMAA.
4. The rates and prices shall include for everything necessary for SUPPLIER to fully perform
the SERVICES, and carry out all its obligations in accordance with the CONTRACT,
including but not limited to costs towards warehousing, storing, transportation and
delivery of the GOODS, wages of the support personnel, supervision, project
management, safety clothing and equipment, insurance, all taxes, duties, administration
expenses, overheads and profits and any other costs and charges not specifically
detailed.
5. The rates and prices shall remain fixed and firm for the CONTRACT DURATION including
any extensions thereof.
6. TERMS OF PAYMENT
6.1 Payment shall be effected based on the completed COOs.
6.2 Payment shall be made in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions of
Contract.
7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
a) For delay in MOBILIZATION PERIOD: Qatar Riyals One Thousand (1,000.00) per
day or part of a day delay will be applied. If MOBILIZATION is delayed for more than
15 days, KAHRAMAA will apply liquidated damages up to the extent of delay, but not
exceeding the maximum applicable limit, and also KAHRAMAA reserves the right to

terminate the CONTRACT and take legal action against the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER,
and to claim from the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER all losses incurred by KAHRAMAA due
to delay in the MOBILIZATION.
b) For shortage in Minimum (Min.) Stock: The CALL-OFF SUPPLIER is required to

maintain the Minimum Stock stipulated in Appendix H throughout the Contract Period.
Liquidated Damages will be imposed for shortage of Minimum of Stock at any time
during the Contract Period @ QAR 1,000.00 per day until the Minimum Stock is
replenished.
c) For delay in execution of COO / Purchase Order: One per cent (1%) of the value of
the delayed COO / Purchase Order for each day or part of a day delay up to an amount
not to exceed ten percent (10%) of the applicable COO / Purchase Order.
d) The aggregate amount of liquidated damages deducted from all invoices for delay in
execution of COOs / Purchase Orders against the CONTRACT during the contract
period will not exceed 10% of the total CONTRACT PRICE.
8. Prices quoted above cover all costs including but not limited to procurement, freight,
custom duties, taxes, local transportation up to CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S local warehouse
in Doha, storage, handling, providing heat shrink type end caps, re-spooling if required,
and loading onto KAHRAMAA’s authorized receivers’/Call-off Suppliers’ vehicles. All
these charges should be included in the unit price of each item. Any charge quoted
separately, or as lump sum will not be accepted.
9. G.M Transformers will be collected by KAHRAMAA’s authorized receivers/Call-off

Suppliers from the Call-off Supplier’s warehouse in Doha; occasionally KAHRAMAA may
require CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to deliver the OD Switchgears to KAHRAMAA
Warehouses at the same quoted rates. Please consider this point while working out the
offered prices.

Appendix 'B'

SCHEDULE OF PRICES
BOQ# 1-A (GMT TRANSFORMER - RADIATOR TYPE)

S.
Description of Material Unit Qty. Unit Price Total cost (QR)
No:
Transformer, 500 kVA, Oil
1 filled, Ground Mounted PC 15
Radiator type.
Radiator type.
Radiator type
Total Amount of BOQ# 1A
BOQ# 1-B (SPARE PARTS FOR TRANSFORMER - RADIATOR TYPE)

S. Unit
Description of Material Unit Total cost (QR)
No: Qty. Price
Gaskets Complete set, for 500 kVA

1 ST 2
Transformer
Gaskets Complete Set, for 1000 KVA

2 ST 5
Transformer
Gaskets Complete set, for 1600 KVA
3 ST 7
Transformer
Pressure Gauge for Nitrogen Gas, for
4 No. 25
Distribution Transformer
Gas (N2) Filling Kit, including
5 Cylinders, Regulators, Fittings, Hoses No. 1
and Trolley.

6 Thermometer with Alarm Contacts No. 10

7 Oil level Indicator No. 10
Drain Valve Outlet with sampling
8 No. 25
device
9 PRV unit No. 18
10 Limit Switch for PRV. No. 18
LV Bushing, mono block type,
11 Set. 15
500/1000 KVA
LV Bushing, mono block type, 1600
12 Set. 15
KVA
HV Bushing, mono block type,
13 No. 15
500/1000/1600 KVA
14 LV cable Box No. 1
15 HV cable Box No. 1
16 Tap Changer for 500 kVA No. 1
Seals for Tap Changer (for different
19 No. 50
Rating TXs as applicable)
Junction box unit for terminating inter
20 No. 1
trip cables
Aerosol Spray Paint Cans for paint
21 No. 25
Touch up.
Nuts & bolts with washers for earth
22 No. 50
connection. (M12X50)
Spare Bottom Wheels with locking
23 No. 0
arrangements
Conduit, for trip cable laying to
24 Set 3
junction box
Cable Gland, Brass M20 with shrouds
25 Set. 50
for terminating inter trip cables


Inter trip cable termination lugs pin
26 No. 25
type
LV Cable gland set with nut-bolts &
27 washer (Brass Wiping Glands, BS 2562, No. 0
Size: X)
HV Cable gland set nut-bolts & washer
28 Set 0
(Brass Wiping Glands, BS 2562, Size: Y)
Hose pipe Coupler to drain valve for
29 No. 3
oil drain and top up.
30 Nitrogen Gas Cylinder No. 1
31 Repairing kit Oil leak No. 18

32 Oil sampling kit No. 18
Nut –Bolt set with washer for main
33 No. 500
tank cover
Nut – Bolt set with washer for HV/ LV
34 No. 250
Box cover (As per the cover design)
35 Nut Brass; M12;For HV Bushing No 50
36 Washer Brass; M12;For HV Bushing; No 50
Space Insulator, for Bus bar support
37 Inside TX Tank (as per the TX internal No. 18
design)
38 Top Filler Valve No 18
39 HV Bush Stem, Brass No. 25
Earthing Cable, Yellow-green, 10 Sq.
40 mm for cable box glands, 100 meter Rolls 3
Roll
Lug, Size 10 -12, for gland bonding
41 cable connection at main earth No. 50
terminal
42 No 150
cable connection at glands


43 mm for Marshalling Box, 100 meter Rolls 3
Roll
Lug, Size 6 -12, for Marshalling box
44 earth bonding cable connection at No. 50
main earth terminal
Marshalling Box
Digital N2 Pressure Master Gauge
46 No. 3
with Adpaters
47 Portable Oil BDV Tester, 0-100 KV No. 1
Total Amount of BOQ# 1B
BOQ# 2-A (GMT TRANSFORMER - CORRUGATED TYPE)

S.
No:
Corrugated type
Corrugated type.
Corrugated type

BOQ# 2-B (SPARE PARTS FOR TRANSFORMER - CORRUGATED TYPE)

S. Unit
No: Qty. Price
Gaskets Complete set, for 500 kVA

1 ST 4
Transformer
Gaskets Complete Set, for 1000 KVA

2 ST 12
Transformer
Gaskets Complete set, for 1600 KVA
3 ST 23
Transformer
Drain Valve Outlet with sampling
6 No. 50
device
7 PRV unit No. 35
LV Bushing, mono block type,
9 Set. 45
500/1000 KVA
10 Set. 60
KVA
HV Bushing, mono block type,
11 No. 45
500/1000/1600 KVA
Seals for Tap Changer (Different
17 No. 150
Rating TXs as applicable)
Junction box unit for terminating inter
18 No. 1
trip cables
Aerosol Spray Paint Cans for paint
19 No. 75
Touch up.


Nuts & bolts with washers for earth
20 No. 150
connection. (M12X50)
Spare Bottom Wheels with locking
21 No. 0
arrangements
Conduit, for trip cable laying to
22 Set 7
junction box
Cable Gland, Brass M20 with shrouds
23 Set. 75
for terminating inter trip cables
Inter trip cable termination lugs pin
24 No. 75
type
LV Cable gland set with nut-bolts &
25 washer (Brass Wiping Glands, BS No. 0
2562, Size: X)
HV Cable gland set nut-bolts & washer
26 No. 0
(Brass Wiping Glands, BS 2562, Size: Y)
Hose pipe Coupler to drain valve for
27 No. 5
oil dain and top up.
Nut –Bolt set with washer for main

30 No. 1500
tank cover
Nut – Bolt set with washer for HV/ LV
31 No. 750
Box cover (As per the cover design)
32 Nut Brass; M12;For HV Bushing No. 150
33 Washer Brass; M12;For HV Bushing; No. 150
Space Insulator, for Bus bar support
34 Inside TX Tank (as per the TX internal No. 45
design)
35 Top Filler Valve No. 35


37 mm for cable box glands, 100 meter Rolls 7
Roll
38 cable connection at main earth No. 150
terminal
39 No 400
cable connection at glands
40 mm for Marshalling Box, 100 meter Rolls 7
Roll
main earth terminal
Marshalling Box
BOQ# 3-A (GMT TRANSFORMER - DRY TYPE)

S.
No:
Transformer, 500 kVA, Dry
1 PC 2
Type
2 PC 10
Type
3 PC 10
Type

BOQ# 3-B (SPARE PARTS FOR TRANSFORMER - DRY TYPE)

S. Unit
No: Qty. Price
Temperature Sensor with Relays /

1 SET 2
Controller & Digital Display unit
2 LV Bushing, mono block type, 500 KVA SET 1

3 SET 1
KVA
LV Bushing, mono block type,1600
4 SET 1
KVA
HV Bushing, 11 KV (500/1000/1600
5 SET 6
KVA)
Analog Temperature Guage, With
6 PC 2
Sensors
7 LV cable Box, With Cover Set, 500 KVA PC 1
LV cable Box, With Cover Set, 1000
8 PC 1
KVA
LV cable Box , With Cover Set, 1600
9 PC 1
KVA
HV cable Box , With Cover Set, 500
10 PC 1
KVA
11 PC 1
KVA
12 PC 1
KVA
Space Insulators, for Bus bar support
13 PC 6
Inside TX
HV Bushing support Clamp bolts &
14 SET 2
nuts, Complete Set
LV Bushing support Clamp bolts &
15 SET 2
nuts, Complete Set


16 Touch up paint PC 4
H.V./L.V. Cable Box cover Hardwares
17 SET 2
and Fasteners set
TX Enclosure Side cover Hardwares
18 SET 2
and Fasteners set
19 Gasket Sheet PC 4
SUMMARY OF PRICES
S. No: Description Total Price
1 BOQ# 1-A (GMT TRANSFORMER - RADIATOR TYPE)
2 BOQ# 1-B (SPARE PARTS FOR TRANSFORMER - RADIATOR TYPE)
3 BOQ# 2-A (GMT TRANSFORMER - CORRUGATED TYPE)
4 BOQ# 2-B (SPARE PARTS FOR TRANSFORMER - CORRUGATED TYPE)
5 BOQ# 3-A (GMT TRANSFORMER - DRY TYPE)
6 BOQ# 3-B (SPARE PARTS FOR TRANSFORMER - DRY TYPE)
Total Amount of BOQ 1 - 3
SPECIAL CONDITIONS:
KAHRAMAA shall have the right, at any time, to make any changes in the GOODS and or
the supply thereof such as additions, deletions, substitutions or other alterations or revisions,
and to direct SUPPLIER to perform such changes.
DELIVERY PERIOD:
1. As detailed in Appendix “A”
BIDDER’S CHECKLIST FOR SUBMITTAL OF COMMERCIAL OFFER

ENCLOSED
Ser. (please put a
CHECKLIST PARTICULARS
no. check mark inside
the box)
Letter (with reference no. and date) to the Tender Committee of
1
KAHRAMAA regarding the Commercial Offer submittal □
2 FORM OF TENDER (duly filled-up and signed) □
Completed Schedule of Prices (Appendix B)
3
Note: Ensure that there should be no mathematical error □
4 Commercial details Alternative Proposal if any □
5 Copy of the Provisional Bank Guarantee □
Copy of valid Trade License & Commercial Registration,
6
Establishment Card and Tax Card □
Copy of Classification Certificate (in new format) issued by Qatar
Ministry of Finance.
7 Note: To be considered as participant in this Tender, the □
Bidder must update its company data / information in the
Government Procurement Services website.
Attested copy of certificate showing specimen of signatories
authorized to sign the Form of Tender and Contract.
8 Note: In case the Bidder is a foreign-registered company, the □
Certificate/Power of Attorney shall be attested by the Foreign
Affairs office by the Qatar Embassy in the country of registration.
9 ICV Certificate □
End of Appendix B

‫‪Appendix – C‬‬
‫‪Insurance‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 47‬من ‪82‬‬
APPENDIX C
CONTRACT NO.GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023
Three (3) Years Call-Off Agreement for Supply of Outdoor Switchgears
INSURANCE
The SUPPLIER, at his own cost and expense, shall provide and maintain the following
insurances which shall be in the joint names of the SUPPLIER and KAHRAMAA.
KAHRAMAA shall have the right to review and accept or reject the conditions, terms,
insured sums and limits of such insurances: -
1. Commercial general liability Insurance policy to cover:
Third Party Legal Liability (bodily injury or property damage) for a limit of
QR.10,000,000.00 (Qatari Riyals Ten Million) any one occurrence for unlimited
number of occurrences.
TPL insurance including

Cross liability
Existing property clause
Liability arising from Using of lifting equipment’s including loading and unloading
extension cover
Liability arising from fire and explosion extension
Motor liability arising from using the vehicles inside the sites
Waiver of subrogation towards KAHRAMAA
2. WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION INSURANCE in accordance with Qatar

Labor Law and any amendments thereafter in respect of SUPPLIER’s
PERSONNEL and/or any of SUBSUPPLIER(s) personnel.
• WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION insurance including

Employers liability clause
3. Marine INSURANCE class (A) all risk insurance policy covering all the
materials while transit
• Marine INSURANCE including

Inland transit all risk class (A) extension

4. Motor Third Party Liability INSURANCE all vehicles/equipment of the

SUPPLIER should have a valid third party liability / comprehensive
insurance.
• Motor Third Party Liability INSURANCE including
Off road extension (if required)
Onsite extension (if required)
The Insurance shall be arranged and affected with any one of the following Insurance
Companies offering the most favorable cover and premiums:
- Qatar Islamic Insurance company
- Al Khaleej Insurance Company
- Qatar General Insurance & Reinsurance Company
- Qatar Insurance Company
- Qatar Islamic Insurance Company
- Doha Insurance Company
- Damaan Islamic Insurance Company (Beema)
- General Takaful company
- Al Koot Insurance and Reinsurance Company
- QLM Life and medical insurance company
All the deductibles applicable to SUPPLIER’s insurances shall be for the account of the
SUPPLIER.
SUPPLIER’s Insurance Policies shall include a clause to the effect that the Insurer(s)
shall waive their right(s) of subrogation against KAHRAMAA. SUPPLIER’s Insurance
Policies shall also include a clause to the effect that the Insurer agrees not to alter by
deletion or addition any of the general or special terms, insured sums, limit of liability or
deductible unless a written consent to do so is obtained from KAHRAMAA.
SUPPLIER shall be required to produce to KAHRAMAA the policies of insurance (or

insurance certificates in lieu but with prior permission of KAHRAMAA, cover notes and
the receipts for payment for the current premium within 14 days after the issuance of a
Letter of Acceptance (LOC) but before commencement of any WORK under the
CONTRACT. Policy Endorsements are not an acceptable proof for policy renewal.
Each policy renewal shall be evidenced by a new policy document or a certificate of
insurance.
If SUPPLIER fails to effect or keep in force the insurance provided for in this Appendix
‘C’ or any such insurance which it may be required to effect under the terms of the
CONTRACT, then KAHRAMAA may effect and keep in force any such insurance and
pay the premium or premia as may be necessary for that purpose and from time to time
deduct the amount so paid by KAHRAMAA as aforesaid from any monies due or which
may become due to SUPPLIER or recover them as a debt due from the SUPPLIER.

‫‪Approval by KAHRAMAA of any insurer or terms of insurance proposed by SUPPLIER‬‬

‫‪shall not relieve the SUPPLIER of any obligation or liability under or arising from this‬‬
‫‪CONTRACT or generally at law.‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 50‬من ‪82‬‬
‫‪Appendix – D‬‬
‫‪Administration Instructions‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 51‬من ‪82‬‬
‫‪TENDER NO: GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023‬‬

‫‪Three (3) Years Call-off Agreement for G.M. Transformers‬‬
‫‪ADMINISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS‬‬
‫‪INDEX‬‬
‫‪Clause 1‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Introduction‬‬
‫‪Clause 2‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Organisation‬‬
‫‪Clause 3‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Communication‬‬
‫‪Clause 4‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Variation‬‬
‫‪Clause 5‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Invoicing‬‬
‫‪Clause 6‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Form of Taking Over Certificate‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 52‬من ‪82‬‬
CLAUSE 1 - INTRODUCTION
1.1 This Appendix describes the procedures that shall be used by KAHRAMAA and
SUPPLIER in administering the CONTRACT. SUPPLIER shall ensure that where
detailed procedures are not comprehensively set out in this Section such procedures
shall be developed and agreed with KAHRAMAA in time to carry out the SERVICES
in accordance with the CONTRACT.
CLAUSE 2 - ORGANISATION
2.1 The name, reference indicator and address of the KAHRAMAA REPRESENTATIVE
and nominated deputy(ies) and the responsibilities delegated to each nominated
deputy will be notified on the EFFECTIVE DATE.
CLAUSE 3 - COMMUNICATION
3.1 Except where the CONTRACT specifically states to the contrary all correspondence
and communications under the CONTRACT shall be addressed and directed between
the SUPPLIER REPRESENTATIVE and the KAHRAMAA REPRESENTATIVE.
3.2 Oral communication of instructions or information in connection with the CONTRACT

shall be confirmed in writing using minutes of meetings or formal correspondence, as
appropriate.
3.3.1 All fax correspondence to KAHRAMAA regarding the SERVICES shall bear the
following headings :
FROM:
CONTRACT NO.:
SUBJECT : TENDER NO: GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023

SUPPLIER REPRESENTATIVE:

3.3.2 All written correspondence to KAHRAMAA regarding the SERVICES shall bear the
following headings :
QATAR GENERAL ELECTRICITY & WATER CORPORATION

P.O. BOX 41
DOHA
STATE OF QATAR
Attention: HEAD OF PURCHASING
Dear Sir,
CONTRACT NO. :
SUB:
(signed)
SUPPLIER REPRESENTATIVE
3.4 All correspondence sent to KAHRAMAA shall be clearly marked with KAHRAMAA's
Reference Indicators of the addressee and other recipients.
CLAUSE 4 - VARIATIONS
KAHRAMAA may issue VARIATION in accordance with Article 14 of the General
Conditions of Contract. A brief outline is as follows:
a) VARIATION shall be transmitted by KAHRAMAA to SUPPLIER via a

CONTRACT VARIATION FORM in the attached form. Any additional or varied
work not authorised by a CONTRACT VARIATION FORM shall not be
considered for payment.
b) SUPPLIER shall, within three (3) working days of receiving a request to a change
in the SERVICES, forward to the KAHRAMAA REPRESENTATIVE its detailed
cost estimate for the change, including the effect such a change may have on
the EXECUTION PROGRAMME and/or on the CONTRACT PRICE.
SUPPLIER's estimate shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of
the Schedule of Prices. The estimating effort in itself shall not constitute a

VARIATION. For Variation in quantities during the Contract Period, no increase

in unit price will be allowed.
c) Subsequent to KAHRAMAA's appraisal of SUPPLIER's estimate and after any

amendments to be made thereto, KAHRAMAA and SUPPLIER shall signify their
agreement to the financial and/or other effects the VARIATION may have on the
CONTRACT. A CONTRACT VARIATION FORM shall then be issued.
CLAUSE 5 – INVOICING
5.1 Invoices shall be submitted in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions of
Contract by SUPPLIER in duplicate, for amounts and at stages as specified in
Appendix B, in a format acceptable to KAHRAMAA. The invoices shall clearly show
the total amount invoiced to date, the amount previously invoiced, and the amount
broken down for different items of the Schedule of Prices. Full supporting details, as
required by KAHRAMAA, shall be submitted with the invoice in order for KAHRAMAA
to be satisfied as to its validity and SUPPLIER's entitlement under the CONTRACT to
be reimbursed the amount so invoiced.
5.2 Invoices and all related queries shall be addressed to Manager of Finance, Qatar
General Electricity & Water Corporation, P. O. Box 41 Doha, Qatar, clearly indicating
the CONTRACT Number. Payment for the completed SERVICES shall be made in
accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions of Contract.
5.3 SUPPLIER shall submit a copy of the bank guarantee (Performance Bond), along with
its first invoice. Whenever a VARIATION necessitates revision to the Performance
Bond, then the subsequent invoice shall be accompanied by such an amended
Performance Bond.
5.4 Supplier performing a contract for the first time with KAHRAMAA is required to submit
a letter giving details of its bank account number and other relevant information along
with the first invoice, for the purpose of registering its details in the KAHRAMAA
accounting system.
5.5 For the release of final payment, in addition to the requirements herein above, the
invoice shall also be accompanied by a statement of account of the whole CONTRACT
and the Taking Over Certificate. In case any VARIATIONS have been issued, then
copies of all the CONTRACT VARIATION FORMS available with SUPPLIER shall also
be attached to the invoice.
5.6 All charges for using KAHRAMAA’s services and facilities will be deducted as and
when the charges are incurred, unless the CONTRACT specifically provides such
KAHRAMAA services and facilities free of cost to SUPPLIER.

5.7 Invoices shall not be released for payment without the submission of the bank
guarantee as required per Article 13 of the General Conditions of Contract and
evidence that all the insurance requirements set out in Appendix C have been fulfilled,
and until the CONTRACT has been signed by both PARTIES

Attachment ’2’
FORM OF TENDER/PERFORMANCE BOND
(As per Qatar Central Bank Form of Demand Guarantee under URDG 758)
[Guarantor Letterhead or SWIFT identifier code)
To: [insert name and contact information of Guarantor]
Date: [Insert date of issue]
Type of guarantee: [Specify tender guarantee. advance payment guarantee. performance

guarantee. payment guarantee. retention money guarantee. warranty guarantee. etc.]
Guarantee No. [Guarantor to insert guarantee reference number]
The Guarantor: [Guarantor to insert name and address of place of issue. unless indicated in the
addressee field above]
The Applicant: [Insert name and address]
The Beneficiary: [Insert name and address]
The Underlying Relationship: The Applicant’s obligation in respect of [Insert reference number or
other information identifying the contract. Lender conditions or other relationship between the
applicant and the beneficiary on which the guarantee is based]
Guarantee Amount and currency: [Insert in figures and words the maximum amount payable and
the currency in which ii is payable]
Any document required In support of the demand for payment apart from the supporting statement
(Indicating In what respect the applicant Is In breach of Its obligations under the underlying
relationship) that Is explicitly required in the text below: [insert any additional document required
in support of the demand for payment. If the guarantee requires no documents other than the
demand and the supporting statement. keep this space empty or indicate "none"]
Language of any required documents: (Insert the language of any required document. Documents
to be issued by the applicant or the beneficiary shall be in the language of the guarantee unless
otherwise indicated herein]

Form of presentation: (Insert paper or electronic form. If paper, indicate mode of delivery. If
electronic. indicate the format. the system for data delivery and the electronic address for
presentation]
Place for presentation: [Guarantor to insert address of branch where a paper presentation is to
be made or, in the case of an electronic presentation, an electronic address such as the
Guarantor's SWIFT address. If no Place for presentation is indicated in this field, the Guarantor's
place of
issue indicated above shall be the Place for presentation]
Expiry of Guarantee: [Insert expiry dote]
The party liable for the payment of any charges: [Insert the name of the party)
As Guarantor. we hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary regardless of any

objection whatsoever, any amount up to the Guarantee Amount upon presentation of the
Beneficiary's complying demand, in the form of presentation indicated above, supported by such
other documents
as may be listed above and in any event by the Beneficiary's statement, whether in the demand
itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand. indicating in
what respect the Applicant is in breach of its obligations under the Underlying Relationship.
Any demand under this Guarantee must be received by us on or before Expiry at the Place for
presentation indicated above.
This Guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 revision.
ICC Publication No. 758.
Article 5 of the URDG 758 states the following:

A guarantee is by its nature independent of the underlying relationship and the application, and
the guarantor is in no way concerned with or bound by such relationship. A reference in the
guarantee to the underlying relationship for the purpose of identifying it does not change the
independent nature of the guarantee. The undertaking of a guarantor to pay under the
guarantee is not subject to claims or defences arising from any relationship other than a
relationship between the guarantor and the beneficiary as described in the form of the
guarantee.

Attachment '3'
Contract Variation Order
Contract No.: Enter GTC/LTC No.
Contract Title: Enter Contract Title
Variation No.: Enter VO No.
Variation Title: Enter VO Title
Contractor: Type Contractor/Consultant Name
Department:
1. This Variation Order is issued in accordance with Article xx of the General Conditions of Choose an
item. of the captioned Choose an item. and it evidences the Parties’ agreement to make Variation(s)
to the said Choose an item. as described below and/or in the attached documents:
Bill of Quantities Adjustment
2. CONTRACT PRICE
2.1 Original Contract Price : QAR 0,000,000.00 format
2.2 Contract Price after previous Variations/amendments : QAR
2.3 Percentage of all previous Variations to orig. Contract Price
2.3.1 Positive Percentage of all Previous Variations : +xx.xx%
2.3.2 Negative Percentage of all Previous Variations : -xx.xx%
2.4 Value of this Variation : QAR.- or + xxx,xxx.xx
2.4.1 Value of deleted works : QAR.-
2.4.2 Value of additional works : QAR.+
2.4.3 Positive Percentage of this Variation : +xx.xx%
2.4.4 Negative Percentage of this Variation : -xx.xx%
2.5 Percentage of all Variation to original Contract Price

2.6.1 Positive Percentage of all Variations : +xx.xx%
2.6.2 Negative Percentage of all Variations : -xx.xx%
2.6 Revised Contract Price including this Variation : QAR. xxx,xxx.xx
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Choose an item. the Contract Price shall mean the
amount shown in this item 2.6.
3. CONTRACT DATES
3.1 Effective Date of Contract : DD-MM-YY
3.2 Original Contractual Completion Date : DD-MM-YY
3.3 Original Final Completion Date (end of Warranty Period, if any) : DD-MM-YY
3.4 Interim Extension of Time issued before this VO : DD-MM-YY
3.5 Revised Contractual Completion Date before this V.O. (if any) : DD-MM-YY
3.6 Percentage of EOT for all previous Variations to the Original Contract Period : +xx.xx%
3.7 Revised Contractual Completion Date due to this V.O. (if any) : DD-MM-YY

3.8 Percentage of EOT for this Variation to the original Contract Period : +xx.xx%
3.9 Percentage of EOT for all Variations to the original Contract Period : +xx.xx%
3.10 Revised Final Completion Date (end of Warranty Period, if any) : DD-MM-YY
4. Defined words in this Variation Order have the same meanings given in the General Conditions of
Choose an item.
5. All terms and conditions of the Choose an item. shall remain in full force and effect, except as
otherwise expressly modified herein
Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing below.
FOR QATAR GENERAL ELECTRICITY & FOR

WATER CORPORATION:
Signature: __________________________ Signature: ___________________________

Name: Eng. Essa Bin Hilal Al-Kuwari Name: Click or tap here to enter text.
Title: President of Kahramaa Title: Click or tap here to enter text.
Date: _____________________________ Date: _____________________________

Attachment ‘4’
TAKING OVER CERTIFICATE
CONTRACT NO. : GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023
SUB: TENDER NO: GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023

TO: _____________________________________________________________
PO BOX ________,
DOHA QATAR
In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions of the captioned CONTRACT,

KAHRAMAA hereby issues this Taking Over Certificate, effective as of
________________________.
FOR KAHRAMAA:
Signature :
Name :
Title : ___________________________
Date :

Attachment ‘5’
FORM OF FINAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
CONTRACT NO. : GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023
TO: _____________________________________________________________
PO BOX ________,
DOHA QATAR
In accordance with the General Conditions of the captioned CONTRACT, KAHRAMAA hereby
issues this Final Completion Certificate, effective as of ________________________.
FOR KAHRAMAA:
Signature : ___________________________
Name : ___________________________
Title : ___________________________
Date : ______________

Attachment ‘6’
SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT
GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023
This SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of 31 December

2020 (“Effective Date”) by and between:
(1) QATAR GENERAL ELECTRICITY & WATER CORPORATION, a public corporate

body organized under the Laws of Qatar, having its registered office at P. O. Box 41, Doha, State
of Qatar (“Kahramaa”);
and
(2) xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx, having its main office at P.O Box xxxx, Doha, State of Qatar, (“Choose
an item.”).
Kahramaa and the Choose an item. are referred to individually as a “Party” and together as the “Parties”.
WHEREAS,
(A) Kahramaa and Choose an item. have entered into Contract No. GTC /xxxx/xxxx, with an Effective
Date of DD MM YYY, for the Insert Title of the Contract (“Contract”).
(B) There are unsettled issues between Kahramaa and the Choose an item. in relation to certain matters
arising under the Contract, which the Parties agree to resolve and settle on the terms set out in
this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE the Parties agree to the following:
1. The Parties hereby agree that the Actual Completion Date and the date of Taking Over of the
WORK was DD MM YYY.
2. Both Parties agree the final Contract Price of QAR xxxxxx for the Works and Services
considering the deletions and additions as noted in Choose an item.’s (attached to this Agreement),
constitutes payment in full and complete settlement of the amount due the Choose an item. for all
the Works and Services performed under the Contract. The salient details of the Contract are
given in the following table:
Original Contract Price

Value of all Variations

Revised Contract Price after all VOs

Final Settlement Contract Price
Effective Date of the Contract
Original Contractual Completion Date
Revised Contractual Completion Date as per last VO
Actual Completion Date
End of Warranty Period (as per actual completion date)
Choose an item. Fund Required
3. The Choose an item. agrees that the final Contract Price is the gross amount to which it is entitled
for complete and final settlement of the Contract.
4. Kahramaa will pay the Choose an item. the final Settlement Contract Price less previous progress
payments and LD deductions (as applicable) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
5. The Choose an item. hereby waives, releases and forever discharges Kahramaa from any claims,
liabilities, or obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the applicable law
and the Contract.
6. Except for Choose an item.’s obligations during the warranty period and latent defects period, as
set out in the Contract, and such provisions of the Contract which are of a continuing nature,
Kahramaa hereby waives, releases and forever discharges Choose an item. from any claims,
liabilities, or obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the applicable law
and the Contract.
7. The provisions of the Contract shall continue to be in full force and effect subject to the
provisions of this Agreement. Save as expressly stated in this Agreement, nothing in this
Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any right or remedy which Kahramaa or Choose an
item. has pursuant to the Contract.
8. This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement between the Parties with regard to the
subject matter hereof.
9. This Agreement may not be amended except by written consent of the Parties.
10. The terms of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of Qatar. Any disputes arising in connection with this Agreement shall be settled in accordance
with the dispute resolution provisions of the Contract.

11. The Parties shall in good faith and using all reasonable efforts in the spirit of cooperation take all steps
as may be necessary or desirable to settle amicably any controversy, claim or dispute (“Dispute”) that
arises out of or relates to this Agreement through negotiations and other constructive discussions
including mediation. In the event that a Dispute is not settled amicably, then such Dispute shall be
settled by Arbitration or by the courts of the State of Qatar if not settled through Arbitration.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the Effective Date first above written.
For and on behalf of For and behalf of

QATAR GENERAL ELECTRICITY AND xxxxxxxxxxxxx
WATER CORPORATION
Signature: ___________________ Signature: ____________________

Name: Eng. Essa Bin Hilal Al Kuwari Name:
Title: President Title:
Date: Date:

Attachment ‘7’
INTERIM EXTENSION FORM
Interim Ext. No. : xx
Contract No. : xxx/xx/xxxx
Contract Title : xxxxxxxxxx
Call-off Supplier : xxxxxxxxxx
KM Department : xxxxx Dept.
(1) This Interim Extension is issued in accordance with Article 21 of the Procurement Law No. 24 for
year 2015 and Article 80 of its Executive Regulations No. 16 for year 2019, as amended, to grant
the Choose an item. time to complete execution of the Contract Works.
(2) CONTRACT DATES

2.1 Effective Date of Choose an item. Click or tap to enter a date.
2.2 Original Contractual Completion Date: Click or tap to enter a date.
2.3 Revised Contractual Completion Date as per previous Variations: Click or tap to enter a date.
2.4 Previous Interim Extensions (if any) Click or tap to enter a date.
2.5 This Interim Extension No. (xx): Click or tap to enter a date.
End of Warranty Period as per this Interim Extension No. (xx)

2.6 Click or tap to enter a date.
(3) Notwithstanding the granted Interim Extension, the Contractual Completion Date of this Choose an
item. shall remain the same (as per point 2.2 or 2.3, as the case may be). However, for the avoidance
of doubt, this approved Interim Extension shall be used as the basis of Contract expiry.
(4) Granting the mentioned Interim Extension (point 2.5) shall be confirmed without waiving the
respective rights of both Parties under the terms and conditions of the Choose an item.
(5) All terms and conditions of the Choose an item. shall remain in full force and effect.
Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing below:
FOR QATAR GENERAL ELECTRICITY & FOR Call-off Supplier / Consultant:

WATER CORPORATION:
Signature: Signature:
Name: Eng. Essa Bin Hilal Al Kuwari Name:
Title: President Title:
Date: Date:

Attachment ‘8’
MONTHLY STATUS REPORT

AGREEMENT NO.: MONTH: YEAR:
TOTAL SALES THIS MONTH : QR.

NAME OF THE AGREEMENT:
CALL-OFF SUPPLIER: TOTAL SALES THIS CONTRACT: QR.
CONTRACTUAL
MIN. RESERVE STOCK AT
QUANTITY (TOTAL STOCK AT QUANTITY
STOCK LEVEL THE TOTAL
QUANTITY THE END DELIVERED
ITEM DESCRIPTION AS REQUIRED BEGINNING QUANTITY
MENTIONED IN THE OF THE BEGINNING
IN THE OF THE DELIVERED
BILL OF MONTH THE MONTH
CONTRACT MONTH
QUANTITIES)

‫‪Appendix – E‬‬
‫‪Call-off Supplier's Resources‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 68‬من ‪82‬‬
Appendix ‘E’
SUPPLIER RESOURCES
1. SUPPLIER shall provide details of its resources and facilities, which are appropriate
to the performance of the SERVICES and confirm these would be made available.
2. SUPPLIER shall provide details of any current or previous projects which are similar
to the SERVICES which it has undertaken in the last five (5) years.
3. SUPPLIER shall submit audited Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss account for the
last two- (2) years along with Auditors Report.
4. SUPPLIER is advised that at KAHRAMAA’s discretion, any information which

SUPPLIER provides hereunder may form part of the CONTRACT.
5. Manufacturer & Country of Origin:
SUPPLIER’S REPRESENTATIVE:
SUPPLIER’S REPRESENTATIVE
Name : ___________________________________________
Position : ___________________________________________
SUPPLIER’S REPRESENTATIVE’S nominated deputy(ies) shall be:
Name : ___________________________________________
Position : ___________________________________________

‫‪Address :‬‬ ‫___________________________________________‬
‫‪Fax No. :‬‬ ‫___________________________________________‬
‫___________________________________________ ‪Telephone :‬‬
‫‪The above nominated deputy(ies) is/are authorized to act on behalf of SUPPLIER‬‬

‫‪REPRESENTATIVE on the following matters under the CONTRACT.‬‬
‫)‪(i‬‬
‫)‪(ii‬‬
‫)‪(iii‬‬
‫‪End of Appendix-E‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 70‬من ‪82‬‬
‫‪Appendix – F‬‬
‫‪Drawings‬‬
‫‪As per Appendix A‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 71‬من ‪82‬‬
‫‪Appendix - G‬‬
‫‪Materials And Facilities Provided by‬‬
‫‪KAHRAMAA‬‬
‫)‪(Not Applicable‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 72‬من ‪82‬‬
Appendix - H
Contract Execution Plan
Supply of GMT TRANSFORMER - RADIATOR TYPE – (BOQ# 1A)

Minimum
Strategic Stock Maximum
Total to Keep at Strategic Stock to
Sl.
Description of Material Tender Suppliers Keep at Suppliers
no Warehouse Warehouse During
Qty.
During the the Contract period
Contract period
Transformer, 500 kVA, Oil filled,
1 15 1 3
Ground Mounted Radiator type.
2 120 7 15
3 200 10 25
Supply of GMT TRANSFORMER - CORRUGATED TYPE – (BOQ# 2A)

Minimum
Sl.
Qty.
Contract period
1 30 2 6
Ground Mounted Corrugated type
2 160 7 15
Ground Mounted Corrugated type.
3 400 20 50

Supply of GMT TRANSFORMER - DRY TYPE – (BOQ# 3A)

Minimum
Sl.
Qty.
Contract period
1 Transformer, 500 kVA, DRY TYPE. 2 1 1
2 Transformer, 1000 kVA, DRY TYPE . 10 1 3
3 Transformer, 1600 kVA, DRY TYPE 10 1 3
Call-off Supplier Shall Submit Their Execution Plan Along With The Technical
And Commercial Proposal

‫‪Appendix - I‬‬
‫‪Materials And Facilities Provided By Call-‬‬

‫‪off Supplier‬‬
‫)‪(Not Applicable‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 75‬من ‪82‬‬
‫‪Appendix - J‬‬
‫‪KAHRAMAA Occupational Health and‬‬

‫‪Safety Requirements for Events HSE‬‬
‫‪Requirements‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 76‬من ‪82‬‬
INDEX FOR APPENDIX J
A. KAHRAMAA REQUIREMENTS IN THE SUBMITTAL OF TECHNICAL

OFFER
1. Bidders must submit the organization chart showing the HSE function within
the organization.
2. Bidders must sign or stamp the full Appendix – J document to acknowledge

the contents.
3. Bidders must sign a statement of compliance on their letterhead papers

stating: “We hereby confirm that we shall comply with all current KAHRAMAA
HSE requirements as well as any additional future HSE HSE requirements
posed by the local regulatory bodies in the State of Qatar.”
B. KAHRAMAA HSE REQUIREMENTS – Appendix J (attached)

‫‪Appendix - K‬‬
‫‪Deviations And Qualifications‬‬
‫‪Call-off Supplier shall mention under this Appendix, if any deviations from the‬‬
‫‪requirements or terms, conditions and provisions as mentioned in this tender documents.‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 78‬من ‪82‬‬
‫‪Appendix – L‬‬
‫‪Quality Assurance & Quality Control‬‬

‫‪Requirements‬‬
‫)‪(attached‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 79‬من ‪82‬‬
‫‪Appendix - M‬‬
‫‪Instructions of Ministry of Finance‬‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 80‬من ‪82‬‬
‫تعليمات المناقصي ‪ /‬شهادة القيمة المحلية‬

‫ملحق‬
‫ه مبادرة تركز عىل خلق اقىص حد ممكن من القيمة المحلية المستدامة‪ ،‬صقل المهارات والمواهب‬
‫‪" )1‬القيمة المحلية يف قطر" ي‬
‫ً‬
‫ومقدم الخدمات المحليي‪ ،‬وتشجيع القطاع الخاص عىل االستثمار محليا‪.‬‬
‫ي‬ ‫المحلية وتطوير الموردين والمقاولي‬
‫‪ )2‬تتوفر المعلومات ذات الصلة بالقيمة المحلية وشهادة القيمة المحلية‪ ،‬وإرشادات القيمة المحلية عىل البوابة الرقمية للقيمة‬
‫ون الموحد لمشتيات الدولة‪ .‬تحت مسىم سجل القيمة‬
‫والت يمكن الوصول إليها من خالل الموقع اإللكت ي‬
‫المحلية ‪ ،icv.qa-‬ي‬
‫المحلية‪.‬‬
‫‪ )3‬يجب أن يكون لدى مقدم العطاء شهادة قيمة محلية سارية المفعول عند تاري خ اإلقفال للحصول عىل مزايا القيمة المحلية‪.‬‬
‫‪ )4‬عىل مقدم العطاء مسؤولية ضمان صالحية شهادة القيمة المحلية الخاصة به عند تاري خ اإلقفال‪.‬‬
‫المال‪ ،‬عند تاري خ اإلقفال‪.‬‬

‫ي‬ ‫‪ )5‬عىل مقدم العطاء تقديم نسخة عن شهادة القيمة المحلية ضمن عطاءه‬
‫‪ )6‬يف حال عدم حصول مقدم العطاء عىل شهادة القيمة المحلية يف تاري خ اإلقفال يتم إحتساب نسبة (‪ )%0‬صفر بالمئة للقيمة‬
‫ً‬
‫المحلية عند تقييم العطاء ماليا‪ .‬أي لن يحصل مقدم العطاء عىل أي تفضيل عىل أساس القيمة المحلية أثناء عملية تقييم‬
‫ً‬
‫استبعادا لمقدم العطاء‪.‬‬ ‫العطاءات المالية‪ .‬ال يشكل عدم الحصول عىل شهادة سجل القيمة المحلية‬

‫الصفحة ‪ 81‬من ‪82‬‬
ITT ICV Certificate

Appendix [M]
This document is executed in both, English and Arabic languages. In the event of conflict between the two
versions, the Arabic version shall prevail.
1) “QICV” or "Qatar In-Country-Value", is an initiative that focuses on maximizing sustainable ICV

creation from the sourcing of goods and services, upskilling and developing local talent and
suppliers, and promoting in-country private investment in the State of Qatar.
2) Relevant information pertaining to ICV, ICV Scorecard, ICV Certification, ICV Guidelines are
available on the ICV digital portal -icv.qa, which can be accessed through the GPM portal.
3) To be considered for ICV benefits, the Tenderer shall have a valid and certified ICV Certificate on
the bid Closing Date.
4) The Tenderers shall bear the responsibility to ensure the validity of their ICV Certicate at the bid
Closing Date.
5) The Tenderer shall submit the ICV Certificate to alongside the commercial bid, at the bid Closing
Date.
6) Should the Tenderer, for any reason, fail to submit an ICV Certificate along with the commercial
bid, its ICV score will be considered zero (0), i.e. the Tenderer will not receive any preference
based on ICV during the bidding process. Failure to obtain an ICV Scorecard Certificate does not
constitute disqualification of the Tenderer.
End of Appendix-M

‫الفن‬
‫ي‬ ‫نموذج العطاء‬
‫الفن‬
‫ي‬ ‫كشف مستندات ووثائق العطاء‬
‫التاري خ‪................................... :‬‬ ‫رقم المناقصة‪..................................... :‬‬
‫ر‬
‫المحتم‪،‬‬ ‫السيد‪ /‬رئيس لجنة المناقصات والمزايدات ب ‪..................................‬‬
‫الشكة (باللغة اإلنجلتية)‪:‬‬ ‫أسم ر‬ ‫بهذا نؤكد نحن رشكة (باللغة العربية)‪.......................................... :‬‬
‫‪.................................................‬‬
‫ً‬
‫استعدادنا ل (تقديم الخدمات ‪-‬توريد األصناف‪-‬أعمال المقاوالت)‪ ،‬وفقا لما جاء ف ر‬
‫الشوط والمواصفات المرفقة بوثائق‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ً‬
‫المناقصة ونتعهد بتنفيذ كل االلتامات الواردة بوثائق المناقصة طبقا لعرضنا المرفق وتفاصيله الواردة بالوثائق‪ ،‬كما نقر‬
‫بصحة المعلومات المدونة بهذا النموذج‪.‬‬
‫متوفر‪/‬‬
‫مالحظات‬ ‫البند‬ ‫م‬
‫ال يوجد‬
‫البنك‬
‫ي‬ ‫الضمان‬
‫فرعه‪.................................... :‬‬ ‫أسم البنك ‪.....................................‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫تاريخه‪......... / ......... / ......... :‬‬ ‫رقم الضمان‪ /‬الشيك‪..................................... :‬‬
‫قيمة الضمان‪ /‬الشيك ‪ ............................ :‬تاري خ صالحية الضمان ‪......... / ......... / ......... :‬‬
‫شهادة التصنيف‪ .................................. :‬تاري خ انتهاء الشهادة ‪......... / ........ / ......... :‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫من تاري خ األقفال ‪......... / ......... / ......... :‬‬ ‫مدة رسيان العطاء‪ ............ :‬يوم‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫نسخة السجل التجاري‪ /‬الرخصة التجارية‪:‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫تاري خ االنتهاء ‪......... / ........ / .........:‬‬
‫أي متطلبات أخرى تراها الجهة الحكومية‪:‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫مسودة العقد مختومة‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫الشوط العامة مختومة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫الشوط الفنية مختومة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫شهادة براءة ذمة من الديون الضيبية‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫الكتالوجات والرسوم وقوائم الكميات‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫بيانات المعدات واألجهزة المتوفرة‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫قائمة قطع الغيار ومستلزمات التشغيل‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫وختات الكوادر‬ ‫بيانات عن أسماء ووظائف ر‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫الشكة المنتجة لألصناف وجنسيتها‬ ‫أسم ر‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫المدير المفوض‪............................. :‬‬

‫تليفون رقم‪................................... :‬‬
‫ص‪ .‬ب رقم‪................................... :‬‬
‫توقيع وختم الشركة‬ ‫ختم اللجنة‬

‫المال‬
‫ي‬ ‫نموذج العطاء‬
‫كشف مستندات ووثائق العطاء‬
‫التاري خ‪................................... :‬‬ ‫رقم المناقصة‪..................................... :‬‬
‫ر‬
‫المحتم‪،‬‬ ‫السيد‪ /‬رئيس لجنة المناقصات والمزايدات ب ‪..................................‬‬
‫ر‬
‫أسم الشكة (باللغة اإلنجلتية)‪:‬‬ ‫نتعهد نحن رشكة (باللغة العربية)‪........................................ :‬‬
‫ً‬
‫طبقا ر‬
‫للشوط‬ ‫‪ .................................................‬إنه يف حالة إرساء المناقصة علينا أن نوقع العقد‪ ،‬وبدء التنفيذ‬
‫والمواصفات الواردة يف وثائق المناقصة‪ ،‬ونتعهد بأننا لن نقوم باإلدالء أو إفشاء أسعار المناقصة ألي طرف ثالث أو‬
‫النهان والتوقيع عىل‬
‫ي‬ ‫إجراء أي ترتيب أو اتفاق مع أي جهة أخرى لتحديد أسعار المناقصة‪ ،‬كما نتعهد بتقديم التأمي‬
‫العقد خالل المدة المذكورة بوثائق المناقصة‪ ،‬وأننا عىل علم تام‪ ،‬أنه يف حالة مخالفة ذلك خالل الفتة المحددة سوف‬
‫ً‬
‫نتعرض للعقوبات المقررة قانونا‪.‬‬
‫كما نتعهد بأن قيمة العطاء الوارد بالجدول أدناه يشمل كافة الرسوم الجمركية ورسوم الموان والضائب ومصاريف‬
‫النقل والشحن والتفري غ والتستيف إل مكان التسليم ‪.‬‬
‫نسبة القيمة المحلية‬
‫مدة التوريد او‬ ‫اإلجمال‬
‫ي‬ ‫قيمة العرض‬ ‫اإلجمال‬
‫ي‬ ‫قيمة العرض‬
‫مالحظات‬ ‫الحالية ‪ /‬أو الخطة‬ ‫رقم العرض‬
‫التنفيذ‬ ‫"باألحرف"‬ ‫"باألرقام"‬
‫إن وجدت‬
‫األساس‬
‫ي‬
‫البديل (‪)1‬‬
‫الت تحدد القيمة المحلية إن وجدت ‪ ،‬بحسب‬‫المال فقط نسخة من الشهادة أو الخطة ي‬ ‫ي‬ ‫* يرفق يف العطاء‬
‫الفت‪.‬‬
‫األحوال وال يجوز إرفاقها يف العطاء ي‬
‫الشكة أو المؤسسة صاحبة العطاء‪...................... :‬‬ ‫اسم صاحب ر‬
‫المدير المفوض‪............................. :‬‬
‫تليفون رقم‪................................... :‬‬
‫ص‪ .‬ب رقم‪................................... :‬‬
‫توقيع وختم الشركة‬ ‫ختم اللجنة‬

Checklist for Tenderer’s

This checklist has been developed for Tenderer’s to use before submitting the tender, to make sure that all
the aspects required by KAHRAMAA are covered.
Tenderers are requested to fill in and submit this checklist with required necessary documents along with
their Techno-commercial offer:
Checklist Legend:
✓ – Available
☓ – Not Available
N/a – Not Applicable
General Checklist:
1. Attached “Technical Submittal Form” in Technical offer (MOF Arabic Form) - 2.‫ح‬.‫م‬.‫ ت‬:‫نموذج‬-Form 
2. Attached “Commercial Submittal Form” in Commercial offer (MOF Arabic Form) - 3.‫ح‬.‫م‬.‫ ت‬:‫نموذج‬-

Form
The Tenderer is sending a package in Five (05) sealed envelopes (with clear Tender No. & Title)
3. containing documents in compliance with instructions to Tenderers clause “Submission of Tenders”, 
addressing to the relevant Tenderers Committee.
4. Verify: Technical offer does not contain any prices or hint of Prices in the offer. 
Offer & Bank Guarantee Checklist:

Validity of Tender:
Attach in Techno-commercial offers a duly signed & stamped compliance on Tenderer’s official
5. company's letter head, clearly mentioning the Tender Title and Scope of works, wherein confirming 
the following which is as per instructions to Tenderers clause “Validity of Tender”:
"Validity of the Tender is Ninety Days (90) from the Tender/Bid Closing Date”.
6. Provisional Bank Guarantee:
The validity of the provided Bank Guarantee is not less than One Hundred Twenty (120) calendar days
6a. 
after the Tender closing date, which is as per instructions to Tenderers clause “Tender Bond”.
6b. Underlying Relationship in the Tender Bond is matching the Tender Title. 
6c. Name of Applicant in Tender Bond is clear & similar to Tenderer’s name on the offers. 
Name of Beneficiary in the Tender Bond is mentioned as “Qatar General Electricity and Water
6d. 
Corporation – KAHRAMAA.”
Legal Affairs Checklist:

7. Technical offer consists of fully signed & stamped Tender Document (Except Appendix-B: Schedule

of Prices)
8. Submit the following compliances in Tenderers official company's letter head signed by the authorized 
signatory for this tender.
"We hereby confirm that, In case of award of agreement we shall unconditionally accept partial
8a. 
awards without changes to the quoted tender prices."
“We confirmed that our tender is without any legal and contractual deviation. We also confirmed that
our tender complies with the tender requirement and terms and conditions.
8b. 
By the above confirmation, all our deviations and qualifications listed elsewhere in our Technical and
Commercial offer and in the Tender Documents is deemed withdrawn.”
9. Attached in Techno-commercial offers a “Signed and stamped Secrecy Declaration” 
10. Attached in Techno-commercial offers a “Signed and stamped Acknowledgment Receipt of Tender 
Documents and Tender Bulletins”
Attached in Techno-commercial offers all latest valid documents:
Commercial Registration (English/Arabic) 
11. Classification Certificates 
Trade License 
Tax Card, Computer Card and other licenses 
12. Attached in Commercial Offer:

Copy of the ICV Certificate or Plan (whichever applicable) that specifies the In Country Value.
13. Attached in Technical offers Power of Attorney POA (if applicable) *** 
14. Attached in Technical offers JV (Joint venture) / consortium Agreement (if applicable) *** 
Finance Checklist:
Attached in Techno-commercial offers a compliance in Tenderers official company's letter head signed
by the authorized signatory for this tender.
15. 
“We hereby confirm the compliance of Tender requirement of Appendix-C ― Insurances of the
Tender.”
Attached in Technical offers a “Full audited financial statement as an Auditors’ sheet, statement of
16. income, statement of cashflow also notes for financial statement (status and activities, summary of 
significant accounting policies, cash on hand and banks …) at least for the last Three (3) Years.”
Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) Checklist:
Attached in Technical offers, the following statement printed on the Tenderer’s letterhead, signed
and/or stamped,
17. 
“We hereby confirm that we shall comply with all current KAHRAMAA HSE requirements as well as
any additional future HSE requirements posed by the local regulatory bodies in the State of Qatar.”
18. Attached in Technical offers a “Duly signed and stamped appendix-J, Every page of the document

needs to be signed and/or stamped.” – If Applicable
19. Attached in Technical offers a “a copy of Tenderer’s HSE manual.” 

‫‪20. Attached in Technical offers “Tenderer’s organizational chart. The chart must show the HSE‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫”‪function/HSE representative of the company.‬‬

‫الشروط واملواصفات الفنية والكميات املطلوبة‬

‫عنوان املناقصة‬ ‫رقم الطرح لدى اجلهة احلكومية‬ ‫رقم الطرح يف موقع‬
‫املشرتايت احلكومية‬
‫مناقصة عامة ‪ :‬عقد اتفاقية الطلب عند الحاجة ملدة ثالث سنوات لتوريد محوالت التوزيع األرضية‬ ‫‪GTC-1123(PQQ)/2023‬‬ ‫‪2023/2644‬‬
‫‪Appendix A‬‬
‫‪Scope of Services‬‬


SCOPE OF SERVICES AND SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
Scope of Supply:
The items are to be supplied must be as per the attached description.
Quantities given in the attached list are estimated requirement for three years, which are,
however, only for guideline.
The unit prices of the Materials shall remain firm for the duration of Agreement.
The Prices stipulated are inclusive of all costs of Packing, Shipping, Customs Clearance and
Delivery to KAHRAMAA Stores/locations.
Duration of the Agreement:

The duration of the “Call-off Agreement” between the Supplier and Kahramaa shall be for
three (3) years.
Approval/Acceptance:
Approval and acceptance of material supplied is subject to inspection by End User
Department of KAHRAMAA. If material is found unacceptable, not meeting the Tender
requirements, the same shall be replaced within 48 hours of intimation by KAHRAMAA to the
Supplier.
KAHRAMAA will have the right to make good of such defective item by purchasing the same
from elsewhere at the Supplier’s cost if Supplier failed to replace the defective item within the
time.
Guaranty/Warranty:
Three (3) years from the date of delivery or two (2) years from the date of Commissioning
which period concludes earlier.


BILL OF QUANTITIES
BOQ# 1-A (GMT TRANSFORMER - RADIATOR TYPE)

S.
Description of Material Unit Qty.
No:
Transformer, 500 kVA, Oil filled, Ground Mounted Radiator
1 PC 15
type.
2 PC 120
type.
3 PC 200
type

S.
No:
1 Gaskets Complete set, for 500 kVA Transformer ST 2
2 Gaskets Complete Set, for 1000 KVA Transformer ST 5
3 Gaskets Complete set, for 1600 KVA Transformer ST 7

Pressure Gauge for Nitrogen Gas, for Distribution
4 No. 25
Transformer
Gas (N2) Filling Kit, including Cylinders, Regulators,
5 No. 1
Fittings, Hoses and Trolley.
8 Drain Valve Outlet with sampling device No. 25
9 PRV unit No. 18


11 LV Bushing, mono block type, 500/1000 KVA Set. 15
12 LV Bushing, mono block type, 1600 KVA Set. 15
13 HV Bushing, mono block type, 500/1000/1600 KVA No. 15
Seals for Tap Changer (for different Rating TXs as
19 No. 50
applicable)
20 Junction box unit for terminating inter trip cables No. 1
21 Aerosol Spray Paint Cans for paint Touch up. No. 25
Nuts & bolts with washers for earth connection.
22 No. 50
(M12X50)
23 Spare Bottom Wheels with locking arrangements No. 0
24 Conduit, for trip cable laying to junction box Set 3
Cable Gland, Brass M20 with shrouds for terminating
25 Set. 50
inter trip cables
26 Inter trip cable termination lugs pin type No. 25
LV Cable gland set with nut-bolts & washer (Brass
27 No. 0
Wiping Glands, BS 2562, Size: X)
HV Cable gland set nut-bolts & washer (Brass Wiping
28 Set 0
Glands, BS 2562, Size: Y)
Hose pipe Coupler to drain valve for oil dain and top
29 No. 3
up.
30 Nitrogen Gas Cylinder No. 1



33 Nut –Bolt set with washer for main tank cover No. 500
Nut – Bolt set with washer for HV/ LV Box cover (As per
34 No. 250
the cover design)
35 Nut Brass; M12;For HV Bushing No 50
36 Washer Brass; M12;For HV Bushing; No 50
Space Insulator, for Bus bar support Inside TX Tank (as
37 No. 18
per the TX internal design)
38 Top Filler Valve No 18
Earthing Cable, Yellow-green, 10 Sq. mm for cable box
40 Rolls 3
glands, 100 meter Roll
Lug, Size 10 -12, for gland bonding cable connection at
41 No. 50
main earth terminal
Lug, Size 10 -10, for gland bonding cable connection at
42 No 150
glands
Earthing Cable, Yellow-green, 6 Sq. mm for Marshalling
43 Rolls 3
Box, 100 meter Roll
Lug, Size 6 -12, for Marshalling box earth bonding cable
44 No. 50
connection at main earth terminal
Lug, Size 6 -6, for Marshalling box earth bonding cable
45 No. 50
connection at Marshalling Box
46 Digital N2 Pressure Master Gauge with Adpaters No. 3
BOQ# 2-A (GMT TRANSFORMER - CORRUGATED TYPE)

S.
No:
Transformer, 500 kVA, Oil filled, Ground Mounted
1 PC 30
Corrugated type


2 PC 160
Corrugated type.
3 PC 400
Corrugated type

S.
No:
1 Gaskets Complete set, for 500 kVA Transformer ST 4
2 Gaskets Complete Set, for 1000 KVA Transformer ST 12
3 Gaskets Complete set, for 1600 KVA Transformer ST 23

6 Drain Valve Outlet with sampling device No. 50
7 PRV unit No. 35
9 LV Bushing, mono block type, 500/1000 KVA Set. 45
10 LV Bushing, mono block type, 1600 KVA Set. 60
11 HV Bushing, mono block type, 500/1000/1600 KVA No. 45
Seals for Tap Changer (Different Rating TXs as
17 No. 150
applicable)
18 Junction box unit for terminating inter trip cables No. 1
19 Aerosol Spray Paint Cans for paint Touch up. No. 75


Nuts & bolts with washers for earth connection.
20 No. 150
(M12X50)
21 Spare Bottom Wheels with locking arrangements No. 0
22 Conduit, for trip cable laying to junction box Set 7
Cable Gland, Brass M20 with shrouds for terminating
23 Set. 75
inter trip cables
24 Inter trip cable termination lugs pin type No. 75
LV Cable gland set with nut-bolts & washer (Brass
25 No. 0
Wiping Glands, BS 2562, Size: X)
HV Cable gland set nut-bolts & washer (Brass Wiping
26 No. 0
Glands, BS 2562, Size: Y)
Hose pipe Coupler to drain valve for oil dain and top
27 No. 5
up.
30 Nut –Bolt set with washer for main tank cover No. 1500
Nut – Bolt set with washer for HV/ LV Box cover (As
31 No. 750
per the cover design)
32 Nut Brass; M12;For HV Bushing No. 150
33 Washer Brass; M12;For HV Bushing; No. 150
Space Insulator, for Bus bar support Inside TX Tank
34 No. 45
(as per the TX internal design)
35 Top Filler Valve No. 35
Earthing Cable, Yellow-green, 10 Sq. mm for cable
37 Rolls 7
box glands, 100 meter Roll
Lug, Size 10 -12, for gland bonding cable connection
38 No. 150
at main earth terminal


Lug, Size 10 -10, for gland bonding cable connection
39 No 400
at glands
Earthing Cable, Yellow-green, 6 Sq. mm for
40 Rolls 7
Marshalling Box, 100 meter Roll
Lug, Size 6 -12, for Marshalling box earth bonding
41 No. 150
cable connection at main earth terminal
Lug, Size 6 -6, for Marshalling box earth bonding
42 No. 150
cable connection at Marshalling Box
BOQ# 3-A (GMT TRANSFORMER - DRY TYPE)

S.
No:
1 Transformer, 500 kVA, Dry Type PC 2

S.
No:
Temperature Sensor with Relays / Controller &

1 SET 2
Digital Display unit

4 LV Bushing, mono block type,1600 KVA SET 1
5 HV Bushing, 11 KV (500/1000/1600 KVA) SET 6

6 Analog Temperature Guage, With Sensors PC 2

9 LV cable Box , With Cover Set, 1600 KVA PC 1
10 HV cable Box , With Cover Set, 500 KVA PC 1
13 Space Insulators, for Bus bar support Inside TX PC 6
HV Bushing support Clamp bolts & nuts, Complete
14 SET 2
Set
LV Bushing support Clamp bolts & nuts, Complete
15 SET 2
Set
16 Touch up paint PC 4
H.V./L.V. Cable Box cover Hardwares and Fasteners
17 SET 2
set
TX Enclosure Side cover Hardwares and Fasteners
18 SET 2
set
19 Gasket Sheet PC 4
Specifications
1 KM EPM D GEN GENERAL Issue 0.0 31.05.2023
2 KM EPM D GEN MTRL GASKETS SEALS Issue 0.0 18.05.2023
3 KM EPM D GEN MTRL INSULATING LIQUID Issue 0.0 14.11.2022
4 KM EPM D PNT ELECTRICAL MATERIALS Issue 0.0 20.03.2023
5 KM EPM D TRF 11 0.4 DRY GMT Issue 0.0 25.10.2022
6 KM EPM D TRF 11 0.4 OIL GMT Issue 0.0 12.08.2022
7 KM EPM D TRF GENERAL Issue 0.0 13.01.2023
Delivery:
Within 2 working days from the date of receipt of the COO
Audited Accounts Report:

The last three (3) years audited Financial Statement should be attached with your Technical
Submission.

Manufacturers Names & Country of Origin:

Manufacturers’ names and Country of origin of each items should be specified in your
Technical and Commercial quotations
Workmanship and Warranty:
Warranty Period: Three years from the date of delivery or two years from the date of
installation, whichever occurs first. Two years of the guaranty period shall be supported
by performance bond, and a warranty certificate from manufacturer for 3 years shall be
submitted. Specific warranties for components as mentioned in the detailed specifications,
in case were longer, are also applicable.

EXECUTION PLAN
Supply of GMT TRANSFORMER - RADIATOR TYPE – (BOQ# 1A)
Minimum
Sl.
Qty.
Contract period
1 15 1 3
2 120 7 15
3 200 10 25
Supply of GMT TRANSFORMER - CORRUGATED TYPE – (BOQ# 2A)

Minimum
Sl.
Qty.
Contract period
1 30 2 6
2 160 7 15
Ground Mounted Corrugated type.
3 400 20 50
Supply of GMT TRANSFORMER - DRY TYPE – (BOQ# 3A)

Minimum
Sl.
Qty.
Contract period
1 Transformer, 500 kVA, DRY TYPE. 2 1 1
2 Transformer, 1000 kVA, DRY TYPE . 10 1 3
3 Transformer, 1600 kVA, DRY TYPE 10 1 3

Notes:
1. The list of spares after the manufacturer review and recommendation (preferably
with manufacturer part number and photo) shall be referred for review.
2. propose any new addition or modification in the list of spare parts as per the design
which is necessary for Operation/ Maintenance.
3. As per design any listed spares are similar shall be mentioned as typical item and
priced with the same unit price.
4. If any item in the spare BOQ is not meeting the offered design, it should not be
priced and should mentioned as N/A.
Stock Requirement at Call-Off Supplier Warehouse:

• The Above Max. and Min level is mandatory for each Supplier/ manufacturer
regardless of the awarding percentage.
• KM has the right to specify to fill Max. and Min level from which awarded BOQ in
the kick of meeting.
• Initially the stocks are to be built-up to the level equal to the Maximum Stock.
• Actual consumption per month may vary depending on KM daily requirements, but
in any case, will not be more than expected Maximum Monthly Consumption
unless informed by KAHRAMAA.
• Based on actual monthly consumption the supplier need to replenish the depleted
quantities, every month, to bring the total stock level back to its original level.
The CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall be responsible for replenishing stock of MATERIALS to

meet KAHRAMAA’s requirements and should develop records of actual consumption
pattern, for the purpose of replenishment on monthly basis. The bidder shall submit along
with their offer a plan/program to establish clear mechanism of achieving the above
referred quantities.
Instructions and Special Conditions:
1. Minimum (Min) Level of Reserve Stock (Article 3.5 of the General Conditions of
Contract): The quantities given in the attached Bill of Quantities are the estimated
consumption for three years. This figure is for guidance only and must not be interpreted
as a firm off-take. However, the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER is required to store in their local
warehouse in Doha the “Minimum” quantities as mentioned at all times during the
CONTRACT PERIOD.

2. CALL-OFF ORDER (Article 1.13 of the General Conditions of Contract): After the
MOBILIZATION PERIOD, KAHRAMAA will order its requirement on as-and-when
required basis through Call-off Order (COO), a specimen of which is included in this
document as Exhibit 1. COO will be sent by mail, fax or e-mail. The CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER’S premises must be equipped with telephone, fax and e-mail facilities which
shall be attended at all times during normal working hours (06:30 AM to 02:30 PM)
Sunday to Thursday inclusive. The CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall nominate competent
personnel to deal with and resolve all day-to-day administrative matters.
3. Delivery Time (Article 9 of the General Conditions of Contract): within Two (2) working
days from receipt of the COO by the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER or on the date stipulated in
the applicable COO, whichever is later.
4. Delivery Point (Article 9 of the General Conditions of Contract): As given in the COO.
The OD Switchgears will be collected by authorized representatives/Contractors of
KAHRAMAA from the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S local warehouse in Doha but loading on
the authorized receivers’ vehicle is the responsibility of the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER.
Occasionally KAHRAMAA may require Call-off Supplier to deliver the Materials to
KAHRAMAA Warehouses, in which case it is the responsibility of the CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER to unload & deliver the Materials.
5. Authorized Receiver’s Signature on Delivery Note (Article 9 of the General Conditions of

Contract): The CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall deliver the MATERIALS to the authorized
representatives of KAHRAMAA and obtain their signature on both Delivery Note and
applicable COO. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER will be provided with a list of KAHRAMAA’S
authorized receivers to take delivery of materials together with their specimen signatures
after awarding the tender. It is CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S responsibility to ensure that
MATERIAL is delivered to authorized receivers only and verify their signature with the
list of specimen signature provided to the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER. No invoice shall be
passed for payment unless supported by Delivery Note and COO signed by
KAHRAMAA’S authorized receiver.
6. STORAGE: The CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S storage facilities in Doha shall be adequate

for the proper care of the MATERIAL and in accordance with KAHRAMAA’S acceptable
standard and surrounded by an adequate security fence. These shall include but not be
limited to the following:
1. Store yard shall be asphalted prior to stocking the MATERIAL.

2. Warehouse shall have sufficient security and safety apparatus to avoid mishaps
including but not limited to fire, theft, explosion, assault, etc.
3. A level area free from materials such as stones that could abrade and damage the
MATERIAL shall be maintained. The whole area shall be surrounded by an adequate
security fence with restricted personnel access.

4. The CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall employ a qualified and computer literate

Storekeeper and sufficient laborers who will at all times maintain an up to date
inventory of all materials and record details of usage. The storekeeper shall be
available “on call” after working hours, his contact number (telephone/mobile) should
be provided. All employees shall be professional, law abiding, peaceful, respectful
of local cultural traditions and have excellent conduct and character.
5. KAHRAMAA representatives shall have access to the Stores at all times within
normal working hours and the right to reject materials which have been stored in a
manner likely to result in damage or deterioration of the materials. An office room for
the KAHRAMAA staff shall be arranged.
6. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall be wholly liable for replacement of damaged or
deteriorated material and no claims in respect of loss of time due to non-availability
of such material will be considered.
7 Documents Required: Catalogue (with tender), Material & Test Certificates.
8 If any certificate/approval from Kahramaa is required during the Tender or execution stage
and any order prior to delivery, it must be obtained in writing. Non response from
Kahramaa will not imply KAHRAMAA’s acceptance, and any delivery of material without
the mandatory Kahramaa decision in writing will be rejected without any obligation to
Kahramaa. Manufacturer/Supplier is fully responsible to follow up Kahramaa concerned
Department to get response in writing.
9 Explanation and Interpretation of ARTICLE 3.5 of the General Conditions of Contract: -

CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall maintain at its local warehouse in Doha, throughout the
CONTRACT DURATION, a minimum level of reserve stock of all the items of the
GOODS, as specified in Appendix A. This Minimum Stock is not to be interpreted as the
Rolling Stock to meet the daily requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in other articles of this General Conditions of Contract or other conditions stipulated
anywhere in this Contract Document, KAHRAMAA does not guarantee an even
consumption pattern based on monthly or yearly average of the total quantities given in
Appendix A. Monthly consumption may vary, however, and an anticipated maximum
monthly consumption is given in the Bill of Quantities. CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall
replenish the stocks in a timely manner, based on KAHRAMAA’s estimates of
consumption and on its own record of the actual consumption, so as to ensure
uninterrupted supply of the GOODS. KAHRAMAA’s estimates of consumption are only
for guidance without any commitment on KAHRAMAA’s part. At the beginning of each
month the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall prepare the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER’S Monthly
Stock Report (as shown in Exhibit 2) and shall send this report to KAHRAMAA’s
Materials Department to the attention of the Contract Administrator (TMP3).
10 MOBILIZATION PERIOD: CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall complete production of
MATERIAL and stock the expected Minimum Stock and Maximum Monthly Consumption

within the delivery period quoted in their offer. This period shall be the MOBILIZATION
PERIOD. In addition to the production and stocking of materials, all facilities for execution
of this contract as detailed in this Appendix A, Appendix E (CALL-OFF SUPPLIER
Resources) and other parts of this tender document shall be available within the
MOBILIZATION PERIOD. Anything short of these requirements will be considered as a
default on the part of the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER and Delay Penalty specified in the
General Conditions of Contract and Appendix B will be applied. The MOBILIZATION
PERIOD is envisaged by KAHRAMAA as 90 days. If the bidder wishes to specify
different MOBILIZATION PERIOD, it should be clearly specified in the offer. After the
MOBILIZATION PERIOD the Materials shall be delivered as and when required by
KAHRAMAA, throughout the CONTRACT PERIOD without any break (i.e. multiple
MOBILIZATION PERIOD will not be allowed).
11 STORAGE (Article 6.1 of the General Conditions of Contract): The CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER’S storage facilities in Doha shall be adequate for the proper care of the
MATERIAL and in accordance with KAHRAMAA’S acceptable standard and surrounded
by an adequate security fence. These shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. Store yard shall be asphalted prior to stocking the Products.
2. Warehouse shall have sufficient security and safety apparatus to avoid mishaps
including but not limited to fire, theft, explosion, assault, etc.
12 Explanation and Interpretation of ARTICLE 14, Clause 14.1 of the General Conditions of
Contract: -
KAHRAMAA shall have the right, at any time, to make any changes in the GOODS and
or the supply thereof such as additions, deletions, substitutions or other alterations or
revisions, and to direct CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to perform such changes. Apart from
substitution, if such VARIATION ORDER results in increase or decrease of the quantity
of any item, it shall be within the limit of ±20% of the awarded CONTRACT PRICE. For
avoidance of any doubt or ambiguity, this limit of 20% does not mean 20% of the
individual item on pro-rata basis, but KAHRAMAA may increase or decrease quantity of
any item to the value of up to 20% of the total awarded contract value. Any increase or
decrease in the CONTRACT PRICE or any modification to the SCHEDULED
COMPLETION DATE resulting from such change shall be evaluated and be determined
in accordance with the CONTRACT and with the recalculated rates and prices
(contained in Appendix B) which, in case of positive variation, shall be recalculated using
the proposed formula with LME prices ruling on the same day of receipt of the Variation
Order Notification by the CALL-OFF SUPPLIER, if received before 10AM (Doha time),
or next day if received after 10AM (Doha time), which will be firm throughout the duration
of the contract for the lot comprising the variation.
If Appendix B does not contain unit rates which are specifically applicable to such
change, then KAHRAMAA shall compensate CALL-OFF SUPPLIER on a basis to be

mutually agreed between KAHRAMAA and CALL-OFF SUPPLIER. Deletion of individual

items shall not entitle CALL-OFF SUPPLIER to reimbursement for loss of overheads or
profit or to any financial compensation. As for substitution, KAHRAMAA has the right to
reduce the quantity of any item and use its value to increase quantity of any other item
without changing the total contract value. However, quantity of any item will not be
reduced to less than the quantities given in Appendix A as Minimum Stock plus two
months’ average consumption of the total quantity of the item. If the CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER requires lead-time for delivery of the increased quantities resulting from
VARIATION ORDER, it should be clearly specified in their offer submitted on or before
closing date of the tender. If no lead-time for VARIATION ORDER is stipulated in the
offer, no extra time will be allowed for delivery of increased quantities after awarding the
tender.
13 GUARANTEE PERIOD (Article No. 13 of the General Conditions of Contract): CALL-OFF
SUPPLIER shall guarantee all materials in his scope of supply, against defective
materials, improper packing and failure in normal use. The GUARANTEE PERIOD will
be as specified in the respective specifications of the Materials attached to Appendix A.
The first two years of guarantee should be covered by Performance Bond, and the total
guarantee period should be supported with Warranty Certificate.
14 CALL-OFF SUPPLIER shall use Qatar Airways for air travel of its employees engaged in
this CONTRACT and for any air transportation of equipment, materials, or goods under
this CONTRACT.
15 KAHRAMAA reserves the right to split award the above quantities. Bidders are bound to
accept this condition and no reservation will be acceptable.
16 Call-off Supplier will be provided with a Certificate of Completion from KAHRAMAA
showing the completed works/services in addition to any penalties or liquidated damages.
17 Call-off Supplier/Supplier Performance Evaluation results will be reflected on the
Government Procurement Portal & Classification Certificate issued by Ministry of Finance


ATTACHMENT TO TECHNICAL OFFER
TO BE COMPLETED BY THE BIDDER AND ENCLOSED WITH THE TECHNICAL

PACKAGE, FORMING PART OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER.
Note: This sheet is mandatory for every offer (i.e. separate sheet for main and every
alternative offer), failing which the offer may be disqualified. The column “DEVIATION
FROM THE TENDER SPECIFICATION” (5th or 6th) should be ticked (✓) for every item.
If the 6th column (“NO” deviation) is ticked, no deviation from the tender specification
will be accepted when the material is supplied, even if the description given in your
offer and the order sheet indicates a deviation.
DEVIATION
ITE FROM THE
M QTY UNIT DESCRIPTION TENDER
NO. (2) (3) (4) SPECIFICATION
(1) YES NO
(5) (6)
Details of the technical deviation are enclosed (total pages -----).
End of Appendix A

‫املوضوع‪ :‬التفاصيل الفنية للعرض الفني وقوائم الكميات (خاص بمقدم العطاء)‬
‫عنوان املناقصة‬ ‫رقم الطرح لدى اجلهة‬ ‫رقم الطرح يف موقع‬
‫احلكومية‬ ‫املشرتايت احلكومية‬
‫مناقصة عامة ‪ :‬عقد اتفاقية الطلب عند الحاجة ملدة ثالث سنوات لتوريد محوالت التوزيع األرضية‬ ‫‪GTC-‬‬ ‫‪٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪1123(PQQ)/2023‬‬
‫يضع مقدم العطاء هنا تفاصيل عرضة الفني وتفاصيل املواد بما فيها‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬قوائم الكميات‬
‫‪ -2‬الكتالوجات والرسوم التفصيلية والبيانات الخاصة بأنواع املواد واملهمات واملعدات أو األجهزة املطلوب توريدها‪ ،‬وطريقة تشغيلها أو طريقة‬
‫تنفيذ األعمال موضوع املناقصة‪.‬‬
‫والجدول الزمني لإلنجاز والتسليم‪ ،‬وفترة الضمان والصيانة إن كانت مطلوبة‪.‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫بيان باملعدات واألجهزة املتوفرة لدى مقدم العطاء إلنجاز العمل املطلوب‪.‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬
‫قائمة بقطع الغيار ومستلزمات التشغيل‪ ،‬مع بيان معدالت استهالكها‪.‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬
‫بيانات عن أسماء ووظائف وخبرات الكوادر التي سيسند إليها اإلشراف على تنفيذ العملية ومدة خبرة الشركة في مجال عملها‪.‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬
‫اسم الشركة املنتجة لألصناف وبلد املنشأ‬ ‫‪-7‬‬
‫‪ -8‬أي بيانات او مستندات يرغب مقدم العطاء في اضافتها‪.‬‬
‫يتم تقديم تلك البيانات في جداول مفصلة‬
‫*مالحظة يجب التوقيع والختم على كل صفحة من قبل مقدم العطاء ‪ ،‬كما يجب ترقيم الصفحات ترقيما‬
‫تسلسليا ‪ ،‬وكذلك االلتزام بكتابة رقم املناقصة وعنوانها كما في الجدول باألعلى‪.‬‬

‫قوائم الكميات‬
‫الكمية‬
‫مكان التسليم‬ ‫الوحدة‬ ‫مقاس‬ ‫املواصفات‬ ‫الصنف‬ ‫الكود‬ ‫م‬
‫(العدد الكلي)‬

Health, Safety & Environment Dept
APPENDIX “J”- HSE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTORS ‫ السالمة والبيئة‬,‫إدارة الصحة‬
QATAR GENERAL ELECTRICITY & WATER CORPORATION (KAHRAMAA)
KAHRAMAA HSE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTORS
(APPENDIX - J / CONTRACTORS)
HSE DEPARTMENT
MARCH 2021
Document Control
Department Document Type Document Title
KAHRAMAA HSE
HSE Guideline Requirements for Contractors
(Appendix J – Contractors)
Issue Approval
Prepared By Reviewed By Approved By
Ms. Jawaher Al-Maslamani
Dr. Mohammed Al Health & Environment Section
Muhannadi Head
Abdul Monem Al Darwish
Sr. Environment Specialist
HSE Manager
Eng. Ali Eid Al Kuwari
Eng. Ahmed Bilal Head of Safety & Loss
Senior Safety Engineer Prevention Section
Signatures: Signature: Signature:
1|Page
Table of Contents
1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................... 4
2. PURPOSE ....................................................................................................................................... 4
3. SCOPE............................................................................................................................................. 5
4. LAWS AND REGULATIONS ....................................................................................................... 5
4.1. National and International laws ................................................................................................ 5
4.2. KAHRAMAA HSE regulations ............................................................................................... 5
4.3. Industry Standards .................................................................................................................... 6
4.4. KAHRAMAA Rights ............................................................................................................... 6
5. KAHRAMAA HSE POLICY ......................................................................................................... 7
6. GENERAL HSE REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 8
6.1. Contractors HSE Management System .................................................................................... 8
6.2. Contractor’s HSE Policy .......................................................................................................... 8
6.3. Contractor Project HSE Plan .................................................................................................... 8
6.3.1. Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 9
6.3.2. Leadership and commitment ............................................................................................. 9
6.3.3. Policy and objectives ......................................................................................................... 9
6.3.4. Organization, resources and competence .......................................................................... 9
6.3.5. Planning, standards and procedures .................................................................................. 9
6.3.6. Implementation and monitoring ...................................................................................... 10
6.3.7. Audit and review ............................................................................................................. 10
6.4. Risk Assessment and Management ........................................................................................ 11
6.4.1. Hazards Identification ..................................................................................................... 11
6.4.2. Technical Data ................................................................................................................. 11
6.4.3. Local Data ....................................................................................................................... 11
6.4.4. Risks Assessment ............................................................................................................ 12
6.4.5. Risk Management ............................................................................................................ 12
6.4.6. Driving risks .................................................................................................................... 13
6.5. Qualification & Training of Personnel ................................................................................... 13
6.5.1. General ............................................................................................................................ 13
6.5.2. Contractor HSE Staff Approval Requirements ............................................................... 14
6.5.3. Contractor HSE Staff Approval Procedure ..................................................................... 14
6.5.4. Requirements for HSE Staff Approval ............................................................................ 14
6.6. HSE Communications ............................................................................................................ 19
6.7. Audits, Monitoring and Inspection ......................................................................................... 19
6.8. Documentation ....................................................................................................................... 20
6.8.1. Documentation control .................................................................................................... 20
2|Page
6.8.2. Reference documents ...................................................................................................... 20

6.8.3. Monitoring / History Records: ........................................................................................ 20
6.9. Contractor Responsibilities .................................................................................................... 20
6.10. Personal Protective Equipment ............................................................................................ 21
6.11. HSE Actions Implementation ............................................................................................... 21
6.12. Certification of Equipment ................................................................................................... 22
6.13. Safety Barriers ...................................................................................................................... 22
7. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ....................................................................................................... 25
7.1. Occupational Health Legal Register....................................................................................... 25
7.1.1. List of Abbreviations ....................................................................................................... 25
7.1.2. Health, Safety & Environment Department Organization at KAHRAMAA .................. 26
7.1.3. General ............................................................................................................................ 26
7.1.4. Hazard Communication ................................................................................................... 28
7.1.5. Human Resources ............................................................................................................ 28
7.1.6. List of Occupational Illnesses ......................................................................................... 29
7.1.7. Periodical Medical Checkups & Fitness for Duty Exams ............................................... 30
7.1.8. First Aid ........................................................................................................................... 35
7.1.9. Managing Occupational Injuries and Illnesses ................................................................ 35
7.1.10. Risk Management .......................................................................................................... 36
7.1.11. Sick Leave ..................................................................................................................... 38
7.1.12. Termination of Employment for Health Reasons .......................................................... 39
7.1.13. Special Considerations .................................................................................................. 39
7.2. Occupational Health Guidelines ............................................................................................. 39
7.3. Occupational Health Personnel Approvals ............................................................................. 40
7.3.1. Doctors Qualifications and Experience ........................................................................... 40
7.3.2. Nurses Qualifications and Experience ............................................................................ 40
8. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH ................................................................................................... 40
8.1. Impact Assessment ................................................................................................................. 40
8.2. Project Environmental Procedures / Plan ............................................................................... 41
8.2.1. Excavation & Dust Management .................................................................................... 41
8.2.2. Waste Minimization Management .................................................................................. 41
8.2.3. Noise & other physical impact management ................................................................... 42
8.2.4. Chemicals And Hazardous Materials Management ........................................................ 43
9. INCIDENT REPORTING ............................................................................................................. 45
10. FIRE PROTECTION & FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS ................................................... 46
11. SECURITY ................................................................................................................................. 48
12. HSE PREQUALFIQATION QUESTIONNAIRE ...................................................................... 49
3|Page
1. INTRODUCTION
The project contract requirements should comply with KAHRAMAA HSE Policy Statements to
ensure the protection of life, property and environment; and foster project efficiency. These
requirements vary with respect to the project scope, nature, complexity, location, people, etc.
The HSE Contract requirements objects include and are not limited to the following:
 eliminate personal injuries and illnesses, and damage and loss of property,
 minimize the effects of accidents, illnesses and property loss on both the individuals and on
the project,
 comply with KAHRAMAA Health, Safety and Environmental policies, procedures and
guidelines,
 comply with all Qatar HSE statutory requirements and standards,
 avoid illnesses, fatalities and accidents,
 avoid lost time due to accidents and illnesses,
 avoid penalties,
 and work in a safe manner.
Contractor shall bear the cost and any and all impact on the Work Time Schedule resulting from or
otherwise connected with any of the following actions:
 Meet the specified HSE regulations and other safety-related requirements.
 Perform the WORK in accordance with well-accepted safe working practice in the water
and power industry and established available industry practices for environmental
performance.
 Meet all HSE requirements.
 Measures and actions taken by KAHRAMAA in lieu of Contractor on the grounds of
Contractor failing to take the necessary HSE measures and actions
Provision of these HSE requirements to Contractors is without prejudice whatsoever and howsoever
to any of KAHRAMAA rights and shall not release Contractors in any way from any of their
obligations and liabilities under the Contract or the law.
This document defines the Health, Safety and Environment (hereinafter referred to as "HSE")
requirements to be implemented by the Contractors. It is the Contractors’ obligation to ensure that
adequate risk-based health, safety and environment services are provided, maintained, monitored and
continuously improved at the entire performance during the project duration with KAHRAMAA.
2. PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to present the following:
 HSE Administrative Requirements.
 HSE Contract Project Requirements.
 Specific Healthy, Safety and Environment Practices and Procedure Requirements.
4|Page
3. SCOPE
These requirements apply to all contractors who carry out project work on any KAHRAMAA
facilities or locations whether on existing plants or new establishments. These requirements shall be
submitted to contractors as an Appendix - J during the Call for Project Contract Tenders.
4. LAWS AND REGULATIONS

4.1. National and International laws
Contractors shall fully adhere and comply with the below stated National & International regulations,
standards and specifications pertaining to Occupational Health, Safety & Environment throughout
the performance of the contract. In the event that legislations are updated the latest version shall be
followed over the whole period of the contract. The contractor must maintain an up-to-date and
current HSE legal register at all times during the duration of the contract. The list of the regulations,
standards and specifications is and not limited to the following:
 Qatar Labor Law (14) – 2004.

 Qatar Construction Specifications – QCS 2014.
 National Environment Protection Law (30) – 2002 & Decision No (4) for Year 2005.
 Law No. 14 of 1971 on crimes related to public health, safety, comfort, public discipline and
public moral.
 Law No. 20 of 2002 on the control of tobacco and its derivatives.
 Human Resources Law.
 Emiri resolution No. 35 of 2014 organizing the General Electricity and Water Corporation
(KAHRAMAA).
 Civil Service and Housing Minister resolution No. 19 of 2005.
 Supreme Council of Health specifications and guidelines.
 Civil Defense Law No. 19 of year 2012.
 Qatar Traffic Law No. 19 of the Year 2007.
 Applicable NFPA standards.
 OSHA Code of Federal Regulations.
 OHSAS 18001:2007.
 ISO 14001:2004.
Moreover, the Contractors must comply with any new or updated regulations HSE requirements /
regulations that are issued by Kahramaa or local regulatory bodies in State of Qatar after signing the
contract. The contractors must also comply with particular laws and regulations relating to their
logistics and transport; in particular the regulations issued by the National Transport Authority, the
International Maritime Organization (IMO), and the International Civil Aviation Organization
(ICAO) applied by the International Air Transport Association (IATA).
4.2. KAHRAMAA HSE regulations

Contractors must comply and enforce compliance by contractors and subcontractors with
KAHRAMAA HSE policy, regulations and guidelines, including:
 KAHRAMAA HSE Policy Statement.

5|Page
 KAHRAMAA General Regulations,

 KAHRAMAA HSE Procedures & Guidelines.
 KAHRAMAA occupational health, safety and environmental requirements specified
elsewhere in the contract.
 KAHRAMAA Occupational Health Legal register.
 KAHRAMAA Occupational Health Guidelines.
 In addition, smoking shall be prohibited during any meeting with KAHRAMAA.
Contractors shall cooperate and coordinate with other contractors on occupational health, safety and
environment matters and shall promptly comply with any specific occupational health, safety and
environment instructions or directions given to the contractors by KAHRAMAA. Any occupational
health, safety and environment regulations publication by the National Qatari Authority during the
contract period shall be applied and implemented by the contractor without any extra charge to the
contract.
4.3. Industry Standards

Contractors must comply and ensure compliance by subcontractors with the applicable IEC, IEEE,
BS, ASTM, ASME and NFPA standards.
4.4. KAHRAMAA Rights

KAHRAMAA shall ensure that contractor HSE arrangements are consistent with KAHRAMAA HSE
requirements.
KAHRAMAA representatives shall have the power to suspend/stop contractor work on site until such
time that the contractor can provide proof of evidence of their ability to proceed in a manner, which
will not pose a risk of injury, illness or death to the personnel, risk of damage or loss of property or
risk of negative impact on the environment.
On Site, in the event of emergency situations linked with company operations (such as but not limited
to: gas leakage, fire, any types of abandonment or hazard in the area of operating facilities or
construction site), all personnel on site, including contractor’s personnel, subcontractor’s personnel
and other contractors personnel, shall comply with KAHRAMAA representative instructions. In such
events, all Work shall be immediately suspended.
6|Page
5. KAHRAMAA HSE POLICY
7|Page
6. GENERAL HSE REQUIREMENTS

6.1. Contractors HSE Management System
 The Bidder/Contractor shall implement HSE Management System that complies with ISO
14001:2004 and OHSAS18001:2007 or any other similar internationally recognized HSE
Management System Standard or Specification that is acceptable to KAHRAMAA.
 The standard shall be selected to cover all work activities (project management, design and
engineering, procurement, construction, and provision of goods, products or services)
associated with the Contract.
 If any part of the contract is sub-contracted, the sub-contractor shall also implement a HSE
System that complies with ISO14001 and OHSAS18001 standards or any other similar inter
nationally recognized
 HSE Management System Standard or Specification that is acceptable to KAHRAMAA, as
appropriate for the sub-contracted work.
 The contractor shall remain ultimately responsible for the HSE of all plant, equipment and
works performed under the contract including that of contractors.
 The processes to be considered shall embrace all work activities from tendering and contract
award to completion of the contract. Procedures for contract review, design & engineering,
material procurement, construction, planning and scheduling, progress measurement,
reporting, ‘As Built’ documentation, etc. shall be properly documented.
 Where contractors do not have Third Party Registration, they shall demonstrate that they have
a HSE Management System that complies with ISO 14001 and OHSAS18001 standards.
6.2. Contractor’s HSE Policy

The contractor shall issue an HSE Policy Statement to KAHRAMAA, which shall be dated and signed
by the contractor's most senior representative. Contractor shall establish a method of monitoring
compliance with the policy and progress against objectives, which shall be demonstrated to
KAHRAMAA upon request.
Contractor shall ensure that the HSE policy and the HSE objectives are consistent with KAHRAMAA
HSE policy and objectives.
Contractor shall ensure that their personnel involved in the performance of the work on
KAHRAMAA projects are fully aware of, and committed to, KAHRAMAA HSE policy and
objectives.
6.3. Contractor Project HSE Plan

Preparation for contracts, large or small, must include the same systematic process of hazard
identification, risk assessment, control and recovery, together with the evidence that a system is in
place to manage these hazards. In a major project, the HSE plan shall be a comprehensive document.
While on the other extreme, e.g. for one-man contracts undertaking a simple repetitive task, a proof
of evidence indicating that the contracted person recognizes and understands the hazard is likely to
be adequate.
For small or short-term contracts, HSE planning must not be ignored or treated superficially. In such
cases, the work is likely to include the use of basic practices (e.g. scaffolding, welding, excavating,
8|Page
etc.) and the contractor must be able to demonstrate good general HSE management in each of these
basic practices. In addition, the contractor must be able to provide proof of evidence that they
understand and carry out hazard assessment when these practices are put together in different
combinations, particularly in association with the hazards of the workplace (e.g. working in confined
spaces, in energized equipment, isolating electrical systems, etc.).
The plan shall also have provisions for all necessary precautions to prevent illness and/or injury to
the public or damage to property of others. The public is defined, as all persons not employed by or
under contract or subcontract to the Company.
Within 30 (thirty) days after the date of Award of the contract, the contractor shall submit a detailed
project HSE plan to KAHRAMAA. In any case the HSE Plan must be approved from KAHRAMAA
before the work starts effectively on site.
The HSE plan shall address HSE issues that are unique for the contracted project and shall focus on
project specific risks and the management of controls to eliminate, reduce or mitigates these risks.
The plan shall cover the following structure:

6.3.1. Introduction
This section shall include a brief description of the project scope of work.
6.3.2. Leadership and commitment
Contractors shall define how senior management set personal examples, demonstrate involvement
and participation, communicate to employees, etc. on HSE practice and issues.
6.3.3. Policy and objectives
Contractors shall define the HSE policy statements that are to be observed and identify their HSE
objectives for the specified project.
6.3.4. Organization, resources and competence
Contractors shall define the formal structure for the organization, allocate resources, define
communications and responsibilities on HSE issues between KAHRAMAA and the contractor, set
minimum competence levels and training requirements in HSE expected on the project for their
personnel and specify documentation maintenance and control.
The following headings must be considered under this section of the plan:
 HSE organization and responsibilities
 HSE communications
 HSE meeting program
 HSE promotion and awareness
 HSE competence requirements
 Employee orientation program
 HSE training matrix
6.3.5. Planning, standards and procedures

Contractors shall describe how the controls for hazards and risk management are to be implemented,
develop a comprehensive listing of HSE standards and procedures applicable to the project and
describe emergency response procedures.
The minimum topics to be considered under this section are:
 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment
9|Page
 Accident/incident and occupational illness reporting & investigation

 Personal Protective Equipment
 Fire Prevention and Protection
 Lifting Equipment and Safe Operation
 Electrical Safety
 Emergency Response & Preparedness
 HSE Communication
 Permit to Work
 Contractor Management
 Occupational Health and Hygiene
 Pest Control
 Infectious Diseases Prevention, Reporting and Management
 Potable Drinking Water Supply and Testing
 Indoor Air Quality Management
 Noise Monitoring and Control
 Heat-Related Illness Prevention
 Ergonomics
 Control of Substances Hazardous to Health
 First Aid Program
 Medical Services when applicable
 Sanitary Maintenance of Toilets
 Respiratory Protection
 Illumination at Work
 Waste Management
 Environmental Aspect / Impact Assessment
6.3.6. Implementation and monitoring

Contractors shall define how HSE performance is monitored, the criteria for HSE performance and
how the corrective actions are to be implemented.
The main issues to be considered under this section are:

 HSE performance – General
 Incident and illness investigation and reporting
 Monthly reporting
 HSE inspections and audits
 HSE meetings
 Continuous improvement
6.3.7. Audit and review

Contractors shall define the basis and frequency under which internal and external HSE auditing and
management reviews will be conducted.
Notes:
Any format(s) will be used by Contractor related to HSE is to be attached to the HSE Plan.
10 | P a g e
If the Contractor does not have a documented HSE Management System, the HSE plan shall cover
all issues that are fundamental principle of the HSEMS approach which draws on the management
principles of the International Standards such as ISO 9001 - Quality Systems, ISO 14001 -
Environmental Management Systems (EMS) and OHSAS 18001 Occupational Health and Safety
(OH&S) Management Systems to control and manage HSE performance.
The Plan shall also evaluate the potential or real environmental impacts and effects whether positive
or negative that the execution of the works and associated activities may have on the environment.
All Contractor’s work shall comply fully with Kahramaa HSE policy and approved Project HSE Plan,
and any breach to this system may result in the contractor’s work being stopped.
Sub-contractors personnel shall be dealt as the contractor’s personnel for the purpose of HSE Policy
Rules implementation and compliance. Any additional costs incurred by the contractor for failing to
comply with statutory or KAHRAMAA’s requirements, directly or indirectly due to delays in the
project schedule, shall be carried by the Contractor.
Additional safety, Health and Environmental requirements may become applicable should regulatory,
operational or climate conditions necessitate such changes. Contractors must continuously monitor
the HSE environment, regulations and operations and take the necessary measures to enforce the
necessary risk-based solutions for all HSE risks identified and continuously improve HSE
performance. The contractor must continuously communicate any changes or updates to
KAHRAMAA.
6.4. Risk Assessment and Management

6.4.1. Hazards Identification
Contractors shall maintain procedures and methods (i.e. Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment)
to identify systematically the hazards and impacts, which may affect or arise from its activities on
personnel, assets and the environment taking into account technical and local data.
The identification shall include all contractors activities such as but not limited to:
 Planning, implementation and commissioning.
 Routine and non-routine operating conditions.
 Incidents, illnesses and potential emergency situations including those arising from human
factors.
 Dismantling and disposal.
 Potential hazards and effects associated with past activities.
6.4.2. Technical Data

Contractors shall review with KAHRAMAA the technical data applicable for their assessment of the
risks associated with performing the work at the contractor project. The data shall include:
 The Design Dossier / Documents.
 The Construction Equipment Specifications.
 The Site(s) Specifications.
6.4.3. Local Data

Contractors shall review with KAHRAMAA the local data applicable for their assessment of the risks
associated with performing the work at the contracted project. The data shall include:
 The Pre-Installation Surveys carried out by the contractor.
11 | P a g e
 The assessment of geological, climatic and meteorological factors.

 The assessment of the contractor’s personnel fitness for the local working and living
conditions.
 The assessment of the contractor’s personnel competence.
 The assessment of local medical support.
 The assessment of local transport conditions.
 The environmental baseline survey and the environmental impact assessment.
 Any other HSE risk assessment related to the subsurface conditions, the meteorological
conditions and the like.
6.4.4. Risks Assessment

Contractors shall maintain procedures to assess the risks taking into account the probabilities of
occurrences and severity of consequences for people, assets and the environment.
Formal risk assessment techniques shall be used in conjunction with the judgment of experienced
personnel and with personnel directly involved with the risk area. Risk assessment shall be updated
at regular intervals.
Risk assessment shall list the related activities, probability and their potential consequences on health
and safety taking into consideration but not limited to:
 Fire and explosion
 Impacts and collisions
 Falling, dropped objects
 Drowning, asphyxiation and electrocution
 Chronic and acute exposure to chemical, physical and biological agents
 Ergonomics factors
 Psychosocial factors
Risk assessment of acute and chronic environmental exposures shall take into consideration:
 Controlled and uncontrolled emissions of matter and energy to land, water and the atmosphere
 Generation and disposal of solid and other wastes
 Use of land, water, fuels and energy and other natural resources
 Noise, odor, dust and vibration exposures
 Effects on ecosystems
 Effects on natural and conservation areas and archaeological sites
Contractors shall define their own risk matrix (severity-frequency) in order to determine where risk
management measures shall be implemented.
KAHRAMAA reserves the right of third party verifications of specific elements of the risk evaluation
made by Contractor.
6.4.5. Risk Management
Contractors shall maintain procedures to select, evaluate and implement measures to manage risks
and impacts. Risk management measures shall include both those to prevent incidents and to mitigate
chronic and acute effects. Mitigation measures shall include emergency response measures to recover.
12 | P a g e
The control or prevention measures shall include but are not limited to:
 Elimination of the risk altogether by removing the source or substitution of the process,
equipment or material.
 Isolation and Engineering Controls such as electrical grounding circuits, rotating part shields,
roll-over protection structures, waste boxes, sewage treatment
 Procedures such as vaccination procedure, audit and inspection procedure for lifting devices,
work permit procedure, electrical lock-out/tag-out procedure, control of personnel HSE
competence, waste segregation and site preparation.
The recovery or mitigation measures shall include but are not limited to:
 Equipment such as fire-fighting equipment.
 Procedures such as certification standard for the site medic, medical evacuation procedure,
firefighting drill, radioactive source recovery
Contractors shall continuously upgrade their HSE control and recovery measures according to their
HSE improvement plan and as required by KAHRAMAA.
6.4.6. Driving risks
Contractor shall define his own driving policy and ensure that his personnel and contractor’s
personnel adhere to it.
No vehicle shall be placed in service unless it is in safe operating condition. The condition of steering
devices, brakes, lights, horn, windshield wipers, tires and other major components shall be checked
regularly. All safety devices on the vehicle, including seat belts, shall be maintained in good condition
and properly utilized.
The following minimum driver qualifications shall apply:

 Valid Qatar driver’s license.
 Adequate driving experience for vehicles operated.
 Physically and medically fit to safely operate vehicles.
6.5. Qualification & Training of Personnel

6.5.1. General
The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel under their control regardless of position are given
specific HSE training as the scope of work and work conditions dictate. The contractor shall ensure
that all personnel are also trained in both general awareness of environmental issues and specific
procedures aimed at avoidance of environmental damage.
The Contractor shall ensure that all his and contractor’s personnel are qualified in the particular job
that they are performing and undergo further training to meet the needs of the working environment,
if required.
The Contractor shall submit to the KAHRAMAA HSE a training program for his personnel for the
duration of the contract. The Contractor shall provide documented evidence of all HSE training and
instruction given to personnel under his control to KAHRAMAA, together with practical
demonstrations of such training if requested.
13 | P a g e
6.5.2. Contractor HSE Staff Approval Requirements

Within 30 (thirty) days after the date of Award of the Contract, the contractor shall submit to
KAHRAMAA HSE Department the resumes of proposed project HSE organization for approval.
The documents which should be submitted for approval of HSE staff are:
 Nomination Letter addressed to line department.
 The candidate’s CV.
 Copies of Qualification & Experience Certificates.
 HSE Training Certificates.
 Passport Copy with Valid Company Visa.
 Personal Photo.
6.5.3. Contractor HSE Staff Approval Procedure

Contractor shall apply Online through KAHRMAA website (www.km.qa) for approval of proposed
project HSE personnel. HSE Department will review and evaluate the submitted CV’s in line with
the above stipulated requirements. If the nominated person meets KAHRAMAA requirements, then
he will be called for HSE Exam and Interview.
The nominated person must fully understand the project HSE Plan and KAHRAMAA HSE
Requirements and he shall work only for the designated project. KAHRAMAA HSE Department will
issue HSE Approval Certificate to those who successfully pass the Written and interview.
HSE Approval will be valid for specified project with subject Contractor for duration of project only.
HSE approval certificate will become invalid in case person resign or leave the company. Moreover
contractor can’t transfer / assign approved candidate to another KAHRAMAA projects.
Contractor shall demonstrate that his organization and corresponding resources make him capable to
satisfy the requirements at any time during the performance of the Work.
6.5.4. Requirements for HSE Staff Approval

6.5.4.1. HSE Manager:
Contractor shall appoint HSE Manager for the project who shall meet the minimum competency level
as describes below:
Educational Qualification:
Shall be bachelor’s degree in any of the following disciplines:
 Fire & Safety, Electrical, Mechanical, Chemical, Electronics, Civil, Environmental,
Industrial, Instrumentation, Production Engineering or any other equivalent engineering
bachelor degree.
 Bachelor in Occupational Health & Safety.
 Bachelor in Science (Chemistry, Physics or Biology).
 Bachelor of Medicine.
 Any other equivalent Bachelor Degree
Certification:
Shall have 2 or more years national or international diploma in Fire & Safety or Occupational Health
and Safety or equivalent Diploma from accredited & recognized National or International Institute
i.e. NEBOSH Diploma, CSP etc.
14 | P a g e
Work Experience:
Minimum 10 years of Experience in Occupational Health, Safety & Environment field as Manager
HSE. Work Experience Shall be related to the activities of Construction Safety or Industrial Safety
Training Requirements:
 Shall have Valid First Aid Certificate from a KAHRAMAA approved institute.
 Shall have a basic Fire Fighting Certificate from recognised institute.
 Shall have attended following certification training in:
o BS OHSAS 18001 Lead Auditor (Preferred)
o Risk Management (QRA, JSA, HAZID etc.)
o Emergency Response & Preparedness
o HAZMAT
o COSHH
o Confined Space work
o Working at Height
o Lockout and tag out
o Electrical Safety
o Lifting & Rigging
o Power tool safety
o Excavation Safety
o PPE
o Waste management
o Incident Reporting and Investigation
o Root Cause Analysis
Note: If the candidate covers all the above training subjects in his diploma certificate no need to
have the above certification/training subjects.
Skills Requirements:
 Ability to communicate in written and spoken English.
 Ability to conduct HSE audits.
 Training ability in HSE subjects.
 Ability to conduct incident investigations .
 Knowledge of applicable national and international HSE laws.
 Be fully conversant with leadership techniques used to manage project HSE Issues.
Roles & Responsibilities of HSE Manager:

 Over all accountability of Health & Safety of People, property, Environment & KAHRAMAA
reputation.
 Ensure implementation of KAHRAMAA HSE rules & regulations at Contractor project sites.
 Review Contractor’s project HSE plan and procedures.
 Develop Contractor HSE audit and inspection plan for the project.
 Communicate with KAHRAMAA management on Project HSE issues.
 Conduct monthly & quarterly HSE meetings on project HSE issues with KAHRAMAA &
Contractors.
15 | P a g e
6.5.4.2. Requirements for HSE Superintendent / HSE Engineer / HSE Officer
Following guidelines shall be applied for the appointment of HSE Engineer by Contractor:
 The contractor shall appoint and deploy full time on the worksite one HSE Superintendent /
Engineer / officer for each and every 50 persons employed at the worksite. For less than 50
persons employed at the worksite, a minimum of one HSE Superintendent / Engineer / Officer
shall be present on site during all working hours each day throughout the contract period. The
HSE officers shall have no other duties, either on-site or off-site other than HSE duties and
shall be exclusive to one site.
HSE Superintendent/Engineer shall meet the below mentioned minimum competency level:
Shall have Bachelor / Graduate degree or 3 Years Higher National Diploma (HND) in Science,
Engineering, Fire & Safety, Arts or equivalent.
Certification:
Should have completed not less than 1 year National Diploma in Fire & Safety or Occupational Health
& Safety from accredited national institution or have completed accredited International Health &
Safety Certification (i.e. NEBOSH, IOSH etc.) from recognised institution.
Work Experience:
Minimum 4 years of Experience in Health, Safety & Environment of which at least 2 years were with
a recognized international contractor. Work Experience Shall be related to the activities of the subject
project.
Training requirements:
 Shall have Valid First Aid & Basic Fire Fighting Certificate from recognised institute.
 Shall have attended the following certification training programs:
o Confined Space work.
o Working at Height.
o lockout and tag out.
o Electrical Safety.
o Risk Assessment.
o Lifting & Rigging.
o Power Tool Safety.
o Excavation Safety.
o Emergency response and preparedness.
o PPE.
o Hazardous Non-hazardous waste management.
o Manual Handling.
o Heat stress.
o HAZMAT.
o Incident reporting and investigation.
Note: If the candidate covers all the above training subjects in his diploma certificate no need to have
the above certification/training subjects.
16 | P a g e
Skills requirements:
 Ability to communicate in written and spoken English.
 Ability to conduct HSE audits.
 Ability to conduct HSE Meeting with contractors / sub-contractors.
 Training ability in HSE subjects.
 Ability to conduct incident investigations.
 Knowledge of applicable national and international HSE laws.
 Be fully conversant with leadership techniques used to manage project HSE Issues.
Roles & Responsibilities of HSE Superintendent / HSE Engineer / HSE Officer:

 Be directly responsible for ensuring the contractor implementation and administration of
Project’s HSE Program/Plan and that of its subcontractors.
 Any violation of policies, standards and programs shall be attended within 24 hours.
 Ensure implementation of KAHRAMAA HSE rules & regulations at project sites.
 Actively participate in contractors monthly or weekly HSE meetings.
 Coordinate Monthly HSE Meeting of all EPC contractors with KAHRAMAA HSE
Department and line department.
 Carry out regular audit and inspections of EPC Contractors as per KAHRAMAA approved
Audit Plan.
 Communicate with KAHRAMAA management on HSE issues.
 Coordinate with KAHRAMAA HSE Department for approval of Contractor HSE personnel
6.5.4.3. HSE Coordinator:

Based on the project scope, risk and resources available, contractor may require to appoint HSE
Coordinator to support HSE Manager in managing project Health & Safety issues.
Also for small scale project (i.e. maintenance, services etc.) involving medium or low risk activities,
Kahramaa may only require appointment of HSE Coordinator (Instead of HSE Manage) from the
contractor. The decision for appointment of HSE Coordinator will be made by KM HSE Department
based on the project specific requirements.
HSE Coordinator shall meet the minimum competency level as describes;
Shall be bachelor’s degree in any of the following disciplines:
 Fire & Safety, Electrical, Mechanical, Chemical, Electronics, Civil, Environmental,
Industrial, Instrumentation, Production Engineering or any other equivalent engineering
bachelor degree.
 Bachelor in Occupational Health & Safety.
 Bachelor in Science (Chemistry, Physics or Biology).
 Bachelor of Medicine.
 Any other equivalent Bachelor Degree
Certification:
Shall have 2 or more years national or international diploma in Fire & Safety or Occupational Health
and Safety or equivalent Diploma from accredited & recognized National or International Institute
i.e. NEBOSH Diploma, CSP etc.
17 | P a g e
Work Experience:
Minimum 10 years of Experience in Health, Safety & Environment of which at least 6 years shall be
in capacity of HSE Coordinator. Work Experience Shall be related to the activities of Construction
Safety or Industrial Safety.
Training Requirements:
 Shall have Valid First Aid Certificate from a KAHRAMAA approved institute.
 Shall have a basic Fire Fighting Certificate from recognised institute.
 Shall have attended following certification training in:
o ISO 45000 & ISO 14001 Lead Auditor (Preferred)
o Risk Management (QRA, JSA, HAZID etc.)
o Emergency Response & Preparedness
o HAZMAT
o COSHH
o Confined Space work
o Working at Height
o Lockout and tag out
o Electrical Safety
o Lifting & Rigging
o Power tool safety
o Excavation Safety
o PPE
o Waste management
o Incident Reporting and Investigation
o Root Cause Analysis
Skills Requirements:
 Ability to coordinate and manage HSE issues of project
 communicate in written and spoken English
 Ability to conduct HSE audits
 Training ability in HSE subjects
 Ability to conduct incident investigations
 Knowledge of applicable national and international HSE laws
Roles & Responsibilities of HSE Coordinator:

 Responsible for Health & Safety of People, Property, Environment & KM reputation.
 Ensure implementation of Kahramaa HSE rules & regulations at project sites.
 Develop the project HSE plan and procedures
 Develop the training matrix for contractor project team.
 Develop auditing and inspection plan for the project
 Communicate and coordinate with Kahramaa / Consultant management on HSE issues.
 Lead and participate in accident investigations
 Conduct weekly, monthly & quarterly HSE meetings on project HSE issues with
subcontractors
18 | P a g e
6.6. HSE Communications

The Contractor shall provide KAHRAMAA with a plan showing the frequency of HSE meetings with
contractors and KAHRAMAA. KAHRAMAA or their HSE consultant representatives shall be
invited to these meetings.
In addition to those regular meetings, ad-hoc meeting shall be organized by contractor, for special
construction or installation operations, to address risk identification and risk assessment related to the
operation and/or related to the potential consequence on KAHRAMAA assets.
At mobilization to site, each employee/worker shall attend a site HSE induction program, which shall
also include environmental issues, industrial relations and health issues. Personnel shall attend this
induction program on the first day at work or at the latest within the first week.
Prior to commencement of the work on site, a kick-off meeting shall be set up between KAHRAMAA
and contractor to review occupational health, safety and environmental requirements and
occupational health, safety and environment procedures, and to ensure that contractor occupational
health, safety and environment approach will meet the specified related requirements.
A monthly meeting specifically dedicated to HSE matters shall be held between KAHRAMAA,
Contractors and Contractors management. The meetings shall be recorded. The frequency of meetings
may be increased (i.e. weekly) should project activities dictate the requirement for more frequent
meetings.
The Contractor shall provide with a flowchart showing the flow of HSE information to all employees
under his control. The Senior Contractor's Representative on site or his immediate
Contractor shall have a system to overcome language barrier, inability to read and write, change of
personnel, to ensure that the relevant HSE information is communicated among all the personnel
involved in the performance of the work.
Warning signs and notices shall be provided by the contractor for all equipment and areas required
by KAHRAMAA for safety purposes and as required by the Safety Rules.
All temporary signs necessary for safety during installation and commissioning of the equipment be
provided by the contractor shall be in Arabic and English
6.7. Audits, Monitoring and Inspection

The Contractor shall carry out regular inspections at no longer than three day intervals, to cover
contractor’s worksites, storage facilities, camps and messing facilities. Copies of inspection reports
shall be submitted to KAHRAMAA or their consultant representatives when requested. The
Contractor shall also carry out planned audits to review health, safety and environment management
and procedural aspects of contractor’s operation.
The Contractor shall develop an annual HSE audit and inspection plan/schedule and shall ensure an
effective system is in place for monitoring the follow-up and implementation of inspection and audit
actions.
KAHRAMAA or their consultant representatives shall have the right at any time to audit and/or
inspect the Contractor's facilities, procedures and safety management systems. The Contractor shall
fully co-operate in such reviews and shall implement recommendations at his own cost where
KAHRMAA’s or statutory rules and regulations are contravened.
19 | P a g e
6.8. Documentation
6.8.1. Documentation control
Contractor shall have a system to ensure that their HSE related documents and records are identified,
verified, up-to-date and permanently available to KAHRAMAA.
6.8.2. Reference documents
These documents shall comprise reference data such as but not limited to:
 HSE applicable regulations.
 HSE management system, policies and procedures.
 HSE reference documents.
 HSE Training manual and training aids.
 Emergency response plan.
 Maintenance and inspections manuals.
 Monthly Contractor Coordination Meeting Minutes.
 Contractor Audit and inspection Plan.
 Contractor Audit & Inspection Reports
6.8.3. Monitoring / History Records:
These documents shall comprise monitoring / history records such as but not limited to:
 Risk assessment records
 HSE meetings reports
 Work Permits
 Inventory / movement of dangerous goods and wastes
 HSE log book to register the HSE drills and the periodical tests and maintenance of the HSE
equipment
 Incident/ accident reports including cause tree analysis reports
 Audit and inspection reports, test certificates, follow up action reports
 Environmental monitoring reports
 HSE improvement plans
6.9. Contractor Responsibilities

HSE matters are line management responsibility requiring the active participation of all levels of
management and supervision. Contractor management shall demonstrate a visible commitment to
HSE matters and promote the realization of the HSE objectives.
Contractor shall appoint and keep assigned to the entire course of the work a management
representative who shall have responsibility, authority and accountability for co-coordinating
implementation of HSE policy and associated measures to protect the health, integrity of people,
assets and the environment.
Contractor shall allocate sufficient resources for HSE policy implementation and company HSE
requirements. Resources allocation shall be reviewed periodically.
Contractor shall ensure that personnel are competent and have the necessary authority and resources
to perform their duties in a safe manner. Evidence of competence shall be available to KAHRAMAA
upon request.
20 | P a g e
Contractor shall have competent HSE Manager / Engineer at senior level to support the line
management throughout the entire course of the work.
6.10. Personal Protective Equipment

The Contractor shall provide, free of charge to all personnel under his control, with personal protective
clothing and other equipment, as required in connection with the safe performance of the work, which
shall be maintained in good condition or replaced.
The Contractor shall ensure that all personal protective equipment under his control conforms to
KAHRAMAA Requirements but as a minimum Contractor shall:
 Safety helmets and safety shoes shall be worn by all personnel while in the vicinity of any
construction activity.
 Safety goggles or face shields shall be worn by all personnel performing grinding / chipping,
chiseling / cutting, welding or any other similar acts which may produce dust, sparks, gases
and/ or flying particles, and by those in the affected vicinity.
 Dust goggles shall be used when working in areas subject to blowing dust or sand.
 Protective gloves shall be provided and used when working with sharp material.
 All employees shall be required to wear appropriate work pants or overalls for skin protection.
 Safety ladders and fans shall be provided and used where necessary during the work.
 Lifelines and safety harness shall have a minimum breaking of 2,500 kg.
 All personnel protective devices shall be inspected regularly and maintained in good working
conditions.
6.11. HSE Actions Implementation

KAHRAMAA further clarifies that Contractors remain responsible to address all the HSE
requirements of the Contract. If the contractor fails to comply with any requirements set forth herein,
Kahramaa shall have the authority to take further actions as mentioned below:
6.11.1 KAHRAMAA shall have the authority to stop any operations of the contractor affected
by such failure until the condition has been remedied. No part of the time lost due to any
such stop order shall be made the subject of a claim for extension of time or for increased
cost or damages by the Contractor.
6.11.2 The Contractor will be give 1st warning for any safety violation with instruction to rectify
it within 3 working days and during that time if the safety is improved to acceptable level
no further penalty shall be applied in regard to this specific incident.
6.11.3 In case that the safety does not improve within the warning period given in item 6.11.2
above, a second warning will be given with 2 more working days to rectify it.
6.11.4 If the safety doesn’t further improve after completion of above period then Liquidated
Damages of QR 50,000/00 will be applied and the concern Project Manager / Engineer
shall be removed from the project.
6.11.5 In case that the Contractor failed to adhere to safety in accordance with Kahramaa rules
and regulations and doesn’t improve his safety performance after applying of the
Liquidated Damages as set on point 6.11.4 above, then Articles No 18 (suspension) & 19
(Termination) of the General Conditions of Contract shall be applied.
21 | P a g e
6.11.6 In case of 1st Lost Time Injury the contractor will be give warning with instructions to
improve safety conditions. In case of 2nd Lost Time Injury on same project then Liquidated
Damages of QR 25,000/00 will be applied and the Project Manager / HSE Manager shall
be removed from the project.
6.12. Certification of Equipment

The Contractor shall ensure that all lifting tackle, lifting appliances, mobile work platforms and hoists
under his control are in possession of current up-to-date certification and are color coded in
accordance with KAHRMAA specifications. Prior to their use, the Contractor shall provide copies of
test certificates and records of thorough Examinations to the KAHRMAA.
Contractor shall also ensure that all occupational health monitoring devices including and not limited
to noise dosimeter, dust meters, light density meters, gas detection meters, etc. are certified,
maintained and calibrated as per manufacturer’s specifications.
In addition, contractors shall adhere to the standards listed in KAHRAMAA lifting operations
requirements.
The following are basic requirements to follow when handling construction equipment:
 The equipment shall be thoroughly checked at the beginning of each shift.

 Operators shall not start or operate any equipment while other personnel are oiling or adjusting
the equipment.
 The glass in the cabs of cranes, loaders and other equipment shall be approved safety glass.
 Runways, stairways and/or platforms shall be provided whenever required for the safe
operation of the equipment.
 No more than one person, the operator, shall ride any equipment unless the equipment is
equipped with seats to accommodate such riders.
 Back-up alarms are required.
 For moving vehicles, the driver risk assessment mentioned in this manual must be applied on
operators of those vehicles.
 Air conditioning of cabinets for vehicles must be working and maintained.
 Ergonomic risk assessment and management must be implemented whenever equipment or
vehicles are used.
 Periodic medical examination for at risk staff must be implemented.
6.13. Safety Barriers

All works in particular underground utilities (Water/electrical) related activities, open excavations,
trenches, open pits etc. must be protected with solid rigid barriers and identified with adequate
warning signs. For works along road safety barriers should be designed to physically separate vehicles
travelling through a work zone from road workers and any hazards such as excavations, construction
equipment and construction materials.
22 | P a g e
Contractor shall;
6.13.1 Have an approved TDP for the issue of a Road Opening Permit (ROP) and to be present
at the work zone at all times (For working along roadside).
6.13.2 For roadside work concrete safety barrier systems shall be used for Temporary Traffic
Management. The barrier system including individual barrier units, connections,
transitions, and attenuation must meet the minimum performance criteria of NCHRP 350,
MASH 08 and/or EN1317, QCS 2014 (Section 6, Part 10) and be approved for use by
Ashghal.
6.13.3 Where services have been uncovered or made visible, and remain visible or are
insufficiently backfilled, Safety barriers should be erected at a sufficient distance around
the service area to protect and warn drivers and others of the danger
6.13.4 All safety barriers must have adequate delineation installed to guide road users through
the work zone, particularly at night, and also alert road users to the presence of a barrier.
Highly reflective tape (Type XI: ASTM D4956-13) at least 200mm wide reflective strips
(3M™ Diamond Grade™ Linear Delineation System or similar) or corrugated aluminum
reflective panels at least 150mm wide placed on the side of the barrier facing traffic shall
be provided. The reflective device must be colored in alternating horizontal lengths of
yellow and red. Reflective tapes must extend the length of the barrier into which they are
placed
6.13.5 Every work zone must have an information board located in a position that is clearly
visible to members of the public and visitors to the work zone. The Work Zone
Information Board must detail the following information:
o Kahramaa Department Name
o Name/Reference of Project
o Project Management Consultant Details
o Consultant Details
o Contractor Name
6.13.6 Additional temporary lighting over and above the existing lighting may be required for
pedestrians and vehicle users. High intensity flashing lamps and reflective strips shall be
installed on concrete barriers, temporary water filled barriers and cones. This principle
must be observed for any work zone that’s is places during hours of darkness, even if
works are not being carried out during those periods.
6.13.7 Contractor to follow below table indicating color code for safety barriers;
WORK TYPE PLASTIC BARRIERS CONCRETE BARRIERS
Electricity
Red & White Color KM Logo with Red background
23 | P a g e
WORK TYPE PLASTIC BARRIERS CONCRETE BARRIERS
Water
KM Logo with Blue background

Blue & White Color
24 | P a g e
7. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
Contractor shall comply with all the institutional requirements stated in the HSE manual and
occupational health guidelines, and all regulatory requirements stated in the laws and resolutions of
the State of Qatar.
Any reporting requirement under law necessitates reporting to KAHRAMAA within a period of at
least twenty four to forty eight hours prior to the deadline for reporting to the government authority.
Whenever there is a reporting requirement by KAHRAMAA that is more frequent than that required
by law, the frequency requirement by KAHRAMAA is implemented.
Whenever KAHRAMAA is required to implement occupational health regulations, it is by default a

requirement from the contractors and the contractor is obligated to implement all the measures to
comply with the requirement at its own cost using its own human resources. All liability resulting
from inability of the contractor to comply with such requirements is assumed totally by the contractor.
The occupational health requirements listed in this section are not inclusive and KAHRAMAA
reserves the right to add any occupational health requirements before and during the implementation
of any project or service provided to KAHRAMAA whenever determined necessary by
KAHRAMAA HSE department.
7.1. Occupational Health Legal Register

The following are the occupational health articles stated in different laws and resolutions. Failure to
meet the following requirements shall necessitate the cessation of work until the contractor complies
with the requirements.
7.1.1. List of Abbreviations
Abbreviation Definition
LAW N0. 14 OF 1971 ON CRIMES RELATED TO PUBLIC HEALTH,
CRPH
SAFETY, COMFORT, PUBLIC DISCIPLINE AND PUBLIC MORAL
LAW N0. 20 OF 2002 ON THE CONTROL OF TOBACCO AND ITS
CTD
DERIVATIVES
HRL HUMAN RESOURCES LAW
OHSAS OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ASSESSMENT
18001 SPECIFICATIONS 18001
EMIRI RESOLUTION NO. 35 OF 2014 ORGANIZING THE GENERAL
OK
ELECTRICITY & WATER CORPORATION (KAHRAMAA)
CIVIL SERVICE AND HOUSING MINISTER RESOLUTION NO. 19 OF
PME 2005 PERIODIC MEDICAL EXAMINATION FOR EMPLOYEES EXPOSED
TO OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESSES HAZARDS
QLL QATAR LABOR LAW
SCH SUPREME COUNCIL OF HEALTH
WIS 2005 OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS AND WORK INJURY STATISTICS
FORMS AND REPORTING PROCEDURES
25 | P a g e

2005 PRECAUTIONS AND CONDITIONS NECESSARY FOR
WPH
WORKPLACES TO PROTECT EMPLOYEES, WORKERS AND VISITORS
FROM WORKPLACE HAZARDS
7.1.2. Health, Safety & Environment Department Organization at KAHRAMAA
SN Subject Article Description

Setting Corporation policies and developing standards and
Policy
1 OK 16 specifications for health, safety, firefighting, water quality and the
Development
environment.
Developing and implementing comprehensive programs in the field
Program of occupational safety and health, public safety, water quality,
2 OK 16
Development hazardous waste, environmental health and fire safety, and
developing preventive programs to determine and reduce risks.
Applying standards and specifications published by local
Standards governmental bodies on the environment, health, safety and water
3 OK 16
Application quality through the development and implementation of audits,
examinations and monitoring programs.
Monitoring the application of occupational safety and health rules
4 Monitoring OK 16 and reducing the risks to the Corporation's electricity and water
facilities, staff and contractors.
Maintaining and developing emergency plans for the environment,
Emergency
5 OK 16 health, safety, firefighting and water quality in coordination with the
Action Plan
competent administrative units.
7.1.3. General

Employees responsible for implementation of labor law and its
executive decisions (resolutions) in the area of occupational health
and safety should inform the concerned parties and request
WPH
1 Authority cessation of work totally or partially, cessation of a certain machine
63
operation, or cessation of an industrial process in case of danger
threatening the health and safety of workers until proper actions are
taken to remove that danger.
The employer shall take all precautionary measures for protecting
the workers during the work from injury or disease that may result
Employer QLL
2 from the work performed in his establishment or from any accident,
Responsibility 100
defect or breakdown in the machinery and equipment therein or
from fire.
The Department shall in case of the employer omitting to take the
Employer precautionary measures referred to or in case of imminent dangers
Violation to QLL threatening the health and safety of the workers report the matter to
3
Protecting 100 the minister for issuing a decision for the partial or total closure of
Workers the place of work or stoppage of one or more machines from work
pending the elimination of the causes of danger.
26 | P a g e
The Government Entity shall take the necessary measures and

precautions to preserve the occupational safety and health in the
Employee HRL
4 workplace, in order to protect the employees against the risks
Obligations 156
associated to their work and organize preventive measures against
occupational illnesses.
The employee shall commit to implement the instructions of the
Government Entity in terms of professional safety and health, use
Employee HRL
5 the preventive equipment and clothes prepared for this purpose, and
Commitment 157
perform his/her professional duties in a way that ensures his/her
own safety and the safety of the others.
The employer must take all necessary precautions to ensure that the
prevailing circumstances at workplaces provide complete
protection for employees, workers and visitors from workplace
6 Workplace WPH 1
hazards, with establishing an effective monitoring system to ensure
continuous safety at the work environment and operations with
worker's commitment to applicable prevention guidelines.
The employer must provide workers with personal protective
equipment including gloves, hats, shoes and masks, and other
means of prevention, that is appropriate to the nature of operations
and the type of risks to workers, and train them on their use, with
7 PPEs WPH 5
providing sound methods for the maintenance, cleaning and
disinfection of these PPEs.
It is not permissible for the employer to charge workers or deduct
from their wages any cost for the provision of these means.
The employee should not commit any act or omission intended to
prevent the implementation of occupational health and safety
instructions or misuse of or damage to the means prescribed to
protect the safety and health of workers. She / He has to use the
Employee means prescribed for prevention, undertake necessary care to what
8 WPH 6
responsibility is in his possession, implement the established instructions to
maintain health and protect herself/himself from the hazards at
work and notify the employer or supervisor at work if she/he
noticed any shortage or deficiency which may endanger the safety
and health of workers.
1. Employer shall assign places for rest and food in each facility
where the job nature requires places for rest and food taking in
consideration that the rest and food places comply with the
health requirements.
2. The employer shall assign places for changing clothes and
keeping them whenever the job nature requires the worker to
use a uniform, considering the supply of drawers within these
Food, Water WPH
9 places.
and Hygiene 62
3. Employer shall establish bathrooms suitable for showering and
enough for the number of employees, and supply them with the
necessary cleaning materials whenever workers are exposed to
pollutants during their work.
4. Employer shall provide enough cold drinking water making
sure that it reaches all workers through proper routes it proper
amounts.
27 | P a g e
5. Employer shall provide enough toilets in each facility for the

number of employees and supply them with the necessary
detergents and disinfectants taking in consideration that they
are well-ventilated and well-lit.
6. Employer shall follow the proper legal techniques to dispose of
wastes whenever the facility is remote from inhabited areas and
does not have sewage or waste container systems.
7.1.4. Hazard Communication

The employer or his representative shall on the commencement of
every worker’s engagement inform him of the hazards of the work
and the hazards which may occur thereafter and shall inform him
of the occupational health and safety measures to be taken for the
Hazard QLL
1 protection there from and shall post up in a conspicuous place his
Communication 99
detailed instructions concerning the means of observing
vocational health and safety for protecting the workers from the
hazards to which they are exposed during performance of their
work.
Use the job-related precaution methods and abide by the
Employee HRL
2 occupational health and safety instructions to preserve his/her life
obligations 122
and health as well as the life, health, and properties of others.
The employer or his representative must inform workers before
taking up the work they perform of all workplace hazards and
enlighten them about all necessary precautions to avoid accidents
Workplace
3 WPH 4 and work injuries affecting their health and safety, including the
Hazards
issuance of detailed instructions in Arabic and other language
understood by workers in addition to obtaining a signed
endorsement that they read the instructions.
The employer must use warning labels, signs, instructions and
4 Signs and Labels WPH 7 posters at the workplaces and sites so that it is clearly seen as a
kind of warning to the workplace hazards.
7.1.5. Human Resources

If the number of workers in the establishment exceeds a hundred
QLL
1 Medical Nurse workers the employer shall appoint a full-time medical nurse in
104
the establishment in addition to the first aid boxes.
If the number of workers exceeds five hundred workers the
QLL
2 Medical Doctor employer shall designate to them a clinic employing at least a
104
physician and a nurse.
The Government Entity shall provide medical care to its
Medical HRL
3 employees and their family members, in accordance with the
Insurance 158
health insurance policy adopted in the State.
28 | P a g e
7.1.6. List of Occupational Illnesses
SN Occupational Disease Causative Activities and Work

Poisoning by Chrome and the
Any work involving the use or handling of chrome acid or
resulting ulcerations and
1 sodium chromate, potassium, zinc or any other substance
inflammation of mucous
containing these components.
membranes and skin.
Poisoning by Nickel and the
resulting nose mucous Any work involving the preparation or handling of Nickel or
2
membranes, sinuses or nasal any other substance containing Nickel or its compounds.
passages and lung cancer
Any work involving exposure to Carbon Monoxide in the
Poisoning by Carbon Monoxide
3 course of its preparation, use or generation in such places as
and the resulting complications
garages, brick and lime burning, wells and mines.
any work involving the preparation, use or handling of
Cyanic acid or its compounds or exposure to fumes or
Poisoning by Cyanic acid and its
vapours of Cyanide or its compounds or any substance
4 compounds and the resulting
containing it. This includes activities where Cyanide and its
complications
compounds are prepared and used in insecticides for forest
and farm spraying.
In all activities involving preparation or use of these
Poisoning by Chlorine, substances and their compounds, such as the preparation and
Fluoride, Bromine and their use of Chlorine in water desalination and purification plants
5
compounds as well as the and in chemical laboratories as well as the use of fluoride to
resulting diseases carve on glass and in water distillation and purification
plants.
Any work involving the use or handling of these substances
Poisoning by Ethylene
or exposure to its fumes or fumes containing it e.g. in the
tetrachloride and Ethylene
manufacture of paints and varnish or spraying and painting
6 trichloride and other halogen
with substances dissolved in it. Also in glass frame
derivatives or hydrocarbon
manufacturing and when these substances are used as fat
compounds (Group A)
solvents in cleaning and dyeing of clothes.
Works requiring exposure to loud noise e.g. working in
7 Occupational Deafness maintenance and aircraft marshaling, mining, hammering
and other industrial activities that produce loud noise.
8 Cadmium poisoning Activities involving exposure to cadmium fumes.
Beryllium or one of its Any work involving exposure to fumes, vapor or dust of
9
compounds Beryllium or one of its compounds.
Crafts involving recurrent and continuous use of hand
Writer's cramp (Cramps of hand
10 muscles e.g. clerical works and works on telegraph
and arm muscles)
apparatus.
Any work requiring standing up for long and continuous
11 Varicose Vein
hours.
All kind of activities involving exposure to nitrous acid and
12 Poisoning by Nitrous fumes
its fumes.
29 | P a g e
Work requiring handling of the following substances: -

Alpha or beta naphthylamine - Diphenyl or one of its
13 Bladder and urinary tract cancer derivatives - Salts of the previously mentioned substances -
Magenta and Auramine - Maintenance or cleaning activities
of machines which produce or use these substances.
Poisoning by Chlorinated Any work involving exposure to fumes, dust or vapor
14
Naphthalene containing chlorinated naphthaline.
Any work involving exposure to fumes or vapor containing
15 Poisoning by Dioxin
Dioxin.
Any work involving continuous exposure to industrial
Symptoms resulting from
16 activities accompanied with high vibrations such as works
exposure to high vibrations
on rocks drilling and others.
7.1.7. Periodical Medical Checkups & Fitness for Duty Exams

The periodical medical check-ups will be carried out on the
workers exposed to the dangers of infection with the vocational
diseases in all activities of the work at intervals appropriate to
General the hazards involved in the work in accordance with the
1 QLL 105
Requirements measures to be specified by the competent authorities specifying
the type of such check-ups and the intervals in which they shall
be carried out. The employer shall keep the results of these
check-ups in the files concerning the workers.
If a dispute arises between the worker and the employer as to the
ability of the worker to resume his work or as to any other
medical matters related to the injury of disease or the treatment
Medical Fitness
2 QLL 112 prescribed thereof or the applied treatment the Department shall
Referrals
refer the dispute to the competent medical authority. The
decision of the said authority on the matters falling within its
competence shall be final.
The employer shall every 6 months provide the Department with
Work Injuries
a statistics of the work injuries and occupational diseases in
3 and Disease QLL 115
accordance with the forms prepared for this purpose and the
Reporting
procedures to be prescribed by a decision of the minister.
The employer or his representative must prepare and keep the
following records in the workplace:
4. The pre-placement physical examinations and the routine
physical examinations for workers exposed to occupational
WPH 8 diseases.
These records must be maintained, completed and updated. The
4 Record Keeping employer must submit all records required by the inspectors.
These records must comply with forms set by the Ministry of
Civil Service and Housing Affairs in this regard.
The results of the pre-placement medical examination and the
periodic medical examination for each employee should be
PME 4
confirmed and recorded in front of the employee's name at the
personal medical folder.
30 | P a g e
Every employer should, at his/her own expense, conduct a

general pre-employment medical examination at the Medical
Commission for each employment candidate who will be
Pre-
exposed to occupational illness hazards indicated in the Labor
Employment
5 PME 1 Law Occupational Illnesses List in order to ensure the
Medical
candidate's physical and mental fitness to work. The medical
Examination
examination shall be done before the candidate starts his/her
work. The pre-employment medical examination will consider
the job nature and the occupational illnesses hazards exposure.
The employer shall conduct periodic medical examinations at
the Medical Commission for employees exposed to
occupational illnesses over routine schedule taking the
following into consideration:
First: Conducting periodic medical examination every six

months for employees exposed to the following occupational
illnesses hazards:
1. Chromium toxicity and complications; when they are

exposed to chromium vapors at their work.
2. Nickel toxicity and complications; when they are exposed
to Nickel vapors at their work.
3. Carbon monoxide poisoning and its complications.
4. Cyanide and Cyanide compounds poisoning and its
complications.
Periodic 5. Chloro-fluoro-bomide and its compound poisoning and its
6 Medical PME 2 complications.
Examinations
6. Tetrachloroethylene, trichloroethylene and their other
halogenated derivatives poisoning.
7. Chloroform and tetrachlorocarbon poisoning.
8. Sulfur toxicity and its complications; when they are
exposed to sulfur vapors at their work.
9. Cadmium toxicity.
10. Beryllium and its compounds.
11. Nitrous smoke toxicity.
12. Chlorinated Naphthalene poisoning.
13. Dioxin poisoning.
14. Lead poisoning and its complications; when they are
exposed to lead fumes.
31 | P a g e
15. Arsenic poisoning and its complications; when they are

exposed to Arsenic fumes.
16. Mercury poisoning and its complications; when they are
exposed to mercury fumes.
17. Antimony poisoning and its complications; when they are
exposed to antimony fumes.
18. Phosphate poisoning and its complications; when they are
exposed to phosphate fumes.
19. Benzene toxicity and its complications; when they are
exposed to benzene.
20. Manganese poisoning and its complications; when they are
exposed to Manganese.
21. Occupational Hearing Loss.
22. Occupational muscle cramps.
23. Urinary bladder and renal cancer.
24. Medical symptoms resulting from exposure to high
vibrations.
25. Pathological illnesses and symptoms resulting from
exposure to Radium, similar radioactive materials and x-
rays.
Second: Conducting periodic medical examination every year

for employees exposed to the following occupational illnesses
hazards:
1. Lead poisoning and its complications; in other processes or

jobs than that exposes employees to lead fumes.
2. Arsenic poisoning and its complications; in other processes
or jobs than that exposes employees to Arsenic fumes.
3. Mercury poisoning and its complications; in other processes
or jobs than that exposes employees to Mercury fumes.
4. Antimony poisoning and its complications; in other
processes or jobs than that exposes employees to Antimony
fumes.
5. Phosphate poisoning and its complications; in other
processes or jobs than that exposes employees to Phosphate
fumes.
32 | P a g e
6. Benzene poisoning and its complications; in other processes

or jobs than that exposes employees to Benzene fumes.
7. Manganese poisoning and its complications; in other
processes or jobs than that exposes employees to
Manganese fumes.
8. Sulfur poisoning and its complications; in other processes
or jobs than that exposes employees to Sulfur fumes.
9. Chromium poisoning and its complications; in other
processes or jobs than that exposes employees to Chromium
fumes.
10. Nickel poisoning and its complications; in other processes
or jobs than that exposes employees to Nickel fumes.
11. Primary skin cancer and skin and eye chronic
inflammations.
12. Effect of temperature and light on the eye and the resulting
complications.
13. Poisoning with tetrachloroethylene, trichloroethylene and
other halogenated derivatives of the aliphatic hydrocarbons.
Third: Conducting the periodic medical examinations once

every two years for workers exposed to the rest of the
occupational illnesses hazards indicated in the occupational
illnesses table of the labor law.
Periodic medical examinations results should include the
following:
1. Blood, nervous system, renal system and digestive system

condition for employees exposed to lead poisoning.
2. Digestive system, nervous system, skin, mucous
membranes conditions for employees exposed to Arsenic
poisoning.
Periodic
Medical 3. Digestive system, nervous system and renal system for
7 PME 3
Examinations employees exposed to Mercury poisoning.
Results
4. Circulatory system and upper respiratory system condition
for employees exposed to Antimony poisoning.
5. Lower jaw, teeth, bone, respiratory system, skin and eyes
condition for employees exposed to phosphorous poisoning.
6. Blood, nervous system and skin condition for employees
exposed to Benzene poisoning.
33 | P a g e
7. Respiratory system, heart and mucous membrane condition

for employees exposed to Sulfur poisoning.
8. Nervous system, chest and skin condition for employees
exposed to Manganese poisoning.
9. Respiratory system and eyes condition for employees
exposed to chlorofluorobromide.
10. Skin condition for employees exposed to chromium and
nickel.
11. Liver, kidney, heart and nervous system condition for
employees exposed to poisoning with chloroform,
tetrachlorocarbon, tetrachloroethylene, trichloroethylene
and aliphatic halogenated hydrocarbon compounds.
12. Blood, skin, eyes and radiation absorption condition for
employees exposed to radium, other radioactive materials
and x-rays.
13. Skin and eyes condition for employees exposed to primary
skin cancer and chronic skin and eyes inflammations.
14. Eyes condition for employees whose eyes are exposed to
heat and light.
15. Respiratory system condition including lung examination
and chest x-rays for employees exposed to pneumoconiosis
and tuberculosis.
16. Audiometry for employees exposed to occupational hearing
loss.
17. X-ray examination of the wrist and vertebrae for employees
exposed to vibrations and concussions of all types.
Repeating The medical commission can repeat the periodic medical

Periodic examination at higher frequencies than those stated above for
8 PME 6
Medical employees exposed to occupational illnesses hazards if their
Examinations medical condition necessitates more frequent follow up.
All medical examination results should be confidential and
Medical results should only be communicated between concerned
9 PME 8
confidentiality parties. The employee can receive a copy of the results upon a
written request.
Employee The employee should submit to the periodic medical
10 PME 9
responsibility examination at the place assigned for that.
The employer shall be committed to pay the employee the
salary/wage for the time consumed in the periodic medical
Employer examination. The employer shall be committed to facilitate the
11 PME 10
Responsibility medical examination and provide all information to the medical
commission upon their request according to their scheduled
time.
34 | P a g e
All food handlers must go through the Medical Commission pre-

placement and annual health certification procedures and get a
valid food handler health certificate before they start working as
12 Food Handlers SCH
food handlers. All food handlers receive the typhoid vaccination
during the process of certification. The certificate is valid for
one year and shall be renewed annually.
7.1.8. First Aid

Use of
QLL The use of the first aid box will be entrusted to a worker trained in
1 First Aid
104 providing first aid medical services.
Box
Number If the number of workers exceeds twenty five workers a first aid box
QLL
2 of First shall be specified for every group of workers ranging from five to twenty
104
Aid Boxes five workers.
Whoever had the ability to help a human being who is injured, suffering
loss of consciousness or facing a life danger and refrained from
Provision
CRPH providing whatever he can to help that human being without exposing
3 of First
316 himself or others to danger will be punished by prison for a period not
Aid
more than six months or a monetary fine not more than QAR 500 or
both.
7.1.9. Managing Occupational Injuries and Illnesses

If the result of the check-up shows the infliction of the worker
Occupational
QLL with one of the occupational diseases the employer shall notify
1 Disease
105 the department thereof within three days from the date of his
Reporting
knowing the results of the check-up.
The worker who sustains work injury shall be entitled to receive
Medical
QLL medical treatment appropriate to his condition at the cost of the
2 Treatment for
106 employer in accordance with the decision of the competent
Work Injury
medical authority.
The worker shall receive his full wage during the treatment
period or the period of six months whichever is nearer. If the
Compensation for QLL
3 treatment continues for a period exceeding six months the worker
Work Injury 106
shall be paid half of his wage until his recovery or proof of his
permanent disability or death whichever is nearer.
The employer shall every 6 months provide the Department with
Work Injuries and
QLL a statistics of the work injuries and occupational diseases in
4 Disease
115 accordance with the forms prepared for this purpose and the
Reporting
procedures to be prescribed by a decision of the minister.
35 | P a g e
The employer or his representative must prepare and keep the

following records in the workplace:
1. Log to record accidents and work injuries.
2.A record of patients with occupational diseases.
5 Record Keeping WPH 8 3. A record of patients with regular and chronic diseases.
These records must be maintained, completed and updated. The
employer must submit all records required by the inspectors.
These records must comply with forms set by the Ministry of
Civil Service and Housing Affairs in this regard.
Reporting Result The employer should report the name of the employee whose
of Periodic medical examination reveals occupational illness within three
6 PME 5
Medical days of receiving the medical examination results to the labor
Examination administration.
Every employee suffering an occupational illness should be kept
away from the source of the occupational illness hazard either by
granting him/her sick leave or changing the place of work
Employees whenever the medical commission indicates that continuing the
Suffering same job may endanger his/her health. The employee suffering
7 PME 7
Occupational occupational illness should not go back to work until the medical
Illnesses commission clears him/her fit to return to work. The medical
commission can advise assigning the employee to another job
suitable for his/her medical condition taking in consideration that
it will be away from the source of the occupational illness hazard.
If an employee dies at work or because of work, or suffers an
occupational injury, the employer shall or the employer
representative shall report the accident to the police, the labor
Reporting Death
administration and the medical authority right away using the
8 or Occupational WIS 3
specified form. The police report will be attached to the injury
Injury
report in case of road accidents. The report shall be made of three
copies, one to the labor administration, the second to the
investigation body and the third to be kept at the facility.
7.1.10. Risk Management

The employer shall take the measures capable of securing the hygiene
and good ventilation in the places of work and shall provide it with
QLL
the suitable lighting and potable water, hygiene and drainage in
103
Hygiene and accordance with the regulations and decisions to be issued by the
1 Good competent authorities in that respect.
Ventilation Natural or artificial ventilation must be enough and suitable to
WPH prevent stagnant air or poor circulation in addition to avoiding
52 polluted air, air currents, high humidity, high temperature, sudden
change in temperature and bad smells.
Smoking shall be prohibited in the following enclosed public places:
CTD 1. Means of public transport;
2 No Smoking
10 2. Schools, education and training centers, universities, hospitals,
health centers, and other educational institutions and health facilities;
36 | P a g e
3. Ministries, other government agencies, public organizations and

institutions, sports clubs, premises of associations and public stores,
elevators, cinemas and theaters;
4. Industrial facilities and shopping malls;
5. Restaurants and other establishments that sell food or drink to the
public;
Any other places where smoking shall be prohibited may be added by
the decision of the Minister of Public Health after the approval
thereof by the Council of Ministers.
As an exception to the aforementioned prohibition, tightly closed
areas for smoking may be allocated in those places stipulated in sub-
articles 10/1, 2, 3 and 4 herein. However, smoking areas in restaurants
and similar places stipulated in sub-section 5 may not be completely
closed.
The employer must ensure that the type of job and the work
3 Ergonomics WPH 3 circumstances fits the employees and workers technically and
physically.
Yards and open courtyards that contain machines must be covered
WPH
4 Open Spaces with umbrellas or ceilings to protect workers from weather (sunshine
10
and rainfall), unless the nature of necessitates otherwise.
Corridors, passageways and hallways must be wide enough to allow
the safe passage of people and machines. Demarcation lines should
Hallways and WPH
5 be used to identify passage ways for people and others for machines
Passageways 11
and equipment ensuring that there are nothing blocks the emergency
exits.
Floors and work sites must be intact and free of pits and sharp
appendages and materials, oils and lubricants and slippery materials
or any obstacles that make them dangerous to the workers.
WPH They must be equipped with fluid sewage system with ensuring the
6 Floors
12 coverage of the opening with knitted solid covers to prevent the trips,
slips and falls of employees. The fluid sewage system should be
cleaned regularly. Fluids that are dangerous to health should be
collected in special containers.
When using noise and/or vibration producing machines or equipment,
WPH the machine or equipment should be installed on a shock and
18 vibration absorbent base with taking all the necessary precautions to
reduce the noise and vibrations.
Noise & The employer should take all precautions necessary to protect
7 Vibration employees from the noise and vibration hazards through eliminating
or reducing harmful noise and vibration that are dangerous to
WPH
employees health at the source using engineering control or any other
50
control in addition to providing employees with the suitable PPEs
taking in consideration that the level of noise does not exceed the
permissible limits.
Special places should be assigned to industrial operations, machines
Dust, vapor,
or equipment that produce dust, fumes or harmful gases, taking in
fume, smoke, WPH
8 consideration that these places shall be separated from other
gases 19
workplaces and equipped with the suitable collection and exhaust
devices.
37 | P a g e
Safe preventive methods must be followed to dispose of dust, fumes,

WPH gases, smoke and other harmful materials at generation source using
58 suction devices, artificial ventilation system or any other proper
engineering technique.
Dust accumulation on floors and machines should be prevented at all
WPH times by cleaning the place using brushing after humidification or
61 vacuum cleaners to prevent the spread of materials hazardous to
health.
1. Necessary precautions should be taken to avoid high temperature
at the workplace, ensuring that the temperature is suitable for the
job nature and the effort exerted and using occupational health
and safety standards as a guideline for implementation.
2. Workers should be provided with gloves, socks, shoes and heavy
wool clothes padded with fur covering the whole body. Areas
WPH equipped with suitable warming should be established for use by
9 Heat Stress workers after exposure to low temperatures.
51
3. Whenever work is done at open places where workers are
exposed to direct sun, they should be provided with proper head
covers, gloves, shoes and cold drinking water. Workers should
be provided with the necessary protective clothing in rainy
seasons. Rest areas should be provided for use during the
assigned rest periods.
Employer should take the necessary precautions to protect workers

WPH and work environment from chemical hazards and chemical reaction
10 Chemicals
54 whether it be solid, liquid or gas taking in consideration not exceeding
the permissible concentration levels.
Employer must take the necessary precautions to protect workers
Materials
WPH from materials harmful and dangerous to health by preventing
11 Hazardous to
59 exposure to these materials using any proper engineering controls
Health
instead of the basic harmful industrial materials.
7.1.11. Sick Leave

The worker shall be entitled to a sick leave with pay for every year of the
Granting years of his service. This sick leave shall not be granted unless after three
QLL
1 Sick months from the commencement of his engagement for the first time
82
Leave provided that the worker proves his sickness by a certificate from a
physician approved by the employer.
The worker shall be paid his full wage if the sick leave does not exceed
Paid two weeks. If the sick leave extends thereafter the worker shall be paid
QLL
2 Sick half of his wage for other four weeks. The extension of the sick leave
82
Leave thereafter shall be without pay until the worker resumes his work or resigns
or his service is terminated for health reasons.
38 | P a g e
7.1.12. Termination of Employment for Health Reasons

The service of the worker may be terminated at the end of the
Termination of
QLL twelfth week of the sick leave if it has been proved by a report
1 Employment for
82 issued by the competent physician that the worker is unable to
Health Reasons
resume his work at that time.
If the worker resigns form work because of the sickness and with
Pay in case of the approval of the competent physician before the end of the six
death or QLL months to which the worker is entitled as a sick leave with pay
2
resignation for 82 the employer shall pay to the worker the balance of his
health reasons entitlement. The provision shall also apply in case of death
because of sickness before the end of the said six weeks.
7.1.13. Special Considerations

Contractors employees working at water reservoirs will
submit the following before getting the clearance to work at
the water reservoirs:
o Proof of evidence of laboratory examinations and
physician report indicating clearance from any
communicable diseases.
o Proof of evidence of respirator fit testing.
OHSAS o Normal visual acuity exam.

18001
Working in o Normal hearing test.
1 Sensitive
Workplaces o Normal fitness-for-duty psychological assessment.
o A physician certificate indicating normal chest exam,
normal blood pressure, no disabilities and clearance of
any disease that increases the probability of losing
consciousness such as and not limited to insulin-treated
Diabetes Mellitus.
All contractors employees working at KAHRAMAA

OHSAS facilities that are considered sensitive will submit a normal
18001 fitness-for-duty psychological assessment before they get
the clearance to work at these locations.
7.2. Occupational Health Guidelines

KAHRAMAA HSE department has provided several guidelines for the practice of occupational
health at KAHRAMAA operations, facilities and/or contracted projects. Contractors and contractors
are required to implement these guidelines whenever applicable.
Examples of these guidelines are and not limited to:

 The first aid program guidelines.
39 | P a g e
 The heat-related illness prevention guidelines.

 The occupational health legal register (attached herewith in the previous section of this
document).
 The food handlers occupational health surveillance and testing guidelines.
 Occupational health risk assessment and management guideline.
Contractors can get a copy of the above mentioned guidelines from the HSE department after they
are awarded the contract.
7.3. Occupational Health Personnel Approvals

Under the General HSE Requirements section of this document, (5.5. Qualifications and Training of
Personnel), the requirements for the HSE manager, engineer and superintendent were explained in
details. The HSE personnel shall have to go through interview and testing for evaluation of their
skills, knowledge and abilities to work in the subject positions at KAHRAMAA projects before they
start working at KAHRAMAA project sites. The following explains the qualifications and experience
requirements for the nurses and doctors who can work at KAHRAMAA project sites with contractors
and contractors.
7.3.1. Doctors Qualifications and Experience
In order to fit the requirements to work at KAHRAMAA project sites, doctors must at least:
 have a current valid license to practice medicine in the State of Qatar,
 have 2 years of experience in a work environment similar to the contracted project,
 have a current valid ILS certification,
 and pass KAHRAMAA evaluation interview demonstrating basic knowledge of occupational
health services.
7.3.2. Nurses Qualifications and Experience

In order to fit the requirements to work at KAHRAMAA project sites, nurses must at least:
 have a current valid license to practice nursing in the State of Qatar,
 have 2 years of experience in a work environment similar to the contracted project,
 have a current valid ILS certification,
 and pass KAHRAMAA evaluation interview demonstrating basic knowledge of occupational
health services.
8. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
8.1. Impact Assessment
Contractor shall undertake a Preliminary Environmental Review. This Review shall identify, evaluate
and mitigate for all real and potential impacts and effects whether positive or negative of all
permanent and temporary activities specified within the Contract whether design, construction,
commissioning or reinstatement related.
This review shall include both direct work related activities and associated activities such as
Contractor’s camps, lay down areas. This Preliminary Review shall be discussed with KAHRAMAA
prior to site mobilization
40 | P a g e
8.2. Project Environmental Procedures / Plan

The Environmental Review shall identify the project procedures that are to be developed to ensure
the execution of works adheres to best practice.
Existing primary environmental plan was prepared as a requirement of the memo of understanding
between KAHRAMAA and ministry of environment singed in Feb.2008, this MOA authorize HSE
department to clear KAHRAMAA standard projects on behave of ministry of environment.
Contractor shall submit proposed project environmental management plan / procedures for
encountered impacts such as but not limited to:
8.2.1. Excavation & Dust Management
Subject Description Remarks

 To manage site excavation activities and the effect on
environment (Dust Management).
Objectives  To comply with national related laws (law no.30 of
environment protection. Appendix3/6)
Responsibilities Contractor / KAHRAMAA end user Department /Section.
Time Frame Throughout Construction Period.

Management
Implementation of engineering practices and instruction
Strategy
The following practices should be done:
 Fencing
 controlling materials around sit
 marking stockpiles
 sings placing
 site cleaning
Actions
 Dust to be Controlled by;
 Using proper tight chutes and dump containers.
 By giving restricted approval for using trencher for
excavation of trenches.
 Spread water to minimize the dust while trenching,
backfilling & loading/unloading soil in trucks.
Performance
Lack of complaints.
Indicator
Monitoring Regular inspection.
Any complaints to be reported to Contractor / KAHRAMAA site
Reporting
engineer.
Corrective Investigate cause; find control measure prior to recommencement
Actions of site works.
8.2.2. Waste Minimization Management
41 | P a g e
To comply with national standards of waste management (law

Objectives no.30 of environment protection. Chapter 4) and to minimize
health effect of waste accumulation.
Responsibilities Contractor /KAHRAMAA end user Department /Section.
Time Frame Through Construction Period.
Management To better manage site activities that may lead to generation of
Strategy wastes
 Site generated waste to be sorted out and proper singed
containers would be used.
 Regular waste transfer schedule shall adopted
 Waste disposal methods as per the directions and
regulations en-forced by the concerned State Authority
(ministry of environment, concern miscibility,
Actions KAHRAMAA….) and to approved dumping locations
shall be followed.
 Re-used, re-cycle of waste shall be applied when it
possible.
 No waste evident on site except for in the approved and

Performance
designated storage areas
Indicator
 Complaints from regular asset inspection.
Monitoring Regular inspection of site
Reporting Contractor /end user dep. To be informed with Inspection results.

Corrective Appropriate control measure to be adheres with noncompliance
Actions inspection report.
8.2.3. Noise & other physical impact management

 To control activities on site to reduce the impact of noise
on surrounding environment.
Objectives  To comply with national noise control regulations (law
no.30 of environment protection. Appendix 3 /5 ,
appendix 3/6)
Responsibilities Contractor /KAHRAMAA end user Department / Section.
Time Frame Throughout Construction Period.
Management Noise will be managed through applying administrative control
Strategy during construction.
42 | P a g e
 All construction activities shall be restricted during day

light.
 Equipment used during construction must be regularly
maintained to reduce noise source.
 Noise measurements shall be conducted regularly to
Actions assure compliance with acceptance noise level.
 A plan for substitute or reduce using mobile electric
generator shall be exist.
 Regular measurements for electromagnetic fields shall be
conducted; this is to assure compliance with national
standards for such emissions.
Performance
Lack of complaints
Indicator
Dailey inspection to the work site to equipment /machinery used
Monitoring
on site to be monitored.
Any complaints to be recorded immediately to site manager, who
Reporting
should record these I CEMP log book.
Corrective Investigate complaints and implement corrective measure prior to
Actions work recommencement.
8.2.4. Chemicals And Hazardous Materials Management

 To comply with national related laws (law no.30 of
environment protection. Chapter 4).
Objectives  To prevent any contamination of site works and adjacent
area by chemicals /hazardous materials used on
construction.
Responsibilities Contractor /KAHRAMAA end user department/section.
Time frame Throughout Construction Period.
Management To ensure that chemicals & hazardous materials handled in

Strategy accordance with relevant national regulations.
 Establishment of a designated chemical/fuel storage area.

 All refueling should be conducted in the designated area.
 Suitable spill response equipment to be available on site.
Actions  Other measures as appreciate may adopted.
 Handling of chemicals and hazardous materials to be
according to MSDS
 Awareness programs for site workers to be executed.
Performance Store and handling of hazardous materials to be in accordance with

Indicator relevant national regulation.
Routine inspections of the site to confirm compliance with the
Monitoring
requirements.
Reporting To report of any spill/accident to site engineer.
43 | P a g e
Corrective
actions Based on inspection notes, appropriate measure to be taken.
Project procedures shall be submitted for KAHRAMAA’s comment and approval in a timely manner
prior to work commencing. At all times, the execution of the works shall be considered in relation to
the sensitivity of the receiving environment.
44 | P a g e
9. INCIDENT REPORTING
The Contractor shall promptly provide notification to the KAHRAMAA representative(s) of any
incidents that occur at the contractor’s work-site.
Health, safety and environmental-related events shall be classified in:

 Occupational events or chains of events (accidents, incidents) which have caused
injury/illness and/or environmental damage and/or material loss.
 Occupational events (near miss incidents) or unsafe situations (anomalies) having the
potential to cause injury or major environmental damage or major material loss.
Contractor shall ensure that they shall submit to KARHAMAA without delay, a written report per
occurrence using Initial Incident Report Form (HS-P2/F2), for each of the following occupational
health, safety and environmental-related events:
 incident with a lost time injury and/or fatality (preliminary report to be provided in less than
24 hours and a final report within 7 days),
 incident causing a loss of KAHRAMAA item, contractor item or construction equipment
 any incident, which the potential to cause a serious injury with or without disability or a
fatality,
 And contractor shall assist KAHRAMAA HSE Department in any incident investigation
launched by the KAHRAMAA.
Contractor shall submit detail investigation report using Incident Investigation Report Form (HS-
P2/F3) to KAHRMAA HSE Department within 7 days.
Contractor shall maintain procedures for investigation and corrective action with the following
objectives:
 Notify the relevant parties.
 Determine the causation sequence and causes.
 Establish a plan of action or an improvement plan.
 Initiate preventive actions commensurate with the nature of non-compliance.
 Apply controls to ensure that any preventive actions taken are effective.
 Revise procedures to incorporate actions to prevent reoccurrence and communicate changes
to personnel.
Contractor shall use the appropriate incident analysis tool / methods (i.e. Event Tree Analysis, RCA,
Fault Tree Analysis etc.) when the incident has caused lost workdays or a fatality and/or when the
potential consequences could have generated several fatalities.
For further details the contractor shall refer to KAHRAMAA Incident Reporting & Investigation
Procedure (HS-P2). Incident Reporting Formats to be used by the Contractors shall be in line with
KAHRAMAA incident reporting forms.
45 | P a g e
10. FIRE PROTECTION & FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS

The Contractor shall be responsible for fire prevention and fire protection practice in connection with
the performance of the work. The Contractor shall not permit unauthorized fires within or adjacent
to the limits of the Site and shall be liable for all damage from fire due, directly or indirectly, to their
own activities or to the activities of his employees or of his subcontractors of any tier of their
employees. The contractor shall provide fire extinguishers commensurate with the hazard of each
work area and shall instruct his personnel in their location and use.
Whenever welding or burning is conducted, flammable materials shall be protected and the
Contractor shall ensure that protective fire prevention measures are taken and that no tires result from
such operations.
The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that fire protection of Contractor’s buildings, plant and
equipment. The contractor shall provide all apparatus, connections and cabling to be designed and
arranged to minimize the risk of fire and any damage, which might be caused in the event of fire, to
their property and people or to that of KAHRAMAA related to the project site.
The Contractor shall be responsible that attention is paid to all necessary precautions for the
prevention of fire. Particularly the following precautions shall be warranted:
 No open fire within the site area. Burning of waste materials shall be done at a special place
outside of the site area as indicated by KAHRAMAA.
 Flammable material, if possible, shall be stored at places where the spread of fire is limited
to a minimum. Nonflammable plastic foils shall be used for protection of material.
 In Cases where open flames are required by the kind of work, (such as welding) all flammable
material shall be removed from such working areas. If such removal is impossible the working
area shall especially be protected by suitable firefighting equipment.
 The portable equipment shall be available at Site at all times throughout the works, as directed
by KAHRAMAA.
 The Contractor shall maintain the firefighting equipment in a condition satisfactory to

KAHRAMAA and shall recharge extinguishers after use regardless of by whom they were
discharged. Adequate stocks of fresh chemical charges for use in extinguishers shall be kept
in readiness at the Site.
 All firefighting equipment provided under this Clause shall be the property of the Contractor
and shall be removed by the Contractor when requested by KAHRAMAA.
 Firefighting equipment shall be left on the Site for the full period from the commencement of
Site works until takeover of the works. Weekly checking of the firefighting equipment is
obligatory.
46 | P a g e
The following in a checklist of the fire safety requirements for specific areas and/or equipment:
Fire Extinguishers
Fire Extinguishers
Trans. Prevention
Fire Water System
Passive protection
Sprinkler system
Extinguishing
Fire Detector
Gas detector
(Hand held)
Equipment
Gaseous
(mobile)
( Fixed )
system
system
Switch Gear Y RA NA NA NA RA Y NA NA
HV, MV & LV Cables Y NA NA NA Y Y Y NA NA
Telecom Y NA NA NA RA Y Y NA NA
Control Room/LV AC Room Y NA NA NA NA Y Y NA NA
Battery Room Y NA NA NA NA NA Y RA NA
Transformers Y RA Y NA NA NA Y NA Y
Pump Room Y NA NA Y NA NA Y NA NA
Chlorine Store room Y NA NA NA Y RA Y Y NA
Cables Y NA NA NA Y RA Y NA NA
General Stores Y RA RA NA _ RA Y RA NA
Laboratory Y NA RA NA RA RA Y RA NA
Offices Y NA Y RA NA NA Y NA NA
HVAC Yards Y RA NA NA NA NA Y NA NA
Table Key:
Y Definitely Required
RA May be required upon conducting the risk assessment
NA Not required
Note:
Fire Detection and Prevention Systems shall meet applicable NFPA, Civil Defense and
KAHRAMAA HSE requirements. Contractors should contact HSE Department for detailed project
specific Loss Prevention requirements.
47 | P a g e
11. SECURITY
During the performance of the work, the contractor shall be responsible for internal security and
protection of all Contractors Equipment and the works. The contractor shall provide at his expense a
security force at the Site and lockable stores) for all portable tools, equipment and material required
or used in the performance of the work.
The contractor shall be responsible for the complete and proper fencing of all Works on the Site until
taken over and for the proper maintenance, during a like period, of temporary roadways, footways,
guards and fences as may be rendered necessary by reason of the Works for the accommodation and
protection of the owners and occupiers of the adjacent property, the public and others. No unprotected
light shall be used by the contractor on the Site.
When any work is performed at night, or where daylight is shut off or obscured, the contractor, at his
expense shall provide artificial light to all areas where such work is under performance and access
thereto sufficient to permit such works to be performed efficiently, satisfactorily and safely, and to
permit thorough inspection. All power sources and wiring for such artificial light shall be installed
and maintained in a safe workmanlike condition and shall be in accordance with applicable codes and
standards.
The contractor shall erect and maintain fences around all open excavations; construction pits and
hatches, as well as around storage compounds, living quarters and other areas, where fencing is
required.
Security checks and surveillance shall be maintained at all areas where work is being carried out and
on all areas where equipment is stored and around all living quarters, offices and stores. An adequate
number of lights shall be installed and maintained to provide sufficient illumination at all areas where
work is being carried out at night and at all areas where illumination is required for security reasons.
Where necessary emergency illumination shall be provided with separate electric circuit.
Contractor shall ensure that anybody coming onto or going off the site is registered. Contractor shall
maintain procedures to ensure access to site is only allowed to authorized people.
48 | P a g e
12. HSE PREQUALFIQATION QUESTIONNAIRE

HSE Pre-qualification is applicable to all bidders for the evaluation of their HSE Management
System. Contractors should respond to following questions related to HSE policy, management and
Organization and submit the response along the bid documents.
CONTRACTOR/CONTRACT
SN QUESTION
OR RESPONSE
What is your company HSE policy statement, mechanism to
communicate and ensure the implementation of the policy? Provide
1
copy of the policy and supporting documents for its communication
and implementation.
Do you have a company HSE manual (or operations manual with
relevant sections on HSE) which describes in detail your company
2
approved HSE working practices relating to your work activities?
Provide a copy.
Do you have a company HSE management system with a structure for
3
auditing and standard reviews and updating? Provide a copy.
Does your company set HSE targets and objectives and at what level?
Provide an incident record of the last 5 years including number of
4
incidents each year, lost work days, lost time injury frequency &
severity rates.
How is your company structured to manage and communicate results
and findings of supervision and monitoring HSE work activities to
5 your :
1 – Corporate management
2 – Site employees
What is your company training plans for the organization and what
6 training do you provide to ensure all employees are aware of
KAHRAMAA HSE requirement? Provide a copy.
How are new employees introduced to the company HSE systems,
7 when and where?
Provide a copy.
Does your company consider HSE staffing in the organization?
8 Provide a copy of the organization chart and job Description of the
HSE staffing.
Does your company hold membership / certification of any recognized
9 industry, trade or HSE organization?
Please specify, list and provide copy when applicable.
Has your company been recognized for any HSE achievements or
10 performances from any organization or client?
Provide supporting documents.
Describe in detail your company road safety strategy or procedure in
11 terms of vehicles, equipment/devices fitted and driving control.
Provide a copy.
What is your company emergency contingency plan for dealing with
emergencies at work site and camp in terms of resources, evacuation
12
and control?
Provide a copy.
49 | P a g e
CONTRACTOR/CONTRACT
SN QUESTION
OR RESPONSE
What emergency medical facilities do you plan to provide on office &
13 site and how many certified first aiders and healthcare providers does
the company has?
What is your company policy on personal protective equipment (PPE)
14
in terms of quantity, quality, specifications, control and monitoring?
Give details of your company procedures to deal with risk
management, loss prevention & control, accident investigations and
15
hazard identification
Provide a copy.
Describe your policy on health, safety and environment meetings and
toolbox talks, Give examples.
16 Do employees formally participate in the occupational health and
safety management process? If so, explain how ?
Provide a copy
What are your company’s policy, procedures and guidelines on
17 occupational health and welfare?
Provide a copy
What is your company procedure/guidelines for waste (domestic &
industrial) handling, management, control and disposal for the three
categories:
18
· Solid
· Liquid
· Gas (emissions)
Describe in detail the system or mechanism your company has to
19 promote, encourage and recognize safe work practices and
performances by employees?
Do you have an HSE legal register?
20
Provide a copy
Does your company have any other exceptional HSE features or
21 arrangements not described elsewhere in your response to the
questionnaire?
50 | P a g e
GCC Appendix for QA/QC Requirements PQ-PQQ-S1
PQ-PQQ-S1
General Conditions of Contract
Appendix for
QA/QC Requirements
Issue : 0.0 17-04-2023 Internal Page 1 of 21

Issue: 0.0 17-04-2023 Internal Page 1 of 21
Document Control
PQ Standard GCC Appendix for

QA/QC Requirements
Issue Approval
Hesham Ali Hassan Al

Mario Maslian Solang Yousef Al-Jaidah
Ailah Manager, Planning and Quality
Senior Quality Control Engineer Head of Section, Quality Assurance & Department
Quality Control
Signature: The original Signature: The original Signature: The original

document is signed separately document is signed separately document is signed
separately
Issue Record
Issue No. Date Reason for issuing the document
0.0 17-04-2023 First Issue of the procedure
Review Frequency : Every three (3) years

Table of Contents
Contents Page
Title Page 1
Document Control & Issue Record Page 2
Table of Contents 3
1. During Tender 5
2. After Award of Contract 7
3. During Contract Execution 11

APPENDIX – ‘L’
QUALITY ASSURANCE & QUALITY CONTROL

REQUIREMENTS

Quality Assurance & Quality Control Checklist
Bidder to provide in separate folder a hard and soft copy of the following:
Submitted?
S/N Description Please Check Remarks
Yes No
Project Quality Plan (PQP) Specific
1 required
for the contract.
Method Statement (MS) specific for

2 required
the Project.
Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) clearly

3 required
stipulating acceptance criteria.
List of test instruments / equipment

4 and their calibration details specific required
for the project.
CV of proposed QA/QC Engineer for

5 required
the project.
Quality Management System

documents such as quality manuals,
6 required
QA/QC procedures, QMS certificates
i.e. ISO certificates etc.
Proposed Organizational structure for

7 required
the project
8 Routine and type test results required

1. Consultant / Contractor to submit the following with his technical offer:
1.1 Project Quality plan highlighting the following:
1.1.1 List of key personnel and their responsibilities.

1.1.2 Consultant / Contractor project Organization chart and his Subcontractor(s)
Organization chart(s).
1.1.3 Proposed over all execution programs in primavera format for all activities of
the Contract, highlighting Inspection, Testing, and commissioning activities.
1.1.4 Detailed Method Statement and Inspection and Test Plan.
1.1.5 Calibration log for all test equipment and instruments used in Contract
execution including those used in inspection, testing and measuring activities
as applicable.
1.1.6 List of qualified personnel required to execute the work together with their
Qualifications and applicable certificates where required especially for QA/QC
Engineer / Inspector, Electrical / Civil Engineer, Testing / Commissioning
Engineer, Protection Engineer, Jointing, Fitting, and other critical jobs with
minimum requirement mentioned in the latest QCS.
1.1.7 Copy of proposed inspection & test form, Stage wise handing over form, and
acceptance certificate(s) by KAHRAMAA of contractors completed works.
1.1.8 Consultant / Contractor schedule audits / verification of all activities covering
the complete scope of work of the Contract, either executed by the Consultant/
Contractor himself or by his subcontractor(s), to verify their effective
implementation and compliance to the Project requirements and specifications.
1.1.9 Copy of routine and type test results of materials and equipment.
1.2 Acceptable description of the Consultant / Contractor Quality

Management System / existing Management System with evident
documents like Quality Manual, QA/QC Procedures, QMS Certificate, ….
Etc.

2. After award of the Contract:
During kick-off meeting (KOM), Consultant / Contractor to ensure the availability of the
quality documents as per below checklist both in hard and soft copy(s).
Awareness training shall be arranged by Consultant / Contractor 30 days from the date
of KOM. And submit to PQ-QC the name, details, and discipline of attendees.
Consultant / Contractor shall not proceed with any contract related activity without
KAHRAMAA approval of project related documents and drawing.
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Checklist (after Award of the Contract)
Available?
Yes No
1
for the contract.

2
the Project.

3

4 and their calibration details specific
for the project.
CV of proposed QA/QC Engineer for Confirm if the same candidate

5
the project. during tender stage

6

7
the project
8 Program for Awareness Training
Monthly Quality Report Format/

9
Sample

Available?
Yes No
Consultant / Contractor Undertaking
letter mentioning that there will be no
reduction or change in the
requirements stipulated in the
10
Contract and Specifications.
**Consultant / Contractor to process
Project design change for such intent
11 Copy of post tender clarifications
12 Equipment compliance statement
Warranty duration for equipment and

13
work
Overall program of works, highlighting

14 the specific test and commissioning
required under contract.
Consultant/Contractor to provide
undertaking letter confirming that the
15
above Quality documents / records
has been complied.
2.1 The Consultant / Contractor shall submit the detailed Project Quality Plan
following PQP table of content (attachment 1), Method Statement table of
content (attachment 2), Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) format (attachment 3)
and Measuring and Test Instrument Calibration log (attachment 4).
2.2 The Consultant / Contractor shall submit all the required Quality Assurance &
Quality Control procedures for Inspection, Testing, Measuring, pre-
Commissioning and Commissioning Activities, to KAHRAMAA for approval
before commencement of the contract work. Work execution without the
required approved documents shall be subject to contractual penalties.
2.3 The Consultant / Contractor shall submit list of inspection and test for RFI / ITR
as per requirement of the contract and manufacturer. Also, separate list of all
testing mentioning the specific acceptance criteria or tolerance of each test for
Civil, Electrical Equipment, MEP, FPS, Automation, other works as required.

2.4 KAHRAMAA reserves the right to ask the Consultant / Contractor to produce
and submit any other documents related to quality such as scope of Contract,
specifications, drawings, standards, Installation – O&M manual, and others at
any time during the Contract execution phases as found necessary.
2.5 Consultant / Contractor QAQC to prepare and submit the Monthly Quality
Report focusing on Brief description and scope of project, Schedule of the
activities completed, Inspection and Test Request Log, Photo evidence of
inspection and test, Copy of inspection and test including acceptance
certificates signed by KAHRAMAA, Consultant, and Contractor, QC inspection
status (Findings, Trend analysis, corrective action), request changes (if any) for
the PQP, Method statement, ITP, inspection & test forms).
2.6 Consultant / Contractor to submit resume of their QA/QC staff assigned to the
project for KAHRAMAA approval as per QCS Quality staff requirement. The
release of all key QA/QC personnel from the project once assigned will require
formal approval from PQ-QC and will be subject to satisfactory completion of
all their relevant work activities.
2.7 Consultant / Contractor to submit overall program of works in primavera format
within 15 days after KOM, highlighting the specific test and commissioning
required under contract.
2.8 Consultant / Contractor to strictly comply to Contract Specification, National and
International Standards, Qatar Regulations, and Qatar Construction
Specification (the most recent versions). Where there are any discrepancies
between these documents the more stringent shall apply.
2.9 The Consultant / Contractor shall not in any manner either reduce or change
the requirements stipulated in the specifications for the reason of his opinion
that what he provides meets the intent of the scope of Works. Consultant /
Contractor to send official letter with technical engineering justification for
KAHRAMAA approval prior to processing Project design change for such intent.
2.10 Project Design Change Procedures
Generally, there shall not be any changes in the design after award of the
Contract. However, if it will become necessary a procedure for controlling
project design changes shall be established. The purpose of the Procedure
shall be to control any project design changes after the design has been
defined. The Procedure shall cover any proposed departure from the technical

requirements contained in the Specification. The Project Design Change

Procedure shall be subject to KAHRAMAA’s review and approval.
2.11 The Consultant / Contractor shall submit a complete copy of post tender
clarifications and equipment compliance statement duly stamped by contractor
or approved manufacturer.
2.12 The Consultant / Contractor to provide the warranty duration for all equipment
and other fields of the contract.

3. During Contract Execution
Consultant / Contractor to ensure KAHRAMAA approval for all required quality

documents.
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Checklist (During Contract Execution)
With
KAHRAMAA
Approval or
S/N Description Remarks
Acceptable?
Please Check
Yes No
1
for the contract.

2
the Project.

3

4 and their calibration details specific
for the project.
CV of proposed QA/QC Engineer for

5
the project.

6

7
the project
8 Awareness Training conducted?
9 Monthly Quality Report
complete list of all approved sub-

10
contractors and suppliers

With
KAHRAMAA
Approval or
S/N Description Remarks
Acceptable?
Please Check
Yes No
11 QCI log
SLA or Communication protocol and

12 details for all stakeholder and focal
point / representatives
Factory Acceptance Plan for each

13
major equipment and/or system
Training plan/schedule for each major

14
equipment and/or system
Pre-commissioning and
15 commissioning test in primavera
format.
Manufacturer installation, operation,

16
and maintenance manual.
Awareness tools / devices and

17
sample materials
3.1 The Consultant / Contractor is responsible to adhere, maintain and implement

the agreed and approved Project Quality Plan, Method Statement, Inspection
& Test Plan, Inspection and Test forms, Contract requirements, KAHRAMAA
specifications, Qatar Construction Specification at all times throughout the
execution phases of the Contract work.
3.2 Consultant / Contractors shall provide the approved QA and QC personnel(s)
assigned to the Project indicating names for all key QA/QC positions and
responsibilities. The QAQC personnel(s) are to be assigned for specific
KAHRAMAA contract and shall not be used at site as project Engineer or other
disciplines.
3.3 Consultant / Contractor QAQC shall timely submit to KAHRAMAA their monthly
quality report every 26th of each month.

3.4 Consultant / Contractor shall submit to KAHRAMAA their 2 weeks look ahead
schedules in primavera format on the 13th and 27th of each month. The
milestone of the look ahead schedule shall be and not limited to inspections,
test, and the correction / corrective action dates.
3.5 Consultant / Contractor shall prepare a log and record of all QC inspections,
response time, corrections, corrective actions and root cause analysis in their
site offices.
3.6 Consultant / Contractor shall submit to KAHRAMAA for review and approval the
complete list, as it becomes available, of all the sub-contractors and suppliers
he intends to use for the execution of the project. KAHRAMAA reserves the
right to reject any of the submitted lists of sub-contracts and/or suppliers.
Consultant / Contractor shall pre-qualify all of his Subcontractors for goods and
services. Such pre-qualifications shall be done by the Consultant / Contractor
in accordance with established, documented and implemented procedures.
Any changes to the approved and agreed list of Subcontractors/ Suppliers shall
be notified in writing to KAHRAMAA, and KAHRAMAA reserves the right to
reject such requests.
3.7 Consultant / Contractor shall maintain valid calibration of equipment and
instruments used in Contract execution.
3.8 KAHRAMAA shall have the right, but not the obligation, at all times to inspect,
test and examine the Work(s) / Service(s) performed by Consultant / Contractor
referring to contract, specifications, KAHRAMAA regulations / manuals /
procedures, QCS, MMUP / other national standards, and applicable
international standards including but not limited to all supplies, materials and
equipments provided, Handling, storage areas and warehousing facilities,
design, construction, installation, test, and commissioning of all Work(s) /
Service(s).
3.9 Any equipment or workmanship that will damage other services shall not be
accepted.
3.10 Consultant / Contractor shall make available for KAHRAMAA ‘s review at all
reasonable times all relevant documents including but not limited to records,
reports, and documents related to procurement and provision of all supplies. All
such documents shall be made available to KAHRAMAA at any reasonable

location specified by KAHRAMAA and Consultant / Contractor shall provide a

copy for KAHRAMAA’s retention.
3.11 KAHRAMAA shall have the right to reject any part of the Work(s)/ Service(s),
including but not limited to personnel, supplies, materials or equipments
provided by Consultant / Contractor, which does not comply with any of the
Contract requirements. Upon receiving notice of rejection, Consultant /
Contractor shall immediately commence to replace and/or re-perform the
rejected part of the Work(s) / Service(s) and shall carry out such inspections
and/or tests on other parts of the Work(s) / Service(s) as KAHRAMAA may
require to ensure that there are no similar parts of the Work(s) / Service(s) that
fail to comply with the requirements of the Contract.
3.12 Consultant / Contractor shall be responsible for all costs and delays relating to
re-performance, replacement, testing and inspection.
3.13 Neither failure on the part of KAHRAMAA or its designated inspectors to inspect
the Work(s) / Service(s) or witness or test or to discover defects nor failure to
reject Work(s) / Service(s) performed by Consultant / Contractor or his Sub-
Contractor which is not in accordance with the Contract shall not relieve the
Consultant / Contractor from any liability or obligation under the Contract. The
comments and/or approval of materials, equipment, workmanship, or
drawings/documents shall in no way relieves the Consultant / Contractor in
complying the requirements of the contract and specification. Accordingly,
KAHRAMAA quality have the rights and obligation to reject completed works
even with approved documents but not in compliance to the contract and
specifications.
3.14 The Consultant / Contractor is responsible to conduct scheduled audits /
verification at periods not exceeding 6 months or as stipulated in the contract
documents (whichever the minimum) of all activities covering the complete
scope of Contract work, including Audits/verification on his subcontractor(s)
and Suppliers, to verify their effective implementation and compliance to the
Project requirements and specifications. An audit / verification report will be
issued for each audit/verification. KAHRAMAA shall have the right to review
any and all such audit / verification reports and upon agreement with the
contractor, KAHRAMAA reserves the right to participate in such audits /
verification.

3.15 KAHRAMAA shall retain the right to conduct independent audits / verification
on the Consultant / Contractor or his subcontractor(s) relating to the scope of
work executed at any time during the project duration. Audit / verification may
also be carried out, at the discretion of KAHRAMAA, by an External Third Party
nominated by KAHRAMAA. Consultant / Contractor shall permit access for all
such audits/verification. KAHRAMAA will provide adequate notice to the
Consultant / Contractor of such audits/verification.
3.16 Approval of drawings, Minutes-of-Meeting, Verbal instructions / email from
consultant / KAHRAMAA Engineer shall not relieve the Consultant / Contractor
from any liability or obligation under the Contract and Contract specification.
3.17 Manufacturer / supplier certificate to be provided for installation and testing
activity such as but not limited to GIS, Transformers,11kV SG, LVAC panels,
DC system, Control and Relay panel, SCS system, FPS works, civil works,
HVAC, Pumps, major pipelines, OHL, cables, modification works
3.18 All KAHRAMAA assets with FPS shall not be put in operation without the full
functionality of the FPS and that the FPS installation shall have been approved
by QCDD.
3.19 Consultant / Contractor to provide the full details of project stake holders focal
point / representatives such as but not limited to material / equipment suppliers,
consultant, sub-contractors, involved KM department / section, QCDD, and
other stake holders.
3.20 Consultant / Contractor to involve KAHRAMAA QA/QC engineers with
reference to contract required technical trainings either remote, site trainings,
or at the manufacturer.
3.21 Consultant / contractor to provide awareness tools and devices aside from
sample materials for the conduct of awareness training.

Attachment 1
Project Quality Plan (PQP) Table of Contents
PQP
Ref. to ISO 10005:2005 & QCS
S/N CONTENTS
1 Introduction
1.1 General
1.2 Project Description
2 Scope
3 Project Quality Policy and Objectives
4 References
5 Terms and Definitions
6 Management Responsibilities
6.1 Management Commitment
6.2 Responsibility, Authority, and Communication
6.3 Interface Management
7 Control of Documents and Data
8 Control of Records
9 Resource Management
9.1 Provision of Resources
9.2 Human Resources
9.3 Infrastructure
9.4 Work environment
10 Communication with the Client
11 Design and Development
12 Purchasing
12.1 Project Procurement
12.2 Material Verification and Delivery
13 Production and Service Provision
13.1 Planning and Construction Process
13.2 Inspection Procedure

PQP
Ref. to ISO 10005:2005 & QCS
S/N CONTENTS
13.3 Identification and Traceability
13.4 Customer Property
13.5 Preservation of Product
14 Measurement, Analysis and Improvement
14.1 Monitoring and Measurement including Devices
14.2 Non-conforming Report & Corrective/Prev. Action
14.3 Audit
14.4 KPI & Continuous Improvement
15 Control of Non-conforming Products.
16 Appendices
16.1 Organizational chart
16.2 Inspection and Test Plans
16.3 Method Statements including Check Lists
16.4 Construction Program (Primavera)
16.5 Calibration Log of Measuring and Test Instruments
16.6 Customer Satisfaction
16.7 List of Required Docs. for every Completed Works
16.8 QA/QC monthly report

Attachment 2
Method Statement Table of Contents and checklist
MINIMUM CONTENT OF METHOD STATEMENT
S/N CONTENTS Page(s) Remarks

1 Purpose
2 Scope
3 Organization, Responsibilities & Supervision
3.1 Work Force
4 Abbreviations and Definitions
5 References
6 Documents and Records
6.1 Checklist
6.2 Test Forms
6.3 KM approvals (material, drawings, work order, personnel, etc.)
6.4 ITP
7 Tools and/or Test Instruments
8 Material Requirements
9 Plant and Equipment Requirements
10 Site Planning and Preparations
11 HSE Requirements
11.1 Risk Assessment
11.2 Specific Emergency Procedures
12 Work Methodology / Work Instructions
12.1 List of mock-ups with photograph / illustration
12.2 Stagewise photograph / illustration
13 List of acceptance criteria
14 Review checklist

REVIEW CHECKLIST
S/N QUESTION Y N N/A Remarks

1 Is the MS approved and/or signed off by all designated persons?
Does the title of the MS relate to the information contained
2
within?
3 Does the MS follow the recommended format?
4 Has the Scope of work been well defined?
5 Has all major equipment required been identified?
6 Are the required test instruments calibration details mentioned?
7 Have all materials been identified for the work activity?
8 Has the materials been approved by KM?
9 Is the site planning and preparation specific to the work location?
10 Does the sketch/site planning identify areas for material storage?
11 Does the sketch/site planning identify access and egress?
Does the sketch/site planning identify interfaces with other
12
contractors / sub-contractors?
13 Is the Work Methodology logical and easy to follow?
14 Are required mock-ups and stage wise photograph available?
Has the person(s) in charge of the work been identified and with
15
KM approval?
16 Have all the trades required for the work activity been identified?
Are the recommended control measures specific and easy to
17
understand?
Have all the relevant documents required to complete the work
18
been submitted and accepted?
19 Are the references correct to the document list?
Prepared by:
Name: ______________________________ Signature: _________________________________
Approved by:
Name: _____________________________ Signature: _________________________________

Attachment 3
Inspection and Test Plan Format
Inspection
Acceptan
Description Reference Responsib Points Records to be
No. To be Verified Frequency ce
of Activity Documents le Person K CO CO Generated
Criteria
M NS NT
General
Verify availability
of approved
documents such QA/QC
Document / as: PQP, MS, ITP, Manager / Document
Each Client
1.0 Record Drawings, Contract, QCS Engineer, H H H Control
inspection Approval
Control previous Register
inspection / test, KM
FAT report, RO2,
RO3
Approved
Approval / QA/QC personnel
Personnel Qualification of Manager, Client Control
2.0 As required Contract, QCS H H H
Qualification contract required Approval Register,
personnel KM Qualification
Certificates
- Vendor / Supplier
Approval
Approved
Material - Material sample Contract, QCS, QA/QC or
Each Client Material
3.0 Procurement and approval Manufacturer site H H H
inspection Approval Control
& Inspection - Handling, records, FAT engineer
Register
transport, storage,
identification
Valid
Test calibration
every use of Calibration QA/QC or
instrument / Calibration of test Calibration
4.0 instrument / sticker and Test W H H
Equipment Certificates instrument Log
equipment certificate Engineer
calibration /
equipment
- Identify Non-
Findings / NCR
conformity
and QA/QC Client
- Verify corrections Finding / NCR
5.0 Corrections, Case by case Contract, QCS Manager / Acceptanc W H H
and corrective Log
Corrective Engineer e
actions taken
Actions
- NCR close out
Project billboards
(project details Site is in
and safety Project QA/QC or acceptable
notices), Warning Specification, site condition
Site Planning Each Project
6.0 instruments, QCS, MS, engineer, as per W H H
and HSE inspection Billboards
barricade, PPE, Manufacturer reference
complete tools, requirements HSE requireme
materials, nts
equipment’s

Inspection
Acceptan
Description Reference Responsib Points Records to be
No. To be Verified Frequency ce
of Activity Documents le Person K CO CO Generated
Criteria
M NS NT
Installation
7.0 RFI
Points
Approved
8.0 Test points W H H
Test results
Commissionin Approved
9.0 W H H
g points Test results
Final Handing
Accepted
10 Over and
Handing Over
Warranty
Attachment 4
MINIMUM FORMAT OF Calibration Log of Test Instruments / Equipments
Project
Contract No.:
Description:
Resp
Equipme Next
Model Last Calibratin Certific onsib
S/ nt Purpo due Calibratio Remar
/ ID Frequency Calibration g ate le
N. Descripti se Calibrati n Method ks
No. Date Company No. Perso
on on Date
n

KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL
Specification for General

Requirements
Issue: 0.0 31 May 2023 Internal Page 1 of 19

Specification for General Requirements KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL
Specification Details
Document Control
Material Specification Specification for

EP
Standards General Requirements
Issue Approval
Hamad Mohd. Al-Maddad

Navin Rego Jassim Ali Shams
Senior Engineer - Material Head of Material Standards and Al-Marri
Standards and Specification Specifications Manager, Electricity Network
Planning
Signature: Signature: Signature:

Signed Original & Signed Original & Signed Original &
Filed
Document Control
Issue Record
0.0 31 May 2023 First issue of the new specification
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0

Contents
1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................... 5
2 Environmental Conditions ............................................................................................................ 7
3 System Parameters ....................................................................................................................... 7
3.1 Medium Voltage ................................................................................................................. 8
3.2 Low Voltage ....................................................................................................................... 8
4 General Technical Requirements .................................................................................................. 9
4.1 System of Units .................................................................................................................. 9
4.2 Applicable Codes and Standards ......................................................................................... 9
4.3 Alternative Codes and Standards ......................................................................................... 9
4.4 Order of Precedence for Codes and Standards ..................................................................... 9
4.5 Materials and Workmanship ............................................................................................. 10
5 Approval Data and Drawings ...................................................................................................... 11
6 Miscellaneous Items’ Documentation, Operational and Maintenance Manual .............................. 11
7 Inspection, Testing and Delivery................................................................................................. 11
7.1 Inspection, Testing and Auditing....................................................................................... 11
7.2 Type tests ......................................................................................................................... 12
7.3 Routine / Sample Tests ..................................................................................................... 13
7.4 Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT) ....................................................................................... 13
7.5 Identification, Packaging and Transport ............................................................................ 14
7.6 Delivery ........................................................................................................................... 14
7.7 Warranty .......................................................................................................................... 15
7.8 Storage and Handling ....................................................................................................... 16
8 Manufacturer’s Qualification ...................................................................................................... 17
9 Tender Information..................................................................................................................... 17
9.1 Tender Submission Requirements ..................................................................................... 17
9.2 Statement of Compliance and Deviation Schedule............................................................. 17
9.3 Outsourcing Restrictions ................................................................................................... 18
10 Quality Assurance Checklists ..................................................................................................... 18
11 Appendices................................................................................................................................. 19
Appendix A Technical Data Schedule

Appendix B Deviation Schedule
Appendix C Statement of Compliance

Abbreviations
Reference Description
AC Alternating current
BS British Standards
DAP Delivered at Place
DC Direct current
DIN German Industrial Standards
EN European Standards
FAT Factory Acceptance Tests
HV High Voltage
IEC International Electro technical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
ISPM International Standards for Phytosanitary Measures
ISO International Standard Organization
KM KAHRAMAA – Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation
LV Low Voltage
MV Medium Voltage
QC Quality Control
QMS Quality Management System
SIT Site Inspection Test
SWG Switchgear
VDE Verband der Elektrotechnik Elektronik und Informationstechnik (Association for
Electrical, Electronic and Information Technologies)
VDI Verein Deutscher Ingenieure (The Association of German Engineers) (standard)

1 Scope
This document provides data and specifies requirements common to all equipment and materials under
the section Miscellaneous. It covers environmental conditions, system parameters, system of units,
applicable codes and standards, common technical requirements, standardization and
interchangeability, testing, quality assurance and control, manufacturers’ qualification and tender
information. Miscellaneous general requirements construe as integral part of Particular Specifications
which are listed in Table 1 below, in line with relevant references provided therein.
Table 1: Relevant KM Miscellaneous Specifications
New Document Reference Description
KM-EPM-D-AUX-EQP-LV-ENERGY-METER LV Energy Meter

KM-EPM-D-MTRL-MAXIMUM-DEMAND-
Maximum Demand Indicator
INDICATOR
KM-EPM-D-GND-MV-EARTHING-
Portable MV Earthing Equipment
EQUIPMENT
KM-EPM-D-GND-LV-EARTHING-
Portable LV Earthing Equipment
EQUIPMENT
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-RUBBER-GLOVES Rubber Gloves
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-PADLOCKS Padlocks
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-LUGS-FERRULES Lugs & Ferrules
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-PILOT-CABLE-BOX Pilot Cable Marshalling Box
KM-EPM-D-CBL-ACC-CONNECTORS- Shear Head Mechanical Connectors Size 16 to
16MM2-TO-35MM2 35mm2
70MM2-TO-120MM2 120mm2
185MM2-TO-300MM2 300mm2
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-SILICA-GEL Silica Gel
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-PAINT-BRUSHES Paint Brushes
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-ANTI-CORROSION-
Anti Corrosion Tapes
TAPE
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GAS-PRESSURE-
Gas Pressure Gauges
GAUGE
KM-EPM-D-GND-EARTH ROD Earth Rod and Accessories
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKETS-SEALS Gaskets and Seals
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-RECLOSER-TESTER Electronic Recloser Control Tester

Padlocks and Keys for Service and Termination

KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-ACC-LOCKS-KEYS
Cabinets
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-CABLE-FAULT-
Cable Fault Locator Acoustic Listening Device
LOCATOR
KM-EPM-D-AUQ-EQP-30VDC&48VDC- 30VDC and 48VDC Battery & Charger System
BATTERY-CHARGER-SYSTEM for Distribution Substation
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-
Insulating Liquid
LIQUID
KM-EPM-D-AUX-EQP-LV-CAP-BANK Capacitor Bank for Low Voltage Networks
KM-EPM-D-AUX-EQP-11-KV-CAP-BANK Capacitor Bank for 11kV
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-METER-SEALS Meter Seals
KM-EPM-D-PNT-ELECTRICAL-MATERIALS Painting for Electrical Materials
KM-EPM-D-GEN-EQP-SOLAR-PV-SYSTEM-
Rooftop Mounted Solar PV System
RMT
KM-EPM-D-AUX-EQP-SERVICE-CABINET LV Service Cabinet
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-CCS-EARTHING Copper Clad Steel Earthing Conductor
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-MV-BUSDUCT MV Bus duct
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-LV-BUSDUCT LV Bus duct
KM-EPM-D-GEN-EQP-SOLAR-PV-SYSTEM-
Ground Mounted Solar PV System
GMT
It is not the intention to specify completely herein all the details of design and manufacturing of the
above miscellaneous items. It may be noted that norms, standards, etc. specified are the bare minimum
that is required. All items shall conform in all respects to high standards of engineering design and
workmanship. Supplier shall guarantee that construction and parameters of delivered goods are suitable
for safe and reliable operation under services and conditions specified herein and in the Particular
Specifications. KM reserves the right to accept or reject any material if found, in KM’s judgement, not
in accordance with the specifications.
If a substantial improvement of any of the specified technical requirements, which is seen by the Bidder
advantageous to KM, is desired to be presented in the Bid, this may be proposed as an alternative to
that, which is assumed to be in conformity with the specified design. However, it is not mandatory that
the alternative design is going to be accepted but shall be subject to the decision of KM upon evaluation
of the same.

2 Environmental Conditions
The ambient conditions in the State of Qatar combine high temperatures with high humidity and high
levels of salt in the air. The atmosphere is laden with both sea salt and sand and very corrosive. Rainfall
is typically low, however sudden, extreme bursts can occur over a very short period.
Table 2: Standard climatic conditions
Parameters Value
Low lying, generally close to sea level with no

Altitude
point exceeding 100 metres above sea level.
Maximum ambient temperature 50°C
Minimum ambient temperature 0°C
Maximum daily average ambient temperature 45°C
Mean maximum exposed sunlight temperature 75°C
Maximum relative ambient humidity / Maximum
100% / ≥95%
daily average of relative humidity
Ground temperature at one metre depth in 40°C, and never falls to 0°C.
summer
Maximum wind speed 140 km/hr
Site pollution category (in line with IEC 60815) Very heavy (category e)
• Salt spray pollution in the atmosphere
• Industrial pollution in the atmosphere
• Abrasive wind-borne sand pollution in the
Atmosphere conditions atmosphere
• A considerable amount of salt is contained in
the atmosphere which together with the
relatively high ambient humidity, can
produce sever corrosion problems
Service exposure Constant exposure to ultra-violet radiation
Solar radiation – peak 1030 W/m2
80 – 150 mm with occasional heavy rainfall of a
Rainfall
high intensity with a short duration
Under certain climatic conditions, considerable
Condensation
condensation may take place
Seismic intensity (modified Mercalli Scale) VI
Special environmental (service) condition – max. metal temperature under the Sun = 85oC.

3 System Parameters
KM’s Electricity Distribution Network operates on LV and MV up to and including rated system
voltage of 36kV. Rated parameters are listed in Section 3.1 and 3.2, below.
3.1 Medium Voltage
MV distribution network includes equipment with rated voltages 12kV, 24kV and 36kV.
All three systems are three phase, three wire systems with the star point earthed through the earthing
transformer or fixed value earthing resistor at the primary substation.
Table 3: Distribution MV System Parameters
Parameter Value
Nominal system voltage (kV) 11 22 33

Maximum System Voltage (kV) 12 24 36
Lightning Impulse Withstand Voltage (LIWV),
75 125 170
1.2/50 Impulse (kVPeak)
Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (PFWV) (kV) 28 50 70
Maximum Symmetrical Fault Level at primary 31.5
31.5 31.5
substations (kA)
Maximum Earth Fault Current (kA) 4.5 4.5 4.5
3.2 Low Voltage
The LV system is a three phase, five wire system, (red, yellow, blue phases, neutral and earth) with
directly earthed neutral. Neutral and earth conductors are directly shorted at distribution substation end.
Table 4: Distribution LV System Parameters
Parameter Value
Rated operation voltage (V) 415/240±6%.
Rated insulation voltage (V) 690
Impulse withstands voltage (kV) 8
Maximum Symmetrical Short Circuit Fault Level (kA) at source side 44
The highest Fuse Rating (A) 400
Note: Fault duration is limited by HRC (High Rupturing Capacity) Fuses, as per KM-EPM-D FUSES -
MV AND LV FUSES.

4 General Technical Requirements
4.1 System of Units
Technical data dimensions, quantities, etc. throughout KM’s projects shall be in the SI-system of units
(International System of Units).
4.2 Applicable Codes and Standards
The miscellaneous items provided under this Specification shall be manufactured under quality
assurance system conforming to latest editions of ISO Standards. Except where otherwise specified or
implied, miscellaneous items to be supplied shall comply with the latest applicable standard of the IEC,
IEEE, BS or the German standards (DIN, VDE, VDI).
The bidder must clearly state proposal concerning the use of standards and codes. National standards
other than those listed above shall not be accepted.
The latest standard edition current at the date of Tender, together with any amendment issued to that
date and all normative references specified therein, will be applied through KM projects. Any updates
of mentioned standard and / or any new standards shall be applicable subject to KM approval.
All the recommendations contained in the relevant applicable standard shall be considered as mandatory
requirements.
The Standard / Guidelines listed in Table 5 shall be used, where applicable.
Table 5: KAHRAMAA References
Document Ref. Description
KM-EPM-D-QA-INT-LAB-ASSESSMENT International Laboratory Assessment
In the case of discrepancy between KM specifications and relevant codes and standards, please refer to
clause 4.4 of this specification, below.
4.3 Alternative Codes and Standards
The Bidder may propose alternative Codes and Standards provided it is proven that they give an
equivalent degree of quality as the referenced Codes and Standards. Acceptability of any alternative
Codes or Standard is at the discretion of KM. Proposal shall include standard reference (number, title,
edition, particular clause), item-wise comparison between required and proposed standard reference,
and technical justification for the proposed change.
4.4 Order of Precedence for Codes and Standards
In case of discrepancy between these Specifications and any of the applicable Codes and Standards, the
following order of precedence shall apply:
1) KM specifications.

2) Applicable Codes and Standards.
3) Acceptable Alternative Codes and Standards.
The Bidder shall note that compliance of the manufacturer with the provision of these specifications
does not relieve him from his responsibility to supply miscellaneous items and accessories of proper
design, electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements at the specified service
conditions.
4.5 Materials and Workmanship
All equipment and materials supplied under these Specifications shall be brand new and unused. They
shall be of tested and proved designs and models standardised in the Supplier’s manufacturing program,
provided they meet the requirements of this Specification, and serve the intended purpose.
All materials, components, tools and equipment shall be used only for the intended purposes. No
modification of structural adjustments on site shall be allowed.
The materials used for the construction of the miscellaneous items shall be selected carefully for the
purpose intended and with due consideration of operation and climatic conditions in transport and on
site.
If not otherwise stated in particular specifications, Life expectancy of miscellaneous is not less than 10
years for electronic devices and 25 years for other items. In this period, miscellaneous items should not
suffer loss of function, major failures and deteriorations. This does not include miscellaneous items
components, which by nature of their operation require replacement (e.g. fuses) or which achieve their
declared operation limits before above-stated period (e.g. light bulbs).
The Supplier / manufacturer shall guarantee for the quality of all materials, paints, treatments, as well
as for the efficiency and technical performance of miscellaneous items in strict compliance with the
Contract Documents and particularly with the provisions of the Scope of Works and Specifications.
The Manufacturers shall indicate in the respective Technical Schedules the proposed materials and their
applicable standards for all major items of the supply. Material specifications, including grade of class,
shall be shown on the appropriate detail drawings submitted to KM for approval.
Tolerances, fits, and finishes shall conform to the best modern shop practices in the manufacture of
finished products of a nature similar to those covered by the relevant Specification. All miscellaneous
items shall be of rugged and durable construction, designed for frequent operation.
All miscellaneous items shall be installed and tested in line with the KM specifications, relevant
international standards, original manufacturer instructions and approved design drawings.
All works shall be performed and completed in a thorough workmanlike manner and shall follow the
best modern practice in the manufacture of high-grade equipment. All works shall be performed by
personnel trained and experienced in their respective trades. All works shall be planned, organized and
executed respecting environmental, safety and health requirements.

5 Approval Data and Drawings
All drawings shall be in ISO A3 or A4 size sheets with title blocks approved by KM.
At the times, and in the quantities agreed upon, the following information and data must be submitted
to KM for approval prior to manufacturing of the miscellaneous items:
• Vendor(s) details / reference list
• Completely filled in and duly signed data sheets
• Testing schedule and procedures
6 Miscellaneous Items’ Documentation, Operational and Maintenance

Manual
The miscellaneous items supplied under this specification shall be documented to the extent as to enable
the end user to understand the product, its theory of operation, its application, performance and
maintenance.
Furthermore, it must enable KM to efficiently communicate with the supplier / manufacturer about all
aspects of operation, maintenance and servicing / spare parts ordering.
The following documents must be submitted to KM:
• Bill of material showing complete re-ordering information for all replaceable parts.
• Instructions for transport and storage.
• Installation, operation and maintenance instructions (Manual)
• Prior to shipment, copies of all reports shall be made available to KM.
If, during testing, changes were made to any of the items and if approved by KM, the deviations must
be corrected in the relevant submitted drawings to reflect the exact status on delivery. These corrections
must be completed immediately following the actual changes.
The format, standards, and quality and quantities of drawings may be as per manufacturer's standard,
however, subject to KM approval in light of the requirements of these Specifications.
7 Inspection, Testing and Delivery

7.1 Inspection, Testing and Auditing
The Manufacturer shall submit as part of the quality assurance control a list of tests and inspections
which are to be carried out prior to despatch which shall demonstrate, to the satisfaction of KM, that
the specification requirements have been met.
Providing test schedules and a programme of testing is the responsibility of the manufacturer which
shall be approved by KM prior to any inspection or testing taking place.

During the manufacturing process, at all stages, inspections shall be made to check the physical and
dimensional parameters, for verification of compliance to the standards.
KM or authorized representative reserve the right to be granted access to the manufacturing premises
and for inspection of factory, materials, at any stage of the manufacturing process. Authorised KM
personnel shall have the right to witness all inspection and tests for contracts or any other products to
be supplied to KM.
A quality audit of the manufacturing process, machinery and QMS of the manufacturer and their
outsourcing suppliers may be performed by KM during prequalification process and before, during
and/or after awarding of the contract.
No miscellaneous item can be dispatched without test report approved by KM wherever applicable.
7.2 Type tests
All miscellaneous items are required to be fully type-tested in line with KM specifications and relevant
standards. The Bidder / Supplier shall provide complete set of valid type tests reports.
Type tests reports are considered valid if they comply with the relevant International Standards and
meet following criteria:
• If not stated otherwise in particular specification, Type test report shall not be older than 10 years.
• Tests shall be conducted at recognized, accredited, independent, and third-party testing laboratory
as per KM-EPM-D-QA-INT-LAB-ASSESSMENT and approved by Kahramaa. Along with type
test report to provide accreditation certificate of the laboratory. Alternatively, subject to KM
approval, test may be conducted in the manufacturer’s premises under the same conditions as above
and witnessed by independent third party accredited for testing services. All cost for the testing
and / or third-party witness shall be borne by manufacturer / supplier. KM reserves the right to
witness the test.
• Accredited means that the testing laboratories are certified in line with ISO/IEC 17025 and
inspection / test witnessing bodies are certified in line with ISO/IEC 17020 and they maintain
certification valid.
• Type tests were conducted on the unit(s) that is true representative of the offered equipment, i.e.,
they are of the same design, the same raw material, source of raw material and all other relevant
material, the same factory location and the same manufacturing process.
KM may request repeat of Type Tests to prove compliance to the technical specification where the
materials used and/or the manufacturing process and/or the place of manufacture or the referenced
International Standards have changed since the item was originally type tested.
Where full Type Test documentation is not submitted for each of the items offered and bidders are
referring to available type tests reports for similar design, bidders shall substantiate their claims of
extended validity of type tests reports to the offered equipment with written engineering evaluation and
complete set of supportive documents as stipulated in referred standards. Such evaluation must provide
all relevant details that KM can to establish the validity of existing Type Tests reports. KM shall reserve
the right to accept or reject it with-out any obligation.
Where items of a similar design to that previously tested are offered and are additionally of same
referred standard(s), materials and accessories, consideration may be given to accepting previous Type

Test reports subject to that the submitted test reports represent the worst possible scenario. Following
rules shall apply:
• Type tests reports for the equipment of lower ratings (such as rated current, rated voltage and /
or insulation level, short time withstand current, etc.) are not acceptable.
• Type tests reports for the equipment of higher ratings may be accepted subject that materials,
dimensions and internal arrangements are the same as in the equipment of offered ratings and
relevant data to support these requirements are available in the submitted reports (drawings,
photographs, etc.)
• Wherein internal arrangement of the offered equipment differs from the tested object subject to
available type tests reports in such a way that clearances are reduced and / or offered equipment
is of reduced dimensions, following tests shall be conducted for the offered equipment:
temperature rise test, IAC proof test, and dielectric type tests.
• Wherein dimensions of the conductive parts of the offered equipment are less from the object
subject to available type tests report, heat dissipation conditions reduced (smaller space,
different material, etc) continuous current, temperature rise tests, short-time and peak withstand
tests not limited to, shall be conducted on the offered unit.
• Wherein type of operation and / or operation mechanism of the offered switching equipment
differ from the object subject to available type tests, following tests shall be repeated:
mechanical operation test, making and breaking tests as well as any other tests defined in the
applicable standard for the concerned equipment alternative operation mechanism.
• Transferability and Extension of Validity clauses from relevant referred standards shall be
followed, subject that the Bidder can provide all evidence of similarities as stipulated therein
to KM satisfaction.
Conducting type tests in order to meet with the KM requirements specified herein, or any particular
miscellaneous specification shall be without additional price and without delay in delivery.
Wherever KM has genuine concern that offered equipment as a whole or its components are not suitable
for the environmental and operation conditions, does not meet KM requirements for purpose, ratings,
safety or durability, KM has the right to ask for additional type tests. If such tests are not specified in
sufficient details in the standards referred in clause 4.2 of this document and their references, tests may
be carried-out according to other international standard and / or procedure mutually agreed between
KM and manufacturer.
7.3 Routine / Sample Tests
Each lot shall be subject to all routine factory and sample tests at factory before delivery, as specified
herein and in their relevant technical specifications listed in clause 1 and relevant standards.
Routine tests shall be performed for each miscellaneous item that shall be delivered to KM, unless
otherwise stated in relevant technical specification.
If not mentioned otherwise in particular documents listed in clause 1 of this specification, tests shall be
performed in accordance with the latest versions of relevant standards.
7.4 Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT)
Factory acceptance tests for all miscellaneous items, if applicable, shall be undertaken as specified
herein and in their relevant technical specifications as mentioned in clause 1.

The supplier shall carry out tests on a representative sample as specified in the relevant technical
specifications. The samples shall be randomly selected from the completed and routine tested
miscellaneous items during the factory acceptance test. If not otherwise stated in the relevant standard
or KM specification, quantity of units selected for FAT shall be minimum 10% of each lot quantity,
rounded to first upper natural number.
7.5 Identification, Packaging and Transport
All miscellaneous items shall be clearly labelled. The label shall not damage the unit, when applied on
the unit or during the unit’s lifetime. Each specific miscellaneous item shall be labelled as specified in
their relevant technical specifications.
Packing shall protect the components against damage during shipment and handling up to installation
site. It shall be designed to prevent entry of dust, ingress of moisture and other foreign matters.
Packing shall be of suitable material for removal, to enable inspection, and to be reinstated to original
packing condition following inspection.
Each package shall be printed with the following information:
• Contract number/scheme
• Manufacturer's name and country of origin
• Weight and size of packing
• Date of manufacture
• Item name and description
• Date of delivery
Difference between manufacturing and delivery dates should not be more than 6 months.
All cautions and handling shipping marks have to be legible and permanent, using pictorial markings
as per ISO 780: 1997.
Smaller packages shall be transported in standard shipping containers, without unloading and reloading
of cargo and reducing risk of loss and damage in transport. Packages shall be properly arranged
considering weights and securely fixed in place.
Bulky packages that require assisted lifting shall have following data marked:
• Centre of gravity
• Position of lifting facilities
• Means of handling
Packages that that will be directly handled by forklifts and cranes, shall be mechanically protected by
closed crates made of wood materials, strengthen at corners and bottom side to ensure structure rigidity.
Packages shall be certified by ISPM 15. For additional details related to package for prolonged storage,
please refer to clause 7.8 of this specification, below.
7.6 Delivery
The following requirements shall be carried out by the supplier:

• Wherein explicitly stated in particular specification, prior to bulk manufacturing of the 1st lot
against KM supplies, the manufacturer is obliged to produce sample of the concerned
miscellaneous equipment and notify KM about readiness for inspection and acceptance through
witnessing factory acceptance test and routine test.
• For every subsequent dispatch lot, the supplier shall notify KM, at least twenty (20) days before
equipment readiness for dispatch. KM may decide to witness the FAT (please refer to clause
7.4 of this specification, above) or issue a FAT waiver and release dispatch clearance.
• Acceptance by KM Engineer(s) / Representative(s) of any Lot shall not relieve the supplier
from any of their responsibilities, guarantees, or from other obligations, to comply with product
requirements.
• Delivery note shall include following data as a minimum: equipment serial number(s), dates of
production and dates of delivery, wherein time difference between those two dates should not
be more than six months, routine reports reference number. Detailed packing list and one set of
test reports and QC report (refer items below) shall be attached to delivery note.
• Manufacturer shall prepare three sets (copies) of routine factory tests, inspection reports and
QC reports. One hardcopy shall be attached to the delivery package, in a robust water-proof
envelope. This envelope shall be able to withstand long term outdoor storage before utilization.
The second hardcopy shall be sent with the delivery note and the third copy shall be in softcopy
form and issued directly by manufacturer to KM.
• The QC report shall contain an itemised list of checks carried out by the manufacturer. The
delivery package shall be inspected at each delivery point and the findings compared against
the checks carried out by the manufacturer.
KM reserves the right to select a sample from any delivered batch which have been placed on order for
KM projects or projects by third party that will be integrated into KM network, to be independently
tested at a third-party facility. All the necessary inspection and testing shall be carried out at a third-
party laboratory. All test results shall be compared with the pre- or post-award test results submitted by
manufacturer. Any conflicting test results will be considered as non-compliance with the agreement
between KM and the supplier, which shall be referred to KM for contractual action as deemed
necessary.
7.7 Warranty
The supplier warrants that all the miscellaneous items are new, unused, and of the most recent or current
models, and that they incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials, unless provided
otherwise in the Contract.
The Supplier further warrants that the miscellaneous items shall be free from defects arising from any
act or omission of the Supplier or arising from design, materials, and workmanship, under normal use
in the conditions prevailing at the final destination.
Unless otherwise stated in the particular specification, the warranty shall remain valid for three (3) years
from the date of DAP delivery, or two (2) years from the date of commissioning, whichever period
concludes earlier.

The miscellaneous item that fails within this warranty period shall be replaced by the supplier at no cost
to KM. The replacement unit shall be supplied immediately with KM approved and successful design
which is identical to the supplied unit unless design improvements were made. The root cause of failure
shall be determined, and a report shall be submitted to KM detailing the defect and proposing design
improvements / corrective measure, as may be applicable. Where the fault analysis report is deemed
unsatisfactory, KM reserves the right to seek investigation by independent agencies on the defective
unit.
Additional warranty requirements (if any) for each item are specified in their relevant technical
specifications.
7.8 Storage and Handling
In general, miscellaneous components shall be capable of being stored without deterioration within the
temperature range -10°C to + 55°C and to meet the environmental conditions specified in Clause 2 of
this document.
Wherever nature of the equipment / material requires special storage conditions, has limited storage
period or require special precautions / regular inspections, this shall be clearly stated in the
manufacturer’s manual and on the package itself. Equipment / materials shall be stored and maintained
strictly in line with the manufacturer’s instructions.
SF6 shall be kept in refillable and clearly labelled container. Containers shall be handled carefully and
shall be stored in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area, away from flammable or explosive material. They
should be protected from direct sunlight, in secured positions, clear from the ground. Special valve
protection should be provided to avoid damage of the valve. Empty SF6 containers can still contain
amount of the gas and therefore it shall be stored in the same way as a filled container.
Oil shall be stored in original manufacturer’s barrels, protected from direct sunlight, in secured
positions, clear from the ground. Barrels shall be kept in horizontal position, maintaining pressure on
the barrel’s tap. Barrels shall be kept clean and without corrosion and regularly inspected.
Painting products shall be kept in original, unopened packing, in a cool and dry place, away from the
sunlight.
The manufacturer shall provide special packing suitable for a long-term storage of parts for maintenance
and spare parts.
Each heavy item that requires lifting aids shall be provided with adequate lifting facilities and externally
labels showing the correct method of lifting, maximum mass in kg and dimensions. Packages /
equipment shall be handled following manufacturer’s instructions. Lifting equipment and materials
shall be certified and regularly inspected. Lifting equipment shall be appropriately selected according
to packing, manufacturer’s lifting instructions for particular item, considering its weight and
dimensions, maximum required lifting height and distance. Only equipment with valid certificate and
sufficient capacity shall be used. Unpacked equipment shall be handled with due care; fibre slings may
be used to prevent damage of exposed insulators and paint.

8 Manufacturer’s Qualification
The manufacturer and local agent / supplier shall possess certification, issued by a body authorised to
do so, indicating that the manufacturing unit operates to a standard equivalent to, but not limited to, ISO
9001. Copies of the valid certificates shall be submitted with technical documentation as stated in
Section 9.1 as follows:
1. ISO 9001,
2. ISO 14001,
3. ISO 17025 (if applicable, however, KAHRAMAA has the full right to accept or reject the
laboratory at manufacturer’s factory premises with reference to manufacturer’s resources, the
specified tests and KAHRAMAA assessment),
4. ISO 18001 and / or updated/newly published equivalent standards.
9 Tender Information
9.1 Tender Submission Requirements
Bidder shall submit the required information/documents along with their technical offer as instructed
within Tender submission checklist for each miscellaneous item and component.
9.2 Statement of Compliance and Deviation Schedule
The bidder shall submit Statement of Compliance, form of which is provided herein in Appendix C.
Each of particular specification also includes corresponding Statement of Compliance. Forms shall be
signed by the authorized bidder’s representative and stamped by official bidder company stamp.
Any deviations or non-compliance shall be listed and described in a separate register (Appendix A -
Deviation Schedule). Any deviation / non-compliance without justification shall result in rejection of
the technical offer.
Deviation or non-compliance to any clause / requirement of the technical scope (tender specification,
addendum (if any), tender bulletin, pre-bid clarification etc.) shall be submitted in a separate register
for each item, with justification for deviation and supporting documents as appropriate. The Deviation
schedule shall be clearly filled as per the columns therein.
In case of no deviation it shall be clearly stated as "NO DEVIATION" in Deviation Schedule.
Offers without any Deviation Schedule attached to the Technical Offer shall mean that the Offer meets
the requirements of the technical scope on all the clauses.
Offers with Deviation Schedule listed out shall mean that the offer meets the requirements of the
technical scope on all other clauses not included in the Deviation Schedule.
Only deviations listed separately in the Deviation Schedule will be considered for Tender Evaluation.
Any deviation indicated elsewhere in the Proposal, such as clarifications, comments, notes, write-ups,
assumption, technical data schedule, compliance statement etc. will not be considered at all, i.e. will be
treated as invalid.

KM reserves the right to accept or reject any technical offer on the grounds of non-compliance, errors,
omission or discrepancies. No claims shall be entertained in this regard.
9.3 Outsourcing Restrictions
Outsourcing of any critical component shall be declared prior to pre-qualification or the release of the
tender shortlist. In the event of outsourcing any of components, the supplier is responsible for quality
of these components and is required to provide documented evidence demonstrating how quality has
been controlled. KM shall be granted access to manufacturing facilities of outsourced components if
KM requires so in order to verify quality parameters.
KM shall be informed if any changes are proposed by the supplier in the sourcing of main components
or accessories after pre-qualification or release of the tender short-list. Any change in the previously
out-sourcing list shall require KM review and approval. The supplier shall not proceed without KM
approval of any changes.
In case any outsource material or raw material source is intended to be changed, supplier shall notify
KM detailing the reasons for proposed change, submitting type tests reports for the part / component as
applicable in line with relevant specification, and supportive evidence that the newly proposed
manufacturer and the product meets KM requirements and are of the same or higher quality than the
originally proposed one. If supplier fails to justify proposed change or prove performance of the newly
proposed manufacturer / product in line with the above, KM may reject the proposal, ask for new type
tests or part thereof, ask the supplier to proceed with original proposal or submit other proposal to KM
satisfaction. Supplier shall be held responsible for any time delay that may be incurred as consequence
of initiated request for change in outsourcing and relevant provisions of the Contract shall apply. KM
will not pay any additional costs associated with the change in outsourcing initiated by the supplier.
10 Quality Assurance Checklists
Table 6 gives a list of Checklists to be followed for each miscellaneous item. Details of those checklists
are provided in each particular specification.
Table 6: Quality Assurance Checklists – to follow as detailed in particular specification for each item
No Reference Description
1. KM-EPM-D-XXX-LSW-CHECKLIST Local Supplier Warehouse Checklist

2. KM-EPM-D- XXX -F-INS-CHECKLIST Factory Inspection Checklist
3. KM-EPM-D- XXX -TSR-CHECKLIST Tender Submission Requirements Checklist
4. KM-EPM-D- XXX -FPS-CHECKLIST Factory Pre-shipment Checklist
5. KM-EPM-D- XXX -SAT-CHECKLIST Site Acceptance Checklist
6. KM-EPM-D- XXX -INSTL-CHECKLIST Installation Checklist

11 Appendices

On this schedule the bidder shall provide Technical Data Schedule as per each miscellaneous items and
component specification.
Issue: 0.0 31 May 2023 Internal Page A. 1 of 1

On this schedule the bidders are required to attach a separate deviation list in the form of table below.
Deviation Schedule shall be submitted separately for each miscellaneous Item with proper supporting
documents. Deviation or non-compliance to any clause / requirement of the technical scope (tender
specification, addendum (if any), tender bulletin, pre-bid clarification etc) shall be submitted on a
separate Deviation Schedule for each miscellaneous item, with the justification for the deviation. The
Deviation schedule shall be clearly filled as per the columns there-in.
In case of no deviation, it shall be clearly stated as "NO DEVIATION" in Deviation Schedule.
treated as invalid.
Miscellaneous item : (Insert name of Miscellaneous Item)
KM Specification : (Insert relevant KM specification KM-EPM-D-XXX-XXXX)
Sr. KM Tender KM Tender clause Description of Remarks

No. Clause No. Description Deviation
Issue: 0.0 31 May 2023 Internal Page B. 1 of 1

Hereby we confirm that we have read and understood KAHRAMAA document ref. no:
KM-EPM-D-XXX-XXXX
and all other KAHRAMAA documents referred therein in section 4.2 Applicable Codes and Standards
and section 11 Appendices, as well as addendums, tender bulletins, pre-bid clarifications and other
documents that may be released by KAHRAMAA, if any, and we comply with the stated KAHRAMAA
requirements (cross-out non-applicable) without any deviation / with deviations as stated in Appendix
A: Deviation Schedule.
Signature of authorized representative
Stamp
Date
Issue: 0.0 31 May 2023 Internal Page C. 1 of 1

KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKETS-SEALS
Specification for Gaskets and

Seals

Specification for Gaskets and Seals KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKETS-SEALS
Document Control

EP
Standards Gaskets and Seals
Issue Approval

Planning

Filed
Document Control
Issue Record
0.0 18 May 2023 First issue of the new specification
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0

Contents
1 Scope......................................................................................................................................... 5
2 References ................................................................................................................................. 5
2.1 Alternative Codes and Standards ........................................................................................ 6
3 Environmental Condition ........................................................................................................... 6
4 Gaskets ...................................................................................................................................... 6
4.1 Gaskets purchased by Kahramaa ........................................................................................ 6
4.2 Instruction for manufacturers of transformers and switchgear ............................................. 8
4.2.1 Gaskets for transformers ............................................................................................. 8
4.2.2 Gaskets for switchgear................................................................................................ 9
5 Nitrile rubber seals and O-rings.................................................................................................. 9
6 Training ..................................................................................................................................... 9
7 Documentation, Operational and Maintenance Manual ............................................................... 9
8 Inspection, Testing and Delivery .............................................................................................. 10
8.1 Inspection, Testing and Auditing ...................................................................................... 10
8.2 Type Test ......................................................................................................................... 10
8.3 Routine / Sample Tests ..................................................................................................... 10
8.4 Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT) ...................................................................................... 10
8.5 Identification, Packaging and Transport............................................................................ 10
8.6 Delivery ........................................................................................................................... 11
8.7 Warranty .......................................................................................................................... 11
8.8 Storage and Handling ....................................................................................................... 11
9 Manufacturers Qualification..................................................................................................... 11
10 Tender Information .................................................................................................................. 12
10.1 Tender Submission Requirements..................................................................................... 12
10.2 Statement of Compliance and Deviation Schedule ............................................................ 12
10.3 Outsourcing Restrictions .................................................................................................. 12
11 Appendices .............................................................................................................................. 13
Appendix A Data Schedule

Appendix D Quality Assurance Check Lists

Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
BS British Standard
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
ISO International Organization for Standardization
KM KAHRAMAA
HV High voltage
L Length
LV Low voltage
PC Piece
OLTC On load tap changer
PRD Pressure relief device
QC Quality Control
T Thickness
W Width

1 Scope
This Specification details the minimum properties for the manufacturing, inspection, testing, packing
and delivery of for synthetic rubber cork gaskets and seals (in further text gaskets) for use in
KAHRAMAA’s distribution transformers and switchgear.
Additionally, specification gives general and specific instructions for manufacturers of transformers
and switchgear for gasket raw materials for use in production (built-in) or for spare (renewal) part, if
applicable.
The contents of this specification include reference to environmental and service parameters that the
material shall be rated to. In addition, this specification states the requirements of warranty, statement
of compliance, ISO certification, instructions on information to be supplied with the tender, storage and
delivery.
2 References
Where the requirements of this specification deviate from Codes, Standards and specifications
referenced herein, this specification shall take precedence unless otherwise stated.
The Standards listed in Table 1 and Table 2 shall be applicable for gasket. Any updates of mentioned
standard and / or any new standards shall be applicable subject to agreement between Kahramaa and
Supplier / Manufacturer.
Generally applicable codes and standards listed in the clause 4.2 of specification KM-EPM-D-GEN-
GENERAL shall be applied in addition to standards listed in Table 1, below.
Table 1: References
Power transformers - Part 22-7: Power transformer and reactor fittings -

IEC 60076-22-7:2020
Accessories and fittings
BS 2F 66:1982 Rubber Bonded Cork Sheets
Fluid power systems - O-rings - Part 1: Inside diameters, cross-sections,

ISO 3601-1:2002
tolerances and size identification code
Rubber, vulcanized or thermoplastic. Determination of hardness. Indentation
ISO 48- 4:2018
hardness by durometer method (Shore hardness)
ISO 7322:2014 Composition cork. Test methods
ASTM F146-12:2019 Standard Test Methods for Fluid Resistance of Gasket Materials

KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL General Requirements


The Bidder may propose alternative codes and standards provided it is proven that it gives an equivalent
or better degree of quality as the referenced codes and standards. Acceptability of any alternative codes
or standard is at the discretion of KAHRAMAA. Proposal shall include standard reference (number,
title, edition, particular clause), item-wise comparison between required and proposed standard
reference, and technical justification for the proposed change.
3 Environmental Condition
The gasket covered by this specification shall comply to operation under the environmental conditions
as detailed in clause 2 of General Requirements document KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL.
4 Gaskets
Gaskets shall be from synthetic rubber bonded cork. The material shall be suitable for use in systems
involving contact with mineral oils, ester-based and other lubricating oils with maximum working
temperatures 150 °C as per BS 2F 66. The material shall have a high cork content in relation to synthetic
rubber to give minimum side flow (lateral spread) when compressed.
Composition and surface finishing of gasket shall be as per BS 2F 66.
A gasket material must be elastic enough to flow into imperfections on the sealing surfaces. It must
withstand high and low temperatures and remain resilient enough to hold the seal, even with joint
movement from expansion, contraction, and vibration. It must be resilient enough to avoid taking a
“set,” even when exposed for a long time to pressure applied with bolt torque and temperature changes.
The gasket must have sufficient strength to resist crushing under applied load and resist blowout under
system pressure or vacuum. It must maintain its integrity while being handled or installed. It must be
impervious and not contaminate the insulating fluid or gas above the fluid. Gasket material shall be
corona discharge resistant.
4.1 Gaskets purchased by Kahramaa

Kahramaa could purchase synthetic rubber bonded cork sheet jointing material from which gaskets can
be cut or stamped or synthetic rubber bonded cork in already prepared forms for specific application
(prefabricated form).
Gasket general requirements shall conform to the requirements detailed in Table 3 below:
Table 3: General gasket requirements
Item Description
KM Item type Individual items as listed in Table 4 and Table 5
Item Name Gasket Sheet, Rubberized - Cork
Composition Synthetic rubber bonded granules
Usage Sealing / Jointing purpose
Service life ≥ 30 years (Expected)

Unit of Measure Piece (PC)
Gaskets shall be specified as one of following item types, as follows in Table 4 and Table 5:
Table 4: Gasket sheet item description and size
Item No. Type/ Form Item description and dimensions (mm)
1 Sheet Gasket Sheet Rubberized Cork (TxWxL) (mm) 1.0x1250x1800
Table 5: Prefabricated gasket item description and size
Item No. Type/ Form Item description and dimensions (mm)
Transformers
1 Prefabricated For LV monoblock bushing

For transformer LV bushings 3.3kV, holding casting bracket
2 Prefabricated
thickness 6 mm
For transformer HV bushings, holding casting bracket thickness 6
4 Prefabricated
mm
5 Prefabricated For Cable box bottom gland plate
6 Prefabricated For HV & LV Cable box covers
Dry type-transformers
7 Prefabricated For viewing window of enclosure
Liquid immersed transformers
8 Prefabricated For tank top cover
9 Prefabricated For HV bushings ends, thickness 4 mm
10 Prefabricated For radiator flanges fixing, thickness 8 mm
11 Prefabricated For oil level indicator, thickness 6 mm
12 Prefabricated For pressure relief valve
Switchgear
13 Prefabricated

The finished gasket material shall comply with requirement shown in Table 6 and shall be tack free and
without visible signs of deterioration after immersed in liquids as defined in Appendix E of BS 2F 66:
Table 6: Gasket required properties
Properties Unit Value
Flexibility in any direction No signs of cracking
Thickness tolerance % ±7
Tensile strength kPa min. 1960
Compressibility % 25 ±5
Compression set % max. 35
Side flow % max. 10
Dimensional Change % max. 1.5
Flexibility (through 180° on mandrel) No. times 4
Resistance to liquids
Change in length and width % ±6
Change in thickness % +12, -5
Freedom of corrosion impurities
pH of water extract % 5.0 to 8.5
Chloride content as chloride ion % max. 0.1
Sulphate content as sulphate ion % max. 0.2
The above parameters are applicable to all gaskets and actual values shall be confirmed by the Tenderer
in the returnable Data Schedule.
4.2 Instruction for manufacturers of transformers and switchgear

A gasket must create a seal and hold it over a long period of time. Consideration of manufacturers shall
be given to the long-term satisfactory performance of gasket materials. Gasket should be easily removed
and replaced.
Gaskets shall not be compressed before use.
The manufacturer shall specify the gasket material in the Data Schedule.
4.2.1 Gaskets for transformers

Gaskets to use at all (dry and liquid) transformer flange connections, terminations (bushings and cable
boxes), instrument connections etc.
For dry-type transformers, gaskets for to use at viewing window of enclosure. Gaskets, where applicable
shall be of nitrile rubber-bonded cork and shall not be less than 5mm thick. [Note: Neoprene based cork
gaskets are not to be used]

For liquid immersed transformers, all gaskets shall be heat and oil resistant, and do not contain any
joints or openings. They shall be of one-piece construction only. Joints in the gaskets are not allowed.
The rubber bonded cork shall be of 5mm uncompressed thickness unless otherwise stated. Hemp
materials, or gaskets of neoprene and /or such material which can be easily damaged by over-pressing
are not acceptable.
For liquid immersed transformers all joint faces shall be arranged to prevent the ingress of water or
leakage of liquid with a minimum of gasket surface exposed to the action of liquid or air. For radiators
and corrugated tank design type, gasket to use at all bolted joints, at the top tank cover and external
fitting such as conservator, oil level indicator, Buchholtz relay, dehydrating breather, turrets, bushings,
explosion vent/ pressure relief devices (PRDs), OLTC, radiators etc. Junction Box for Control Wiring,
if applicable, shall be fitted with suitably rated gaskets. For pole mounted transformers a filling pipe
shall be fitted with oil resistance gasket.
4.2.2 Gaskets for switchgear

Suitable gasket material shall be used while connecting the flanges (of trunking kits) to the switchgear
enclosure bodies, to ensure degree of protection not less than IP54.
Due regard shall be paid to suitability of gasket materials used on any covers or doors that are subject
to disturbance during normal operations.
The Switchgear Manufacturer shall submit technical particulars of the gaskets used including shelf life,
storage conditions (when provided as spares) and details of the source. This shall be in addition to the
details in Appendix A - Data Schedule of this document.
5 Nitrile rubber seals and O-rings

O-rings for transformers shall generally comply IEC 60076-22-7 and ISO 3601-1. For liquid immersed
transformers, nitrile rubber seals or O-rings shall be heat and oil resistant, and do not contain any joints
or openings. Nitrile rubber seals or O-Rings (used for flange connections, bushings, instruments
connections, etc,) shall be laid in grooves or groove equivalent retainers on both sides of tank walls.
For pressure gauge, if applicable, suitable gaskets/seals/O-rings, shall be used at all joints of the fittings
to ensure no gas leaks.
6 Training
No specific additional training is required for gasket – unless otherwise instructed by KAHRAMAA.
7 Documentation, Operational and Maintenance Manual
Provisions of clause 6 from General Requirements KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL are applicable.

8 Inspection, Testing and Delivery

Provisions of clause 7.1 from General Requirements KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL are applicable.
No gasket can be dispatched for delivery until routine/sample test reports are approved by KM.
8.2 Type Test

Type test for gasket is not applicable
8.3 Routine / Sample Tests

Routine factory tests shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements in the latest version of BS
2F 66 to which gasket is offered. The manufacturer’s seal shall be taken as an indication that each gasket
has been tested and conformed to this specification and respective BS standard.
Manufacturer shall submit routine test schedule and a programme of testing which shall be approved
by KAHRAMAA prior to testing taking place.
Routine factory testing of the gaskets shall include but not limited to the following tests:
• Surface finish and thickness verification by inspection and measurement performed on each
sheet / form;
• One sample selected at random from each batch, shall be tested for compliance with all the
required properties as per Table 6:
• Physical inspection of the packing, shipping marks etc. shall be verified on 100% packages.
If required, samples of the material shall be taken from any portion of consignment. If on examination
any sample be found not comply with the requirements of this specification, the whole of the relevant
batch in that consignment shall be rejected.
8.4 Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT)

Factory acceptance tests for gaskets is not applicable.
8.5 Identification, Packaging and Transport

As a minimum, the following markings shall be provided on each gasket package:
• The manufacturer's or responsible vendor's name or trademark or identification mark

• Specific brand name of the gasket as designated by the manufacturer
• Country of origin
• British standard number, i.e. BS 2F 66
• Contract number/scheme
• Material description

• Quantity of items in each package

• Traceable batch number.
Each piece of gasket in the kit shall be clearly marked with:
• function
• the manufacturer's or responsible vendor's name or trade mark or identification mark,
• country of origin
• date of manufacture
• a product identification mark, which may be, for example, a catalogue number, a symbol
or the like, in such a way that it can be identified in the manufacturer’s or responsible
vendor’s literature.
The marking shall be durable and clearly legible and has to be checked by inspection and testing.
8.6 Delivery
8.7 Warranty
Warranty of robber cork gasket sheets shall be 1 year from date of delivery.
The manufacturer shall warranty the gaskets against all defects arising out of faulty design,
workmanship or defective material for a minimum period of 10 years from the date of commissioning
or the date of delivery whichever comes earlier.

In addition:
The material shall be packaged in sound, clean and dry containers which, after packing, shall hold an
agreed quantity and shall be securely closed.
The gaskets shall be capable of being stored without deterioration within the temperature range - 10°C
to + 50°C and to meet the environmental conditions specified in KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL.
9 Manufacturers Qualification
Manufacturer’s Qualification shall be in all means as per clause 8 of General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL.

10 Tender Information
Bidder shall submit following information/documents along with their technical offer as instructed
within KM-EPM-D-MTRL-GASKETS-SEALS-TSR-CHECKLIST.

The Bidder shall submit Statement of Compliance in line with clause 9.2 of General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL and Appendix C of this specification.
The Bidder shall submit Deviation Schedule in line with clause 9.2 of General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-GEN-GENERAL and 11Appendix B of this specification.

Outsourcing Restrictions shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 9.3 of General
Requirements KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL.

11 Appendices

Gaskets and Seals

KM
Item Description Unit Offered
Requirement
1.0 General
1.1 Manufacturer Name
1.2 Place and country of manufacture
1.3 Applicable standards BS 2F 66

1.4 KM Item type
i) Sheet, Table 4
ii) Prefabricated, Table 5

Synthetic rubber
1.5 Composition
bonded granules
Sealing /
1.6 Usage
Jointing purpose
≥ 30 years
1.7 Service life years
(Expected)
1.8 Unit of Measure Piece
o
1.9 Maximum operating temperature C 150
2.0 Parameters
No signs of
2.1 Flexibility in any direction
cracking
2.2 Thickness tolerance % ±7
2.3 Tensile strength kPa min. 1960
2.4 Compressibility % 25 ±5
2.5 Compression set % max. 35
2.6 Side flow max. 10

2.7 Dimensional Change % max. 1.5
No.
2.8 Flexibility (through 180° on mandrel) 4
times
2.9 Resistance to liquids
i) Change in length and width % ±6
ii) Change in thickness % +12, -5
2.10 Freedom of corrosion impurities
i) pH of water extract % 5.0 to 8.5

Gaskets and Seals

KM
Item Description Unit Offered
Requirement
ii) Chloride content as chloride
% max. 0.1
ion
iii) Sulphate content as sulphate
% max. 0.2
ion
2.11 Compressibility (at 400psi), ISO 7322 %
2.12 Recovery, ISO 7322 %
2.13 Hardness Rating (Shore A) ISO 48- 4
2.14 Thickness increase after Immersion in: ASTM F146-12
i) ASTM Oil 1
ii) ASTM Oil 2
iii) Fuel A
………………………………………… ……..……………
Signature of the Manufacturer Date
I/We certify that the above data are true and correct
………………………………………………………..……………
Signature of the Manufacturer and seal Date

Deviation Schedule shall be in all means as per requirements in Appendix B of General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL.
Document reference KM-EPM-D-XXX-XXXX: Characters “XXX-XXXX” shall be replaced with

“GEN-MTRL-GASKETS-SEALS”, denoting this specification for Specification for Gaskets and Seals
and Seals.

Statement of Compliance shall be in all means as per requirements in Appendix C of General


“GEN-MTRL-GASKETS-SEALS”, denoting this specification for Specification for Gaskets and Seals
and Seals.
Issue: 0.0 18 May 2023 Internal Page C. 1 of 1

Appendix D Quality Assurance Check Lists

Below table gives a list of Checklists to be followed for the subject material under this specification.
Details of these Checklists are provided in Quality Assurance Manual document KM-EPM-D-QA-
MANUAL.
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKETS-
1 Gasket and Seals – Factory Inspection Check list
SEALS-F-INS-CHECKLIST
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKETS-
2 Gasket and Seals – Factory Pre-Shipment Checklist
SEALS-FPS-CHECKLIST
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKETS- Gasket and Seals – Local Manufacturer Warehouse
3
LSW-CHECKLIST Checklist
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKETS- Gasket and Seals – Tender Submission
4
SEALS-TSR-CHECKLIST Requirements Checklist
Issue: 0.0 18 May 2023 Internal Page D. 1 of 1

FACTORY INSPECTION CHECKLIST
1. Details
Manufacturer’s Name : Name
Factory Location : Address Line 1

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Manufacturer’s : Name
Representative
Position
(Name and Position)
Telephone
Email
Product Type : Gaskets and Seals
Inspection Type: ☐ Pre-Qualification ☐ Re-Assessment
Inspection
: Name(s)
Engineer/Team
Inspector Position : Position and company
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Remarks
Provide a summary of the outcome of the inspection and any remarks about the inspection
Issue: 0.0 30 Mar 2023 Draft Page D.1 1 of 8

Remarks
2. General
2.1 The Manufacturer has extensive experience of design, Yes No N/A

manufacture and testing of the supplied product.
☐ ☐ ☐
2.2 The Manufacturer has a Quality Management System Yes No N/A

which has been certified by an accredited body.
☐ ☐ ☐
2.3 The scope of Quality Management System covers the Yes No N/A
equipment being purchased.
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
Please provide details of the Quality Management System:
Standard: ISO 9001:2008
Name of accredited body: DNV
Certificate number: 12345
Issue date: dd/mm/yyyy
Expiry date: dd/mm/yyyy
2.4 The Manufacturer has an organisation chart detailing the Yes No N/A
different areas of the company along with roles,
responsibilities and required competencies. ☐ ☐ ☐
2.5 The factory has adequate resources for both material and Yes No N/A
personnel.
☐ ☐ ☐
2.6 Dates set for equipment delivery are being met. Yes No N/A
☐ ☐ ☐
2.7 The Manufacturer has an internal audit plan. Yes No N/A
☐ ☐ ☐
2.8 The Manufacturer promotes a green environment e.g. Yes No N/A

recycling waste, measures in place to save electricity, gas
and water. ☐ ☐ ☐
Please provide details of the Environmental Management System:

Remarks
Name of accredited
body:
3. Health & Safety
3.1 The Manufacturer promotes a safe working environment. Yes No N/A
☐ ☐ ☐
3.2 The Manufacturer has adequate welfare facilities for Yes No N/A
personnel.
☐ ☐ ☐
3.3 During inspection have any near misses occurred? Yes No N/A
☐ ☐ ☐
3.4 During inspection are there any risks adequately Yes No N/A
controlled?
☐ ☐ ☐
3.5 In the factory personnel wear the correct level of PPE for Yes No N/A
the task being performed.
☐ ☐ ☐
4. Engineering and Technical Capability
4.1 The supplier has over 10 years’ experience in the Yes No N/A
production of this product.
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

4.3 The Manufacturer has a Design Handbook. Yes No N/A
☐ ☐ ☐
4.4 The Manufacturer employs up to date Computer Aided Yes No N/A

Design (CAD) to design/calculate main/critical parts for
products. ☐ ☐ ☐
5. Process Control
5.1 The Manufacturer has a document management system for Yes No N/A
controlling policies, procedures, standards and
specifications. ☐ ☐ ☐
5.2 The Manufacturer’s processes are readily available for Yes No N/A
inspection and implementation by personnel.
☐ ☐ ☐
5.3 The Manufacturer’s processes are regularly reviewed, and Yes No N/A
the latest copies are in use.
☐ ☐ ☐
5.4 The process documentation covers the complete life cycle Yes No N/A
of the product including lessons learnt (contract,
engineering, procurement, manufacture of material, testing, ☐ ☐ ☐
packing, shipping etc.).
5.5 There is a procedure to cover product which is non- Yes No N/A

conformant with the specification.
☐ ☐ ☐
5.6 There is a procedure to cover the use and management of Yes No N/A
sub-suppliers and/or sub-contractors.
☐ ☐ ☐
5.7 List materials/ services that are subcontracted:

6. Production & Quality Control Capability
6.1 The factory layout allows for a good production flow. Yes No N/A
☐ ☐ ☐
6.2 The factory is in generally good condition and there is Yes No N/A
evidence of regular maintenance.
☐ ☐ ☐
6.3 The factory is kept in order and maintained to a high Yes No N/A
standard with evidence of regular maintenance.
☐ ☐ ☐
6.4 The machines used in critical processes are in good Yes No N/A
condition and there is evidence of regular maintenance.
☐ ☐ ☐
6.5 The tools used by personnel are adequate/of good Yes No N/A
condition/calibrated as necessary and stored appropriately.
☐ ☐ ☐
6.6 The equipment used for handling and moving product is Yes No N/A
used as directed and according to factory approved method.
The equipment used is of good condition and has evidence
☐ ☐ ☐
of maintenance.
6.7 The manufacturer has a procedure for the storage of Yes No N/A
components and materials. This procedure is fit for purpose
and is followed by personnel. ☐ ☐ ☐
6.8 The storage area is organised and tidy. Yes No N/A
☐ ☐ ☐
6.9 The procedures for managing incoming material/equipment Yes No N/A

is being followed correctly. The materials/equipment is
tested before being used. ☐ ☐ ☐
Non-conforming material/product is clearly labelled and Yes No N/A

6.10 segregated. There is a process to follow up on non-
confirming material/product. ☐ ☐ ☐
6.11 Materials and products in production are clearly labelled, Yes No N/A
indicating which project they are being manufactured for.
☐ ☐ ☐
6.12 Inspection/Quality Control checks are carried out at each Yes No N/A
stage of production with evidence of checks and tests being
carried out and recorded appropriately. ☐ ☐ ☐

6.13 During manufacturing the product is suitably stored when Yes No N/A
waiting for next stage to begin.
☐ ☐ ☐
6.14 The level of workmanship throughout production is Yes No N/A

satisfactory.
☐ ☐ ☐
7. Testing & Calibration of Equipment
7.1 The facility used for final test is in good condition with Yes No N/A
evidence of maintenance.
☐ ☐ ☐
7.2 The test facilities are capable of carrying out Type Testing. Yes No N/A
☐ ☐ ☐
7.3 If no, which tests cannot be performed?
7.4 Is the first time failure rate <5%? Yes No N/A
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
7.6 The measurement equipment used in final test employs Yes No N/A
digital techniques and is it suitably calibrated for operation.
☐ ☐ ☐
7.7 The test equipment used in final test is capable of testing

the product and is in good condition with evidence of
regular maintenance. Yes No N/A
☐ ☐ ☐

7.8 The Test Records produced during Final Test are found to Yes No N/A
be satisfactory.
☐ ☐ ☐
7.9 There is a process for calibration of test and/or measuring Yes No N/A
equipment. The process is being followed and can be traced
through the use of labels or a similar system. ☐ ☐ ☐
7.10 There is a register of testing/measuring equipment and the Yes No N/A

associated calibration date. The register is up to date and
accurate. ☐ ☐ ☐
7.11 The calibration tests performed are to a Yes No N/A

national/international standard.
☐ ☐ ☐
8. Packing
8.1 The manufacturer has a procedure and documentation to Yes No N/A

specify packing requirements.
☐ ☐ ☐
8.2 The above method is sufficient to prevent damage during Yes No N/A
transport.
☐ ☐ ☐
8.3 The packing area and facilities are suitable to meet packing Yes No N/A
requirements.
☐ ☐ ☐
9. Summary
9.1 The Inspection Engineer shall summarise the findings of the Factory Inspection below.
The findings shall reference the applicable sections of this checklist. Any corrective
actions and observations shall be discussed with the manufacturer.
Text to be entered here
9.2 Recommendation

9. Summary
Satisfactory Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Unsatisfactory

No comments Minor comments Major comments Not acceptable
☐ ☐ ☐ ☐
9.3 Attachments Yes No
☐ ☐
Inspection Engineer’s signature:

FACTORY PRE-SHIPMENT CHECKLIST
General
Contract Number : xxxxxx

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Supplied Material : Gaskets and Seals
KM Specification : KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKET-SEALS
Representative
Position
(Name and Position)
Telephone
Email
Inspector Name : Name
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Basic Information
KM gasket Item No :
Package serial number :
Issue: 0.0 30 Mar 2023 Internal Page D.2. 1 of 3

Routine / Sample Tests Completed
Surface finish and thickness verification by inspection and measurement

: ☐
performed on each sheet / form.
One sample selected at random from each batch tested for compliance with all
: ☐
the required properties as per Table 5 of specification.
Physical inspection of the packing, shipping marks etc. verified on 100%

: ☐
packages.
Routine Test Report Reference Number
Letter confirming gasket to be shipped is in full

Manufacturer Compliance Undertaking Letter
compliance with KM specification and routine/
(copy to be attached)
sample tests in the relevant BS 2F 66 standard.
Shipping Documents Completed
Copy of routine test reports attached. : ☐
Routine test reports includes all required tests for each lot. : ☐
Copy of delivery note with package serial number and month and year of
: ☐
manufacture attached.
Shipping Marks applied to dispatch package. : ☐
Markings on package checked against specification Clause 7.5 requirements. : ☐

Remarks
Provide a summary of the outcome of the tests and shipping documents and any remarks about the
tests and shipping documents.
Client Consultant Supplier
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

LOCAL SUPPLIER WAREHOUSE CHECKLIST
General
Local Manufacturer’s/Supplier’s :
Name
Name
Warehouse Location : Address Line 1

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Supplied Equipment : Gaskets and Seals
Inspection Engineer’s Name : Name
Inspection Engineer’s Position : Position and company
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Basic Information
KM gasket Item No :
Package serial number :
Issue: 0.0 30 Mar 2023 Internal Page D.3 1 of 2

Inspection Completed
Yes No N/A
1) Physical Inspection (100% of consignment)
Packing intact and not damaged : ☐ ☐ ☐
Product intact and not damaged : ☐ ☐ ☐
Packing material suitable for re-packaging post inspection in KM

: ☐ ☐ ☐
warehouse
Copy of Routine / Sample Tests reports attached to material

: ☐ ☐ ☐
package
Copy of delivery note attached to package : ☐ ☐ ☐
Local Supplier Compliance Letter Reference

No. (copy shall be attached)
Remarks
Provide details of the condition of the packaging and material.

Provide details of damage.
Provide photos of damage. Record each photo noting material and specific consignment number
being photographed.
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:
Issue: 0.0 30 Mar 2023 Internal Page D.3 2 of 2

TENDER SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS CHECKLIST
General
Manufacturer’ Name : Name
Supplied Material : Gaskets and Seals
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
At least two sets of documents with all details shall be submitted Yes No N/A
Table of content. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Schedule of deviation. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Statement of Compliance. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Full technical literature for the product offered, including drawing
showing the product design and dimensions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Copies of valid certificates:
ISO 9001, : ☐ ☐ ☐
ISO 14001, : ☐ ☐ ☐
ISO 17025 if applicable, however, KAHRAMAA has the full right
to accept or reject the laboratory at manufacturer’s factory premises
with reference to manufacturer’s resources, the specified tests and : ☐ ☐ ☐
KAHRAMAA assessment,
ISO 18001 and/or updated/newly published equivalent standards. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Technical data schedules. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Original product catalogue and pamphlets of gasket. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Routine factory test report as per BS 2F 66 covering proposed
gasket. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Checklist for proposed gasket to be supplied. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Documents to prove manufacturer’s experience. Supply record for
GCC and other countries.
The manufacturer shall have minimum of 10 years’ experience in
: ☐ ☐ ☐
manufacturing this product. Manufacturer shall furnish a list of
purchasers with year and quantity of the product offered with the
offer to prove his manufacturing experience.
List of all Sample Tests including respective test plans. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Quality plan for the manufacturing process of the product. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Guidelines for handling and storage (disposal) of gasket. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Installation instructions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Maintenance instructions (including frequency, procedure and
materials required). : ☐ ☐ ☐
Sourcing/outsourcing detail of major, raw materials and all

accessories (Name of manufacturer, country of origin, clearly
mentioning specific type/model wherever applicable) in a tabular : ☐ ☐ ☐
form with relevant and specific product catalogue.
Solid proof that no corrosion effect to any part of the drum. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Statement that gasket complies to KM gasket specification. : ☐ ☐ ☐

If applicable, spare parts data which shall include the following
information: Manufacturer name of spare part, Manufacturer
number of spare part, order number of spare part (if any), : ☐ ☐ ☐
description of spare part, reference number in drawing including
unit prices.
Remarks
Provide a summary of any documents not submitted along with a justification.

Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-
LIQUID
Specification for Insulating Liquid
Issue: 0.0 14 Nov 2022 Internal Page 1 of 18

Specification for Insulating Liquid KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-
LIQUID
Document Control

EP
Standards Insulating Liquid
Issue Approval

Planning

Filed
Document Control
Issue Record
0.0 14 Nov 2022 First issue of the new specification
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0

LIQUID
Contents
1. Scope......................................................................................................................................... 6
2. References ................................................................................................................................. 6
2.1. Alternative Codes and Standards ........................................................................................ 8
3. Environmental Conditions ......................................................................................................... 9
4. Insulating Liquid ....................................................................................................................... 9
4.1. General .............................................................................................................................. 9
4.2. Mineral Insulating Oil ........................................................................................................ 9
Material and Quality .................................................................................................................. 9
Properties .................................................................................................................................. 9
4.3. Natural Ester Insulating Liquid ......................................................................................... 11
Properties ................................................................................................................................ 11
4.4. Synthetic Organic Ester Insulating Liquid ........................................................................ 12
Material and Quality ................................................................................................................ 12
Properties ................................................................................................................................ 12
4.5. Health, Safety and Environment ....................................................................................... 13
4.6. Other Requirements ......................................................................................................... 13
5. Training ................................................................................................................................... 14
6. Documentation, Operational and Maintenance Manual ............................................................. 14
7. Inspection, Testing and Delivery .............................................................................................. 14
7.1. Inspection, Testing and Auditing ...................................................................................... 14
7.2. Type Tests and Factory Acceptance Tests......................................................................... 14
7.3. Sample Tests .................................................................................................................... 15
7.4. Identification, Packaging and Transport............................................................................ 15
7.5. Delivery ........................................................................................................................... 16
7.6. Warranty .......................................................................................................................... 16
7.7. Storage and Handling ....................................................................................................... 16
8. Manufacturer’s Qualification ................................................................................................... 17
9. Tender Information .................................................................................................................. 17
9.1. Tender Submission Requirements..................................................................................... 17
9.2. Statement of Compliance and Deviation Schedule ............................................................ 17
9.3. Outsourcing Restrictions .................................................................................................. 17
10. Appendices .............................................................................................................................. 18
Data Schedule

LIQUID
Deviation Schedule
Statement of Compliance
Quality Assurance Checklists

LIQUID
Abbreviations
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (standard)
BS British Standard
DBDS Dibenzyl Disulphide
d.c. Direct current
DDF Dielectric dissipation factor
DIN German Institute for Standardization
EN European Union (standard)
HSE Health, safety and environment
IP Energy Institute Publications
KM KAHRAMAA
MSDS Material Safety Data Schedules
OECD Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development
PCA Poly Cyclic Aromatic
PCB Polychlorinated biphenyl
QC Quality Control
RH Relative humidity
TVBU Uninhibited unused oil for transformers

LIQUID
1. Scope
This Specification details the minimum properties, including Health, safety and environment (HSE)
requirements for the manufacturing, inspection, testing, packing and delivery of unused insulating
liquid (mineral oil, natural and synthetic organic ester insulating liquid) for use in KAHRAMAA
electrical distribution transformers insulating liquid filled.
The contents of this specification include reference to environmental parameters that the material shall
be rated to. In addition, this specification states the requirements of warranty, statement of compliance,
ISO certification, instructions on information to be supplied with the tender, storage and delivery.
2. References
The Standards listed in Table 1 and Table 2 shall be applicable for insulating liquid. Any updates of
mentioned standard and / or any new standards shall be applicable subject to agreement between
Kahramaa and Supplier / Manufacturer.
Generally applicable codes and standards listed in the clause 4.2 of specification KM-EPM-D-GEN-
GENERAL shall be applied in addition to standards listed in Table 1, below.
Table 1: References
IEC TR Power transformers – Functional requirements of insulating liquids for use in

60076‑26:2020 power transformers
Insulating liquids – Determination of the breakdown voltage at power frequency.
IEC 60156:2018
Test method.
IEC TR Mineral insulating oils - Characterization of paraffinic/naphthenic nature - Low
61946:2007 temperature differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) test method
Insulating liquids – Measurement of relative permittivity, dielectric dissipation
IEC 60247:2004
factor (tan δ) and d.c. resistivity
Fluids for electrotechnical applications - Mineral insulating oils for electrical
IEC 60296:2020
equipment
Mineral insulating oils in electrical equipment - Supervision and maintenance
IEC 60422:2013
guidance
IEC 60475:2022 Method of sampling liquid dielectrics
Oil-filled electrical equipment – Sampling of gases and analysis of free and

IEC 60567:2011
dissolved gases – Guidance
Determination of the aromatic hydrocarbon content of new mineral insulating
IEC 60590:1977
oils
IEC 60628:1985 Gassing of insulating liquids under electrical stress and ionization

LIQUID
IEC 60666:2010 Detection and determination of specified additives in mineral insulating oils
Insulating liquids – Oil-impregnated paper and pressboard - Determination of

IEC 60814:1997
water by automatic coulometric Karl Fischer titration
Insulating liquids – Specifications for unused liquids based on synthetic
IEC 60867:2022
aromatic hydrocarbons
IEC 60970:2007 Insulating liquids – Methods for counting and sizing particles
Insulating liquids – Specifications for unused synthetic organic esters for

IEC 61099:2010
electrical purposes
Insulating liquids – Test methods for oxidation stability – Test method for
IEC 61125:2018
evaluating the oxidation stability of insulating liquids in the delivered state
Mineral insulating oils – Methods for the determination of 2-furfural and related
IEC 61198:1993
compounds
Synthetic organic esters for electrical purposes – Guide for maintenance
IEC 61203:1992
of transformer esters in equipment
Insulating liquids – Contamination by polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) –
IEC 61619:1997
Method of determination by capillary column gas chromatography
Insulating liquids – Determination of the dielectric dissipation factor by
IEC 61620:1998
measurement of the conductance and capacitance – Test method
Mineral insulating oils – Determination of kinematic viscosity at very low
IEC 61868:1998
temperatures
Insulating liquids –Test method for detection of potentially corrosive sulphur in
IEC 62535:2008
used and unused insulating oil
Insulating liquids – Determination of acidity – Part 1: Automatic potentiometric
IEC 62021-1:2003
titration
IEC 62021-2:2007 Insulating liquids - Determination of acidity – Part 2: Colourimetric titration
Insulating liquids – Test method for detection of potentially corrosive sulphur in

IEC 62535:2008
used and unused insulating oils
Test methods for quantitative determination of corrosive sulfur compounds in
IEC 62697-1:2012
unused and used insulating liquids - Part 1: Test method for quantitative
determination of dibenzyl disulfide (DBDS)
Fluids for electrotechnical applications - Unused natural esters for transformers
IEC 62770:2013
and similar electrical equipment
Insulating liquids – Test methods for the determination of interfacial tension of
IEC 62961:2018
insulating liquids - Determination with the ring method
Surface active agents – Determination of interfacial tension of solutions of
EN 14210:2003
surface active agents by the stirrup or ring method
Petroleum products – Determination of content of Benzo(a)pyrene (BaP) and
EN 16143:2013 selected polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) in extender oils – Procedure
using double LC cleaning and GC/MS analysis
Methods of test for petroleum and its products. Petroleum products.
ISO 2049:1996
Determination of colour (ASTM scale)
Liquid chemical products – Measurement of colour in Hazen units (platinum-
ISO 2211:1973
cobalt scale)

LIQUID
Petroleum and related products – Determination of flash and fire points -

ISO 2592:2017
Cleveland open cup method
ISO 2719:2016 Determination of flash point – Pensky-Martens closed cup method
ISO 2719:2016 Determination of flash point – Pensky-Martens closed cup method –

/Amd 1:2021 Amendment 1: Thermometers correction
Petroleum and related products from natural or synthetic sources –
ISO 3016:2019
Determination of pour point
Petroleum products – Transparent and opaque liquids – Determination of
ISO 3104:2020
kinematic viscosity and calculation of dynamic viscosity
Crude petroleum and liquid petroleum products – Laboratory determination of
ISO 3675:1998
density – Hydrometer method
Methods of test for petroleum and its products. Crude petroleum and petroleum
ISO 12185:1996
products. Determination of density. Oscillating U-tube method.
Petroleum products – Determination of sulphur content – Wavelength-dispersive
ISO 14596:2007
X-ray fluorescence spectrometry
ASTM Standard Test Method for Dynamic Viscosity and Density of Liquids by
D7042:2021 Stabinger Viscometer (and the Calculation of Kinematic Viscosity)
ASTM Standard Test Method for Interfacial Tension of Oil Against Water by the Ring
D971:2020 Method
DIN 51353:2021 Testing Of Insulating Oils; Detection Of Corrosive Sulfur; Silber Strip Test
Determination of polycyclic aromatics in unused lubricating base oils and
IP 346:2004 asphaltene free petroleum fractions - Dimethyl sulphoxide extraction refractive
index method
OECD 301:1992 OECD guidelines for the testing of chemicals - Ready Biodegradability

2.1. Alternative Codes and Standards
The Bidder may propose alternative codes and standards provided it is proven that it gives an equivalent
or better degree of quality as the referenced codes and standards. Acceptability of any alternative codes
or standard is at the discretion of KAHRAMAA. Proposal shall include standard reference (number,
title, edition, particular clause), item-wise comparison between required and proposed standard
reference, and technical justification for the proposed change.

LIQUID
3. Environmental Conditions
The insulating liquids covered by this specification shall comply to operation under the environmental
conditions as detailed in clause 2 of General Requirements document KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL.
4. Insulating Liquid
4.1. General
Insulating liquid must maintain its characteristics over a wide range of operating temperature in Qatar.
Functional requirements of insulating liquids shall comply IEC TR 60076‑26:2020.
Insulating liquid should be designed to offer excellent heat transfer and dielectric properties, even at the
lowest start-up operating temperatures. In addition, excellent resistance to the effects of ageing, sludge
formation and deposit build-up.
The insulating liquid shall have the ability to withstand high temperatures without degradation,
including properties to ensure longevity of transformers and switchgear during operation and to reduce
downtime and costs due to maintenance.
The manufacturer shall specify the insulating liquid material in the Data Schedule.
4.2. Mineral Insulating Oil

Mineral insulating oil (mineral oil) material, quality, properties, marking and safety shall generally
comply with the requirements of the standards IEC 60296 and also meet the requirements as specified
herewith.
Material and Quality

The mineral oil shall be highly refined Naphthenic, an uninhibited unused oil for transformers (TVBU),
suitable for use as an insulating and cooling medium. The oil shall be free from corrosive Sulphur, PCB,
DBDS (Dibenzyl Disulphide), Antioxidant, passivator, metal deactivator and other additives.
Properties
Mineral oil required properties are detailed in Table 3 below (as per Table 4, Type B of IEC 60296):
Table 3: Mineral insulating oil required properties, test method and limits
Property Test method Limits for Transformer oil
1 – Function
ISO 3104 or
Viscosity at 40 oC Max. 12 mm2/s
ASTM D7042
ISO 3104 or
Viscosity at -30 oC Max. 1 800 mm2/s
ASTM D7042
Pour point ISO 3016 Max. -40 oC
Water content IEC 60814 Max. 30 mg/kg
Breakdown voltage lEC 60156 Min. 70 kV

LIQUID
Property Test method Limits for Transformer oil

ISO 12185 or ISO 3675
Density at 20 oC Max. 895 kg/m3
or ASTM D7042
DDF at 90 oC IEC 60247 or IEC 61620 Max. 0.005
2 - Refining/stability
Colour ISO 2049 Max. 1.5
Clear, free from sediment and suspended

Appearance -
matter
Acidity IEC 62021-2 or 62021-1 Max. 0.01 mg KOH/g

IEC 62961 or
Interfacial tension Min. 40 mN/m
ASTM D971
Corrosive sulphur DIN 51353 Not corrosive
Potentially corrosive
IEC 62535 Not corrosive
sulphur
DBDS IEC 62697-1 Not detectable (< 5 mg/kg)
Inhibitors of IEC 60666 IEC 60666 Not detectable (< 0.01 %)

Metal passivator
IEC 60666 Not detectable (< 5 mg/kg)
additives of IEC 60666
The supplier shall declare the function and
chemical family of all additives, and the
Other additives
concentrations in the case of antioxidants
and passivators
2-furfural and related Not detectable (< 0.05 mg/kg) for each
IEC 61198
compounds content individual compound
3 - Performance
For oils with other antioxidant additives

IEC 61125
Oxidation stability and metal passivator additives, see 6.12.2
Test duration 164 h
of IEC 60296
- Total acidity 4.8.4 of IEC 61125:2018 Max. 1.2 mg KOH/g
- Sludge 4.8.1 of IEC 61125:2018 Max. 0.8 %
- DDF at 90 oC 4.8.5 of IEC 61125:2018 Max. 0.500
4 - Health, safety and environment (HSE)

Flash point ISO 2719 Min. 135 oC
PCA content IP 346 <3%
PCB content IEC 61619 Not detectable (< 2 mg/kg)

LIQUID
Actual values of mineral oil properties shall be confirmed by the Tenderer in the returnable Data
Schedule.
4.3. Natural Ester Insulating Liquid

Natural ester insulating liquid (natural ester) material, quality, properties, marking and safety shall
generally comply with the requirements of the standards IEC 62770 and also meet the requirements as
specified herewith.
Term natural ester applies to insulating fluids with suitable biodegradability and environmental
compatibility.
Properties
Natural ester required properties are detailed in Table 4 below (as per Table 1 of IEC 62770):
Table 4: Natural ester required properties, test method and limits
Property Test method Value
Physical
Clear, free from sediment and
Appearance
suspended matter
Viscosity at 100 °C ISO 3104 Max. 15 mm2/s
Viscosity at 40 °C ISO 3104 Max. 50 mm2/s
Pour point ISO 3016 Max. -10 °C
Water content IEC 60814 Max. 200 mg/kg

ISO 3675 or ISO
Density at 20 °C Max. 1 000 kg/m3
12185
Electrical
IEC 60156
Breakdown voltage Min. 35 kV at delivery
(2.5 mm gap)
Dissipation factor (tan δ) 90 °C IEC 60247 Max. 0.05
Chemical
Soluble acidity IEC 62021-3 Max. 0.06 mg KOH/goil

IEC 62535 or
Corrosive sulfur Non corrosive
ASTM D1275B
DBDS IEC 62697-1 Below detection limit
IEC 60666 or other
Total additives Max. weight fraction 5 %
suitable methods
Performance - Salient properties after oxidation stability test in accordance with Method C of IEC
61125:1992
1.9.4 of
Total acidity Max. 0.6 mg KOH/goil
IEC 61125:1992
Max. 30 % increase over the
Viscosity at 40 °C ISO 3104
initial value

LIQUID
Property Test method Value
DDF (tan δ) at 90 °C IEC 60247 Max. 0.5
Health, safety and environment (HSE)
Fire point ISO 2592 Min. 300 °C
Flash point ISO 2719 Min. 250 °C

US EPA OECD 301 B,
C or F
Biodegradation Readily biodegradable
US EPA OPPTS
835.311
Actual values of natural ester properties shall be confirmed by the Tenderer in the returnable Data
Schedule.
4.4. Synthetic Organic Ester Insulating Liquid

Synthetic organic ester insulating liquid material, quality, properties, marking and safety shall generally
comply with the requirements of the standards IEC 61099 and also meet the requirements as specified
herewith.
Material and Quality

Synthetic organic ester shall be of Transformer ester - Type T1 as per Clause 9 of IEC 61099, prepared
from a polyhydric alcohol (polyol) and a mixture of monocarboxylic acids with suitable stabilizing
additives as required to meet the properties specified below.
Properties
Synthetic organic ester required properties are detailed in Table 5 below (as per Specification Sheet 1,
Clause 9, Transformer ester- Type T1 of IEC 61099):
Table 5: Synthetic organic ester required properties, test method and limits
Property Test method Permissible values
Physical
Colour ISO 2211 Max. 200 Hazen

ISO 3675 or
Density at 20 °C Max. 1000 kg/m3
ISO 12185
Clear, free from water and
Appearance Visual
suspended matter and sediment
at 40 °C Max. 1000 mm2/s
Kinematic viscosity ISO 3104
at -20 °C Max. 3000 mm2/s
Flash point ISO 2719 Min. 250 oC
Fire point ISO 2592 Min. 300 oC
Pour point ISO 3016 Max. -45 oC

LIQUID
Property Test method Permissible values
Chemical
Max. 200 mg/kg, for untreated
Water content IEC 60814
liquid, as received
IEC 62021-2 or
Acidity Max. 0.03 mg KOH/g
62021-1
Oxidation Stability IEC 61125, Method C
Electrical
Min. 45 kV, for untreated
Breakdown voltage IEC 60156
liquid, as received
Dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) at Max. 0.03, as per IEC
IEC 60247
90 °C and 50 Hz comments
DC resistivity at 90 °C Min. 2 GΩ/m
Performance - Salient properties after oxidation stability test in accordance with Method C of
IEC 61125:1992 at 164 h
1.9.4 of IEC
Total acidity Max. 0.3 mg KOH/goil
61125:1992
Max. 30 % increase over the
Total sludge ISO 3104
initial value
Health, safety and environment (HSE)
Fire point ISO 2592
Flash point ISO 2719
Biodegradation OECD 301
Actual values of synthetic organic ester properties shall be confirmed by the Tenderer in the returnable
Data Schedule.
4.5. Health, Safety and Environment

Insulating liquid is considered non-hazardous. However, in line with safe handling practices the
Supplier shall provide safety guidelines for handling and storage (disposal) of insulating liquid Material
Safety Data Schedule (MSDS). MSDS shall cover details of material composition, and issues related to
hazards identification, toxicological information, personal protection and precautionary steps in the
event of spillage in small and large amounts and insulating liquid disposal guidelines.
Insulating liquid should be disposed of in accordance with local regulations. Spillages should be cleaned
according to the directions given in the MSDS.
4.6. Other Requirements

The mineral oil supplied shall be suitable to mix with the existing oil of Kahramaa Transformers which
are "Shell Diala B", "Nynas Nytro 10 GBN", “Gulf Ergon Hyvolt-1”, “Savita”, “Apar Industries
Limited”, “Transol”, “Electrol”. Once mixed, the mixture should satisfy general and special conditions
of IEC 60296 Clause 5.1 &.5.3.

LIQUID
Clear guidelines for mixing of oil shall be furnished by the oil manufacturer.
5. Training
No specific additional training is required for insulating liquid – unless otherwise instructed by
KAHRAMAA.
6. Documentation, Operational and Maintenance Manual
Provisions of clause 6 from General Requirements KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL are applicable.
In addition, provisions from clause 4.5 shall be included.
7. Inspection, Testing and Delivery
7.1. Inspection, Testing and Auditing

No insulating liquid can be dispatched for delivery until type, routine factory and sample test reports
are approved by KM.
7.2. Type Tests and Factory Acceptance Tests

Type testing of the insulating liquid parameters shall include but not limited to the following tests:
• As per Table 3 for mineral oil. In addition, classification of mineral insulating oils as naphthenic
shall be tested as per IEC TR 61946.
• As per Table 4 for natural ester
• As per for Table 5 synthetic organic ester.
Type test report covering proposed insulating liquid shall be supplied from accredited reputed
independent testing laboratories recognized by KAHRAMAA.
Test report including all required tests to be carried out and submitted for each lot. Date, Time and Test
laboratory weather condition such as temperature, humidity are mandatory for each lot to prove the
characteristics in relevant Tables in Clause 4 with reference to IEC and manufacturer quality assurance
protocol.
For insulating liquid delivered in drums, test report validity shall not exceed 6 months at time of delivery
at KM Warehouse. In case test report validity has expired, to take sample and to make full re-type test
at accredited laboratory at cost of Supplier.
For mineral insulating oil, for the mixture of oil under different mixing ratio as per clause 5.12 of
IEC 60422, the test reports shall also include, and not limited to, all tests from Recognized independent
test laboratory (Subject to KM approval). The test reports shall be submitted to Kahramaa.

LIQUID
7.3. Sample Tests

Sample tests are applicable for delivered insulating liquid in drums at KM warehouse.
The scope of the supply shall include testing of the samples. The facility / location for testing shall be
intimated to KM well in advance and shall be subject to KM approval as well as witness.
Minimum shall be tested 10% of drums of each delivered lot. If any sample from the sampling lot does
not meet the above requirement, then the whole lot shall be tested at supplier’s cost.
Sampling shall be carried out in accordance with the procedure described in IEC 60475.
The extraction of sample and testing shall be done in presence of KM.
The samples from the supplied drums shall be tested at reputed Laboratory with prior approval of
Kahramaa for its insulating liquid properties as per relevant table in Clause 4.
Sample test shall include the below minimum tests:
• Breakdown voltage. The breakdown voltage (BDV) for mineral oil as delivered should be Min.
70kV.
• Moisture content
• Acidity
• Dielectric dissipation factor
• For mineral oil, Interfacial Tension
The sampling and testing cost to be borne by the Supplier.
Original test report shall be submitted to Kahramaa.
7.4. Identification, Packaging and Transport

As a minimum, the following markings shall be provided on each insulating liquid drums:
• The manufacturer's or responsible vendor's name or trademark or identification mark

• Specific brand name of the oil as designated by the manufacturer
• Country of origin
• Date of delivery
• Expiry date
• Type of insulating liquid as per IEC
• Reference (number) of relevant IEC standard
• Classification as per relevant IEC standard

LIQUID
- Mineral Oil: IEC 60296 Clause 5.1

- Natural Ester: IEC 62770 Clause 5.1
- Synthetic Organic Ester: IEC 61099 Clause 6.1
• Quantity of insulating liquid (usually 209 lts per drum. In any case, it shall not be less than 200
lts per drum)
• Batch number on durable permanent label
• Drum serial number on durable permanent label (unique serial number for each drum of the
entire contract)
• Testing date and related standards and test location (Laboratory name and country)
• Hazard Symbols & Information
• a product identification mark, which may be, for example, a catalogue number, a symbol or the
like, in such a way that it can be identified in the manufacturer’s or responsible vendor’s
literature.
The marking shall be durable and clearly legible and has to be checked by inspection and testing.
7.5. Delivery
7.6. Warranty
7.7. Storage and Handling

In addition, the following shall be specified:
• The drums shall be suitable for storage in an open shaded area.

• KM intends to store the drums in lying-down condition (horizontal position with the bungs
(lids) at the 3 and 9 o’clock positions) to eliminate the probability of unnecessary accumulation
of water/contaminants on top of the drums. The supplier shall confirm the suitability of this
storage procedure.
• The pallets for storing the drums in horizontal position shall be supplied by the supplier.
• If any specific storage instructions apart from above, then the supplier shall intimate KM in
advance.
• Clear guidelines for handling and storage of partially consumed oil drums shall be furnished by
the supplier.
• The Oil storage drums shall meet the high standard of quality and strength.

LIQUID
8. Manufacturer’s Qualification
Manufacturer’s Qualification shall be in all means as per clause 8 of General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-GEN-GENERAL.
9. Tender Information
9.1. Tender Submission Requirements

within KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-LIQUID-TSR-CHECKLIST.
9.2. Statement of Compliance and Deviation Schedule

The Bidder shall submit Statement of Compliance in line with clause 9.2 of General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL and Appendix C of this specification.
The Bidder shall submit Deviation Schedule in line with clause 9.2 of General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-GEN-GENERAL and Appendix B of this specification.
9.3. Outsourcing Restrictions


LIQUID
10. Appendices

LIQUID
Mineral oil
Item Description Unit Requirement Offered
1.0 General Information
1.1 Supplier
1.2 Type of mineral oil TVBU
1.3 Applicable standard IEC 60296
1.4 Application for transformers yes/no yes
2.0 Property, see Table 3
2.1 Function
2.1.1 Viscosity
i) at 40 oC mm2/s Max. 12
ii) at -30 oC mm2/s Max. 1800

o
2.1.2 Pour point C Max. -40
2.1.3 Water content mg/kg Max. 30
2.1.4 Breakdown voltage kV Min. 70
2.1.5 Density at 20oC kg/m3 Max. 895
2.1.6 Dissipation factor (tan δ) 90 °C Max. 0.005
2.2 Refining’s stability
2.2.1 Colour Max. 1.5

Clear, free
from sediment
2.2.2 Appearance
and suspended
matter
2.2.3 Acidity mg KOH/g Max. 0.01
2.2.4 Interfacial tension mN/m Min. 40
2.2.5 Corrosive sulphur Not corrosive
2.2.7 Potential corrosive sulphur Not corrosive

Not detectable
2.2.7 DBDS mg/kg
(< 5 mg/kg)
Not detectable
2.2.8 Inhibitors %
(< 0.01 %)
Issue: 0.0 14 Nov 2022 Internal Page A. 1 of 6

LIQUID
Mineral oil

Not detectable
2.2.9 Metal passivator additives mg/kg
(< 5 mg/kg)
The supplier
shall declare
the function
and chemical
family of all
additives, and
2.2.10 Other additives
the
concentrations
in the case of
antioxidants
and
passivators
Not detectable
(< 0.05
mg/kg) for
2.2.11 2-furfural and related compounds content mg/kg
each
individual
compound
2.3 Performance, Oxidation stability at 120 oC, test duration 164 h
2.3.1 Total acidity mg KOH/g Max. 1.2
2.3.2 Sludge, if applicable % Max. 0.8
2.4 Health, safety and environment (HSE)

o
2.4.1 Flash point C Min. 135
2.4.2 PCA content, if applicable % <3%

Not detectable
2.4.3 PCB content, if applicable mg/kg
(< 2 mg/kg)

LIQUID
Natural ester
1.1 Supplier
1.2 Type of natural ester
1.4 Application
i) Transformers yes/no
ii) Similar oil-impregnated electrical
yes/no
equipment
2.1 Physical
Clear, free
from sediment
2.1.1 Appearance
and suspended
matter
2.1.2 Viscosity
i) at 100 oC mm2/s Max. 15
ii) at 40 oC mm2/s Max. 50

o
2.1.4 Water content mg/kg Max. 200
2.1.5 Density at 20oC kg/m3 Max. 1 000
2.2 Electrical
Min. 35 kV at
2.2.3 Breakdown voltage kV
delivery
2.3 Chemical
mg
2.3.1 Soluble acidity Max. 0.06
KOH/goil
2.3.2 Corrosive sulfur Non corrosive
Below
2.3.3 DBDS
detection limit
Max. weight
2.3.4 Total additives %
fraction 5%
Performance - Salient properties after oxidation stability test

LIQUID
Natural ester

mg
2.3.5 Total acidity Max. 0.6
KOH/goil
Max. 30
increase over
2.3.6 Viscosity at 40 °C %
the initial
value
2.3.7 DDF (tan δ) at 90 °C Max. 0.5

o
2.4.1 Fire point C Min. 300
o
Readily
2.4.3 Biodegradation OECD 301
biodegradable

LIQUID
Synthetic organic ester, Transformer ester - Type T1
1.1 Supplier
1.2 Type of synthetic organic ester
2.1 Physical
2.1.1 Colour Hazen Max. 200
2.1.2 Density at 20 °C kg/m3 Max. 1000

Clear, free
from water
2.1.3 Appearance and suspended
matter and
sediment
2.1.4 Kinematic viscosity
i) at 40 °C mm2/s Max. 1000
ii) at -20 °C mm2/s Max. 3000

o
o
2.1.6 Fire point C Min. 300
o
2.2 Chemical
Max. 200, for
untreated
2.2.1 Water content mg/kg
liquid, as
received
2.2.2 Acidity mg KOH/g Max. 0.03
IEC 61125,
2.2.3 Oxidation Stability
Method C
2.3 Electrical
Min. 45 kV,
for untreated
2.3.1 Breakdown voltage kV
liquid, as
received
Max. 0.03, as
Dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) at 90 °C and
2.3.2 per IEC
50 Hz
comments

LIQUID
Synthetic organic ester, Transformer ester - Type T1
2.3.3 DC resistivity at 90 °C GΩ/m Min. 2

Performance - Salient properties after oxidation stability test in accordance with
2.4
Method C of IEC 61125:1992 at 164 h
mg
2.4.1 Total acidity Max. 0.6
KOH/goil
2.4.2 Total sludge

o
2.5.1 Fire point C
o
2.5.2 Flash point C
2.4.3 Biodegradation OECD 301
………………………………………… ……..……………
I/We certify that the above data is correct.
………………………………………………………..……………

LIQUID
Deviation Schedule

“GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-LIQUID”, denoting this Specification for Insulating Liquid.
Issue: 0.0 14 Nov 2022 Internal Page B. 1 of 1

LIQUID


“GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-LIQUID”, denoting this Specification for Insulating Liquid.
Issue: 0.0 14 Nov 2022 Internal Page B. 1 of 1

LIQUID
Appendix D Quality Assurance Checklists

Below table gives a list of Checklists to be followed for the subject material under this specification.
1. KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-LIQUID-F- Insulating liquid - Factory
INS-CHECKLIST Inspection Checklist
2. KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-LIQUID- Insulating liquid - Local Supplier
LSW-CHECKLIST Warehouse Checklist
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-LIQUID- Insulating liquid - Factory Pre-
3.
FPS-CHECKLIST shipment Checklist
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-LIQUID- Insulating liquid - Tender
4.
TSR-CHECKLIST Submission Requirements Checklist
Issue: 0.0 14 Nov 2022 Internal Page D. 1 of 1

LIQUID
1. Details

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Representative
Position
(Name and Position)
Telephone
Email
Product Type : Insulating liquid
Inspection
: Name(s)
Engineer/Team
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Remarks
Issue: 0.0 28 Oct 2022 Draft Page D.1 1 of 8

LIQUID
Remarks
2. General

☐ ☐ ☐

☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
personnel.
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐


LIQUID
Remarks
Name of accredited
body:
3. Health & Safety
☐ ☐ ☐
personnel.
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
controlled?
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

LIQUID
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

5. Process Control
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

LIQUID
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
of maintenance.
☐ ☐ ☐


segregated. There is a process to follow up on non-
6.10 confirming material/product.
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

LIQUID
☐ ☐ ☐

satisfactory.
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
7.7 The test equipment used in final test is capable of testing Yes No N/A
regular maintenance.
☐ ☐ ☐

LIQUID
be satisfactory.
☐ ☐ ☐


☐ ☐ ☐
8. Packing

☐ ☐ ☐
transport.
☐ ☐ ☐
requirements.
☐ ☐ ☐
9. Summary

LIQUID
9. Summary
9.2 Recommendation

☐ ☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐

Specification for Insulating Liquid KM-EMP-D-MTRL-INSULATING-LIQUID
General
Local Manufacturer’s/Supplier’s
: Name
Name
Warehouse Location Address Line 1

Address Line 2
:
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Supplied Material : Insulating liquid
KM Specification : KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING-LIQUID
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Basic Information
Type of insulating liquid :
Batch Number :
Drums Serial Number :
Issue: 0.0 28 Oct 2022 Internal Page D.4. 1 of 3

Yes No N/A
Drum/material and packing intact and not damaged : ☐ ☐ ☐
Markings on drums checked against specification Clause 7.4

: ☐ ☐ ☐
requirements
Packing material suitable for re-packaging post inspection in

: ☐ ☐ ☐
KM warehouse
Copy of Tests reports attached to drum/material package : ☐ ☐ ☐
Test report checked for validity period (maximum 6 months) : ☐ ☐ ☐

Sample Tests Completed
Yes No N/A
The facility / location / laboratory for testing approved by KM : ☐ ☐ ☐
Minimum 10% of drums of each delivered lot tested. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Sampling carried out in accordance with the procedure described in

: ☐ ☐ ☐
IEC 60475.
The extraction of sample and testing done in presence of KM. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Sample test minimum include following tests:
- Breakdown voltage : ☐ ☐ ☐
- Moisture content : ☐ ☐ ☐
- Acidity : ☐ ☐ ☐
- Dielectric dissipation factor : ☐ ☐ ☐
- For mineral oil, Interfacial Tension : ☐ ☐ ☐
Sample Test Report Reference Number

Remarks

being photographed.
Provide details about Sample test.
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

LIQUID
General

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Representative
Position
(Name and Position)
Telephone
Email
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Basic Information
Type of insulating liquid :
Batch Number :
Drums serial number :

LIQUID
Type Tests / Factory Acceptance test Completed
Yes No NA
For mineral oil, all required test performed as per Table 3 of

: ☐ ☐ ☐
specification.
For mineral oil, classification of mineral insulating oils as

: ☐ ☐ ☐
naphthenic tested as per IEC TR 61946.
For natural ester, all required tests performed as per Table 4 of

: ☐ ☐ ☐
specification.
For synthetic organic ester, all required tests performed as per Table
: ☐ ☐ ☐
5 of specification.
Type Test Report Reference Number
Letter confirming insulating liquid to be

Manufacturer Compliance Undertaking Letter shipped is in full compliance with KM
(copy to be attached) specification and type tests in the relevant IEC
standard.
Copy of type test report attached. Yes No NA
Test report includes all required tests for each lot. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Type test report includes date, time and test lab weather condition
: ☐ ☐ ☐
such as temperature and humidity.
For mineral insulating oil, for the mixture of oil under different
mixing ratio as per clause 5.12 of IEC 60422, the test report also
: ☐ ☐ ☐
includes all tests from Recognized independent test laboratory
approved by Kahramaa.
Copy of delivery note with drum serial number and month and year
of manufacture attached.
Shipping Marks applied to dispatch package. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Markings on drums checked against specification Clause 7.4 :

☐ ☐ ☐
requirements

LIQUID
Remarks
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

LIQUID
TENDER SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS CHECKLIST
General
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
At least two sets of documents with all details shall be submitted Yes No N/A
ISO 9001, : ☐ ☐ ☐
ISO 14001, : ☐ ☐ ☐

LIQUID
Original product catalogue and pamphlets of insulating liquid. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Filling and condition monitoring & trouble shooting manuals, of
insulating liquid. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Type test report covering proposed insulating liquid to be supplied

from accredited reputed independent testing laboratories recognized : ☐ ☐ ☐
by KAHRAMAA.
Checklist for proposed insulating liquid to be supplied. : ☐ ☐ ☐

: ☐ ☐ ☐
List of all Sample Tests including respective test plans. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Safety guidelines for handling and storage (disposal) of insulating
liquid Material Safety Data Schedule (MSDS). : ☐ ☐ ☐

mentioning specific type/model wherever applicable) in a tabular : ☐ ☐ ☐
form with relevant and specific product catalogue.
Solid proof that no corrosion effect to any part of the drum. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Statement that insulation liquid complies to KM insulating liquid
specification. : ☐ ☐ ☐
If applicable, spare parts data which shall include the following
information: Manufacturer name of spare part, Manufacturer
number of spare part, order number of spare part (if any), : ☐ ☐ ☐
description of spare part, reference number in drawing including
unit prices.

LIQUID
Remarks
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

KM-EPM-D-PNT-ELECTRICAL-
MATERIALS
Specification for Painting for

Electrical Materials
Issue: 0.0 20 Mar 2023 Internal Page 1 of 22

Specification for Painting for Electrical KM-EPM-D-PNT-ELECTRICAL-
Materials MATERIALS
Document Control
Specification for
Material Specification
EP Painting for Electrical
Standards
Materials
Issue Approval

Planning

Filed
Document Control
Issue Record
0.0 20 Mar 2023 First issue of the new specification
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0

Materials MATERIALS
Contents
1. Scope ............................................................................................................................................... 6
2. References ....................................................................................................................................... 6
2.1 Alternative Codes and Standards ............................................................................................ 7
3. Environmental Conditions .............................................................................................................. 7
3.1 Exposure Conditions ............................................................................................................... 7
4. General ............................................................................................................................................ 7
4.1 Safety Precautions ................................................................................................................... 8
4.2 Materials ................................................................................................................................. 8
4.3 Galvanised Steel Surfaces ....................................................................................................... 9
5. Applications .................................................................................................................................. 10
5.1 Painting at Manufactures Premises ....................................................................................... 10
5.2 Performance and Application of Paints ................................................................................ 10
5.3 Surface Preparation and Painting .......................................................................................... 13
5.4 Cleaning and Surface Preparation of Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Surfaces ............................ 13
5.5 Paint Application via Brush or Roller ................................................................................... 14
5.6 Paint Application via Airless Spray ...................................................................................... 14
5.7 Painting Non-Galvanised Metal Surfaces ............................................................................. 14
5.8 Painting Galvanised Steel Surfaces....................................................................................... 15
5.9 Repair Procedures ................................................................................................................. 15
6. Inspection, Testing and Auditing .................................................................................................. 16
6.1 Type Tests Compliance......................................................................................................... 17
6.2 Routine Factory Tests ........................................................................................................... 17
6.3 Test Instruments .................................................................................................................... 18
7. Delivery Handling and Storage ..................................................................................................... 18
7.1 Delivery................................................................................................................................. 18
7.2 Identification and Packaging ................................................................................................. 18
7.3 Storage and Handling ............................................................................................................ 19
8. Warranty ....................................................................................................................................... 19
8.1 Responsibilities and Guarantees ........................................................................................... 19
8.2 Inspection During Guarantee Period ..................................................................................... 20
9. Manufacturer's Qualification ........................................................................................................ 20
10. Tender Information ....................................................................................................................... 20
10.1 Tender Submission Requirements ........................................................................................ 20

Materials MATERIALS
10.2 Statement of Compliance ...................................................................................................... 20

10.3 Outsourcing Restrictions ....................................................................................................... 21
11. Appendices.................................................................................................................................... 22
Technical Data Schedule

Deviation Schedule

Materials MATERIALS
Abbreviations
HDG Hot Dip Galvanised
KM KAHRAMMA
QC Quality Control

Materials MATERIALS
1. Scope
This specification details the requirements for painting materials and equipment for use throughout
Kahramaa's distribution network.
The contents of this Specification include reference to environmental parameters for which the
material shall be rated while in service. In addition, this Specification states the requirements of
warranty, statement of compliance, ISO certification, instructions on information to be supplied with
the tender, storage and delivery and maintenance.
2. References
Should the requirements of this Specification deviate from the specifications or standards referenced
herein, this Specification shall take precedence unless otherwise stated.
Table 1: References
ASTM A123 Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanised) Coating on Ron and Steel Products
ASTM A165 Specifications for electrodeposited coatings of cadmium on steel
Specifications for general requirements, steel sheet, zinc-coated (galvanized) by

ASTM A525
the hot-dip process
ASTM 8633 Specifications for electrodeposited coatings of zinc on iron and steel
ISO 4624 Paints and varnishes. Pull-off test for adhesion

Paints and varnishes. Evaluation of degradation of coatings. Designation of
ISO 4628-1 quantity and size of defects and intensity of uniform changes in appearance.
Part 1: General introduction and designation system
Part 2: Assessment of the degree of blistering
Part 3: Assessment of the degree of rusting
ISO 12944 1 to 8 Paints and Varnishes
ISO 752 Zinc Ingots
ISO8501 Visual assessment of surface cleanliness
ISO 8502 Tests for the assessment of surface cleanliness
ISO 8503 Surface roughness characteristics of blast-cleaned steel substrates

Materials MATERIALS
ISO 8504 Surface preparation methods
Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles.

BS EN 1461 Specifications and test methods
BS EN 1179 Zinc and Zinc Alloys-Primary Zinc
BS EN 13283 Zinc and Zinc Alloys
The Bidder may propose alternative Codes and Standards provided they give an equivalent degree of
quality to the referenced Codes and Standards. Acceptability of any alternative Codes or Standard is
at the discretion of KM. The proposal shall include standard reference (number, title, edition,
particular clause), item-wise comparison between required and proposed standard reference, and
technical justification for the proposed change.
In case of discrepancy between these Specifications and applicable Codes and Standards, the more
stringent shall prevail.
3. Environmental Conditions
The Paint covered by this Specification shall be designed and rated for operation under the
environmental conditions as detailed in the General Requirements document KM-EPM-D-GEN
GENERAL.
3.1 Exposure Conditions

The Paint for external use shall comply with the class C5 (ISO-12944-2) environment coating
system. Preparation of the surface shall be carried out according to the same standard and
recommendation mentioned therein.
The Paint for internal use shall comply with class C2 (ISO-12944-2).
4. General
This Specification generally covers surface protection against corrosion. It defines the minimum
requirements for surface preparation/treatment, protective coatings and paints for structural steel, iron
works, and non-ferrous metal surfaces.

Materials MATERIALS
The following rules shall be followed:

1. All metallic parts (except stainless steel) used inside closed rooms shall be painted or
galvanized.
2. All metallic parts used outdoors shall be galvanized and painted.
The contractor/bidder shall follow the recommendations prescribed hereafter. Any discrepancy
between local regulations and this Specification shall be reported to Kahramaa.
Manufacturers shall comply with the Tarsheed requirements for colour / painting and screen painting
of Tarsheed logos on all four sides of the equipment for branding, when specified by Kahramaa.
4.1 Safety Precautions

All painting and corrosion protection works shall be performed under strict safety conditions,
primarily adequate ventilation and protection from open flames, sparks, and excessive heat.
The Bidder/Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect personnel and property from
hazards due to falls, injuries, toxic fumes, fires, explosions, or other dangers.
All Paint and thinners shall be stored in well-ventilated and protected areas. The Bidder/Contractor
shall consider air-conditioned storage facilities due to the limited paint storage.
Temporary constructions, ladders, scaffolding, runways, etc., required for the safe execution of the
painting work shall be rigidly built to safely support four times the weight of all materials, apparatus,
equipment, and workers thereon.
The Contractor(s) shall follow the QCS 2014 Section 1, Part 10 Occupational Health and Safety or
latest, for more H&S requirements.
4.2 Materials
Materials shall be from a reputable manufacturer with recorded experience and good performance of
the product used for corrosion protection and shall be subjected to material approval by Kahramaa.
The approval process shall be carried out according to Kahramaa's procedures mentioned elsewhere.
Materials shall comply with the requirements provided in ISO 12944-5.
Alternative materials may be approved as explained in Chapter 2.1 of this Specification.
The final coat shall preferably comply with code RAL 7032 "Grey" or as directed or approved by
Kahramaa.
The Bidder/Contractor shall obtain the paint manufacturer's recommendations, directions, and specific
provisions for application. These recommendations and directions shall be strictly adhered to. The use
of thinners is restricted to the permission of Kahramaa and the paint manufacturer.
The quality of the paints should be such that they do not form solid sediment but, at most, thin skin in
original unopened containers for not less than six months, calculated from the manufacturer's delivery
date. A paint which has formed solid sediment or more than a thin skin in the original unopened
containers by the time of use or which cannot be processed satisfactorily shall not be used. Sediment
shall be considered solid if it cannot be dispelled again quickly and entirely by stirring with an
electric-driven mixer (maximum speed 350 to 400 rpm).

Materials MATERIALS
Successive coats shall be from the same manufacturer and subject to Kahramaa approval before
relevant orders are placed.
Paint that does not have to be prepared by mixing several components should be delivered to the site,
just before use, in such a state of readiness that they need only be adjusted to brushing or spraying
consistency. This is to meet the relevant working conditions, such as temperature, by adding the
thinners per the manufacturer's instructions, which shall be subject to Kahramaa approval.
In the case of paints, which are only prepared for use immediately before application by mixing
several components, the components should be of such a kind to minimize mixing on site. The site
premises for mixing should be isolated from the environment, free of dust or impurities that may
jeopardize the quality of the mixture.
Paints and filling cement selected for the protection of steel or aluminium alloys against corrosion, for
which no regulations, permit conditions, or technical requirements of delivery exist, may be used if
proven suitable for the necessary degree of protection against corrosion and after approval of
Kahramaa.
4.3 Galvanised Steel Surfaces

This clause defines the minimum requirements for galvanizing and surface cleaning, and preparing
galvanized steel surfaces before applying a protective coating.
The galvanization process shall match the requirements of BS-EN 1461.
Zinc paints and related protection material shall be in accordance with the latest BS-EN 1461 and
ISO-12944 (all parts), respectively, as a minimum requirement.
The hot dip galvanizing bath shall primarily contain molten zinc; the other elements (as identified in
ISO 752, EN 1179 or EN 13283, excluding tin and iron) in the molten zinc shall not exceed 1,5% by
mass. No alternative process is to be used without the approval of Kahramaa. No components likely to
come into subsequent contact with oil shall be galvanized. Bolts, including the threads, shall be
completely hot dip galvanized.
The zinc coating shall be uniform, clean, smooth, and as free from impurities as possible. All
galvanized items shall be protected against damage to the zinc coating due to abrasion during transit,
storage, and erection. Damaged areas at the layer shall be repaired according to chapter 5.9 of this
Specification.
The galvanizing procedure shall be started only after having finished all chipping, trimming, fitting,
and bending. Also, all drilling, punching, cutting, and welding shall have been completed, and all
burns removed.
All steel, including bolts, nuts, and washers, shall be galvanized at the manufacturer's premises
through hot dipping following internationally recognized standards such as BS EN ISO 1461 or
equivalent. The zinc coat applied shall have a minimum thickness grade of 85µm and higher (for
exposure category C5 and steel thickness greater than 6mm. For steel thickness less than 6mm, the
mean thickness should not be less than 70µm).
Adhesion tests shall be performed at the discretion of Kahramaa.

Materials MATERIALS
Where members are of such length that they cannot be dipped in one operation, great care shall be
exercised to prevent wrapping. All holes in the material shall be free of excess spelter after
galvanizing. All material shall be safeguarded against embrittlement during galvanizing. The zinc
coating shall be uniform in thickness and so applied that it will adhere to the surface of the steel.
Significant damage to galvanizing shall be cause for rejection. Material on which galvanizing has
been damaged shall be re-dipped unless the damage is minor and local; then, it can be repaired by
simply applying galvanizing repair paint or hot zinc spray to the satisfaction of Kahramaa.
For protection during transport and erection, all galvanized steel members shall be coated with a
suitable pre-primer with a minimum thickness of 40 microns and matching the primer to be applied
after erection. The primer shall be subject to Kahramaa approval.
If not specified, galvanized steel surfaces shall be chromated with approximately 4-micron thickness
and removed by suitable means before painting.
Single items, such as cable trays, fences, etc., shall be galvanized and PVC-covered if approved by
Kahramaa.
5. Applications
The painting requirements specified herein are for general use for all steel material ad equipment
procured for Kahramaa's distribution network.
All painting work must be performed professionally and in the application conditions according to the
manufacturer's instructions in the technical data sheet.
The contractor/bidder shall recommend the minimum dry thickness.
However, the minimum thickness shall not be less than 25µm.
Excessive coat thickness shall not exceed the maximum specified by the paint manufacturer.
5.1 Painting at Manufactures Premises

Manufacturers' premises shall be isolated from the environment and subjected to client inspection and
approval. The painting works to be applied as priming coat systems shall be carried out under
controlled conditions and with rational methods to protect the surface against corrosion with a suitable
painting protective coating system.
Steel parts, which are to be welded at the site, shall be free from workshop coats along the welding
seams, the width of the free strip being approximately 5 cm.
Workshop priming coats applied shall be of rust-preventing material, depending on the intended use
and the length of time until the final protection is applied. Repairs should be made in good time if the
protection coat shows signs of damage. Shop primers used for transportation/storage purposes shall be
removed at the site by shot blasting, and the entire coating system shall then be applied.
5.2 Performance and Application of Paints

Painting systems shall be chosen according to the exposure prescribed in Chapter 3.9 of this
Specification. Exceptions determined by technological conditions or equipment manufacturers'
specifications shall be subject to Kahramaa's approval.

Materials MATERIALS
The durability, in terms of ISO 12944-1, shall be high (15-25 years).
NOTE:
The durability range is not a "guarantee time". Durability is a technical consideration/planning
parameter that can help the owner set up a maintenance programme. A guaranteed time is a
consideration that is the legal subject of clauses in the administrative part of the Contract. The
guarantee time is usually shorter than the durability range. There are no rules that link the two
periods of time (ISO 12944-1, Chapter 5.5).
All metal surfaces such as for switchgear, cubicles and panels, structures and supports, casings,
enclosures, frames and sub-frames, etc., i.e. all equipment or their parts incorporated in work, shall be
chemically pre-treated and shall be free from Zinc-Oxide.
As a minimum, the following treatment shall be carried out:

1. Steel treated by: Zinc-Phosphate
2. Aluminium treated by: Chromating
3. Other materials treated adequately: Treatment material shall be recommended by the
manufacturer according to the type of the material and
exposure condition and approved by the Client.
The treatment shall be followed by a coating system (preferably powder coating) with good resistance
to impact/abrasion and adhesion to the substrate.
The applied dry film shall be of an approved quality of corrosion paint.
Extra amounts of Paint sufficient for all repairs shall be made available and applied to all surfaces
after erection and before commissioning of equipment if required.
In any case, at an early stage, the Bidder/Contractor shall explain, in detail, all corrosion protection
measures he intends to take, indicate the relevant standards for testing the applied measures, and apply
for Kahramaa approval of the steps as mentioned above.
The workshop priming coats are to be tested and faults repaired according to the specifications before
applying further coats of Paint.
For better adhesion and corrosion protection, priming coats shall only be applied by brush or airless
spray. The other coats of Paint shall be used following the paint manufacturers' recommendations
taking into consideration that:
1. All surfaces to be painted must be moisture-free
2. The surface temperature is not above 50oC
3. The relative humidity is above not 85 %, or the surface temperature is closer than 3oC or below
the dew point
4. It is raining
5. Sandstorms occur to such an extent that the wet Paint might be affected.
If high/low temperatures, excessive humidity, mist, or rain occur during the painting work, the Paint
shall first be allowed to dry, and areas damaged due to the above conditions must then be removed
and renewed.

Materials MATERIALS
Great care must be taken to ensure that Paint is applied to all surfaces, including unused bolt holes and
back-to-back members (where possible), including surfaces at joints, plates, etc.
The application shall be performed only using approved "strike-brushes", as directed by Kahramaa or
by the manufacturer's recommendation.
Paints shall only be applied on clean, dry surfaces after the approval of Kahramaa and shall
commence within four hours after cleaning if not otherwise approved. All material shall be evenly
used to be free from runs, sags, laps, skips, tears, blisters, or other defects. All finishes shall be clean
and in good sound condition. Each coat shall entirely and uniformly cover the coat underneath it.
There must be no delay between applying successive coats, but each coat must be thoroughly dry or
as directed in the paint instructions before the next coat is applied.
Before adding additional coats to painted surfaces, the existing Paint shall be cleaned from all foreign
matters and then suitably sanded, according to directions given by the paint manufacturer and subject
to the approval of Kahramaa.
The individual layers of Paint shall be shaded down so that it can easily be seen if the underlying
surface is completely covered with Paint and which paint layer of the whole system is involved. If
coats of Paint are interrupted (e.g., for welding, test marks, etc.), a margin of approximately 5 cm is to
be left untouched to obtain a satisfactory sequence and overlapping of layers.
Before every coat of Paint, the surface is to be cleaned, and damages in previously applied coats are to
be corrected following the relevant paint specifications.
Every coat of Paint shall have a thickness as even as possible. It must not be, in any place, lower than
the specified minimum dry thickness, and adherence to the manufacturer's maximum coat thickness
shall be observed, all according to contractual conditions and warranty.
All finishes shall be in clean, good, and sound condition and kept clean and dry until the Paint has
reached a hard setting. Completed surfaces that do not meet the levels outlined in these Specifications
shall be re-coated at the cost of the Bidder/Contractor.
The Bidder/Contractor shall, in addition to the above, follow the recommendation as

described in the following:
i. ISO 8501-Visual assessment of surface cleanliness. Part 1: Rust grades and preparation
grades of uncoated steel substrates and steel substrates after removal of previous
coatings
ii. ISO 8501-Visual assessment of surface cleanliness. Part 2: preparation grades of
previously coated steel substrates after localized removal of previous coatings
iii. ISO 8502-Preparation of steel substrates before applying paints and related products-
Tests to assess surface cleanliness. Part 1 Field tests for soluble iron corrosion products
iv. ISO 8503-Surface roughness characteristics of blast-cleaned steel substrates
v. ISO 8504-Surface preparation methods
To ensure the suitability of paints, the Bidder/Contractor shall execute sample tests at the site. Such
panels must be approved and used as a reference for quality control.

Materials MATERIALS
These tests shall be carried out at a very early stage of the Contract, and no paint shall be ordered
beforehand. The final Paint selection is subject to Kahramaa's approval and depends on the results of
the site tests mentioned above.
5.3 Surface Preparation and Painting

The primary objective of surface preparation is to remove matter that negatively affects corrosion
protection and obtain a surface that permits satisfactory coating adhesion. It will also assist in
reducing the amounts of contaminants that initiate corrosion. The rust grade of an uncoated steel
surface is determined based on ISO 8501. Unless otherwise agreed to the contrary, only surfaces of
rust grades A, B, or C are acceptable.
The contractor/bidder shall prepare surfaces for painting following recommendations provided in ISO
12944-4 (Chapter 7) and table A.1 of Annex A.
Personnel carrying out surface preparation work shall have suitable equipment and sufficient technical
knowledge of the processes involved to enable them to carry out the work following the required
Specification. The surfaces to be treated must be readily accessible and sufficiently illuminated. All
surface preparation work shall be appropriately supervised, inspected and approved by Kahramaa.
5.4 Cleaning and Surface Preparation of Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Surfaces

Surfaces shall be cleaned and prepared for painting following the following regulations and
specifications:
1. Water solvent and chemical cleaning and surface preparation according to ISO 12944-
4 (Chapter 6.2)
2. Mechanical cleaning according to ISO 12944-4 (Chapter 6.3.1 and 2)
3. Blast cleaning of steel surfaces with abrasive as approved by Kahramaa and according to ISO
12944-4 (Chapter 6.3.3) and ISO 8504-2 where abrasive material shall be according to ISO
11124 and 11126 Blasting material shall be clean and free from oil or contaminants. The
particle size shall be capable of achieving specified surface profiles explained in ISO
12944-4.
The methods described above require surface preparation according to ISO 8504 (all parts). Oil,
grease, salt, dirt, and similar contaminants shall be removed after an agreement between the involved
parties before further surface preparation using the appropriate method. In addition, prior removal of
heavy, firmly adhering rust and mill scale by suitable manual or mechanical techniques can be
necessary. Compressed air used for cleaning, surface preparation (abrasive blasting) and application
shall be free of oil and moisture. Where metal-coated steel (HDG, zinc-electroplated, etc.) is to be
cleaned, the technique shall not unnecessarily remove sound metal. A survey of cleaning methods is
given in Annex C of ISO 12449-4.
For the surface preparation for non-ferrous metals and alloys, reference should be given to ISO-
27831-2. Before painting, aluminium and other light metals shall have their surfaces cleaned and
degreased by a detergent such as trichloroethylene. One coat of a wash primer shall be applied before
proceeding with the specified coating system. Wash primer shall be applied in a very thin film (5-10
microns) direct on pre-treated surfaces.

Materials MATERIALS
The acceptable preparation grades shall be Sa, St and Be. Other grades can be accepted if different
surface cleaning methods have been applied.
5.5 Paint Application via Brush or Roller

Round or oval brushes shall be sized to suit the painting application. Smaller and specially shaped
brushes or spraying shall be used in gaps or areas difficult to reach.
The Paint shall be applied with an even thickness. All brush traces run, and other defects must be
avoided and reconditioned if necessary.
Rollers are suitable for large surfaces. The applied film must be as smooth as possible and of a
uniform dry film thickness. A sprinkling of the Paint and subsequent spreading out using the roller is
prohibited.
5.6 Paint Application via Airless Spray

The equipment for this system must enable a satisfactory application of paint material. With the
airless system, it must be taken into consideration that the equipment is laid out to obtain the required
spraying pressure, that the nozzle size corresponds to the paint manufacturer's recommendation, and
that the spray angle is adjusted to the requirements of the surface to be painted.
The Paint must be continuously mixed and sprayed on the evenly cross process (in two directions at a
90° angle), whereby the individual layers shall overlap. The spray gun shall always be held
perpendicular to the sprayed surface at a distance that the Paint reaches the surface when still moist.
5.7 Painting Non-Galvanised Metal Surfaces

This clause covers the painting of work fabricated at the site and the painted repair of damaged
surfaces originally corrosion protected at the manufacturer's premises.
All surfaces shall be carefully dried and cleaned before painting; in particular, removing all foreign
matters such as salt, grease, dust, sand, dirt, and rust (if applicable) according to chapters 5.2, 5.3 and
5.4 of this Specification is of utmost importance.
For steel surfaces located inside buildings:
Zinc-rich epoxy primer m 40 60

Epoxy intermediate (MIO) m 80 100
Epoxy final m 40 60
Total m 160 220
For steel surfaces located outside and not in a coastal area:
Zinc-rich epoxy primer m 40 60

Final aliphatic polyurethane or acrylic epoxy m 40 60
Total m 140 220

Materials MATERIALS
For steel surfaces located outside and in a coastal area:
Zinc-rich primer with 92% or more Zn content in the m

60 80
dry film
Final aliphatic polyurethane m 60 80
Total m 180 240
The surface shall either be T-washed with a suitable primer or sweep-blasted using a chloride-free
abrasive material for aluminium surfaces. If the aluminium has been anodized, care must be taken not
to damage the anodized layer, and a suitable pre-treatment must be used.
All surfaces shall be abraded for:
Polyamide Epoxy primer m 50 60

Aliphatic Polyurethane m 40 60
Total m 90 120
5.8 Painting Galvanised Steel Surfaces

Surface preparation of galvanized steel surfaces shall be carried out to ISO 12944-4 chapter 12.
Before chemical treatment/surface preparation, the galvanized surfaces shall be carefully cleaned by
brushing with fresh water to remove all foreign matters such as salt, white rust, zinc oxide and zinc
corrosion products, dust, sand and dirt. The following surface preparations shall be performed:
1. Hot-dipped galvanized steel surfaces shall be lightly sand swept, taking into consideration not
to drastically reduce the galvanization - or chemical treatment, subject to the approval of
Kahramaa.
2. Electrolytically zinc-coated steel surfaces shall be either mechanically roughened or chemically
etched by T-wash, wash primer, etc., subject to the approval of Kahramaa.
Before painting, the galvanized surfaces shall be carefully checked for damages, defects, and
impurities. In case of stubborn white rust and corrosion products, it is necessary to remove these by
sweep-blasting or mechanical brushes. However, tarnishing of surfaces must be avoided.
Kahramaa must approve such prepared surfaces before paint application.
In specific instances in which damages are severe, re-galvanizing shall be required.
5.9 Repair Procedures

Surfaces exposed to atmospheric corrosion shall be repaired and painted if the rust degree falls within
the range R-2 and R-3 according to ISO-4628-3 or its equivalent.
Systems for repair or partial refurbishment should be specified by the Contractor and approved by
Kahramaa for every object/case.
The necessary surface preparation of any old coating and the compatibility of the coating system to be
applied should be tested appropriately before starting the repair works.

Materials MATERIALS
Repair areas can be prepared, as explained in chapter 5.3 of this Specification, taking into account the
manufacturer's recommendations and compatibility with the previous paint system. The edge of the
painting shall be feathered by grinding or emery paper, and allowance for overlapping shall be
considered. General preparation guidelines are as follows:
1 Every possible precaution shall be taken to ensure that the damaged surface(s) shall be
thoroughly clean, dry, and free from condensation, moisture, dust, oil grease, rust, dirt
and other contaminants before applying the touch-up/repair processes.
2 Blast cleaning and painting shall not be conducted when the surfaces are less than 3 °C
above the dew point or when the relative humidity of the air is greater than 85%.
3 Any paint found to be incorrectly applied shall be removed and repainted to the
appropriate painting/coating requirement.
4 Surface preparation, whenever possible, shall be carried out by dry blast-cleaning. Hand
or power tool cleaning shall be applied where dry blast cleaning is not feasible due to
limited access, risk of damage to equipment, light gauge steel or proximity to electrical
and instrumentation components. This shall be followed by solvent cleaning before
painting.
5 Where the damaged surface being repaired lies adjacent to a previously coated surface,
the cleaning shall extend to the surrounding coating by a minimum of 25 mm on all sides,
and the edges shall be "chamfered" to ensure the continuity of the patch coating.
6 Appropriate protection, shields or screens shall be used to cover the remainder of the
previously coated surface to prevent any possible damage to or contamination of the
coating before starting any repair work.
7 Any paint coating found inadvertently applied to areas where it is not required, e.g.
machined or polished surfaces, the surface of stainless steel or non-ferrous alloys,
nameplates, manufacturers identification tags, instruments and instrument glasses, sight
glasses, control valve stem, high friction grip bolt assemblies, etc. shall be hand wiped
clean with a thinner or cleaner while the coating is still wet or rubbed down with fine
sandpaper if it is dry and restored to their original surface condition.
8 Using brushes or rollers for touch-up/repair on localized damaged surfaces where proper
coating by spray application is not feasible may be used upon Kahramaa's approval.
When using brushes, ensure that a smooth coat, as uniform in thickness as possible, is
obtained with no deep or detrimental brush marks. Paint shall be worked into all crevices
and corners. Runs and sags shall be brushed out immediately during paint application.
6. Inspection, Testing and Auditing

No paintings for electrical material can be dispatched for delivery until Kahramaa approves test
reports.

Materials MATERIALS
6.1 Type Tests Compliance

For the paintings for electrical materials specified herein, Type Testing must be undertaken as defined
below, along with minimal routine factory testing.
The manufacturer shall conduct type tests following the latest version of ISO 12944-6. Tests shall
occur at an internationally recognized testing station or in the manufacturer's laboratories, witnessed
and certified by an internationally recognized and Kahramaa-accepted certification body/laboratory.
Bidder shall submit certified copies of type test certificates covering proposed paintings for the supply
of electrical materials. Type test certificates/reports may be acceptable if they comply with the
relevant International Standards and the certified type test report are not older than 7 years.
KAHRAMAA may request a Type Tests repeat to prove compliance with this technical Specification
if the materials used in the offered equipment, the manufacturing process, and the place of
manufacture have changed since the equipment was initially type tested. The Bidder shall submit for
approval type test procedures and schedules for the test performance.
6.2 Routine Factory Tests

Routine factory tests shall be performed for each painting for electrical material delivered to the
KAHRAMAA. The manufacturer's seal shall indicate that each painting for electrical material has
been tested and conformed to this Specification and respective IEC specifications.
Routine factory testing of the paintings for electrical materials shall include but not limited to the
following tests: -
• Blistering (ISO 4628-2) satisfying 0 (S0)

• Rusting (ISO 4628-3) satisfying Ri 0
• Cracking (ISO 4628-4) satisfying 0 (S0)
• Flaking (ISO 4628-5) satisfying 0 (S0)
Provided that tests are done after artificial ageing according to ISO 7253.
The test for assessing the adhesion shall be carried out according to ISO 2409 for dry-film thickness
less than 250µm; otherwise, ISO 4624 shall be used. The acceptance criterion is that no adhesion
break to the substrate is allowed unless pull-of values are 5MPa or more.
The Bidder shall include with his bid a list of all routine factory tests to be undertaken on the
proposed equipment to be supplied.

Materials MATERIALS
6.3 Test Instruments

The surface preparations for steel iron works shall be compared with the relevant pictures of ISO
8501 TO 8504. The surface profile shall be measured using a Profilometer, i.e. Tester Tape.
If required by Kahramaa, a copper sulphate test shall be carried out to check for residual mill scales.
The dry-film or galvanization thickness on steel shall be measured using magnetic or electrical
thickness gauges such as "Microtester" or "Elcometer". The findings shall be recorded in a tabulated
form, indicating each layer of coat and the total dry film thickness. The DFT shall comply with the
manufacturer's recommendation or as previously agreed with Kahramaa.
In the case of fluid-retaining structures, pinhole detection shall be carried out using a low-voltage,
non-destructive flow detector. Whereas, in the case of rubber lining or wrapping, damages shall be
checked using a spark tester.
During Paint application, the wet film thickness shall be checked continuously using an approved wet
film thickness gauge. Also, the dew point has to be constantly monitored through an approved
instrument and methods of measurement/ recording.
A pull-off adhesion test must be used in case of Paint on concrete and steel surfaces.
An approved type of multi-cross cutter for adhesion tests depending on the thickness of the coating, is
also required.
For the tests mentioned above, which shall be performed in the presence of Kahramaa, all respective
instruments shall be provided by the Bidder/Contractor and kept in good working condition and
valid/certified calibration.
7. Delivery Handling and Storage

7.1 Delivery
1. Painting materials shall be delivered to locations where the painting is to be carried out in
original unopened containers, which shall bear a legible product designation, batch number,
date of manufacture and expiry date. The date of manufacture must not be before the date of
paint system approval.
7.2 Identification and Packaging

All components shall be clearly labelled with the manufacturer's name and reference numbers.
Each component and its accessories shall be separately packed as a complete unit/assembly and
delivered ready for service.
Respective package units shall be placed within crates for shipment. The packages shall be packed to
ensure no damage to the components during transportation.

Materials MATERIALS
Both the manufacturing date (i.e. month/year) and delivery date shall be marked on each package, and
the time difference between these dates shall not be more than 6 months.
1. Only complete paint kits shall be mixed. No partial kits will be accepted. Surplus Paint in pots
of expired mixed material must not be used after the expiry date of these materials.
2. The painting material shall be handled and stored following the paint manufacturer's latest
published instructions and protected against damage, moisture, direct sunlight and
temperatures.
The paintings for electrical materials shall be capable of being stored without deterioration within the
temperature range of -10°C to +35°C and meet the environmental conditions specified in KM-EPM-
D-GEN. The manufacturer shall deliver all components of the paintings for electrical materials
ensuring that the difference between manufacturing and delivery shall not be more than 6 months.
8. Warranty
The manufacturer shall warranty the paintings for electrical materials against all defects arising out of
faulty design, workmanship, or material for a minimum period of 5 years from the date of
commissioning or delivery, whichever comes earlier. The manufacturer shall replace equipment that
fails within this warranty period at no cost to Kahramaa. The replacement unit should be supplied
immediately with Kahramaa's approved and successful design, which is identical to the unit provided
unless improvements are made. The root cause of failure shall be determined, and a report shall be
submitted to Kahramaa detailing the defect.
8.1 Responsibilities and Guarantees

Kahramaa shall have the right to, at all times, access the Contractor's facilities and materials for
inspection of the work and all pertinent materials during the preparation and progress of the work.
Should any work or material be found to be defective or not in compliance with the Specification,
replacements by the Bidder/Contractor at his own cost must be carried out.
Inspection of coatings by Kahramaa shall neither relieve the paint manufacturer from his
responsibility of providing good quality products nor the Bidder/Contractor from his responsibility of
acquiring the specified material quality or the correct performance of the work. This is also applicable
to shop-primed structural steel or other components.
All materials shall be protected against corrosion and damage due to the influence of prevailing
climatic conditions, including dust, sandstorms, and seawater spray. The Bidder/Contractor shall bear
the responsibility for all losses and damages which may occur through inadequate measures against
such influences and shall replace the damaged parts at his cost.
The Bidder/Contractor shall bear the full responsibility for galvanizing and paint applied by him or by
others.

Materials MATERIALS
The complete painting and corrosion protection system is guaranteed for not less than 5 years after the
Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC).
The Bidder/Contractor shall provide a Guarantee Performance Bond to assure the performance of
extended guaranteed obligations for corrosion protection. The Bidder/Contractor (after FAC) shall
carry out during the extended guarantee period any repair or replacement on the corrosion protection
executed under this Specification at no additional cost after being intimated by Kahramaa.
The repairs not carried out to the satisfaction of Kahramaa shall be assigned to others, and the costs
thereof shall be borne by activating the Performance Bond valid for the extended guaranteed
obligations.
8.2 Inspection During Guarantee Period

Kahramaa shall inspect the entire work of painting and corrosion protection during the following
periods:
1. Before the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued
2. The second Inspection two years later
3. The third Inspection four years after the date of the Final Acceptance Certificate
4. The final inspection is at the end of the five years guarantee period.
Whilst the material remains guaranteed, all coatings on surfaces in direct contact with fluids shall be
free from defects such as pinholes, blisters, loss of adhesion, peeling, etc. The rust degree on the base
material shall be kept between the range R0 to R1 according to ISO-4628-3 or its equivalent
Surfaces exposed to atmospheric corrosion shall be repaired and painted if the rust degree falls within
the range R-2 and R-3 according to ISO-4628-3 or its equivalent.
9. Manufacturer's Qualification
Manufacturer’s Qualification shall be in all means as per clause 8 of General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL.

within KM-EPM-D-PNT-ELECTRICAL-MATERIALS-TSR-CHECKLIST.
10.2 Statement of Compliance

Provisions of clause 9.2 from SWG General Requirements KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL are
applicable.
The Bidder shall submit Statement of Compliance in line with clause 9.2 of General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL and Appendix C of this specification.

Materials MATERIALS
The Bidder shall submit Deviation Schedule in line with clause 9.2 of GEN General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-GEN-GENERAL and Appendix B of this specification.


Materials MATERIALS
11. Appendices

Materials MATERIALS
Technical Data Schedule
The Bidder shall provide the Technical Data Schedule per miscellaneous items and component
specifications on this schedule.
Issue: 0.0 20 Mar 2023 Internal Page A 1 of 1

Materials MATERIALS
Deviation Schedule
Document reference KM-EPM-D-XXX-XXXX: Characters “XXXX” shall be replaced with “PNT-

ELECTRCIAL-MATERIALS” denoting this Specification for Painting for Electrical Materials.
Issue: 0.0 20 Mar 2023 Internal Page B 1 of 1

Materials MATERIALS

Document reference KM-EPM-D-XXX-XXXX: Characters “XXXX” shall be replaced with “PNT-

ELECTRCIAL-MATERIALS” denoting this Specification for Painting for Electrical Materials.
Issue: 0.0 20 Mar 2023 Internal Page C 1 of 1

Materials MATERIALS
Below table gives a list of Checklists to be followed for the subject equipment under this
specification. Detail of these Checklist are provided in KM-EPM-D-QA-MANUAL.
1 KM-EPM-D-XXX-LSW-CHECKLIST Local Supplier Warehouse Checklist
2 KM-EPM-D- XXX -F-INS-CHECKLIST Factory Inspection Checklist
3 KM-EPM-D- XXX -TSR-CHECKLIST Tender Submission Requirements Checklist
4 KM-EPM-D- XXX -FPS-CHECKLIST Factory Pre-shipment Checklist
5 KM-EPM-D- XXX -SAT-CHECKLIST Site Acceptance Checklist
6 KM-EPM-D- XXX -INSTL-CHECKLIST Installation Checklist
Issue: 0.0 20 Mar 2023 Internal Page D 1 of 1

Materials MATERIALS
General
Local Manufacturer’s/Supplier’s :
Name
Name
Warehouse Location : Address Line 1

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Supplied Material : Painting for electrical materials
KM Specification : KM-EPM-D-PNT-ELECTRICAL-MATERIALS
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Basic Information
Material (Paint tin) serial :

number
Paint type :
Issue: 0.0 13 Dec 2022 Internal Page D.1. 1 of 2

Materials MATERIALS
Yes No N/A
Packing intact and not damaged : ☐ ☐ ☐
Material intact and not damaged : ☐ ☐ ☐

: ☐ ☐ ☐
warehouse
Copy of Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) and Sample Tests

: ☐ ☐ ☐
reports attached to drum/material package
Document providing the details of Directions of Use : ☐ ☐ ☐

Remarks

being photographed.
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

Materials MATERIALS
1. Details

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Representative
Position
(Name and Position)
Telephone
Email
Product Type : Paint
Inspection
: Name(s)
Engineer/Team
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Remarks

Materials MATERIALS
2. General
Yes No N/A
The Manufacturer has extensive experience of design,
2.1
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The Manufacturer has a Quality Management System which
2.2
has been certified by an accredited body.
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The scope of Quality Management System covers the
2.3 ☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
The Manufacturer has an organisation chart detailing the Yes No N/A

2.4 different areas of the company along with roles,
Yes No N/A
The factory has adequate resources for both material and
2.5
personnel.
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
2.6 Dates set for equipment delivery are being met.
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
2.7 The Manufacturer has an internal audit plan.
☐ ☐ ☐
The Manufacturer promotes a green environment e.g. Yes No N/A

2.8 recycling waste, measures in place to save electricity, gas and
water. ☐ ☐ ☐

Materials MATERIALS
2. General
Name of accredited body:
3. Health & Safety
Yes No N/A
3.1 The Manufacturer promotes a safe working environment.
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The Manufacturer has adequate welfare facilities for
3.2
personnel.
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
3.3 During inspection have any near misses occurred?
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
During inspection are there any risks adequately
3.4
controlled?
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
In the factory personnel wear the correct level of PPE for
3.5
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The supplier has over 10 years’ experience in the
4.1
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The supplier has over 20 years’ experience in the
4.2 ☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
4.3 The Manufacturer has a Design Handbook.
☐ ☐ ☐

Materials MATERIALS
The Manufacturer employs up to date Computer Aided Yes No N/A

4.4 Design (CAD) to design/calculate main/critical parts for
5. Process Control
The Manufacturer has a document management system for Yes No N/A

5.1 controlling policies, procedures, standards and
Yes No N/A
The Manufacturer’s processes are readily available for
5.2
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The Manufacturer’s processes are regularly reviewed, and
5.3
☐ ☐ ☐
The process documentation covers the complete life cycle Yes No N/A
5.4
Yes No N/A
There is a procedure to cover product which is non-
5.5
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
There is a procedure to cover the use and management of
5.6
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
6.1 The factory layout allows for a good production flow.
☐ ☐ ☐

Materials MATERIALS
Yes No N/A
The factory is in generally good condition and there is
6.2
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The factory is kept in order and maintained to a high standard
6.3
with evidence of regular maintenance.
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The machines used in critical processes are in good condition
6.4
and there is evidence of regular maintenance.
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The tools used by personnel are adequate/of good
6.5
☐ ☐ ☐
The equipment used for handling and moving product is used Yes No N/A
as directed and according to factory approved method. The
6.6
equipment used is of good condition and has evidence of
☐ ☐ ☐
maintenance.
The manufacturer has a procedure for the storage of Yes No N/A

6.7 components and materials. This procedure is fit for purpose
Yes No N/A
6.8 The storage area is organised and tidy.
☐ ☐ ☐
The procedures for managing incoming material/equipment is Yes No N/A

6.9 being followed correctly. The materials/equipment is tested
before being used. ☐ ☐ ☐

Yes No N/A
Materials and products in production are clearly labelled,
6.11
☐ ☐ ☐
Inspection/Quality Control checks are carried out at each Yes No N/A

6.12 stage of production with evidence of checks and tests being
Yes No N/A
During manufacturing the product is suitably stored when
6.13
☐ ☐ ☐

Materials MATERIALS
Yes No N/A
The level of workmanship throughout production is
6.14
satisfactory.
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The facility used for final test is in good condition with
7.1
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
7.2 The test facilities are capable of carrying out Type Testing.
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
7.4 Is the first time failure rate <5%?
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
7.5 Is the first time failure rate <10%?
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The measurement equipment used in final test employs
7.6
☐ ☐ ☐
The test equipment used in final test is capable of testing Yes No N/A
7.7 the product and is in good condition with evidence of
regular maintenance. ☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The Test Records produced during Final Test are found to
7.8
be satisfactory.
☐ ☐ ☐
There is a process for calibration of test and/or measuring Yes No N/A

7.9 equipment. The process is being followed and can be traced
Yes No N/A
There is a register of testing/measuring equipment and the
7.10 associated calibration date. The register is up to date and

Materials MATERIALS
Yes No N/A
The calibration tests performed are to a
7.11
☐ ☐ ☐
8. Packing
Yes No N/A
The manufacturer has a procedure and documentation to
8.1
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The above method is sufficient to prevent damage during
8.2
transport.
☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No N/A
The packing area and facilities are suitable to meet packing
8.3
requirements.
☐ ☐ ☐

Materials MATERIALS
9. Summary
The Inspection Engineer shall summarise the findings of the Factory Inspection below. The
9.1 findings shall reference the applicable sections of this checklist. Any corrective actions and
observations shall be discussed with the manufacturer.
9.2 Recommendation

☐ ☐ ☐ ☐
Yes No
9.3 Attachments
☐ ☐

Materials MATERIALS
TENDER SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
General
Supplied Material : Paint
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
At least two sets of documents with all details shall be submitted Yes No NA
Full technical literature for the material offered : ☐ ☐ ☐
ISO 9001, : ☐ ☐ ☐
ISO 14001, : ☐ ☐ ☐

KAHRAMAA assessment.
Product catalogue with all technical details including all steps of

manufacturing. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Sample FAT documents and checklists. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Type Test Report from International Recognized Independent
Laboratory. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Materials MATERIALS
Complete product catalogue with all ratings, characteristics &
recommended installation procedure including specific mounting : ☐ ☐ ☐
procedures, connection requirements etc.
GCC and other countries. The manufacturer shall have minimum of
10 years’ experience in manufacturing the material. Manufacturer
shall furnish a list of purchasers with year and quantity of the : ☐ ☐ ☐
product offered with the offer to prove his manufacturing
experience.
List of all Routine Factory Tests and Sample Tests including
respective test plans. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Quality plan for the manufacturing process of the material. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Installation and maintenance procedures. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Material Safety Data Schedule (MSDS). : ☐ ☐ ☐
Remarks
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

Materials MATERIALS
General

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Representative
Position
(Name and Position)
Telephone
Email
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Basic Information
Paint Type :
Paint Tin Serial Number :
Quantity of Paint :

Materials MATERIALS
Sample Tests Completed
1) General
General check for workmanship and completeness : ☐
2) Visual Inspection
Product made of the specified materials : ☐
Verification of the marking (durability and legibility of marking), : ☐
Paint tins are not damaged : ☐
3) Testing
Visual assessment of surface rust grade (ISO 8501-1). Assessment of the

rust grade of uncoated surfaces or surfaces where the coating has been
removed. Acceptable grades shall be A, B or C. A Pictorial report shall be
submitted as explained in the standard.
Visual assessment of surface cleanness (ISO 8501-1). Assessment of

uncoated surfaces or surfaces where the coating has been removed.
Acceptable grades Sa2 and St2 for Blast-cleaning and Hand-cleaning, : ☐
respectively. A Pictorial report shall be submitted as explained in the
standard.
Visual assessment of surface cleanness (ISO 8501-2). Assessment of

previously coated steel substrates after localized removal of previous
coatings. Acceptable grades P Sa2, P St2 and P Ma for Localized Blast-
: ☐
cleaning, Localized Hand-cleaning and Localized Machine-cleaning,
respectively. A Pictorial report shall be submitted as explained in the
standard.
Assessment of surface cleanness after blast cleaning (ISO 8502-1).

The determination of the presence of soluble iron salts by PH test papers. : ☐
The testing-paper colour change in blue indicates salt presence.
Measuring the mean Dry Film Thickness by magnetic gauges.
: ☐
The mean DFT shall be according to the manufacturer’s recommendation.
Sample Test Report Reference Number
Manufacturer Compliance Undertaking The letter confirming the equipment to be shipped is in

Letter (copy to be attached) full compliance with Kahramaa’s specifications and
routine tests in the relevant ISO standard.

Materials MATERIALS
Factory Acceptance Test Completed
1) Confirmation that Sample Tests have been completed on 10% of each lot
☐
to deliver (with results issued to Kahramaa and approved)
2) Physical Inspection (100%)
Packing completed : ☐
Copy of routine, FAT reports attached : ☐
FAT report includes a “quality control report.” : ☐
Copy of delivery note attached : ☐
Shipping Marks applied to dispatch package and match consignment

notice/delivery note (time between manufacture date and delivery date : ☐
shall be < 6 months)
A document providing the details of Directions of Use : ☐
3) Environmental Risk Assessment
Environmental Risk Assessment examinations are performed for each

: ☐
product against their Material Safety Data Schedule (MSDS).

Materials MATERIALS
Remarks
Provide a summary of the outcome of the test and any remarks about the tests
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

Materials MATERIALS
SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST CHECKLIST
General
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Installation Site
Site Name : Site Name
Site ID : Site ID
Project ID : Project ID
(Other supporting :
Insert titles of silica gel-relevant documentation supplied
documents)
Basic Information
Paint Type :
Quantity of items (tins) in each package :
Yes No
Routine Factory Tests Certificate present :
☐ ☐

Materials MATERIALS
Physical Site Inspection Checks Completed
Yes No
Visual paint check (no visible damage, colour check, odour check) : ☐ ☐
Verification of the paint package marking (durability and legibility of marking) : ☐ ☐
Check of paint material : ☐ ☐
Check of paint quantity in each package : ☐ ☐
Remarks
Provide a summary of the outcome of the test and any remarks about the tests
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

Materials MATERIALS
PAINTING INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
General
Material supplied : Paint
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Installation Site :
Basic Information :
Correct material supplied to site. : ☐
All items supplied as in packing list. : ☐
Shipping documents correspond to characteristics of silica gel. : ☐
Copy of routine FAT report test is present. : ☐
Delivery note checked for silica gel tin serial number and month and year of
: ☐
manufacture.
Document providing the details of Directions of Use ☐
Visual Inspection on Arrival Completed
Inspect packaging for signs of damage : ☐

Materials MATERIALS
Checks to be done before installation Completed
Visual check of the material delivered at the project site. : ☐
Ensure Documents of the material is available at site. : ☐
Ensure Drawings available i.e. relating to installation, general arrangement etc. : ☐
Check the authorization of personnel and responsibilities. : ☐
Check work area is suitable for undertaking works in a safe manner. : ☐
Check that a Site Risk Assessment has been carried out. : ☐
Remarks
Provide a summary of the site area
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

KM- EPM-D-TRF-11-0.4-DRY-GMT
Specification for 11/0.433kV

Distribution Transformers, Dry
Type (Cast Resin) Ground
Mounted for Indoor Applications
Issue: 0.0 25 Oct 2022 Internal Page 1 of 30

Specification for 11/0.433kV Distribution KM- EPM-D-TRF-11-0.4-DRY-GMT
Transformers, Dry Type (Cast Resin) Ground
Document Control
Specification for
11/0.433kV Distribution
Material Specification Transformers, Dry
EP
Standards Type (Cast Resin)
Ground Mounted for
Indoor Applications
Issue Approval

Planning

Filed
Original signed & filed separately Original signed & filed separately Original signed & filed separately
Document Control
Issue Record
0.0 25 Oct 2022 First issue of the new specification
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0

Contents
1. Scope......................................................................................................................................... 8
2. References ................................................................................................................................. 8
2.1. Alternative Codes and Standards ...................................................................................... 10
3. Environmental & Service Conditions ....................................................................................... 10
4. System Parameters ................................................................................................................... 10
5. Dry-Type Transformers ........................................................................................................... 10
5.1. General ............................................................................................................................ 10
5.2. Rated Power..................................................................................................................... 10
5.3. Rated Voltage .................................................................................................................. 10
5.4. Tapping Range and Method.............................................................................................. 11
5.5. Insulation Level ............................................................................................................... 11
5.6. Short-Circuit Impedance .................................................................................................. 11
5.7. Reference Temperature for Short-Circuit Impedance, Load Loss and Winding Resistance 11
5.8. Insulation System Thermal Class of Windings .................................................................. 11
5.9. Temperature Rise Limits .................................................................................................. 12
5.10. Temperature Limits ...................................................................................................... 12
5.11. Connections ................................................................................................................. 12
5.12. Losses .......................................................................................................................... 12
5.13. Sound Level ................................................................................................................. 13
5.14. Overloading ................................................................................................................. 13
5.15. Rating and Connection Diagram Plates ......................................................................... 13
5.16. Labelling ...................................................................................................................... 14
5.17. Climatic, Environmental and Fire Behaviour Classes .................................................... 14
5.18. Protective Coatings ...................................................................................................... 15
5.18.1. Magnetic Core and Frames Protective Coatings ........................................................ 15
5.18.2. Enclosure Protective Coatings .................................................................................. 15
5.19. Transformer Room ....................................................................................................... 15
6. Construction ............................................................................................................................ 15
6.1. General Construction........................................................................................................ 15
6.2. Magnetic Core ................................................................................................................. 16
6.3. Windings and Connection Bus Bars.................................................................................. 16
6.4. Enclosure ......................................................................................................................... 17

6.5. Cable Boxes & Bushings .................................................................................................. 17

6.5.1. HV Cable Box .......................................................................................................... 17
6.5.2. LV Cable Box .......................................................................................................... 18
6.6. Cable Supports ................................................................................................................. 18
6.7. Fittings............................................................................................................................. 18
6.7.1. Gaskets..................................................................................................................... 19
6.7.2. Earthing ................................................................................................................... 19
6.7.3. Temperature Sensor .................................................................................................. 19
6.7.4. Direct Reading Mechanical Dial Type Winding Temperature Indicators ................... 19
6.7.5. Temperature Monitoring Unit (Temperature Controller) ........................................... 20
6.7.6. Auxiliary Wiring ...................................................................................................... 22
6.7.7. Lifting Fittings ......................................................................................................... 22
6.7.8. Rollers...................................................................................................................... 22
6.7.9. Anti-Vibration Pads .................................................................................................. 22
6.7.10. Chart of Tap Changing Link Position........................................................................ 23
7.1.1. Routine Tests............................................................................................................ 23
7.1.2. Prototype Units......................................................................................................... 24
7.1.3. Type Tests ................................................................................................................ 24
7.1.4. Special Tests ............................................................................................................ 25
7.1.5. Type and Special Test Reports .................................................................................. 26
7.1.6. Site Inspection Tests ................................................................................................. 26
7.1.7. Transformer Quality Proofing by Calculation Method............................................... 26
7.1.8. Test Schedule and Sequence ..................................................................................... 26
7.2. Pre-Delivery Testing and Inspection ................................................................................. 28
7.3. Rejection and Tolerances ................................................................................................. 28
7.4. Identification and Packaging ............................................................................................ 28
7.5. Warranty .......................................................................................................................... 28
7.6. Drawings ......................................................................................................................... 28
7.8. Transport ......................................................................................................................... 29


10. Quality Assurance Checklists ................................................................................................... 29
11. Appendices .............................................................................................................................. 30
Data Schedule
Deviation Schedule

Abbreviations
1C Single core power cable
3C Three core power cable
a.c. Alternating current
AN Air natural cooling of transformer
AV Applied voltage test
AuxW Auxiliary wiring insulation test
BS British Standard
d.c. Direct current
EN European standards
GMT Ground mounted transformer
HV High voltage
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission (standard)
IK Impact protection class of enclosures
IP Ingress protection class of enclosures
IVW Induced voltage withstand test
K Temperature rise in Kelvin
KM KAHRAMAA
LI Full wave lightning impulse test
LIC Chopped wave lightning impulse test for the line terminals
LL Load loss

LV Low voltage
LpA A-weighted sound pressure level
LWA A-weighted sound power level
MCB Miniature circuit-breaker
NLC No-load current
NLL No-load loss
PD Partial discharge
PF Power factor
PTC Positive temperature coefficient
European color matching system which defines colors for paint, coatings and
RAL
plastics
RTD Resistance temperature detector
SCI Short-circuit impedance
VCB Vacuum Circuit Breaker
VPI Vacuum Pressure Impregnated (winding)
WTI Winding temperature indicator

1. Scope
This specification details the requirements for the design, manufacture, inspection, testing, delivery,
transport, handling, marking and packing of two winding dry type cast resin distribution transformers
suitable for use on KAHRAMAA’s 11kV, three phase, 50Hz distribution system.
The transformers shall be natural air cooled without any forced ventilation contained within a metallic
enclosure, connected through bushings in cable boxes and located for Indoor Applications, in non-air-
conditioned rooms. Transformers shall withstand the harsh ambient and climatic conditions prevailing
in the state of Qatar.
The rated power of the transformers shall be 500kVA, 1000kVA and 1600kVA for continuous service
at 50 Hz to transform energy from 11kV to 433V rated voltage.
This scope covers the purchase of transformers by both KAHRAMAA and by third party purchasers
required to adhere to this KAHRAMAA specification.
The contents of this specification include reference to system parameters, that the material shall be rated
to. In addition, this specification states the requirements of warranty, statement of compliance, ISO
certification, instructions on information to be supplied with the tender, storage and delivery.
2. References
The Standards listed in Table 1 and Table 2 shall be applicable for transformers and transformer items.
Any updates of mentioned standard and / or any new standards shall be applicable subject to agreement
between Kahramaa and Supplier / Manufacturer.
Table 1: References
IEC 60076-1:2011 Power transformers – General
IEC 60076-2:2011 Power Transformers – Temperature rise for liquid-immersed transformers
IEC 60076-3:2013 Power transformers – Insulation levels, dielectric tests and external
+AMD1:2018 CSV clearances in air
IEC 60076-5:2006 Power transformers – Ability to withstand short-circuit
IEC 60076-10:2016 Power transformers – Determination of sound level
IEC 60076-11:2018 Power transformers – Dry-type transformers

IEC 60076-12:2008 Power transformers – Loading guide for dry-type transformers
IEC TS 60076-
Power transformers – Energy Efficiency
20:2017(E)
IEC 60076-22-1:2019 Power transformer and reactor fittings - Protective devices
IEC 60085:2007 Electrical insulation, thermal evaluation and designation
IEC 60270:2000
High-voltage test techniques – Partial discharge measurements
+AMD1:2015 CSV
IEC60529:1989
+AMD1:1999+AMD Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code)
2:2013 CSV
IEC 62262:2002 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures for electrical equipment against
+AMD1:2021 CSV mechanical impacts (IK code)
Power transformers – Additional European requirements Part 2- 1: Medium
EN 50708-2-1:2020
power transformer – General requirements
ISO 2808:2019 Paints and varnishes – Determination of film thickness
Corrosion of metals and alloys – Corrosivity of atmospheres –Classification,

ISO 9223:2012
determination and estimation
Paints and varnishes – Corrosion protection of steel structures by protective
ISO 12944-1:2017
paint systems – Part 1: General introduction
ISO 12944-2:2017
paint systems –Part 2: Classification of environments

KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL Transformer General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-CBL-11-XLPE-UGD-1 & 3-
11kV XLPE 1&3 Core Cables.
CORE
KM-EPM-D-CBL-ACC-11-HEAT- Heat Shrinkable Right Angle Boot for 11kV Cable
TERMINATIONS-RIGHT-ANGLE-BOOT Termination
KM-EPM-D-CBL-LV-XLPE-UGD-Armoured Low Voltage Armoured Cable
KM-EPM-D-CBL-LV-XLPE-UGD-Single Core
Low Voltage Unarmoured Cable
Unarmoured
Painting for Electrical Materials
MATERIALS
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKET Gaskets

The Bidder may propose alternative Codes and Standards provided it is proven that it gives an
Codes or Standard is at the Discretion of KAHRAMAA.
3. Environmental & Service Conditions
The transformers covered by this specification shall be designed and rated for operation under the
environmental and service conditions as detailed in clause 2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-TRF-GENERAL.
Manufacturers are cautioned that the maximum temperature of cooling air / design temperature as per
Table 3 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL must be used as design criteria.
4. System Parameters
system parameters as detailed in clause 3 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
5. Dry-Type Transformers
5.1. General
General statement shall be in general as in clause 5.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
The transformer must be suitable for parallel operation.
5.2. Rated Power

The rated power shall be in general as in clause 5.2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
The rated power of the transformers shall be 500kVA, 1000kVA and 1600kVA.The power ratings shall
be obtained based on the method of transformer cooling being naturally air-cooled AN.
5.3. Rated Voltage

HV rated voltage is 11kV. Voltage ratio is 11000/433V.
The no-load LV output voltage of the transformers shall be 433/250V, when 11kV is applied to the HV
windings at principal tap. This is to provide consumers with a nominal supply voltage of 415/240V on
full load, after permitted system voltage drops.

5.4. Tapping Range and Method

Tapping Range and Method shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 5.3 of TRF General
Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
Tap position shall be visible from outside.
5.5. Insulation Level

The insulation shall be rated to levels as detailed in clause 5.4 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-TRF-GENERAL.
5.6. Short-Circuit Impedance

Short-circuit impedance shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 5.5 of TRF General
The Bidder or third party shall state guaranteed values of short-circuit impedance at principal tap and
at reference temperature for each transformer rating in the Data Schedule. Reference temperature shall
be as per requirements in clause 5.7.
During factory acceptance tests, the short-circuit impedance shall be measured at rated frequency and
at the principal tap according to IEC 60076. Measured short-circuit impedance corrected to reference
temperature shall meet the rated values stated in Table 3 for all ratings, with tolerance given in clause
5.5 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
Short-circuit impedances rated values at reference temperature are stated in Table 3 (the values are in
accordance with BS EN 50708-2-1, Table 2).
Table 3: Short-circuit impedance rated values
Rated power Short-circuit impedance

(kVA) at reference temperature (%)
500 6.00
1000 6.00
1600 6.00
5.7. Reference Temperature for Short-Circuit Impedance, Load Loss and Winding
Resistance
Reference temperature for short-circuit impedance, load loss and winding resistance shall be in all
means as per requirements in clause 5.6 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
5.8. Insulation System Thermal Class of Windings

Electrical insulation system of HV and LV winding shall conform thermal class 155 (F) or 180 (H) in
accordance with IEC 60085 Table 1. HV and LV winding shall have same thermal class.
Bidder shall state proposed insulation system thermal class of windings in Data Schedule and on Rating
plate. For proposed insulation system thermal class of windings Bidder shall state in Data Schedule

respective reference temperature for short-circuit impedance, load loss and winding resistance as per
requirements in clause 5.7.
5.9. Temperature Rise Limits

Temperature rise limits shall be in general as per requirements in clause 5.7, in particular as per
requirements in clause 5.7.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
For proposed insulation system thermal class of windings Bidder shall state respective winding
temperature-rise in Data Schedule and on Rating plate.
5.10. Temperature Limits

Temperature limits shall be in general as per requirements in clause 5.8, in particular as per requirements
in clause 5.8.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
For proposed insulation system thermal class of windings Bidder shall state respective hot-spot winding
temperature in Data Schedule.
5.11. Connections
Transformer HV and LV windings shall be connected in a Delta-Star configuration. The vector Group
shall be Dyn11.
The neutral connection shall be capable of carrying full rated phase current.
5.12. Losses
Losses shall be in general as per clause 5.10 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
Maximum losses shall be in all means as per clause 5.10.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.
Load losses at reference temperature & at principal tap and no-load losses at rated voltage values are
stated in Table 4 (the values are in accordance with EN 50708-2-1, Table 2, Tier 2). Reference
temperature shall be as per requirements in clause 5.7. Losses values for transformer with rated power
500kVA are obtained by linear interpolation from mentioned standard table.
Table 4: Maximum load losses and maximum no-load losses
Rated power Maximum load losses at reference Maximum no-load losses at

(kVA) temperature & at principal tap (W) rated voltage (W)
500 5630 812
1000 9000 1395
1600 13000 1980

5.13. Sound Level

The maximum values of sound pressure and sound power levels, for transformer rating, determined as
per IEC 60076-10 are stated in Table 5. Sound power level LWA values given in Table 5 are in
accordance with EN 50708-2-1 Table 2. Sound power level values for transformer with rated power
500kVA are obtained by linear interpolation.
Sound levels shall be verified by conducting a type test as specified in Clause 7.1.3.
Table 5: Maximum sound pressure and maximum sound power levels
Rated power Maximum sound pressure level, Maximum sound power level,
(kVA) LpA [dB(A)] LWA [dB(A)]
500 48 61
1000 51 65
1600 54 68
Guaranteed and the measured values of sound pressure and power levels shall not be greater than
respective values stated in Table 5.
5.14. Overloading
Overloading shall be in all means as per clause 5.11 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
5.15. Rating and Connection Diagram Plates

Rating and Connection Diagram Plates shall be in all means as per clause 5.12 and Drawings F.1 and
F.3 in Appendix F of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
The transformer shall be fitted with two connection diagram and individual rating plates, one of each
located on the side of transformer enclosure and the other of each on the frame of the transformer.
The rating plates shall generally be as detailed in IEC 60076-11, but showing the following items are
required:
1. Dry-type Cast resin transformer

2. Compliance standards reference (IEC 60076-11:2018)
3. KM specification reference
4. Manufacturer name and country of origin
5. Manufacturer’s serial number
6. Month and year of manufacture
7. Month and year of delivery
8. Diagram drawing No.
9. KM Contract/Scheme number

10. Owners reference No.

11. Rated power (in kVA)
12. Number of phases
13. Rated frequency
14. Rated voltages
15. Rated currents
16. Connection and phase displacement symbol
17. Design temperature (55oC)
18. Thermal class of insulation system for each winding refer to IEC 60085
19. Short-circuit impedance at rated current and at reference temperature (guaranteed/tested)
20. Winding temperature rises for each winding (guaranteed)
21. Load loss at reference temperature (guaranteed/tested)
22. No-load loss (guaranteed/tested)
23. Winding type for each winding
24. Winding material for each winding (Cu)
25. Type of cooling (AN)
26. Insulation levels for each winding according to IEC 60076-3 standard notation
27. IP / IK protection degree of enclosure
28. Environmental class
29. Climatic class
30. Fire behaviour class
31. Total mass of core and winding
32. Total mass of transformer (without/with enclosure)
33. Maximum system short-circuit currents.
5.16. Labelling
Labelling shall be in all means as per clause 5.13 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
5.17. Climatic, Environmental and Fire Behaviour Classes

Transformers shall conform to the ratings as stated in Table 6.
Table 6: Class Requirements
Requirement Class
Climatic Class C2

Requirement Class
Environmental Class E2
Fire Behaviour Class F1
5.18. Protective Coatings

Protective coatings (corrosion protection and painting) shall be in accordance with KM specification
KM-EPM-D-PNT-ELECTRICAL-MATERIALS.
5.18.1. Magnetic Core and Frames Protective Coatings

The transformer magnetic core and frames shall be coated with the anti-corrosion protection system
suitable for the environmental and service conditions as specified in clause 2 of TRF General
5.18.2. Enclosure Protective Coatings

The manufacturer shall propose their standard painting procedure provided that it is serviceable for
environmental and service conditions as specified in clause 2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-TRF-GENERAL. Surface preparation, coating and painting of enclosure shall comply with ISO 9223
and ISO 12944-2 high corrosion class (C4) system as minimum and shall have high durability (H) as
per ISO 12944-1.
All paint systems shall render a service life of at least 20 years before maintenance is required.
The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that, where a primer coat is required, the substrate and the
primer coat are compatible.
The colour of final coat shall be Pebble grey or RAL 7032.
Measurement of thickness of protective coating shall not be less than 250 μm on the entire painted
surface. Each and every transformer manufactured for KM under this specification paint thickness shall
be measured and recorded on the routine test certificates.
5.19. Transformer Room

Transformer room shall be in all means as per clause 5.14 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.
6. Construction
6.1. General Construction

The design and construction of a cast-resin transformer shall be a double-wound, three-phase, air-
insulated encapsulated dry type and suitable for indoor applications only. The transformer and enclosure
shall not be fitted with any forced ventilation or exhaust fans. The necessary ventilation requirements
for the transformer cooling shall be met solely by the natural air available in the transformer rooms.

The Manufacturer shall co-ordinate with the KM / Client for the Transformer Room size, ventilation
methods, equipment in vicinity etc. and shall ensure that the transformer is designed and suitable for
the intended installation without any forced ventilation.
The sub-assemblies of the transformer shall be designed such as to not significantly increase the
vibrations or cause resonance. Anti-vibration mounts shall be incorporated to reduce vibration and noise
levels.
6.2. Magnetic Core

Magnetic core shall be in all means as per clause 6.2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
6.3. Windings and Connection Bus Bars

Windings and Connection Bus Bars shall be in all means as per clause 6.3 of TRF General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
The winding insulation system shall be of high quality, thermal class 155 (F) or 180 (H) in accordance
with IEC 60085 with no deterioration of the insulation properties as per IEC 60076-11 requirements.
The HV windings shall be totally encapsulated in a resin-cast insulation. The encapsulation shall be
impervious to moisture and common industrial contaminants. The insulation material shall be based on
an epoxy-resin/ powdered quartz mixture, which makes the windings maintenance-free, humidity-
resistant and suitable for tropical areas as well as fire-resistant (in accordance with IEC 60076-11, class
F1) and self-extinguishing.
LV windings shall be totally encapsulated in a resin-cast insulation or shall be vacuum pressure

impregnated (VPI).
The insulation material of windings and connections shall be free from insulation compounds subject
to shrinking or collapse during service. No toxic gases shall form during heating or burning. The ageing
properties shall be sufficiently high for the life expectancy of the transformer.
Laying of the HV winding material shall be such to ensure superior linear lightning voltage distribution
characteristics. LV windings shall be made with impregnated type interlayer insulation.
There shall be no joints in either the winding conductors or insulation. The coils must be capable of
withstanding movement and distortion caused by all operating conditions.
The castings shall be such that the composite structure shall have sufficient resilience strength against
stresses developed due to differences in co-efficient of thermal expansions between insulation materials
and winding material.
The transformer windings shall be designed so that the coils can be easily removed for repair in the
event of a failure. If the coils are to be removed, this shall only be done in facilities that are suitably
equipped.

6.4. Enclosure
The transformer shall be contained in a sheet steel ventilated enclosure suitable for indoor service. The
enclosure shall be painted and protected in accordance with Section 5.18.
The overall dimensions of the enclosure and fittings attached shall not exceed the values stated in
Table 7.
Table 7: Enclosure Dimensions
Dimension Maximum Value (mm)
Length 2500
Width (excluding cable boxes) 1500
Height 2500
The degree of protection shall not be less than IP31 on all parts of the enclosure (including the bottom
in accordance with IEC 60529). The IK rating of the enclosure shall be not less than IK7 in accordance
with IEC 62262.
All side panels and the top cover of the enclosure shall be removable. The panels and covers shall be
fixed to the main enclosure using nut/bolts with all fixings made from non-corrosive high-grade
stainless steel.
The bottom plate (floor) of the enclosure shall be strong enough to sustain a load of an average weighted
person (technician) to stand on for the maintenance (whatsoever) required.
Danger Board prepared as per Drawing E.1 Appendix E in KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL shall be fitted
to enclosure prior to testing and shall be fixed permanently on all four sides of the enclosure. [Note:
Removable labels or stickers are not acceptable].
6.5. Cable Boxes & Bushings

Cable Boxes & Bushings shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 6.4 of TRF General
6.5.1. HV Cable Box

The HV Cable box shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 6.4.1 of TRF General
Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL. Required values of HV Cable box & bushings parameters
are given in Table 17 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL. The arrangement
and dimensional requirements of the Drawing No F.8 in Appendix F of TRF General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL is mandatory.
The cable box shall be designed to accept power cable 11kV nominal voltage, three core (3C) conductor
cross-section size between 70 mm² and 120 mm², based on location in the network and in line with
appropriate short circuit and cable continuous carrying capacity calculation according to latest versions
of IEC standards, fully in accordance with KM-EPM-D-CBL-11-XLPE-UGD-1 & 3-CORE. Heat

shrinkable terminations shall be according KM-EPM-D-CBL-ACC-11-HEAT-TERMINATIONS-

RIGHT-ANGLE-BOOT.
6.5.2. LV Cable Box

The LV Cable box shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 6.4.2 of TRF General
Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL. Required values of LV cable box & bushings parameters
and dimensional requirements of the Drawing No F.11 in Appendix F of TRF General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL is mandatory.
The cable box shall be designed to accept low voltage cable 600/1000V fully in accordance with KM-
EPM-D-CBL-LV-XLPE-UGD-Armoured and KM-EPM-D-CBL-LV-XLPE-UGD-Single Core
Unarmoured.
The cable cores shall be connected to the bushing bus-bars using 4-hole compression lugs as per the
cable size shown in Table 8.
The LV cable requirements for each transformer at the specified rated power shall be as stated in Table
8.
Table 8: LV cable box requirements
Rated power (kVA) Number of cables Cable Type
500 4 600/1000V, 1C Cu 630 mm²
1000 7 600/1000V, 1C Cu 630 mm²
1600 7 600/1000V, 1C Cu 800 mm²
6.6. Cable Supports

The transformer enclosure shall be equipped with cable supports on both the HV and LV sides. The
supports shall be designed to take the loading of the cable and prevent stresses on the termination. Cable
cleats shall be supplied with the transformer to adequately secure cables to the supporting system.
6.7. Fittings
The Fittings shall be in general as per clause 6.5 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
All conduit connection routed to Junction box shall be PVC steel reinforced. As a high temp. up to
180oC shall be available inside the transformer enclosure, PVC of steel reinforced conduit is to be
suitable to sustain such high temp. Moreover, the conduit is to be clamped by metal clamp. Clamping
by cable tie is not acceptable.
Manufacturer shall confirm the high reliable service life warrantee for the used temperature sensors,
direct reading mechanical dial type winding temperature indicators and temperature monitoring devices,

for service (useful) life of transformer as per clause 5.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.
6.7.1. Gaskets
Gaskets shall be in accordance with KM specification KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKET.
For example, gaskets to use at enclosure opening and cable boxes.
6.7.2. Earthing
An Earthing ring shall be provided in the inner perimeter of the enclosure with rectangular copper bus
bar minimum cross section 120 / 240 / 340 mm2 for 500 / 1000 / 1600kVA transformer respectively.
All joints in the ring shall be through nut/bolts or brazing, any type of welding not permitted.
Two tin platted copper earthing flags, of size 63x63mm, and 6mm thick each, having hole suitable for
connecting M14 bolt, or an equivalent arrangement shall be provided at bottom of the transformer
framework on either side.
All boxes including HV, LV, control box, temperature monitoring device box and Junction Box shall
have dedicated earthing facility with earth marking. Wherever applicable the transformer shall be
supplied with LV gland earth looping (all LV glands are to be interconnected by earth loops along with
end loop connected between end gland & LV cable box earthing point): Earth loop copper cable shall
be 16 mm2 minimum: Loop cables shall be used same as per KM standard green/yellow earthing cable.
All exposed metallic conductive non-live parts shall be connected to earth terminals by construction
through full earth fault rated conductors/braids.
The earthing terminal shall be welded to magnetic core frame.
Core earth connection shall be accessible for testing at site.
6.7.3. Temperature Sensor

Temperature sensor for all three LV windings and magnetic core shall be Pt100 based, high accuracy,
RTD type PTC. The insertion of sensors shall be made through capillary tube to enable them to be
replaced whenever necessary. The sensors and its associated wiring shall be insulated, to avoid
occurrence of any short circuits with the transformer.
6.7.4. Direct Reading Mechanical Dial Type Winding Temperature Indicators

The transformer shall be equipped with three mechanical dial type winding temperature indicators
(WTI) one for each phase, fitted on the enclosure generally according IEC 60076-22-1.
The temperature indicators shall be connected to an individual temperature sensor and shall be
embedded into each LV winding as close as possible to winding hot-spot. The design shall be robust
enough to cope with the ambient and service condition as stated in in clause 2 of TRF General
Requirements document KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.

To allow the indicator to be read easily, the nominal scale's diameter (dial) shall be 110 mm. The
movement of the pointer from the minimum to the maximum temperature shall be clockwise when
facing the dial. The choice of the colours of the background, letters and pointer should guarantee good
readability; preferred colour combination is bright (white) background and black letters and arrow.
Engraved steel label with color cod shall be provided for Phase identification in each temperature
indicators. Marking of the dial plate shall be indelible.
The temperature indicator shall be graduated in degree centigrade and cover the temperature measuring
range from 0°C to 200°C. The scale shall be divided in steps not more than 5°C.
The temperature indicator shall be equipped with a maximum indicating pointer RED in colour with a
suitable manual resetting device.
The temperature indicator shall be with stainless steel bezel and casing and the case shall be provided
with an air hole or a breathing system for ventilation.
The indicator shall be located in a safe and suitable place to have clear view from ground level and easy
access for each phase.
Each thermometer shall have at least 2NO contacts (for alarm & trip) and rated for 5A at 48V d.c.
Both alarm & trip contact shall be adjustable from front & pre-set values for alarm & trip contact shall
be set as per Table 9.
Alarm and Trip contacts from each thermometer shall be connected to terminal block. Each set shall be
paralleled together at terminal block for alarm & tripping. Vacuum Circuit Breaker (VCB) tripping shall
be from dial type temperature indicator tripping contact.
A separate clearly identified terminal block shall be provided inside the marshalling box of temperature
relay to connect the switches of the device, i.e. terminate alarm & trip contacts. It shall include also one
protective conductor or earth terminal. A separate terminal connection diagram shall be provided inside
the marshalling box for alarm & trip contacts of the dial type temperature indicators. The number and
marking of the terminals shall comply with the connection diagram. From each indicator to the
marshalling box, permanent wiring using temperature resistant wire & conduit fitting / metal clamps
etc is to be installed.
The terminal block shall be designed to accept cables having a cross sectional area of between 1,5 mm2
and 4 mm2. Moreover, required minimum 02 nos. of 20L compression brass cable glands for external
connections from marshalling box e.g. out-going cables for switchgear shall be fitted with the
marshalling box with rigid sealing until use.
6.7.5. Temperature Monitoring Unit (Temperature Controller)

The transformer shall be equipped with digital temperature monitor unit, easily accessible and flush
mounted, preferable on front narrow (short) side of the enclosure and capable of operating in ambient
and service condition as stated in in clause 2 of TRF General Requirements document KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.

The temperature monitor unit shall be connected to four temperature sensors. Three temperature sensors
shall be embedded into each LV winding as close as possible to winding hot-spot. The fourth
temperature sensor shall be attached to the magnetic core at on the centre of the upper yoke.
The temperature monitoring unit shall be capable of operating on 240V a.c. 50Hz power supply. The
power supply for the monitoring unit shall be connected from transformer LV bus bar inside the
enclosure (240V a.c., 2-Phases with Neutral, one is the main and the other is redundant) through suitably
rated cable with high proved temperature withstand inside suitably steel reinforced conduit fixed
carefully by metallic/ insulated clamps. This cable shall be identified by permanent labels at equal
adequate intervals, the cable will be suitably protected at the connection point inside the enclosure
(manufacturer to provide and prove the proposed protection device). The cable will be terminated in the
marshalling box in a separate suitably rated terminal block. There shall be additional spare terminal
blocks and provision to facilitate connection of external 240V 50Hz a.c. power source (auxiliary source)
as an emergency when transformer supply failure. Properly rated independent MCB shall be used at
Source of Auxiliary AC Supply for the Temperature controller device from LV side of the Transformer
and from External Source. Alarm and Trip contacts shall be connected to terminal block which shall be
used for tripping of upstream switchgear. Alarm contact shall be wired until Terminal Block for remote
monitoring. Engraved labels shall be provided for Terminal Blocks clearly mentioning the TB for Trip
from Thermometer, Alarm from Thermometer, Alarm from Temperature controller, Auxiliary supply,
etc.
The Temperature Controller Marshaling Box location shall be safe and have easy access. Marshalling
box shall be pad lockable. Reliable voltage indication LED with color coding for each phase for internal
AC supply shall be provided inside the marshalling box. Another set of voltage indication LED to be
provided near the provision of external emergency AC supply with clear identification label. The
marshalling box shall be provided with suitable size to accommodate all the inner connections,
components, diagrams, identification LEDs, labels etc. Manufacturer to provide the wiring diagram of
Temperature controller, Thermometer, Tripping Circuits, Alarm Circuits, Auxiliary supply Circuits,
etc. in Stainless steel plate and shall be fixed inside the Marshaling Box. Gland slots shall be available
in Marshaling Box with reliable sealing until KM use.
The wiring to and from the temperature monitoring unit shall be suitably routed through enclosed
properly clamped and insulated trunking/channels. No wires shall be left loose or hanging inside the
enclosure.)
The digital temperature monitor shall have at least four configurable output contacts each rated for 5A
AC/DC. The monitor shall have the capability to be programmed with alarm and trip temperature limits.
The temperature monitor shall have the settings as indicated in Table 9 and confirmed by manufacturer.
Table 9: Temperature Monitoring Settings
Insulating System Thermal class Alarm (°C) Trip (°C)
155 (F) 120 140
180 (H) 140 155

The ‘alarm’ and ‘trip’ signals shall be in the form of voltage free relay output contacts. Each output
relay contacts shall have at least 2NO+2 NC and each rated for 6A@240V a.c.
The device shall have screen to display the temperatures measured at each of the phases & shall have
nonvolatile memory to display the last recorded maximum temperature.
Additionally, the temperature monitoring unit shall have features of sensor circuit-fault indication,
storage of maximum value of temperature, reset facility, watch dog facility, etc.
The temperature monitoring units shall not cause any false tripping. It shall be sourced from reputed
brands and Country of Origin and its source, technical details and type test report to be submitted along
with tendering information.
6.7.6. Auxiliary Wiring

The wiring associated with the transformer, including any sensors, shall be adequately insulated and
mechanically protected to avoid damage and the potential occurrence of any short circuits within the
transformer winding or enclosure.
All wiring shall be carefully routed and secured using metal ties or clips. No wires shall be left loose or
hanging inside or on the enclosure.
6.7.7. Lifting Fittings

Lifting Lugs on Total assembly
The transformer with enclosure assembly shall be fitted with two lifting fittings to enabling lifting of
transformer and enclosure assembly. The fittings shall be positioned to facilitate easy attachment of
lifting slings hooks can be used when lifting at 90° to the top cover of the enclosure.
Lifting (hoist) eyelets on transformer (active part)
Four lifting (hoist) eyelets shall be provided on all four corners of the upper press-beams/clamp-bars to
enable lifting of the transformer, alone if required.
Four haulage holes, one at each corner, shall be provided on all four corners of the lower press-
beam/clamping-bar.
All lifting fittings and haulage points shall be painted yellow.
6.7.8. Rollers
Four bi-directional flat rollers (wheels) with blocking & locking facilities are to be fitted at base of the
transformer, on to which entire load of transformer and enclose assembly shall be transmitted. The
rollers shall also be removable. A secure case shall be designed and provided to keep rollers for future
use (whenever needed.
6.7.9. Anti-Vibration Pads

Anti-vibration pads with the ability to carry the load of the transformer and enclosure shall be provided
at the base. The pads shall also be incorporated into roller blocking devices to prevent vibrations after
installation.

6.7.10. Chart of Tap Changing Link Position

A chart showing the combination of the links position for each tap position shall be permanently fitted
on the enclosure at the front. The chart shall be of polished stainless steel of top quality with clear
background and black text colour. The details on the chart shall be indelibly marked that is, by etching,
engraving, stamping or by a photo-chemical process. (Note: stickers are not acceptable).

Inspection, Testing and Auditing shall be in all means as per clause 7.1 of TRF General Requirements
7.1.1. Routine Tests

Routine tests shall be in all means as per of clause 7.1.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.
Requested routine factory testing of the transformer shall include but not limited to the following tests
in Table 10:
Table 10: Routine tests
Acceptance criteria
No Routine test Standard Clause (reference or
description)
KM
1 Visual and dimension check. To be verified.
specification
Measurement of winding IEC 60076-1 11.2
2 For reference.
resistance IEC 60076-11 14.2.1
IEC 60076-1 11.3 Relative value of
IEC 60076-11 14.2.2 measured voltage ratio
shall be lower than
Measurement of voltage ratio and tolerances in IEC 60076-1
3
check of phase displacement Table 1 Tolerances, Item
2.
Phase displacement shall
be according Clause 5.11
Measurement of short-circuit IEC 60076-1 11.4
SCI Clause 5.6
4 impedance (SCI) and load loss IEC 60076-11 14.2.3
LL Table 4
(LL)
IEC 60076-1 11.5 NLL Table 4,
NLC TRF General Clause
Measurement of no-load loss and
5 6.2: The no-load current
current IEC 60076-11 14.2.4
shall be ≤ 1% of
transformer rated current.
IEC 60076-3 10 The test is successful if no
6 Applied voltage test (AV) collapse of the test voltage
IEC 60076-11 14.2.5
occurs.
7 IEC 60076-3 11.2

Acceptance criteria
description)
The test is successful if no
Induced voltage withstand test
IEC 60076-11 14.2.6 collapse of the test voltage
(IVW)
occurs.
IEC 60270
Partial discharge (PD) IEC 60076-3 Clause
8 IEC 60076-3 11.3.4
measurement 11.3.5
IEC 60076-11 14.2.7.5
Measurement of d.c. insulation
resistance each winding to earth
and between windings, HV
9 winding to earth at 5000 V d.c. IEC 60076-1 11.1.4 h For reference.
and of LV winding to earth at
2500V d.c., between phases at
5000V d.c.
The test is passed if no
Auxiliary wiring insulation test
10 IEC 60076-3 9 voltage collapse or other
(AuxW)
sign of breakdown occurs.
Earth continuity test:
Transformer body, all boxes like
HV, LV, junction Box and
11 For reference.
conductive parts to be continuity
tested reference to Transformer
earth terminal.
Functional test on direct reading
12 mechanical dial type winding IEC 60076-22-1 7.9.3.2.3 Proper functioning.
temperature indicators
Functional test on temperature
13 Proper functioning.
monitoring unit.
Check of core insulation. The
14 insulation shall be tested at 500V IEC 60076-1 11.12 Without breakdown.
d.c. for 1 min. (*)
Measurement of thickness of
15 ISO 2808 thickness ≥ 250 μm
painting work.
(*) Core earth connection shall be accessible.
7.1.2. Prototype Units

Prototype units shall be in all means as per clause 7.1.2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.
7.1.3. Type Tests

Type tests shall be in all means as per of clause 7.1.3 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
Required type testing for each rating of the transformer shall include but not limited to the following
tests in Table 11:

Table 11: Type tests
Acceptance criteria
No Type test Standard Clause (reference or
description)
IEC 60076-2 TRF General, Clause 5.7.2
1 Temperature-rise test
IEC 60076-11 14.3.2 and Table 20
Full wave lightning impulse test IEC 60076-3 13.2 IEC 60076-3 Clause
2
(LI) IEC 60076-11 14.3.1 13.2.2.2
IEC 60076-3 13.3
Chopped wave lightning impulse IEC 60076-3 Clause
3 IEC 60076-11 14.3.1
test (LIC) 13.3.2.2
IEC 60076-10 Table 5, (EN 50708-2-1
4 Measurement of sound level (*)
IEC 60076-11 14.4.2 Table 2, Tier 2)
Measurement of magnetic core TRF General, Table 11
Kahramaa
5 temperature during the Maximum core
requirement
temperature rise test no load part temperature 120oC
(*) Sound pressure level shall be measured for no-load excitation at rated voltage at an untapped
winding and rated frequency. The test shall be performed with enclosure and all accessories (rollers,
anti-vibration pad etc.). The principal radiating surface shall include auxiliary equipment as cable boxes
etc., when attached to the transformer enclosure. The prescribed contour shall be spaced 0.3m away
from the principal radiating surface as per IEC 60076-10 Clause 8. Sound power level shall be
calculated as per IEC 60076-10.
7.1.4. Special Tests

Special tests shall be in all means as per of clause 7.1.4 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.
Required special testing for each rating of the transformer shall include but not limited to the following
tests in Table 12:
Table 12: Special tests
Acceptance criteria
No Special test Standard Clause (reference or
description)
Partial discharge measurement of 14.2.7.7 The maximum
1 single line-to-earth fault IEC 60076-11 14.4.1 level of partial discharges
condition shall be 10 pC.
Measurement of sound level one IEC 60076-10
2 unit per lot for each rating, as per Table 5
IEC 60076-11 14.4.2
description of test in Clause 7.1.3
The paint work tests, one unit per Successfully passed the
3 ISO
lot for each rating (*) tests.
IEC 60076-5
4 Short-circuit test TRF General Clause 7.1.4
IEC 60076-11 14.4.3
Transformer shall conform
5 Climatic test IEC 60076-11 14.4.4
climatic class in Table 6

Acceptance criteria
description)
and Table 13 (***)
criteria.
environmental class in
6 Environmental test IEC 60076-11 14.4.5
Table 6 and Table 13
(***) criteria.
fire behaviour class in
7 Fire behaviour test IEC 60076-11 14.4.6
Table 6 and Table 13
(***) criteria.
(*) The paint work have to pass following tests:
a) Measurement of thickness of protective coating (ISO 2808)

b) Specular gloss factor at 60 deg (ISO 2813): 90±5%
c) Falling weight test (ISO 6272): 1kg/50cm
d) Cross cut test (ISO 2409): classification: 0
e) Cupping test (ISO 1520): 08mm
f) Bending test – Cylindrical mandrel test (ISO 1519): 3.0mm
g) Salt spray (fog) test (ISO 7253): 1000hrs
7.1.5. Type and Special Test Reports
Transformer Type and Special test reports shall be in all means as per clause 7.1.5 of TRF General
7.1.6. Site Inspection Tests

Site inspection test shall be in all means as per clause 7.1.6 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-TRF-GENERAL.
7.1.7. Transformer Quality Proofing by Calculation Method

Transformer quality proofing by calculation method shall be in all means as per clause 7.1.7 of TRF
General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL
7.1.8. Test Schedule and Sequence

During requested tests, schedule and sequence from Table 13 to be applied. Test references standards
are defined in previous routine, type and special test chapters.

Table 13: Test Schedule and Sequence
One (same) unit

(prototype) – Each unit –
Requested test
Requested tests Routine test
for each rating
Routine, Type and Special tests
1 Visual and dimension check. X X
Dielectric tests
2 Applied voltage test (AV) X X
3 Induced voltage withstand test (IVW) X X
4 Measurement of d.c. insulation resistance each
winding to earth and between windings X X
5 Check of core insulation X X
6 Auxiliary wiring insulation test (AuxW) X X
Parameter and Energy performance tests

7 Measurement of winding resistance X X
8 Measurement of no-load loss and current (*) X X
9 Measurement of short-circuit impedance and load loss X X
10 Measurement
angle
of ratio, vector group and polarity phase
X X
Protection devices functional tests

11 Functional test on direct reading mechanical dial type
winding temperature indicators X X
12 Functional test on temperature monitoring unit X X
Thermal performance tests

13 Temperature rise test (type test) X
14 Measurement of magnetic core temperature (type test) X
15 Partial discharge (PD) measurement (routine) X X

16 Partial discharge measurement of single line-to-earth
fault condition (special test) X
17 Earth continuity test X X

18 Measurement of thickness of painting work X
19 Short circuit test (special test) (**) X

20 Full wave lightning impulse test (LI) (type test) X
21 Chopped wave lightning impulse test (LIC) (type test) X
22 Repeat of Routine tests X
Sound performance tests

23 Measurement of sound level (type test and special test
one unit per lot for each rating) X
24 The paint work tests (special test, one unit per lot for
each rating) X
25 Environmental test (special test) (***) X

26 Climatic test (special test) X

One (same) unit

Requested test
for each rating
27 Fire behaviour test (special test) X
Site inspection tests X X
Comment on each unit testing:
(*) before measurement of no-load loss and current test, the magnetic core of the transformer should be
demagnetized by overexcitation (IEC 60076-1 Clause 11.5 Note 2).
Comments on one (same) unit testing:
(**) prior to the Short-circuit tests, the transformer shall be subjected to the routine tests which are
specified in IEC 60076-1. LI and LIC shall be conducted after short circuit test. All routine tests,
including dielectric tests at 100 % of the prescribed test value shall be repeated after short circuit
test as per IEC 60076-5 :2006 Clause 4.2.7.4.
(***) Environmental test, Climatic test, Fire behaviour test. A transformer is considered to be passed
these tests, when all the prescribed tests are conducted on same transformer in the sequence as given
in Table 5 of IEC 60076-11.
7.2. Pre-Delivery Testing and Inspection

For transformer with enclosure, pre-Delivery Testing and Inspection shall be in all means as per clause
7.2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
7.3. Rejection and Tolerances

Rejection and tolerances shall be in all means as per clause 7.3 of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
7.4. Identification and Packaging

Identification and Packaging shall be in all means as per clause 7.4 of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
7.5. Warranty
Warranty shall be in all means as per clause 7.5 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
7.6. Drawings
Drawings shall be in all means as per clause 7.6 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.


Storage and handling shall be in all means as per clause 7.7 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-TRF-GENERAL.
7.8. Transport
For transformer with enclosure, Transport shall be in all means as per clause 7.8 of TRF General
Manufacturer’s Qualification shall be in all means as per clause 8 of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.

Bidder shall submit documents as instructed in clause 9.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.

Provisions of clause 9.2 from TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL are applicable.
The Bidder shall submit Statement of Compliance in line with clause 9.2 of TRF General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL and Appendix C of this specification.
The Bidder shall submit Deviation Schedule in line with clause 9.2 of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL and Appendix B of this specification.

Outsourcing Restrictions shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 9.3 of TRF General
10. Quality Assurance Checklists
Checklists to be followed shall be as instructed in clause 10 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-

D-TRF-GENERAL and in Appendix D of this specification.

11. Appendices

Data Schedule
1.1 Manufacturer
1.3 Type of installation Indoor
1.4 Applicable standards IEC 60076
1.5 Design temperature °C 55

Reference temperature for short-circuit
1.6 °C
impedance, load loss and winding resistance
1.7 Maximum service altitude m <1000
2.0 Ratings
2.1 Cooling method AN
2.2 Rated power kVA
2.3 Rated voltage (HV at principal tap) kV 11
2.4 Rated voltage (LV, no-load) kV 0.433

Short-circuit impedance (at reference
2.5 %
temperature)
2.6 Rated current (HV at principal tap) A
2.7 Rated current (LV) A
2.8 Number of phases 3
2.9 Rated frequency Hz 50
2.10 Vector group symbol Dyn11
2.11 Tapping range % ±5
2.12 Number of steps No ±2
2.13 Tapped winding HV
2.14 Average winding temperature rise limit
i) HV winding K
ii) LV winding K
Issue: 0.0 25 Oct 2022 Internal Page A. 1 of 8

2.15 Maximum hot-spot core temperature °C 130
2.16 Maximum hot-spot winding temperature
i) HV winding °C
ii) LV winding °C
2.17 Insulation system thermal class

155 (F) or
i) HV winding
180 (H)
155 (F) or
ii) LV winding
180 (H)
2.18 Climatic class C2
2.19 Environmental class E2
2.20 Fire behaviour class F1
3.0 Insulation Level
3.1 Lightning impulse level (HV/LV) kV 75/--
3.2 Power frequency withstand voltage (HV/LV) kV 28/3
4.0 Design Details and Features
4.1 Type of magnetic core material
4.2 Magnetic core material grade
4.3 Specific Watt Loss (at 1.7T and 50Hz) W/kg max. 0.95
4.4 Magnetic flux density in the legs and yokes T max. 1.7
4.5 No-load current (I0/In) % max. 1
4.6 Number of windings Two
4.7 HV Winding
Totally
i) Type
encapsulated
ii) Material Copper
iii) Conductor type
4.8 LV Winding
i) Type (totally encapsulated or VPI)
ii) Material Copper

iii) Conductor type
4.9 Current densities at rated power
i) HV winding A/mm2
ii) LV winding A/mm2
4.10 Winding resistances at reference temperature
i) HV winding Ω
ii) LV winding Ω
4.11 Thermal time constants
i) HV winding minutes
iii) ii) LV winding minutes
4.12 Thermal ability to withstand short-circuit
i) HV winding °C
ii) LV winding °C
4.13 Insulation Material
i) Magnetic core lamination
ii) HV winding
iii) LV winding
4.14 HV Termination Type Cable
4.15 HV Bushing
i) Manufacturer
ii) Type air-air

Ceramic
iii) Material
(Porcelain)
4.16 LV Termination Type Cable
4.17 LV Bushing
i) Manufacturer
ii) Type air-air
iii) Material Cast resin

4.18 Gasket material
4.19 Losses
i) Load losses at reference temperature
W
& at principal tap
ii) No-load losses at rated voltage W
4.20 Sound level as per Clause 7.1.3
i) A-weighted sound pressure level dB(A)
ii) A-weighted sound power level dB(A)
4.21 Efficiency at reference temperature and 0.8PF lag
i) At 25% of full load %
ii) At 50% of full load %
iii) At 75% of full load %
iv) At 100% of full load %
v) At 125% of full load %
vi) At 150% of full load %

Voltage Regulation at reference temperature and
4.22
at full load
i) At 0.8 Power Factor %
ii) At 0.85 Power Factor %
iii) At 0.9 Power Factor %
iv) At 0.95 Power Factor %
v) At Unity Power Factor %

Transformer designed and manufactured to
4.23 m/s2 min. 10
withstand a constant acceleration in all directions
5.0 Tests
5.1 Routine tests On each unit
i) Name of testing laboratory
ii) Location of testing laboratory

On one (same)
5.2 Temperature rise test
unit


i) Name of independent testing
laboratory
ii) Location of independent testing
laboratory
On one (same)
5.3 Full wave lightning impulse test (LI)
unit
laboratory
laboratory
On one (same)
5.4 Chopped wave lightning impulse test (LIC)
unit
laboratory
laboratory
Measurement of sound level (type test and special On one (same)
5.5
test one unit per lot for each rating) unit
laboratory
laboratory
On one (same)
5.6 Measurement of magnetic core temperature
unit
laboratory
laboratory
On one (same)
5.7 Partial discharge measurement (special test)
unit
laboratory
laboratory
The paint work tests (special test, one unit per lot On one (same)
5.8
for each rating) unit

On one (same)
5.9 Short-circuit tests
unit
laboratory
laboratory
Climatic, Environmental and Fire Behaviour On one (same)
5.10
Tests unit


i)
laboratory
ii)
laboratory
6.0 Operating Details
6.1 Auxiliary supply voltage V 415/240

Permissible over-load and duration, for preload
6.2
1.0 p.u.
6.2a 10% overload
i) At 30°C minutes
ii) At 40°C minutes
iii) At 55°C minutes
Maximum overload loss of life duration minutes
6.2b 20% overload
i) At 30°C minutes
6.2c 30% overload
i) At 30°C minutes
6.2d 40% overload
i) At 30°C minutes
6.2e 50% overload
i) At 30°C minutes

7.0 Enclosure
7.1 Colour of final coat RAL 7032
7.2 Durability of the protective paint system ISO H

All paint systems shall render a requested service
7.3 year min. 20
life before maintenance is required
7.4 Enclosure protective coatings corrosion class ISO min. C4
7.5 Ingress protection class IEC min. IP31
7.6 Impact protection class IEC min. IK7
8.0 Mass and Dimensions
8.1 Transformer dimensions
i) Length mm
ii) Width mm
iii) Height mm
8.2 Mass of Transformer
i) Approximate mass of magnetic core kg
ii) Approximate mass of HV winding kg
iii) Approximate mass of LV winding kg

iv) Approximate mass of fittings and
kg
accessories
v) Total Mass of Transformer kg
8.3 Overall dimensions (transformer and enclosure)
i) Length mm 2500
ii) Width (excluding cable boxes) mm 1500
iii) Width mm
iv) Height mm 2500
8.4 Total Mass of Enclosure kg

8.5 Overall Mass (transformer and enclosure) kg
8.6 Shipping dimensions
i) Length mm
ii) Width mm
iii) Height mm
8.7 Transportation mass kg
………………………………………… ……..……………
………………………………………………………..……………

Deviation Schedule
Deviation Schedule shall be in all means as per requirements in Appendix B of TRF General
Document reference KM-EPM-D-TRF-XXXX: Characters “XXXX” shall be replaced with “11-0.4-

DRY-GMT”, denoting this specification for the transformer.
Issue: 0.0 25 Oct 2022 Internal Page B. 1 of 1

Statement of Compliance shall be in all means as per requirements in Appendix C of TRF General

DRY-GMT”, denoting this specification for the transformer.
Issue: 0.0 25 Oct 2022 Internal Page C. 1 of 1

Table below gives a list of Checklist to be followed for the transformer under this specification. Details
of these Checklists are provided in Quality Assurance Manual document KM-EPM-D-QA-MANUAL.
KM-EPM-D-TRF-DRY-TSR- Dry Transformers – Tender Submission
1
CHECKLIST Requirements Checklist
KM-EPM-D-TRF-DRY-FPS- Dry Transformers – Factory Pre-Shipment
2
CHECKLIST Checklist
KM-EPM-D-TRF-DRY-INSTL- Dry Transformers – Equipment Installation
3
CHECKLIST Checklist
KM-EPM-D-TRF-DRY-LSW- Dry Transformers – Local Supplier Warehouse
4
CHECKLIST Checklist
Issue: 0.0 25 Oct 2022 Internal Page D. 1 of 1

DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMER TENDER SUBMISSION

REQUIREMENTS CHECKLIST
General
Supplied Equipment : e.g. Dry-type transformer with enclosure
KM Specification : KM-EPM-D-TRF- XXXX
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
ISO 9001, : ☐ ☐ ☐
ISO 14001, : ☐ ☐ ☐
Issue: 0.0 10 Aug 2022 Internal Page D.1. 1 of 5


Transformer operation description with all technical details
including all steps of manufacturing with original catalogues and : ☐ ☐ ☐
pamphlets.
Original product catalogue of direct reading mechanical dial type
winding temperature indicators : ☐ ☐ ☐
Original product catalogue of temperature monitoring unit. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Installation, Operation & Maintenance, and condition monitoring &
trouble shooting manuals, of transformer. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Detailed Installation, Operation & Maintenance manuals and

references of direct reading mechanical dial type winding : ☐ ☐ ☐
temperature indicators.
references of temperature monitoring unit : ☐ ☐ ☐
FAT routine, type and special test reports and checklists on same
type of transformer. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Type and special test report covering proposed transformer to be

supplied from accredited reputed independent testing laboratories : ☐ ☐ ☐
recognized by KAHRAMAA.
Test reports of Enclosure painting work including following tests: : ☐ ☐ ☐

c) Falling weight test (ISO 6272): 1 kg/50cm
e) Cupping test (ISO 1520): 08 mm
Type test reports covering HV and LV bushings, tap changer, direct
reading mechanical dial type winding temperature indicators,
temperature monitoring unit and all other relevant auxiliary : ☐ ☐ ☐
equipment and accessories from accredited reputed independent
testing laboratories recognized by KAHRAMAA.
Filled-in and signed guaranteed losses declaration. : ☐ ☐ ☐

: ☐ ☐ ☐
List of all Routine, Type and Special Factory Tests including
Transformer general layout drawing with enclosure (all views plan,

elevation, side elevation) showing details of all components fitted : ☐ ☐ ☐
and with all dimensions, materials, coating, weight, etc.
Transformer general layout drawing without enclosure (all views
plan, elevation, side elevation, centre of gravity) showing details of
all components fitted and with all dimensions, materials, coating, : ☐ ☐ ☐
weight, etc.
Separate HV Cable box drawing with all views and dimensions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Separate LV cable box drawing with all views and dimensions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Separate HV bushing drawing with all views and dimensions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Separate LV bushing drawing with all views and dimensions. : ☒ ☐ ☐
Proposed rating plate layout. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Proposed connection diagram plate layout. : ☐ ☐ ☐
HV and LV terminal connection details. : ☐ ☐ ☐

HV and LV cable boxes mounting flange drawings with
dimensions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Ventilation calculations with room sizing and air flow requirements
in view of secondary substation design. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Calculation proof of overloading capability. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Overload curves reflecting permissible duration of the overload as
function of stated overloads and ambient temperatures. Overload
loss of life calculation.
Static force calculation proof of transformer’s ability to withstand a
constant acceleration of at least 10 m/s² in all directions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
The exact Specification & procedure of surface preparation and

painting system followed by the manufacturer. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Information about materials, used for cores, windings and winding
insulation. : ☐ ☐ ☐

mentioning specific type/model wherever applicable) in a tabular
form with relevant and specific product catalogue. This includes : ☐ ☐ ☐
core-cutting, core assembly, winding coils, casting of coils,
painting, fabrication of enclosure and other manufacturing process
as well.
Magnetic core material (grad as per IEC 60404-8-7, steel code
name, insulation as per IEC 60404-1-1 etc.) and production : ☐ ☐ ☐
description.
Solid proof that no corrosion effect to any part of the magnetic core. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Detailed windings materials certificate, testing report and product
description.
Auxiliary equipment operation description with original catalogues
and pamphlets. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Details of all cable boxes and bushings. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Details of tap changer. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Details of temperature sensors, direct reading mechanical dial type
winding temperature indicators, temperature monitoring unit etc. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Spare parts data which shall include the following information:
Manufacturer name of spare part, Manufacturer number of spare
part, order number of spare part (if any), description of spare part, : ☐ ☐ ☐
reference number in drawing including unit prices.

Remarks
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:


DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
General

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Supplied Equipment : e.g. Dry-type transformer with enclosure
KM Specification : KM-EPM-D-TRF-XXX-XXX
Representative
Position
(Name and Position)
Telephone
Email
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Basic Information
Transformer serial number :
Rated power (kVA) :
Voltage ratio :
Issue: 0.0 08 Sep 2022 Internal Page D.2. 1 of 5

Requested Tests Completed
Routine tests
Visual and dimension check : ☐
Measurement of winding resistance : ☐
Measurement of voltage ratio and check of phase displacement : ☐
Measurement of short-circuit impedance and load loss : ☐
Measurement of no-load loss and current : ☐
Applied voltage test (AV) : ☐
Induced voltage withstand test (IVW) : ☐
Partial discharge (PD) measurement
Measurement of d.c. insulation resistance each winding to earth and between

windings
: ☐
Auxiliary wiring insulation test (AuxW) : ☐
Earth continuity test : ☐
Functional test on direct reading mechanical dial type winding temperature

indicators
: ☐
Functional test on temperature monitoring unit. : ☐
Check of core insulation : ☐
Measurement of thickness of painting work. : ☐
Type Tests : ☐
Temperature-rise test : ☐
Full wave lightning impulse test (LI) : ☐
Chopped wave lightning impulse test (LIC) : ☐
Measurement of sound level with rollers and anti-vibration pad : ☐

Measurement of magnetic core temperature during the temperature rise test

: ☐
no load part
Special Tests : ☐
Partial discharge measurement of single line-to-earth fault condition : ☐
Measurement of sound level, one unit per lot for each rating : ☐
The paint work tests one unit per lot for each rating : ☐
Short-circuit test : ☐
Climatic test : ☐
Environmental test : ☐
Fire behaviour test : ☐

Shipping Documents Yes No
Transformer and enclosure rating plates complies with Specification? : ☐ ☐
Shipping documents correspond to characteristics of transformer details

on rating plate.
: ☐ ☐
Copy of routine, type and special test reports attached. : ☐ ☐
FAT report includes “quality control report”. : ☐ ☐
Detailed windings materials certificate and testing report attached. : ☐ ☐
Detailed wiring diagrams and operation and maintenance manuals for

: ☐ ☐
the direct reading dial type winding temperature indicators attached.
Detailed wiring diagrams and operation and maintenance manuals for

the temperature monitor unit attached.
: ☐ ☐
Copy of delivery note with transformer serial number and month and
: ☐ ☐
year of manufacture attached.
Shipping Marks applied to dispatch package. : ☐ ☐
Readiness for shipment Completed NA
Wooden pallet approved by Kahramaa, if applicable. : ☐ ☐
Transformer and / or accessories wrapped with transparent polythene

: ☐ ☐
sheet, where applicable.
Centre of gravity permanently marked on at least two adjacent sides

: ☐
of the transformer.

Remarks
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
General
Equipment supplied : Dry-type transformer with enclosure
KM Specification : KM-EPM-D-TRF-XXXX
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Installation Site :
Basic Information
Transformer Serial Number :
Rated power (kVA) :
Voltage Ratio :

Checks to be done at Project Site Completed
Checks before Installation
Visual check of the components delivered at the project site. : ☐
Ensure Documents of the transformer is available at site. : ☐
Ensure Drawings available i.e. relating to installation, general arrangement

etc.
: ☐
Personnel employed to move transformer are suitably qualified for

: ☐
transformer installation.
Physical Site Inspection Checks
Verify that ventilation arrangement complies with substation drawing. : ☐
Verify clearances around the transformer are sufficient as per

: ☐
recommendation.
Verify that plinth/ mounting arrangement is level and clear. : ☐
Adequate space has been allocated for incoming/ outgoing cables. : ☐
Location facilitates lifting/ skidding/ wheeling of transformer. : ☐
Equipment to be used to move transformer is sufficient in and in good order

to handle the transformer as per manufacturer’s recommendation.
: ☐
Check that site earthing is available. : ☐
Checks to be done before energization
Check that transformer is fixed in position after mounting on plinth. : ☐
Check that distances to the walls and ground are to substation drawing for
indoor application.
: ☐
Check the proper earthing, i.e. connection of earthing conductors to the

: ☐
relevant earth point on the metallic parts of the transformer and enclosure.

Checks to be done at Project Site Completed
Check the connection of the low voltage neutral to earth. : ☐
Check the proper ventilation. : ☐
Check the connection of the direct reading mechanical dial type winding
temperature indicators to the control system.
: ☐
Check the connection of the temperature monitoring unit to the control

: ☐
system.
Check all bolts & nuts shall be tightened to their respective torques and
marked with distinct color (torque marks).
: ☐
Check cables connected into the HV cable box are not mechanically stressed. : ☐
Check LV cable Box gland plate is of Non -magnetic metal such as painted
: ☐
Aluminum or better.
Check cables/ busbars connected into the LV cable box/ busduct are not
mechanically stressed.
: ☐
Check that the voltage regulation tap position is correct otherwise, change. : ☐

Remarks
Provide a summary of the installation.
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

General
: Name
Name

Address Line 2
:
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Supplied Equipment : Dry-type transformer with enclosure
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Basic Information
Rated power (kVA) :
Voltage ratio :

Shipping Documents Yes No
Shipping documents correspond to characteristics of transformer details on

: ☐ ☐
rating plate.
All items supplied as in packing list. : ☐ ☐
Copy of routine, type and special test reports are present. : ☐ ☐
Detailed windings materials certificate and testing report are present. : ☐ ☐
Detailed wiring diagrams and operation and maintenance manuals for the
: ☐ ☐
direct reading dial type winding temperature indicators are present.
Detailed wiring diagrams and operation and maintenance manuals for the
temperature monitor unit are present.
: ☐ ☐
Delivery note checked for transformer serial number and month and year of
manufacture (date of manufacture does not exceed six months).
: ☐ ☐
Physical Inspection (100% of consignment) Yes No NA
Correct equipment supplied to warehouse. : ☐ ☐
Packing intact and not damaged. : ☐ ☐
Equipment intact and not damaged. : ☐ ☐

warehouse.
: ☐ ☐
Check rating and connection diagram plates. : ☐ ☐
Check warning and identification labels. : ☐ ☐
Date of manufacture on transformer rating plate does not exceed six

months.
: ☐ ☐
For prototype, active part inspection at warehouse and / KM workshop : ☐ ☐ ☐


Remarks

being photographed.
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

KM-EPM-D-TRF-11-0.4-OIL-GMT
Specification for Ground

Mounted, 11/0.433kV Mineral Oil
Immersed Hermetically Sealed
Transformers
Issue: 0.0 12 Aug 2022 Internal Page 1 of 33

Specification for Ground Mounted, 11/0.433kV KM-EPM-D-TRF-11-0.4-OIL-GMT
Mineral Oil Immersed, Hermetically Sealed
Transformers
Document Control
Specification for
Ground Mounted,
Material Specification 11/0.433kV Mineral Oil
EP
Standards Immersed,
Hermetically Sealed
Transformers
Issue Approval

Planning

Filed
Document Control
Issue Record
0.0 12 Aug 2022 First issue of the new specification
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0

Transformers
Contents
1. Scope......................................................................................................................................... 8
2. References ................................................................................................................................. 8
2.1. Alternative Codes and Standards ...................................................................................... 10
3. Environmental & Service Conditions ....................................................................................... 10
4. System Parameters ................................................................................................................... 10
5. Ground Mounted Mineral Oil Immersed Transformers ............................................................. 10
5.1. General ............................................................................................................................ 10
5.2. Rated Power..................................................................................................................... 10
5.3. Rated Voltage .................................................................................................................. 11
5.4. Tapping Range and Method.............................................................................................. 11
5.5. Insulation Level ............................................................................................................... 11
5.6. Short-Circuit Impedance .................................................................................................. 11
5.7. Reference Temperature for Short-Circuit Impedance, Load Loss and Winding Resistance 11
5.8. Insulation System Thermal Class of Windings .................................................................. 12
5.9. Temperature Rise Limits .................................................................................................. 12
5.10. Temperature Limits ...................................................................................................... 12
5.11. Current Limits .............................................................................................................. 12
5.12. Connections ................................................................................................................. 12
5.13. Losses .......................................................................................................................... 12
5.13.1. Maximum Losses ..................................................................................................... 12
5.13.2. Economic Evaluation of Losses (Capitalisation of Losses) ........................................ 12
5.14. Sound Level ................................................................................................................. 13
5.15. Overloading ................................................................................................................. 13
5.16. Rating and Connection Diagram Plates ......................................................................... 13
5.17. Labelling ...................................................................................................................... 14
5.18. Protective Coatings ...................................................................................................... 14
5.18.1. Internal Surfaces ....................................................................................................... 15
5.18.2. External Surfaces...................................................................................................... 15
5.19. Transformer Room ....................................................................................................... 15
6. Construction ............................................................................................................................ 15
6.1. General Construction........................................................................................................ 15
6.2. Magnetic Core ................................................................................................................. 16

Transformers
6.3. Windings and Connection Bus Bars.................................................................................. 16

6.4. Tank and Tank Covers ..................................................................................................... 16
6.4.1. Radiator Type Design ............................................................................................... 18
6.4.2. Corrugated Tank Type Design .................................................................................. 18
6.5. Transformer Oil ............................................................................................................... 19
6.6. Cable Boxes & Bushings .................................................................................................. 19
6.6.1. HV Cable Box .......................................................................................................... 19
6.6.2. LV Cable Box .......................................................................................................... 19
6.6.3. Retrofitting LV Fuse Box (Bolt-on Feeder Pillar)...................................................... 20
6.7. Cable Supports ................................................................................................................. 21
6.8. Fittings............................................................................................................................. 21
6.8.1. Gaskets..................................................................................................................... 21
6.8.2. Provisions for Cable Box Connections ...................................................................... 21
6.8.3. Nuts, Bolts and Washers ........................................................................................... 21
6.8.4. Earthing Terminal..................................................................................................... 21
6.8.5. Direct Reading Liquid Level Indicators (Liquid Level Gauges) ................................. 22
6.8.6. Pressure Relief Valve ............................................................................................... 22
6.8.7. Direct Reading Mechanical Dial Type Liquid Temperature Indicators ...................... 23
6.8.8. Additional Thermometer Pocket ............................................................................... 24
6.8.9. Drain and Filler Valves ............................................................................................. 24
6.8.10. Sealed Filler Boss ..................................................................................................... 24
6.8.11. Lifting Fittings ......................................................................................................... 24
6.8.12. Jacking Lugs ............................................................................................................ 24
6.8.13. Skids ........................................................................................................................ 25
6.8.14. Auxiliary Wiring ...................................................................................................... 25
6.9. Fittings (Radiator Type Design Only) ............................................................................... 25
6.9.1. Pressure Versus Temperature Plate ........................................................................... 25
6.9.2. Pressure Gauge ......................................................................................................... 25
6.10. Accessories to be Supplied as Spares (Free of Cost)...................................................... 26
7.1.1. Routine Tests............................................................................................................ 26
7.1.2. Prototype Units......................................................................................................... 28

Transformers
7.1.3. Type Tests ................................................................................................................ 28

7.1.4. Special Tests ............................................................................................................ 29
7.1.5. Type and Special Test Reports .................................................................................. 29
7.1.6. Site Inspection Tests ................................................................................................. 29
7.1.7. Transformer Quality Proofing by Calculation Method............................................... 30
7.1.8. Test Schedule and Sequence ..................................................................................... 30
7.2. Pre-Delivery Testing and Inspection ................................................................................. 31
7.3. Rejection and Tolerances ................................................................................................. 31
7.4. Identification and Packaging ............................................................................................ 31
7.5. Warranty .......................................................................................................................... 31
7.6. Drawings ......................................................................................................................... 31
7.8. Transport ......................................................................................................................... 32
10. Quality Assurance Checklists ................................................................................................... 32
11. Appendices .............................................................................................................................. 33

Appendix E Drawings

Transformers
Abbreviations
1C Single core power cable
3C Three core power cable
a.c. Alternating current
AV Applied voltage test
AuxW Auxiliary wiring insulation test
BDV Breakdown voltage
BS British Standard
BOFP Bolt on Feeder Pillar
CRCA Cold rolled close annealed (steel)
d.c. Direct current
HV High voltage
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission (standard)
IVW Induced voltage withstand test
KM KAHRAMAA
LI Full wave lightning impulse test
LIC Chopped wave lightning impulse test for the line terminals

Transformers
LL Load loss
LV Low voltage
LWA A-weighted sound power level
NLC No-load current
NLL No-load loss
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
ONAN Oil natural air natural cooling of transformer
ONAF Oil natural air forced cooling of transformer
OTI Liquid temperature indicator
PF Power factor
PRV Pressure relief valve
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
SCI Short-circuit impedance
SS Stainless Steel
WH Warehouse

Transformers
1. Scope
This specification details the requirements for the design, manufacture, inspection, testing, delivery,
transport, handling, marking and packing of two winding, mineral oil immersed, ground mounted,
hermetically sealed, distribution transformers suitable for use on KAHRAMAA’s 11kV, three phase,
50Hz, distribution system.
The transformer(s) shall be naturally cooled (ONAN type) suitable for indoor or outdoor service
connected by bushings into cable boxes. Transformers shall withstand the harsh ambient and climatic
conditions prevailing in the state of Qatar.
[Note: Forced cooling system with cooling fans (ONAF) is not acceptable]
The rated power of the transformers shall be 500kVA, 1000kVA and 1600kVA for continuous service
at 50 Hz to transform energy from 11kV to 433V rated voltage.
This scope covers the purchase of transformers by both KAHRAMAA and by third party purchasers
required to adhere to this KAHRAMAA specification.
The contents of this specification include reference to system parameters, that the material shall be rated
to. In addition, this specification states the requirements of warranty, statement of compliance, ISO
certification, instructions on information to be supplied with the tender, storage and delivery.
2. References
The Standards listed in Table 1 and Table 2 shall be applicable for transformers and transformer items.
Any updates of mentioned standard and / or any new standards shall be applicable subject to agreement
between Kahramaa and Supplier / Manufacturer.
Table 1: References
IEC 60076-1:2011 Power transformers – General
IEC 60076-2:2011 Power transformers – Temperature rise for liquid-immersed transformers
IEC 60076- Power transformers – Insulation levels, dielectric tests and external clearances
3:2013/AMD1:2018 in air
IEC 60076-5:2006 Power transformers – Ability to withstand short-circuit
Power transformers – Loading Guide for Mineral Oil Immersed Power

IEC 60076-7:2018
Transformers

Transformers
IEC 60076-10:2016 Power transformers – Determination of sound level
IEC TS 60076-
20:2017(E)
IEC 60076-22-
Power transformer and reactor fittings – Protective devices
1:2019
IEC 60076-22-
Power transformer and reactor fittings – Removable radiators
2:2019
IEC 60076-22-
Power transformer and reactor fittings – Accessories and fittings
7:2020
IEC 60085:2007 Electrical insulation, thermal evaluation and designation
Fluids for electrotechnical applications – Mineral insulating oils for electrical

IEC 60296:2020
equipment
Mineral insulating oils in electrical equipment – Supervision and maintenance
IEC 60422:2013
guidance
BS 381C SET:1996
Specification for Colours for Identification, Coding and Special Purposes
(R2002)
BS EN 50708-2- Power transformers – Additional European requirements Part 2- 1: Medium
1:2020 power transformer – General requirements
Guide for Diagnostic Field Testing of Fluid-Filled Power Transformers,
IEEE C57.152-2013
Regulators, and Reactors
ISO 2808:2019 Paints and varnishes – Determination of film thickness

ISO 12944-1:2017
paint systems - Part 1: General introduction
ISO 12944-2:2017
paint systems - Part 2: Classification of environments

KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL Transformer General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-CBL-11-XLPE-UGD-1& 3-CORE 11kV XLPE 1&3 Core Cables.
KM-EPM-D-CBL-ACC-11-HEAT- Heat Shrinkable Right Angle Boot for 11kV Cable
TERMINATIONS-RIGHT-ANGLE-BOOT Termination
KM-EPM-D-CBL-LV-XLPE-UGD-Armoured Low Voltage Armoured Cable
KM-EPM-D-CBL-LV-XLPE-UGD-Single Core
Low Voltage Unarmoured Cable
Unarmoured
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING- Insulating Liquid for Electricity Distribution
LIQUID Transformers & Switchgear
MATERIALS

Transformers

3. Environmental & Service Conditions
environmental and service conditions as detailed in clause 2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-TRF-GENERAL.
Manufacturers are cautioned that the maximum temperature of cooling air / design temperature as per
Table 3 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL must be used as design criteria.
4. System Parameters
system parameters as detailed in clause 3 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
5. Ground Mounted Mineral Oil Immersed Transformers
5.1. General
General statement is given in clause 5.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
The transformer must be suitable for parallel operation.
5.2. Rated Power

The rated power shall generally comply with requirements of clause 5.2 of TRF General Requirements
The rated power of the transformers shall be 500kVA, 1000kVA and 1600kVA.
The power ratings shall be obtained based on the method of transformer cooling being oil natural air
natural cooled (ONAN).
The rated power shall be available even when the low voltage fuse-gear is mounted directly on
transformers (Bolt on Feeder Pillar) and also when high voltage switchgear is mounted directly on unit
substation transformers.

Transformers
5.3. Rated Voltage

HV rated voltage is 11kV. Voltage ratio is 11000/433V.
The no-load LV output voltage of the transformers shall be 433/250V, when 11kV is applied to the HV
windings at principal tap. This is to provide consumers with a nominal supply voltage of 415/240V on
full load, after permitted system voltage drops.
5.4. Tapping Range and Method

Tapping Range and Method shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 5.3 of TRF General
5.5. Insulation Level

The insulation shall be rated to levels as detailed in clause 5.4 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-TRF-GENERAL.
5.6. Short-Circuit Impedance

Short-circuit impedance shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 5.5 of TRF General
The Bidder or third party shall state guaranteed values of short-circuit impedance at principal tap and
at reference temperature of 75°C for each transformer rating in the Data Schedule.
During factory acceptance tests, the short-circuit impedance shall be measured at rated frequency and
at the principal tap according to IEC 60076. Measured short-circuit impedance corrected to reference
temperature of 75°C shall meet the rated values stated in Table 3 for all ratings, with tolerance given in
clause 5.5 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
Short-circuit impedances rated values at reference temperature are stated in Table 3 (the values are in
accordance with BS EN 50708-2-1, Table 1).
Table 3: Short-circuit impedance rated values
Rated power (kVA) Short-circuit impedance at 75oC (%)
500 4.00
1000 6.00
1600 6.00
5.7. Reference Temperature for Short-Circuit Impedance, Load Loss and Winding
Resistance
Reference temperature for short-circuit impedance, load loss and winding resistance shall be in all
means as per requirements in clause 5.6 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.

Transformers
5.8. Insulation System Thermal Class of Windings

Electrical insulation system of HV and LV winding shall conform thermal class 105 (A) in accordance
with IEC 60085 as minimum. The insulation system thermal class shall be stated in the Data Schedule.
5.9. Temperature Rise Limits

Temperature rise limits shall be in general as per requirements in clause 5.7, in particular as per
requirements in clause 5.7.2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
5.10. Temperature Limits

Temperature limits shall be in general as per requirements in clause 5.8, in particular as per requirements
in clause 5.8.2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
5.11. Current Limits

Current limits shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 5.9 of TRF General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL
5.12. Connections
Transformer HV and LV windings shall be connected in a Delta-Star configuration. The vector Group
shall be Dyn11.
The neutral connection shall be capable of carrying full rated phase current.
5.13. Losses
Losses shall be in all means as per clause 5.10 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
5.13.1. Maximum Losses

Maximum losses shall be in all means as per clause 5.10.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL. Load losses at 75oC & at principal tap and no-load losses at rated voltage values are
stated in Table 4 (the values are in accordance with EN 50708-2-1, Table 1, Tier 2).
Table 4: Maximum load losses and maximum no-load losses
Maximum load losses at 75oC & at Maximum no-load losses at

Rated power (kVA)
principal tap (W) rated voltage (W)
500 3900 459
1000 7600 693
1600 12000 1080
5.13.2. Economic Evaluation of Losses (Capitalisation of Losses)

Economic evaluation of losses (Capitalisation of losses) shall be in all means as per clause 5.10.2 of
TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.

Transformers
5.14. Sound Level

The maximum values of sound power level (LWA) for transformer rating, determined as per IEC 60076-
10 are stated in Table 5. Sound power level LWA values given in Table 5 are in accordance with EN
50708-2-1 Table 1.
Sound levels shall be verified by conducting a type test specified in Clause 7.1.3
Table 5: Maximum Sound Power Levels
Rated power (kVA) Maximum sound power level, LWA [dB(A)]
500 51
1000 55
1600 58
Guaranteed and the measured values of sound power level shall not be greater than respective values
stated in Table 5.
5.15. Overloading
Overloading shall be in all means as per clause 5.11 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
5.16. Rating and Connection Diagram Plates

Rating and Connection Diagram Plates shall be in all means as per clause 5.12 and Drawings F.2 and
F.3 in Appendix F of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
The transformer shall be fitted with connection diagram and individual rating plates, located on side of
transformer tank.
The rating plates shall generally be as detailed in IEC 60076-1, but showing the following items are
required:
1. Mineral Oil Immersed Transformer

2. Compliance standards reference (IEC 60076-1:2011)
3. KM specification reference
4. Manufacturer name and country of origin
5. Manufacturer’s serial number
6. Month and year of manufacture
7. Month and year of delivery
8. Diagram drawing No.
9. KM Contract/Scheme number

Transformers
10. Owners reference No.

11. Rated power (in kVA)
12. Transformer tank type (radiator/corrugated)
13. Number of phases
14. Rated frequency
15. Rated voltages
16. Rated currents
17. Connection and phase displacement symbol
18. Design temperature (55oC)
19. Thermal class of insulation system for each winding refer to IEC 60085
20. Short-circuit impedance at rated current and at 75oC (guaranteed/tested)
21. Maximum temperature rises of top liquid and windings (average and hot-spot) (guaranteed)
22. Load loss at 75oC (guaranteed/tested)
23. No-load loss (guaranteed/tested)
24. Winding type for each winding (wire or foil)
25. Winding material for each winding (Cu)
26. Type of cooling (ONAN)
27. Insulation levels for each winding according to IEC 60076-3 standard notation
28. Total mass of core and winding
29. Volume and mass of insulating liquid
30. Type of insulating liquid with reference to the relevant IEC standard.
31. Total transformer mass

32. Maximum system short-circuit currents
33. Type of mounting
34. Leak tank pressure withstand capability (in kPa).
5.17. Labelling
Labelling shall be in all means as per clause 5.13 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
5.18. Protective Coatings

Protective coatings (corrosion protection and painting) shall be in accordance with KM specification
KM-EPM-D-PNT-ELECTRICAL-MATERIALS.
The following sections detail the requirements for the painting and corrosive protection systems.

Transformers
5.18.1. Internal Surfaces

Protective coating of internal surfaces shall prevent transformer insulating liquid coming into contact
with the tank metal at any time.
The colour of the internal surface shall be white.
The paint system shall render a service life equal to that of the transformer.
5.18.2. External Surfaces

The manufacturer shall propose their standard painting procedure provided that it is serviceable for
environmental and service conditions as specified in clause 2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-TRF-GENERAL. Surface preparation, coating and painting of external surfaces shall comply with
ISO 9223 and ISO 12944-2 very high corrosion class (C5) system as minimum and shall have high
durability (H) as per ISO 12944-1.
All paint systems shall render a service life of at least 15 years before maintenance is required.
The manufacturer is responsible for ensuring that, where a primer coat is required, the substrate and the
primer coat are compatible.
The final coat on the exterior shall be Dark Admiralty Grey, colour conforming to 632 of BS 381C, or
a near equivalent.
5.19. Transformer Room

Transformer room shall be in all means as per clause 5.14 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.
6. Construction
6.1. General Construction

The transformers shall be hermetically sealed, mineral oil-immersed type, in which pressure excursions
are absorbed by, a) inert gas (preferably by nitrogen gas) cushion placed above the oil surface in a
sealed-tank system with detachable (removable) panel type radiators, or b) the elastic movement of
permanently sealed corrugated tank fins, that shall be completely filled with oil.
[Note: The required option from the above alternatives (a) & (b) shall be confirmed by KM at the time
of initiating purchase tender, through Bill of Quantity document.]
Transformers shall be designed and constructed to prevent the ingress of moisture and to be leak free.
Any leakage found on site at the end of commissioning or during the warranty period shall be rectified
effectively by the competent persons of the responsible supplier.
Leakage of oil from transformer is construed as a serious quality lapse on the part of the Original
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM).
All conduit connection routed to Junction box shall be PVC steel reinforced.

Transformers
The transformer shall not be fitted with any forced ventilation or exhaust fans.
The materials used for the construction of transformer and the accessories and fittings or the surface
treatment shall be resistant to the insulating liquid and suitable to withstand the environmental
conditions.
6.2. Magnetic Core

Magnetic core shall be in all means as per clause 6.2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
6.3. Windings and Connection Bus Bars

Windings and Connection Bus Bars shall be in all means as per clause 6.3 of TRF General Requirements
The winding insulation system shall be such that the transformer may be operated at 105°C (Insulation
system Thermal class 105 (A) minimum, as per IEC 60085). The insulation materials shall be free from
any insulation compounds or materials prone to softening, shrinking or collapse during service. These
materials shall not disintegrate, carbonise or become brittle under hot oil or full load conditions.
6.4. Tank and Tank Covers

Transformer tank shall be of welded construction with bolted cover, fabricated from steel plate of high
tensile strength grade to withstand the forces sustained during testing, transport, installation and service.
The tank shall be of adequate strength so that, when containing the core plus coil assembly and fully
insulating liquid filled, any packing, lifting using the specified lifting fittings, rolling and handling shall
not cause overstressing of any part of the tank or leakage. The main tank body, radiators and associated
piping facilities shall be capable of withstanding full vacuum when empty of insulating liquid.
Transformer tank shall have rectangular shape.
The tank plates shall have the following minimum thickness: top (cover) 4.5 mm, bottom 4.5 mm and
side walls 5 mm. Any kind of laminated tank covers are not acceptable.
Tank top cover and all connections bolted to the tank shall be fitted with suitable gas and oil resistant
gaskets. The top cover shall be in such a design and construction as to prevent the ingress of moisture.
The shape and arrangement of the tank cover and external stiffeners shall permit rainwater and desert
sand to flow easily and completely to the ground.
The tank shall be fitted with thermometer pockets, for indication of top oil temperature, with a captive
screw cap and be located in the position of maximum oil temperature at continuous maximum rating.
To ensure consistency in quality of welding, the welding work at fin wall needs to be carried-out through
automated or robotic welding process, else high skilled manual welding work is acceptable. The
formation of tank side walls to be made by means of two L-bend sheets with two welding lines on two
corners only. All welds are required to be tested for oil tightness.
The side walls of transformers shall accommodate HV and LV Cable boxes.

Transformers
Transformer tank, top cover, etc. shall be connected with flexible links of suitable size for earthing of
all transformer parts. All the earthing points for different parts shall be identified solidly by earthing
symbol and as specified in the relevant specification.
All the bolts used in the transformers for mounting/fixing tank cover, Cable box mounting flanges,
bushings, radiators, etc., shall have consistency in its size & length, and the fixing shall be such that, at
least 2 or 3 threads of the bolt shall come out of nut outer face.
All the nuts & bolts used for fixing cable boxes, and HV & LV bushing Clamps, shall be accessible
from outside the tank (through inside cable boxes) for easy opening or tightening. They should be
accessible without opening the top tank cover.
For transformers rated power 500kVA and 1000kVA, the clearance between the inner edges of the
corrugated tank walls or radiator fins on the LV cable box side shall be at least 830 mm to enable the
retrofitting of ‘bolt on’ feeder pillars instead of LV cable boxes.
The completely assembled transformer shall be oil and gas tight and shall be capable of withstanding
without damage, under service conditions.
Tank stiffeners shall be provided as required, and these shall be designed to avoid water penetration.
The complete tank and its cover shall be designed so that there is no external pockets in which water
can accumulate, no internal pockets in which oil can remain when draining the tank and/or in which air
can be trapped when filling the tank.
Wherever possible, the transformer tank and its accessories shall be designed without pockets wherein
gas may collect.
There should be no distortion of the steel across all holes for bushings and accessories.
The dimensions of the transformers will vary according to the manufacture and generally shall be of
the sizes as stated in Table 6.
Example of overall dimensions of transformers with radiators and corrugated fins is given Drawing F.4
in Appendix F of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
Table 6: Transformer Overall Dimensions
Rated L 2E 2F W H
C* D*
Power (max.) (min.) (min.) (max.) (max.)
(mm) (mm)
(kVA) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
500 1980 500 830 1420 1320 1320 1830
1000 1980 500 830 1460 1320 1320 1980
1600 2200 500 640 1650 1320 1320 2050
(*) dimension C and D subject to tolerance ±5mm.

Transformers
The cooling arrangement shall be designed to ensure that all fittings and accessories can be positioned
as stated in this specification without obstructing access for maintenance activities.
The transformer tank will comprise of one of the following configurations.
6.4.1. Radiator Type Design

The radiator type design comprises a detachable pressed sheet or panel radiator without isolating valves
which shall be designed in accordance with IEC 60076-22-2. The radiator shall be connected to the
transformer tank through flanges and the radiator wall steel thickness shall be 1.2mm minimum.
The bolts and / or studs shall be used to fix radiator flanges or instrumentation onto the sides of the tank
using a stud welding process. Welding studs from the inside of the tank is not acceptable.
Nitrogen gas volume and oil volume in the tank are so designed that, occurrence of negative gas pressure
inside the tank, above 20oC of oil temperature, shall be prevented. [Note: Negative pressure inside tank
may allow outside air into the tank and restrict free flow of oil when sampling device is opened]. At the
same time the gas pressure inside tank, at maximum permissible oil temperature, shall not cause false
tripping of Pressure relief valve (PRV).
A chart or graph showing the relation between the oil temperature and the gas pressure shall be in all
means as per clause 5.12 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
During the course of execution of Tender, Bidder shall not be allowed to alter/modify proposed
radiators.
In case of replacing radiators, Manufacturer to provide appropriate thermal calculation of radiators, as

per clause 7.1.8 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
6.4.2. Corrugated Tank Type Design

The walls of flexible corrugated fins shall be made of CRCA steel sheets.
Thickness of fin to be selected in the range between 1.2mm to 1.5mm with full proof of the maximum
reliable and safe operation of the tank itself and attached corrugated fins with no minor deformation
and maximum withstand ability of the internal pressure. All fins shall be free of any uneven and/or
sharp edges. The formation of the corrugations shall be such that the metal thickness on the corners
shall be not less than that of the walls.
The corrugated tank walls shall be capable of providing sufficient cooling of transformer, and also
entirely compensate for the changes in the oil volume during operation. [Note: Rigid type corrugated
walls are not acceptable].
There shall not be any changes in oil pressure inside the tank, during operation, as the same are expected
to be entirely absorbed by the elastic action (contraction and expansion) of corrugated fin walls.

Transformers
6.5. Transformer Oil

Transformer oil shall be in accordance with KM specification KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-
INSULATING-LIQUID. Manufacturer is requested to submit signed & stamped compliance statement
to KM specification clause by clause (up to sub clause).
Manufacturer and or Oil Supplier is also required to submit his compliance for KM specification and
IEC 60296. Formal compliance to this specification shall also be part of technical submittal.
The transformer shall be supplied to KAHRAMAA filled with transformer oil.
Recycled oil is not acceptable, and the manufacturer is required to prove the properties of the oil in the
Data Schedule.
6.6. Cable Boxes & Bushings

Cable Boxes & Bushings shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 6.4 of TRF General
6.6.1. HV Cable Box

The HV Cable box shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 6.4.1 of TRF General
Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL. Required values of HV Cable box & bushings parameters
and dimensional requirements of the Drawing F.8 in Appendix F of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL is mandatory.
HV bushings are to be mounted in such a way that their mounting brackets & bolts are accessible from
outside the transformer tank through HV Cable box.
The cable box shall be designed to accept power cable 11kV nominal voltage, three core (3C) conductor
cross-section size between 70 mm² and 120 mm², based on location in the network and in line with
appropriate short circuit and cable continuous carrying capacity calculation according to latest versions
of IEC standards, fully in accordance with KM-EPM-D-CBL-11-XLPE-UGD-1 & 3-CORE. Heat
shrinkable terminations shall be according KM-EPM-D-CBL-ACC-11-HEAT-TERMINATIONS-
RIGHT-ANGLE-BOOT.
6.6.2. LV Cable Box

The LV Cable box shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 6.4.2 of TRF General
Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL. Required values of LV cable box & bushings parameters
and dimensional requirements of the Drawing F.11 in Appendix F of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL is mandatory.
The cable box shall be designed to accept low voltage cable 600/1000V fully in accordance with KM-
EPM-D-CBL-LV-XLPE-UGD-Armoured and KM-EPM-D-CBL-LV-XLPE-Single Core-
Unarmoured.

Transformers
The cable cores shall be connected to the bushing bus-bars using 4-hole compression lugs as per the
cable size shown in Table 7.
The LV cable requirements for each transformer at the specified rated power shall be as stated in Table
7.
Table 7: LV cable box requirements
Rated power (kVA) Number of cables Cable Type
500 4 600/1000V, 1C Cu 630 mm²
1000 7 600/1000V, 1C Cu 630 mm²
1600 7 600/1000V, 1C Cu 800 mm²
6.6.3. Retrofitting LV Fuse Box (Bolt-on Feeder Pillar)

For Transformers up to and including 1000kVA, the LV cable box can be removed and replaced by a
bolt on fuse cabinet. Bolt-on feeder pillar cabinet shall be in all means as per Drawing E.1 of Appendix
E.
The format of the fuse cabinet (Feeder Pillar) is as follows:
• Maximum external width of the cabinet - 610 mm.
• From the center line of the bushing, to the top of the cabinet - 460 mm
• From the center line of the bushing, to the bottom of the cabinet -1270 mm.
• Feeder pillar depth from face of transformer to feeder pillar front - 800 mm.
• Door hinge on the left hand side and can swing through 180 degrees.
This will influence the design of this face of the transformer in the following respect:
a) From the vertical centre line of the LV bushing assembly there shall be a clear, unobstructed
clearance of 415 mm either (each) side between the LV side radiators/corrugated panels.
b) The height of the center line of LV bushing assembly will be such that the bottom of feeder
pillar cabinet shall not be below the base of the transformer, and shall not touch the ground.
c) The two ‘supporting bolts’ at rear bottom of the Feeder Pillar, shall properly mate with a solid
surface on the tank or base of the transformer.
d) Extended support clamp is required in transformer to mount stud bolt. Similar support is
required to mount BOPF stud bolts.
e) There shall not be any obstruction on the body of transformer for proper fixing of Bolt-on-
Feeder Pillar

Transformers
6.7. Cable Supports

The transformer tank shall be equipped with cable supports on both the HV and LV sides. The supports
shall be designed to take the loading of the cable and prevent stresses on the termination. Cable cleats
shall be supplied with the transformer to adequately secure cables to the supporting system.
6.8. Fittings
The Fittings shall be in all means as per clause 6.5 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
Manufacturer shall confirm the high reliable service life warrantee for the used temperature sensors,
direct reading liquid level indicators and direct reading mechanical dial type liquid temperature
indicators, for service (useful) life of transformer as per clause 5.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
6.8.1. Gaskets
Gaskets shall be in accordance with KM specification KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-GASKET.
Gaskets shall be of the best quality and of one-piece construction only. Joints in the gaskets are not
allowed.
6.8.2. Provisions for Cable Box Connections

Facings and internal connections shall be provided for mounting HV and LV bushing assemblies and
cable boxes.
Fixing studs shall be provided on transformer facings positioned to match the cable boxes.
6.8.3. Nuts, Bolts and Washers

All nuts, bolts and washers used for fixing/mounting cables boxes, box covers, tank cover, bushings,
oil-level gauges, etc., shall be non-corrosive alloy steel or stainless steel. Both spring & flat washers
need to be provided with every bolt fitted on the transformer.
6.8.4. Earthing Terminal

Earthing terminals shall be stainless steel grade 304L minimum and positioned clear of ground level.
The pad shall be selected to withstand the maximum prospective earth fault currents.
Prior to connection to earth, any non-conductive coating shall be removed at threads, contact points,
and contact surfaces.
The terminal shall be identified by the letter "E" either on the terminal itself or on its vicinity.
The terminal shall ensure electrical continuity with the transformer tank.
All boxes including HV, LV, and Junction Box shall have dedicated earthing facility with earth
marking: transformer shall be supplied with LV gland earth looping (all LV glands are to be

Transformers
interconnected by earth loops along with end loop connected between end gland & LV cable box
earthing point). Earth loop copper cable shall be 16 mm2 minimum. Loop cables shall be used same as
per KM standard green/yellow earthing cable.
Suitable earthing arrangement shall be provided on transformer on HV and LV cable box side to
facilitate the earthing connection between cables and main earth as shown in the Drawing No F.5 in
Appendix F of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
Two stainless steel (SS-316) earthing flags of 6mm thickness (minimum) with hole of terminating earth
conductor with M12 bolt as shown in the Drawing No F.5 in Appendix F of TRF General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL, shall be provided, on opposite sides of tank body each. They shall be
positioned vertically below the cable boxes of HV & LV with the centre line 200 ± 5mm above the
underside of the skid base. There shall not be any sharp edges on the earthing flags.
Core and frame earth connections shall be accessible for testing at site.
6.8.5. Direct Reading Liquid Level Indicators (Liquid Level Gauges)

Direct reading liquid level indicators shall be prismatic type.
For corrugated tank type design, liquid level indicator shall have just a minimum bold red line labeled
with a word ’’MINIMUM’’. The liquid level gauge shall show the liquid level while half ‘partially’ is
filled and half ‘partially’ empty.
For radiator type design, liquid level indicator shall provide indication of the real (actual) oil levels over
the full range of normal temperature excursions. The indicator shall have appropriate temperature
increments. It shall be calibrated to show the normal liquid level at 20oC, 35oC, 95oC and 105oC. Indirect
ways of oil level indication (like through magnetic or other indirect indicating types) are not acceptable.
Markings for the maximum and minimum oil levels should be clearly marked on the instrument. [Note:
Instruments with colour code indications are not acceptable].
The interface shall be legible at a safe distance of 0.5 meters.
6.8.6. Pressure Relief Valve

Pressure relief valves (PRV) shall be generally according IEC 60076-22-1 Clause 7.7.
The transformer shall have a setting assigned by the manufacturer to allow pressure release in the event
of an abnormal operation or an internal fault. The Pressure Relief Valve shall be fitted with a flag or
other suitable indicator which shall remain visible after an operation.
The pressure relief valve shall also be fitted with resettable auxiliary switch containing 2 normally open
contacts at 10A, 240V a.c. and conforming to IP65. Operation of the switches shall coincide with
operation of the pressure relief valve. The limit switch containing these auxiliary switches shall be
totally concealed below the PRV outer cover, to protect it from the external environment and rain. The
conduit fitting, conforming to at least IP 65, at the cable entry of PRV terminal box, shall be capable of
accommodating 4Cx2.5 mm2, CU/PVC/SWA cable along with flexible conduit.

Transformers
Permanent wiring from the limit-switch to be made, with the cable, to the junction box mounted on side
walls of transformer tank, through rain tight conduit & conduit fittings. Cable/conduit entry to the limit-
switch shall be from the bottom.
6.8.7. Direct Reading Mechanical Dial Type Liquid Temperature Indicators

The transformer shall be provided with approved direct reading mechanical dial type liquid temperature
indicator; to measure the temperature of oil at the top of the tank, with alarm and trip contacts.
Direct reading mechanical dial type liquid temperature indicator (OTI) shall be generally according IEC
60076-22-1 Clause 7.8.
The range of the scale shall cover 20°C to 140°C with increments marks at every 5°C and equipped
with a manually resettable maximum temperature pointer. The temperature indicator shall have at least
2 no. of NO alarm contacts and 2 no. of NO trip contacts rated for 10A at 240V a.c. Only two contacts
shall be terminated; one alarm and one trip, the other two shall be left spare. The oil temperature gauge
alarm & trip values shall be pre-set at 95oC and 105oC respectively, by default.
The wiring from the thermometer to the junction box mounted on the transformer shall be through
weatherproof conduit rated to IP65. The cable entry holes shall also be fitted with flexible conduit rated
to IP65.
The Standard thermometer size as described below shall be used.
- Nominal dial size: Approximately 100mm

- Sensing element type Bimetallic, stem type
- Bezel & Casing material: Stainless steel (SS-316) or aluminium alloy with C5 surface
protection
- Dial & Pointer: Black pointer on white dial
- Maximum Pointer Red Pointer
- Measuring Range: 20-140o C.
- Connection type: Radial bottom
- Stem size & material: 120mm(L)x12mm(D), stainless steel.
- Process Connection: G½ inch male nut, stainless steel fitting.
- Thermometer pocket(thermo-well): Welded to tank, W/matching thread.
- O-Ring: Suitable size of O ring shall be used.
Terminal box shall be provided to connect the switches of the device; it shall include also one protective
conductor or earth terminal. The number and marking of the terminals shall comply with the connection
diagram.
The terminal block shall be designed to accept cables having a cross-sectional area of between 1,5 mm2
and 4 mm2.

Transformers
The Standard thermometer size as per manufacturers recommendation and prior approval from
KAHRAMAA shall be required
6.8.8. Additional Thermometer Pocket

An additional thermometer pocket (thermo-well without thermometer) of same size shall be fitted in
the tank, for the purpose of routine testing & measuring with portable instruments. The thermo-well
opening shall be closed with matching cap/plug.
6.8.9. Drain and Filler Valves

The transformer shall be equipped with drain and filler valves bolted to the main transformer tank. The
nominal size of drain and top filler valve shall be 1 inch (25 mm). Good quality, non-corrosive, gate
valve, hand wheel design is required.
For transformers in which pressure excursions are absorbed by inert gas, same top filler valves shall be
utilised for pressurise the transformer tank with gas (nitrogen).
There shall be separate outlets for sampling and draining on the same device. The sampling outlet shall
be smaller in size and positioned at right angles to the main drain outlet. The valve handles shall have
a locking arrangement. The device shall facilitate filling, draining, sampling and venting of oil. The
location of the drain valve cum sampling device shall be selected so that it is easily accessible, and its
operation shall not be hindered by any other component (ex: cable connections) installed on
transformer.
6.8.10. Sealed Filler Boss

The design shall prevent water collecting in the vicinity of the sealed filler boss.
6.8.11. Lifting Fittings

The lifting fittings shall be permanently attached to and arranged on the tank to provide a balanced lift
in a vertical direction for the completely assembled transformer. These shall not be located on lid (the
top cover) of the transformer. Additionally, for the top cover itself 02 Nos. lifting lug shall be provided.
Lifting fittings as shown in the Drawing No F.5 in Appendix F of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL shall be provided suitable for lifting the transformer with crane and chains,
as specified in Clause 6.4.
All lifting fittings and haulage points shall be painted yellow.
6.8.12. Jacking Lugs

Four jacking lugs (i.e. one at each corner of the tank) at 400 + 5mm above ground level are to be
provided. There shall be clear access of 200 mm to engage a jack with the lug. Access to the jacking
lugs should not have any obstruction. It should not obstruct the fixing of Bolt-on-Feeder Pillar.

Transformers
6.8.13. Skids
The under base shall be in the form of skids. Skids shall be fitted and shall be provided with four 42mm
diameter axle holes. It is important to note that the orientation of the skid base shall be on the
longitudinal side of the transformer (length-wise), but not on width-wise.
6.8.14. Auxiliary Wiring

The wiring associated with the transformer, including any sensors, shall be adequately insulated and
mechanically protected to avoid damage and the potential occurrence of any short circuits within the
transformer.
All wiring shall be carefully routed and secured using metal ties or clips. No wires shall be left loose or
hanging inside or on the transformer.
6.9. Fittings (Radiator Type Design Only)

The following subsections are applicable to radiator type design transformers only.
6.9.1. Pressure Versus Temperature Plate

A plate demonstrating graphically the relationship between the transformer top oil temperatures versus
the gas pressure inside the tank, between the operating temperature range 20°C to 105°C at 2°C
increments. The chart or graph shall be of polished stainless steel of top quality with clear background
and black text colour and permanently fixed on the transformer body. PRV setting pressure shall also
be clearly mentioned on this plate. The details on the chart shall be indelibly marked that is, by etching,
engraving, stamping or by a photo-chemical process. (Note: stickers are not acceptable).
6.9.2. Pressure Gauge

A pressure gauge capable of measuring negative and positive pressures of nitrogen gas inside the tank,
over the atmospheric pressure, shall be fitted on the transformer. The pressure gauge shall be along with
an isolating valve as a combination, capable of isolating the gauge in normal conditions, and measure
gas pressure only when required. Also, a valve shall be provided to facility the replacement of pressure
gauge without losing pressure. Suitable manifold, if required, to be used at the transformer, to
accommodate this ‘pressure gauge + isolating valve’ combination.
Suitable gaskets/seals/O-rings, shall be used at all joints of the fittings to ensure no gas leaks during
their service life. There should not be any joints or openings in the gaskets used.
The gauge nominal diameter shall not be less than 100mm. The bezel & casing of the gauge, isolating
valve, and their fittings shall be made of stainless steel (SS316). The dial of the gauge shall have linear
graduations of measuring range, in black letters on white back-ground, with centre zero reading,
covering both negative and positive pressures. Further, maximum & minimum values of pressure to be
maintained inside transformer tank, shall be marked in RED colour on the dial. All these readings shall
be clearly visible through front non-breakable transparent glass.
An additional pressure gauge (‘Master gauge’) is to be supplied, free of cost, as an accessory, for each
order.
All internal components shall be made of a corrosion resistant material.

Transformers
6.10. Accessories to be Supplied as Spares (Free of Cost)

Accessories to be supplied as spares (free of cost)
a) One additional nitrogen pressure gauge, as mentioned in clause 6.9.2 is to be supplied, for every 100
transformers (Radiator type) supplied.
b) One nitrogen gas filling kit, consists of gas cylinder, pressure regulative valves, pressure gauges,
hose pipes, hose fittings, and trolley, to be supplied for every 250 transformers Radiator type
supplied.
c) One additional ‘thermometer with alarm contacts’ shall be supplied for every 100 transformers
supplied.
d) One additional set of complete gaskets, as used in transformers, shall be supplied for every 50
transformers, of each type (radiator/corrugated) and power rating, supplied. Each piece of gasket in
the kit shall be clearly identified with labels containing details of its function, manufacturer part
number, name of manufacturer, country of origin.

Inspection, Testing and Auditing shall be in all means as per clause 7.1 of TRF General Requirements
7.1.1. Routine Tests

Routine tests shall generally comply with requirements of clause 7.1.1 of TRF General Requirements
Requested routine factory testing of the transformer shall include but not limited to the following tests
in Table 8:
Table 8: Routine tests
Acceptance criteria
description)
KM
1 Visual and dimension check. To be verified.
Specification
Measurement of winding
2 IEC 60076-1 11.2 For reference.
resistance
Relative value of
measured voltage ratio
Measurement of voltage ratio shall be lower than
3 IEC 60076-1 11.3
and check of phase displacement tolerances in IEC 60076-1
Table 1 Tolerances, Item
2.

Transformers
Acceptance criteria
description)
Phase displacement shall
be according Clause 5.12.
Measurement of short-circuit
SCI Clause 5.6
4 impedance (SCI) and load loss IEC 60076-1 11.4
LL Table 4.
(LL)
NLL Table 4,
NLC TRF General Clause
Measurement of no-load loss and
5 IEC 60076-1 11.5 6.2: The no-load current
current
shall be ≤ 1% of
transformer rated current.
The test is successful if
6 Applied voltage test (AV) IEC 60076-3 10 no collapse of the test
voltage occurs.
The test is successful if
Induced voltage withstand test
7 IEC 60076-3 11.2 no collapse of the test
(IVW)
voltage occurs.
Measurement of d.c. insulation
resistance each winding to earth
and between windings: HV
8 winding to earth at 5000V d.c., IEC 60076-1 11.1.4 h For reference.
LV winding to earth at 2500V
d.c. and between phases at
5000V d.c.
The test is passed if no
Auxiliary wiring insulation test voltage collapse or other
9 IEC 60076-3 9
(AuxW) sign of breakdown
occurs.
Earth continuity test:
Transformer body, all boxes like
HV & LV cable boxes, junction
10 For reference.
Box and conductive parts to be
continuity tested reference to
transformer earth terminal
11 IEC 60076-22-1 7.4.3.2.3 Proper functioning.
liquid level indicators
12 mechanical dial type liquid IEC 60076-22-1 7.8.3.2.3 Proper functioning.
Check of magnetic core and
frame insulation. The insulation
13 shall be tested at 2500 V d.c. for IEC 60076-1 11.12 Without breakdown.
1 min, after the transformer is
filled with liquid (*)
Leak testing with pressure
(tightness test), 22kPa and Without leaks on entire
14 30kPa, for corrugated and IEC 60076-1 11.8 transformer after visually
radiator tank, respectively, for 16 inspection.
hours (testing of all welded

Transformers
Acceptance criteria
description)
joints and gaskets), in co-
ordination with PRV setting
pressure
BDV min. 55kV (**)
Breakdown voltage (BDV), Water content max. 20
15 water and acidity content test on IEC 60422 Table 3 mg/kg
transformer mineral oil Acidity max. 0.03 mg
KOH/g
Check of Nitrogen gas pressure
Successfully passed the
16 before installation (for radiator
check.
type design)
(*) Core and frame earth connections shall be accessible.
(**) The BDV values shall be the average of six readings.
In addition to oil BDV, acidity & water content values (exact measured) shall be shown on the routine
test report.
7.1.2. Prototype Units

Prototype units shall be in all means as per clause 7.1.2 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.
7.1.3. Type Tests

Type tests shall be in all means as per of clause 7.1.3 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
Required type testing of the transformer for each rating shall include but not limited to the following
tests in Table 9:
Table 9: Type tests
Acceptance criteria
No Type test Standard Clause (reference or
description)
IEC 60076-1 11.1.3 a)
1 Temperature-rise test TRF General, Clause 5.7.2
IEC 60076-2
IEC 60076-1 11.1.3 b)
Full wave lightning impulse test
2 IEC 60076-3 Clause
(LI) IEC 60076-3 13.2
13.2.2.2
IEC 60076-1 11.1.3 b)
Chopped wave lightning impulse
3 IEC 60076-3 Clause
test (LIC) IEC 60076-3 13.3
13.3.2.2
IEC 60076-1 11.1.3 c)
4 Determination of sound level (*) Table 5
IEC 60076-10

Transformers
(*) Sound power level shall be determined as per IEC 60076-10. Sound shall be measured for no-load
excitation at rated voltage at an untapped winding and rated frequency. The prescribed contour shall be
spaced 1m away from the principal radiating surface (radiators or corrugated tank fins).
7.1.4. Special Tests

Special tests shall be in all means as per of clause 7.1.4 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.
Required special testing for each rating of the transformer shall include but not limited to the following
tests in Table 10:
Table 10: Special tests
Acceptance criteria
description)
Determination of sound levels as IEC 60076-1 11.1.3 c)
per description of test in Clause
1 Table 5
7.1.3, one unit per lot for each IEC 60076-10
rating
The paint work tests one unit per Successfully passed the
2 ISO
lot for each rating (*) tests.
Measurement of dissipation dissipation factor (tan δ)
3 factor (tan δ) of the insulation IEC 60076-1 11.1.4 d) max. 0.5% as per IEEE
system capacitances C57.152-2013 Table 18
IEC 60076-1 11.1.4 g)
4 Short-circuit test TRF General Clause 7.1.4
IEC 60076-5
(*) The paint work have to pass following tests:

c) Falling weight test (ISO 6272): 1kg/50cm
e) Cupping test (ISO 1520): 08mm
7.1.5. Type and Special Test Reports
Transformer Type and Special test reports shall be in all means as per clause 7.1.5 of TRF General
7.1.6. Site Inspection Tests

Site inspection test shall be in all means as per clause 7.1.6 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-TRF-GENERAL.

Transformers
7.1.7. Transformer Quality Proofing by Calculation Method

Transformer quality proofing by calculation method shall be in all means as per clause 7.1.7 of TRF
General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL
7.1.8. Test Schedule and Sequence

During requested tests, schedule and sequence from Table 11 to be applied. Test references standards
are defined in previous routine, type and special test chapters.
Table 11: Test Schedule and Sequence
One (same) unit

Requested test
for each rating
Routine, Type and Special tests
1 Visual and dimension check. X X
Dielectric tests
2 Applied voltage test (AV) X X
3 Induced voltage withstand test (IVW) X X
4 Measurement of d.c. insulation resistance each
winding to earth and between windings X X
5 Measurement of dissipation factor (tan δ) of the
insulation system capacitances (special test) X
6 Check of core and frame insulation X X
7 Breakdown voltage (BDV), water and acidity content
test on transformer mineral oil X X
8 Auxiliary wiring insulation test (AuxW) X X
Parameter and Energy performance tests

9 Measurement of winding resistance X X
10 Measurement of no-load loss and current (*) X X
11 Measurement of short-circuit impedance and load loss X X
12 Measurement
angle
of ratio, vector group and polarity phase
X X
Protection devices functional test

13 Functional test on direct reading liquid level indicators X X
14 Functional test on direct reading mechanical dial type
liquid temperature indicators X X
Thermal performance test

15 Temperature rise test (type test) X
16 Earth continuity test X X

17 Leak testing with pressure (tightness test) X X
18 Short circuit test (special test) (**) X

19 Full wave lightning impulse test (LI) (type test) X
20 Chopped wave lightning impulse test (LIC) (type test) X
21 Repeat of Routine tests X

Transformers
One (same) unit

Requested test
for each rating
Sound performance tests

22 Measurement of sound level (type test and special test
one unit per lot for each rating) X
23 The paint work tests (special test, one unit per lot for
each rating) X
Check of Nitrogen gas pressure before installation (for
24 radiator type design) X X
Site inspection tests X X
Comment on each unit testing:
(*) before measurement of no-load loss and current test, the magnetic core of the transformer should be
demagnetized by overexcitation (IEC 60076-1 Clause 11.5 Note 2).
Comments on one (same) unit testing:
(**) prior to the Short-circuit tests, the transformer shall be subjected to the routine tests which are
specified in IEC 60076-1. LI and LIC shall be conducted after short circuit test. All routine tests,
including dielectric tests at 100 % of the prescribed test value shall be repeated after short circuit
test as per IEC 60076-5 :2006 Clause 4.2.7.4.
7.2. Pre-Delivery Testing and Inspection

Pre-Delivery Testing and Inspection shall be in all means as per clause 7.2 of TRF General
7.3. Rejection and Tolerances

Rejection and tolerances shall be in all means as per clause 7.3 of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
7.4. Identification and Packaging

Identification and Packaging shall be in all means as per clause 7.4 of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
7.5. Warranty
Warranty shall be in all means as per clause 7.5 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
7.6. Drawings
Drawings shall be in all means as per clause 7.6 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.

Transformers

Storage and handling shall be in all means as per clause 7.7 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-
D-TRF-GENERAL.
7.8. Transport
Transport shall be in all means as per clause 7.8 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GENERAL.
Complete transformer with hermetically sealed tank shall be transported filled by oil.
Manufacturer’s Qualification shall be in all means as per clause 8 of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL.
Bidder shall submit documents as instructed in clause 9.1 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-
TRF-GENERAL.

Provisions of clause 9.2 from TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL are applicable.
The Bidder shall submit Statement of Compliance in line with clause 9.2 of TRF General Requirements
KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL and Appendix C of this specification.
The Bidder shall submit Deviation Schedule in line with clause 9.2 of TRF General Requirements KM-
EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL and Appendix B of this specification.

Outsourcing Restrictions shall be in all means as per requirements in clause 9.3 of TRF General
10. Quality Assurance Checklists
Checklists to be followed shall be as instructed in clause 10 of TRF General Requirements KM-EPM-

D-TRF-GENERAL and in Appendix D of this specification.

Transformers
11. Appendices

Transformers
1.1 Manufacturer
1.3 Type of installation (Indoor/Outdoor)
1.4 Type of mounting Ground
1.5 Applicable standards IEC 60076
1.6 Design temperature °C 55

Reference temperature for short-circuit
1.7 °C 75
impedance, load loss and winding resistance
1.8 Maximum service altitude m <1000
2.0 Ratings
2.1 Cooling method ONAN

Hermetically
2.2. Type of tank
sealed
i) Radiator type design yes/no
ii) Corrugated type design yes/no
2.3 Insulating Liquid Mineral Oil
2.4 Rated power kVA
2.5 Rated voltage (HV at principal tap) kV 11
2.6 Rated voltage (LV, no-load) kV 0.433
2.7 Short-circuit impedance at 75°C %
2.8 Rated current (HV at principal tap) A
2.9 Rated current (LV) A
2.10 Number of phases 3
2.11 Rated frequency Hz 50
2.12 Vector group symbol Dyn11
Issue: 0.0 12 Aug 2022 Internal Page A. 1 of 8

Transformers
2.13 Tapping range % ±5
2.14 Number of steps No ±2
2.15 Tapped winding HV
2.16 Top insulating liquid temperature rise limit K max. 45
2.17 Average winding temperature rise limit K max. 50
2.18 Hot-spot winding temperature rise limit K max. 63
2.19 Hot-spot factor H 1.3
2.20 Insulation system thermal class
i) HV winding 105 (A)
ii) LV winding 105 (A)
3.1 Lightning impulse level (HV/LV) kV 75/--
3.2 Power frequency withstand voltage (HV/LV) kV 28/3
4.0 Design Details and Features
4.1 Type of magnetic core material
4.2 Magnetic core material grade
4.3 Specific Watt Loss (at 1.7T and 50Hz) W/kg max. 0.95
4.4 Magnetic flux density in the legs and yokes T max. 1.7
4.5 No-load current (I0/In) % max. 1
4.6 Number of windings Two
4.7 HV Winding
i) Material Copper
ii) Conductor Type
4.8 LV Winding
i) Material Copper
ii) Conductor Type
4.9 Current densities at rated power

Transformers
i) HV winding A/mm2
ii) LV winding A/mm2
4.10 Winding resistances at 75°C
i) HV winding Ω
ii) LV winding Ω
4.11 Thermal time constants
i) HV winding minutes
iii) ii) LV winding minutes
iv) iii) Insulating liquid minutes
4.12 Thermal ability to withstand short-circuit
i) HV winding °C
ii) LV winding °C
4.13 Insulation Material
i) Core lamination
ii) HV winding
iii) LV winding
4.14 HV Termination Type Cable
4.15 HV Bushing
i) Manufacturer
ii) Type oil-air

Ceramic
iii) Material
(Porcelain)
4.16 LV Termination Type Cable
4.17 LV Bushing
i) Manufacturer
ii) Type oil-air
iii) Material Cast resin

Transformers
4.18 Gasket material
i) Insulating liquid flange material
ii) Dry flange material
4.19 Losses
i) Load losses at 75oC & at principal
W
tap
ii) No-load losses at rated voltage W
Sound power level as per Clause 7.1.3
4.20 dB(A)
(A-weighted)
4.21 Efficiency at 75°C and 0.8PF lag
i) At 25% of full load %
ii) At 50% of full load %
iii) At 75% of full load %
iv) At 100% of full load %
v) At 125% of full load %
vi) At 150% of full load %
4.22 Voltage Regulation at 75°C and at full load
i) At 0.8 Power Factor %
ii) At 0.85 Power Factor %
iii) At 0.9 Power Factor %
iv) At 0.95 Power Factor %
v) At Unity Power Factor %

Transformer designed and manufactured to
4.23 withstand a constant acceleration in all m/s2 min. 10
directions
5.0 Tests
5.1 Routine tests On each unit

Transformers

On one (same)
5.2 Temperature rise test
unit
laboratory
laboratory
On one (same)
5.3 Full wave lightning impulse test (LI)
unit
laboratory
laboratory
On one (same)
5.4 Chopped wave lightning impulse test (LIC)
unit
laboratory
laboratory
Measurement of sound level (type test and On one (same)
5.5
special test one unit per lot for each rating) unit
laboratory
laboratory
The paint work tests (special test, one unit per On one (same)
5.6
lot for each rating unit

Measurement of dissipation factor (tan δ) of the On one (same)
5.7
insulation system capacitances unit
laboratory
i) Location of independent testing
laboratory
On one (same)
5.8 Short-circuit tests
unit
laboratory
laboratory
6.0 Operating Details
6.1 Auxiliary supply voltage V 415/240

Permissible over-load and duration, for preload
6.2
1.00 p.u.

Transformers
6.2a 10% overload
i) At 30°C minutes
6.2b 20% overload
i) At 30°C minutes
6.2c 30% overload
i) At 30°C minutes
6.2d 40% overload
i) At 30°C minutes 30
ii) At 40°C minutes 30
iii) At 55°C minutes 30
6.2e 50% overload
i) At 30°C minutes 30
ii) At 40°C minutes 30
iii) At 55°C minutes 30
7.0 Tank and Fittings
7.1 Colour of final coat on the exterior BS 381C 632

Transformers

ISO
7.2 Durability of the protective paint system H
12944 -1
All paint systems shall render a requested
7.3 year min. 15
service life before maintenance is required
ISO
7.4 External surfaces corrosion protection class min. C5
12944 -2
7.5 Thickness
i) Walls (except corrugated sheet
mm min. 5
steel radiator)
ii) Base (Bottom) mm min. 4.5
iii) Cover (Top) mm min. 4.5
7.6 Radiator Design (if applicable)
i) Manufacturer
ii) Wall thickness mm
7.7 Insulating liquid
i) Supplier
ii) Type
Manufacturer shall confirm a service life
warranty against oil leakage due to
7.8 yes/no yes
manufacturing defects or inadequate quality of
material used, for a period of 15 years.
8.0 Mass and Dimensions
8.1 Transformer dimensions
i) Dimension L mm
ii) Dimension W mm
iii) Dimension H mm
8.2 Mass of Transformer

i) Approximate mass of magnetic
kg
core
ii) Approximate mass of HV winding kg
iii) Approximate mass of LV winding kg

iv) Approximate mass of fittings and
kg
accessories
v) Total Mass of Transformer
kg
(without insulating liquid)

Transformers

vi) Overall Mass of Transformer (with
kg
insulating liquid)
8.3 Shipping dimensions
i) Length mm
ii) Width mm
iii) Height mm
8.4 Transportation mass kg
………………………………………… ……..……………
………………………………………………………..……………

Transformers
Deviation Schedule shall be in all means as per requirements in Appendix B of TRF General

OIL-GMT”, denoting this specification for the transformer.
Issue: 0.0 12 Aug 2022 Internal Page B. 1 of 1

Transformers
Statement of Compliance shall be in all means as per requirements in Appendix C of TRF General

OIL-GMT”, denoting this specification for the transformer.
Issue: 0.0 12 Aug 2022 Internal Page C. 1 of 1

Transformers
KM-EPM-D-TRF-LIQ-TSR- Liquid Immersed Transformers – Tender
1
CHECKLIST Submission Requirements Checklist
KM-EPM-D-TRF-LIQ-FPS- Liquid Immersed Transformers – Factory Pre-
2
CHECKLIST Shipment Checklist
KM-EPM-D-TRF-LIQ-INSTL- Liquid Immersed Transformers – Equipment
3
CHECKLIST Installation Checklist
KM-EPM-D-TRF-LIQ-LSW- Liquid Immersed Transformers – Local Supplier
4
CHECKLIST Warehouse Checklist
Issue: 0.0 12 Aug 2022 Internal Page D. 1 of 1

Transformers
LIQUID IMMERSED TRANSFORMER TENDER SUBMISSION

REQUIREMENTS CHECKLIST
General
Supplied Equipment : Liquid immersed transformer
KM Specification : KM-EPM-D-TRF- XXX -XXX
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Issue: 0.0 12 Aug 2022 Internal Page D. 1. 1 of 6

Transformers
ISO 9001, : ☐ ☐ ☐
ISO 14001, : ☐ ☐ ☐

Transformer operation description with all technical details
including all steps of manufacturing with original catalogues and : ☐ ☐ ☐
pamphlets.
Original product catalogue of direct reading dial type liquid level
indicators. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Original product catalogue of direct reading mechanical dial type

winding temperature indicators. : ☐ ☐ ☐
For 2.5 & 5.0MVA 33/11kV, original product catalogue of on-load

tap-changer. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Installation, Operation & Maintenance, and condition monitoring &

trouble shooting manuals, of transformer. : ☐ ☐ ☐

references of direct reading dial type liquid level indicators. : ☐ ☐ ☐

references of direct reading mechanical dial type liquid temperature : ☐ ☐ ☐
indicators.
For pole mounted transformers, detailed Installation, Operation &
Maintenance manuals and references of surge arresters. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Transformers
For 2.5 & 5.0MVA 33/11kV, detailed Installation, Operation &
Maintenance manuals and references of on-load tap-changer. : ☐ ☐ ☐
FAT routine, type and special test reports and checklists on same
type of transformer. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Type and special test report covering proposed transformer to be

supplied from accredited reputed independent testing laboratories : ☐ ☐ ☐
recognized by KAHRAMAA.
Test reports of painting work including following tests: : ☐ ☐ ☐

c) Falling weight test (ISO 6272): 1 kg/50cm
e) Cupping test (ISO 1520): 08 mm
Type test reports covering HV and LV bushings, tap changer, direct
reading dial type liquid level indicators, pressure relief valve, direct
reading mechanical dial type liquid temperature indicators, surge
arresters for pole mounted transformers, and all other relevant : ☐ ☐ ☐
auxiliary equipment and accessories from accredited reputed
independent testing laboratories recognized by KAHRAMAA.
Filled-in and signed guaranteed losses declaration : ☐ ☐ ☐

: ☐ ☐ ☐
List of all Routine, Type and Special Factory Tests including

Transformers
Transformer general layout drawing (all views plan, elevation, side
elevation, centre of gravity) showing details of all components : ☐ ☐ ☐
fitted and with all dimensions, materials, coating, weight, etc.
Separate HV Cable box drawing with all views and dimensions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Separate LV cable box drawing with all views and dimensions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Separate HV bushing drawing with all views and dimensions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Separate LV bushing drawing with all views and dimensions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Proposed rating plate layout. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Proposed connection diagram plate layout. : ☐ ☐ ☐
HV and LV terminal connection details. : ☐ ☐ ☐

HV and LV cable boxes mounting flange drawings with
dimensions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Ventilation calculations with room sizing and air flow requirements
in view of secondary substation design (if applicable). : ☐ ☐ ☐
Calculation proof of overloading capability.
Overload curves reflecting permissible duration of the overload as
: ☐ ☐ ☐
function of stated overloads and ambient temperatures. Overload
loss of life calculation.
Detailed calculations revealing pressure developed for continuous
rated load, calculations of max. tank withstand pressure and
selection criteria of pressure threshold value of Pressure Relief : ☐ ☐ ☐
valve (PRV)
Static force calculation proof of transformer’s ability to withstand a
constant acceleration of at least 10 m/s² in all directions. : ☐ ☐ ☐
The exact Specification & procedure of surface preparation and

painting system followed by the manufacturer. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Information about materials, used for cores, windings and winding
insulation. : ☐ ☐ ☐

mentioning specific type/model wherever applicable) in a tabular
form with relevant and specific product catalogue. This includes : ☐ ☐ ☐
core-cutting, core assembly, winding coils, casting of coils,
painting, where applicable corrugated tank welding and other
manufacturing process as well.

Transformers
Magnetic core material (grad as per IEC 60404-8-7, steel code
name, insulation as per IEC 60404-1-1 etc.) and production : ☐ ☐ ☐
description.
Solid proof that no corrosion effect to any part of the magnetic core. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Detailed windings materials certificate, testing report and product
description. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Statement that insulation liquid complies to KM insulating liquid

specification. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Auxiliary equipment operation description with original catalogues
and pamphlets. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Details of all cable boxes and bushings. : ☐ ☐ ☐
For pole mounted transformers, details of surge arresters. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Details of tap changer. : ☐ ☐ ☐

Details of temperature sensors, direct reading dial type liquid level
indicators, pressure relief valve, direct reading mechanical dial type : ☐ ☐ ☐
liquid temperature indicators, etc.
Spare parts data which shall include the following information:
Manufacturer name of spare part, Manufacturer number of spare
part, order number of spare part (if any), description of spare part, : ☐ ☐ ☐
reference number in drawing including unit prices.
For 2.5 & 5.0MVA 33/11kV, percentage short-circuit impedance of
all three windings relative to the transformer ratings, this shall be : ☐ ☐ ☐
supported by each type of fault conditions.
For 2.5 & 5.0MVA 33/11kV, type test report and details about
current transformers. : ☐ ☐ ☐
Remarks

Transformers
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

Transformers

LIQUID IMMERSED TRANSFORMERS
General

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Supplied Equipment : e.g. Liquid immersed transformer
Representative
Position
(Name and Position)
Telephone
Email
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Basic Information
Rated power (kVA) :
Voltage ratio :

Transformers
Requested Tests Completed NA
Routine tests
Visual and dimension check : ☐
Measurement of winding resistance : ☐
Measurement of voltage ratio and check of phase displacement : ☐
Measurement of short-circuit impedance and load loss : ☐
Measurement of no-load loss and current : ☐
Applied voltage test (AV) : ☐
Induced voltage withstand test (IVW) : ☐
Measurement of d.c. insulation resistance each winding to earth and

: ☐
between windings
Auxiliary wiring insulation test (AuxW) : ☐
Earth Continuity Test : ☐
Functional test on direct reading liquid level indicators : ☐
Functional test on direct reading mechanical dial type liquid

: ☐
For 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, functional test on OLTC : ☐ ☐
For 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, check of the ratio and polarity of built-
: ☐ ☐
in current transformers
For 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, functional test on gas and oil-actuated
: ☐ ☐
relays
Check of magnetic core and frame insulation : ☐
Leak testing with pressure (tightness test) : ☐
Breakdown voltage test (BDV), moisture and acidity content test on

insulating liquid.
: ☐

Transformers
Type Tests
Temperature-rise test : ☐
Full wave lightning impulse test (LI) : ☐
Chopped wave lightning impulse test (LIC) : ☐
Determination of sound level : ☐
Special Tests
Determination of sound levels, one unit per lot for each rating : ☐
The paint work tests one unit per lot for each rating : ☐
Measurement of dissipation factor (tan δ) of the insulation system

capacitances
: ☐
Short-circuit test : ☐

Transformers
Shipping Documents Yes No NA
Transformer rating plate complies with Specification? : ☐ ☐
Shipping documents correspond to characteristics of transformer

details on rating plate.
: ☐ ☐
Copy of routine, type and special test reports attached. : ☐ ☐
FAT report includes “quality control report”. : ☐ ☐
Detailed windings materials certificate and testing report attached. : ☐ ☐
Detailed wiring diagrams and operation and maintenance manuals

: ☐ ☐
for direct reading liquid level indicators attached.

for direct reading mechanical dial type liquid temperature : ☐ ☐
indicators attached.
For 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, detailed wiring diagrams and

operation and maintenance manuals for on-load tap-changer : ☐ ☐ ☐
attached.
Copy of delivery note with transformer serial number and month

and year of manufacture attached.
: ☐ ☐
Shipping Marks applied to dispatch package. : ☐ ☐
Readiness for shipment Completed NA
Wooden pallet approved by Kahramaa, if applicable. : ☐ ☐
Transformer and / or accessories wrapped with transparent polythene

: ☐ ☐
sheet, where applicable.
Centre of gravity permanently marked on at least two adjacent sides

: ☐
of the transformer.
For 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, transformer equipped by electronic

: ☐ ☐
impact recorder.
For 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, impact recorder is properly sealed. : ☐ ☐

Transformers
Remarks
Provide a summary of the outcome of the tests and shipping documents and any remarks about
the tests and shipping documents.
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

Transformers
INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
General
Equipment supplied : Liquid immersed transformer
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Installation Site :
Basic Information
Rated power (kVA) :
Voltage ratio :

Transformers
Checks to be done at Project Site Completed NA
Checks before Installation
Visual check of the components delivered at the project site. : ☐
For transformers LV 0.433kV or 3.3kV, radiator type design, check

of Nitrogen gas pressure.
: ☐ ☐
For 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, check impact recorder is sealed and
: ☐ ☐
operative.
Ensure Documents of the transformer is available at site. : ☐
Ensure Drawings available i.e. relating to installation, general

arrangement etc.
: ☐
Personnel employed to move transformer are suitably qualified for

: ☐
transformer installation.
Physical Site Inspection Checks
Verify that ventilation arrangement complies with substation drawing

for indoor application.
: ☐
Verify clearances around the transformer are sufficient as per

: ☐
recommendation.
Verify that plinth/ mounting arrangement is level and clear. : ☐
Adequate space has been allocated for incoming/ outgoing cables. : ☐
Location facilitates lifting/ skidding of transformer. : ☐
Equipment to be used to move transformer is sufficient in and in good

order to handle the transformer as per manufacturer’s : ☐
recommendation.
Check that site earthing is available. : ☐
Checks to be done before energization

Transformers
Checks to be done at Project Site Completed NA
Check that transformer is fixed in position after mounting on plinth. : ☐
Check that distances to the walls and ground are to substation

: ☐
drawing for indoor application.
Check the proper earthing, i.e. connection of earthing conductors to

the relevant earth point on the metallic parts of the transformer and : ☐
enclosure.
Check the connection of the low voltage neutral to earth. : ☐
Check the proper ventilation for indoor application. : ☐
Check the connection of the direct reading liquid level indicators to

the control system.
: ☐
Check the connection of the direct reading mechanical dial type liquid
: ☐
temperature indicators to the control system.
Check all bolts & nuts shall be tightened to their respective torques
and marked with distinct color (torque marks).
: ☐
If applicable, check cables connected into the HV cable box are not
: ☐ ☐
mechanically stressed.
If applicable, check LV cable Box gland plate is of Non -magnetic

metal such as painted Aluminum or better.
: ☐ ☐
If applicable, check cables/ busbars connected into the LV cable box/

: ☐ ☐
busduct are not mechanically stressed.
For pole mounted transformers, check surge arresters. : ☐ ☐
For 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, check oil level in the gear box,
dehydrating breathers, vent plugs, gas and oil-actuated relays, OLTC.
: ☐ ☐
Check that the voltage regulation tap position is correct otherwise,

change.
: ☐

Transformers
Remarks
Provide a summary of the installation.
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

Transformers

General
: Name
Name

Address Line 2
:
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Supplied Equipment : Liquid immersed transformer
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Basic Information
Rated power (kVA) :
Voltage ratio :

Transformers
Shipping Documents Yes No NA
Shipping documents correspond to characteristics of transformer

: ☐ ☐
details on rating plate.
All items supplied as in packing list. : ☐ ☐
Copy of routine, type and special test reports are present. : ☐ ☐
Detailed windings materials certificate and testing report are

: ☐ ☐
present.

for the direct reading oil level indicators are present.
: ☐ ☐

for direct reading mechanical dial type liquid temperature indicators : ☐ ☐
are present.
For 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, detailed wiring diagrams and

operation and maintenance manuals for on-load tap-changer are : ☐ ☐ ☐
present.
Delivery note checked for transformer serial number and month and
year of manufacture (date of manufacture does not exceed six : ☐ ☐
months).

Transformers
Physical Inspection (100% of consignment) Yes No NA
Correct equipment supplied to warehouse. : ☐ ☐
Packing intact and not damaged. : ☐ ☐
Equipment intact and not damaged. : ☐ ☐

: ☐ ☐
warehouse.
Check rating and connection diagram plates. : ☐ ☐
Check warning and identification labels. : ☐ ☐
Date of manufacture on transformer rating plate does not exceed six

: ☐ ☐
months.
For 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, check impact recorder is sealed and
operative.
: ☐ ☐ ☐
For prototype, active part inspection at warehouse and / KM workshop : ☐ ☐ ☐

Remarks

being photographed.
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

Transformers
Appendix E Drawings
Drawing title Drawing No.

Transformer up to 1000kVA Retrofitting LV Fuse
E.1
Box (Bolt-on Feeder Pillar)
Issue: 0.0 12 Aug 2022 Internal Page E. 1 of 1

590
610 MAX.
100
460
490
Ø16
100
89
235
235
700 Ø32
115
89
89 89 89 89 89 89
7mm MIN.
THICKNESS OF FLANGE
10mm MAX.
1730
1730
1388
1153
1359
1270
1181
50
GROUND CLEARANCE GROUND CLEARANCE

NOTE:
580
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm
DATE SCALE
‫إدارة ﺗﺨﻄﻴـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻂ ﺷ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎء‬ TITLE BOLT
CREATED DESIGNED 14-Oct-2022 NTS
ELECTRICITY NETWORK PLANNING DEPARTMENT ON FEEDER PILLAR 11kV FOR USE DRAWN CHECKED SPECIFICATION REF.NO:
KM-EPM-D-TRF-11-04
AT 500kVA & 1000kVA CHECKED APPROVED -OIL-GMT
‫ﻗﺴ ـ ـ ــﻢ ﻣﻮاﺻـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻔﺎت و ﻣﻘ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﻟﻤـ ـ ــﻮاد‬
Ref. No. KM-EPM-D-TRF-11-0 4-OIL-GMT-E.1 1 of 1
MATERIAL STANDARD & SPECIFICATION SECTION REVISION
0.0
SHEET No.
1/1
Specification for Transformer

General Requirements
Issue: 0.0 13 Jan 2023 Internal Page 1 of 45

Specification for Transformer General KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL
Requirements
Document Control
Specification for
Material Specification
EP Transformer General
Standards
Requirements
Issue Approval

Planning

Filed
Document Control
Issue Record
0.0 13 Jan 2023 First issue of the new specification
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0

Requirements
Contents
Scope ............................................................................................................................................... 8
Environmental & Service Conditions ........................................................................................... 10
System Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 11
3.1 High Voltage ......................................................................................................................... 11
3.2 Low Voltage.......................................................................................................................... 11
3.3 Frequency.............................................................................................................................. 12
3.4 Short-Circuit Current Ratings ............................................................................................... 12
General Technical Requirements .................................................................................................. 12
4.1 System of Units ..................................................................................................................... 12
4.2 Applicable Codes and Standards........................................................................................... 12
4.3 Alternative Codes and Standards .......................................................................................... 15
4.4 Order of Precedence for Codes and Standards...................................................................... 15
Distribution Transformer and Automatic Voltage Regulator ....................................................... 15
5.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 15
5.2 Rated Power .......................................................................................................................... 16
5.3 Tapping Range and Method for regulation +5% to -5%, in 4-steps ..................................... 16
5.4 Insulation Level .................................................................................................................... 17
5.4.1 Insulation Level of HV Winding .................................................................................. 17
5.4.2 Insulation Level of LV Winding ................................................................................... 18
5.5 Short-Circuit Impedance ....................................................................................................... 18
5.6 Reference Temperature for Short-Circuit Impedance, Load Loss and Winding Resistance 18
5.7 Temperature-Rise(s) Limits .................................................................................................. 18
5.7.1 Temperature-Rise Limits for Dry-Type Transformers.................................................. 19
5.7.2 Temperature-Rise(s) Limits for Liquid Immersed Transformers and AVRs ................ 19
5.7.3 Temperature-Rise(s) Limits for Distribution Package Substation (DPS) Transformer 19
5.7.4 Liquid Transformer / DPS Transformer / AVR Hot-Spot Winding Temperature-Rise
Calculation Method ....................................................................................................................... 19
5.8 Temperature Limits Applicable to Loading of Transformer................................................. 19
5.8.1 Temperature Limits for Dry-Type Transformers .......................................................... 19
5.8.2 Temperature Limits for Liquid Immersed Transformers .............................................. 20
5.9 Current Limits Applicable to Loading of Liquid Immersed Transformer ............................ 21
5.10 Losses.................................................................................................................................... 21
5.10.1 Energy Performance...................................................................................................... 21

Requirements
5.10.2 Economic Evaluation of Losses (Capitalisation of Losses) for liquid immersed

transformers .................................................................................................................................. 22
5.11 Overloading........................................................................................................................... 23
5.11.1 Calculation Proof of Capability of Sustaining the Overload Conditions ...................... 23
5.12 Rating and Connection Diagram Plates and Chart Graph ..................................................... 24
5.13 Labelling ............................................................................................................................... 24
5.14 Transformer Room ................................................................................................................ 25
Construction .................................................................................................................................. 25
6.1 General Construction ............................................................................................................ 25
6.2 Magnetic Core ....................................................................................................................... 25
6.3 Windings and Connection Bus Bars ..................................................................................... 26
6.4 Cable Boxes & Bushings ...................................................................................................... 27
6.4.1 HV Cable Boxes & Bushings........................................................................................ 28
6.4.2 LV Cable Boxes & Bushings ........................................................................................ 29
6.4.3 Parameters of HV and LV Cable Boxes ....................................................................... 30
6.5 Fittings .................................................................................................................................. 31
Inspection, Testing and Delivery .................................................................................................. 31
7.1 Inspection, Testing and Auditing .......................................................................................... 31
7.1.1 Routine Tests ................................................................................................................ 33
7.1.2 Prototype Units ............................................................................................................. 33
7.1.3 Type Tests ..................................................................................................................... 35
7.1.4 Special Tests ................................................................................................................. 37
7.1.5 Type and Special Test Reports...................................................................................... 37
7.1.6 Site Inspection Tests ..................................................................................................... 37
7.1.7 Transformer / AVR Quality Proofing by Calculation Method ..................................... 37
7.2 Pre-Delivery Testing and Inspection..................................................................................... 38
7.3 Rejection and Tolerances ...................................................................................................... 40
7.4 Identification and Packaging ................................................................................................. 41
7.5 Warranty ............................................................................................................................... 41
7.6 Drawings ............................................................................................................................... 42
7.7 Storage and Handling ............................................................................................................ 42
7.8 Transport ............................................................................................................................... 42
Manufacturer’s Qualification ........................................................................................................ 42
Tender Information ....................................................................................................................... 43
9.1 Tender Submission Requirements ........................................................................................ 43

Requirements
9.2 Statement of Compliance and Deviation Schedule ............................................................... 43

9.3 Outsourcing Restriction ........................................................................................................ 43
Appendices.................................................................................................................................... 45

Appendix E Danger and Caution Notices
Appendix F Drawings

Requirements
Abbreviations
AVR Automatic Voltage Regulator
BS British Standard
DETC De-energized tap-changer (off-circuit tap changer)
DIN German institute for standardization
DPS Distribution package substation
FAT Factory Acceptance Test
HRC High-Rupturing-Capacity (fuse)
HV High voltage
IECEE International Electrotechnical Commission (standard) for Electrical Equipment
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IP Ingress protection class of enclosures
KM Kahramaa
L Line
LV Low voltage
MV Medium voltage
N Neutral

Requirements
NA Not applicable
PEI Peak Efficiency Index
PMT Pole Mounted Transformer
PRV Pressure Relief Valve
QAR Qatari Riyal
QC Quality Control
SIT Site Inspection Test
STL Short-Circuit Testing Liaison (laboratory)
TOC (Transformer) Total Ownership Cost
Um Rated Highest Withstand Voltage
WH Warehouse

Requirements
Scope
This specification shall cover environmental and service conditions, system parameters, system of units,
applicable codes and standards, design, standardization and interchangeability, testing, quality
assurance and control, manufacturers’ qualification and tender information of transformer types
specified in the following specifications mentioned in Table 1.
Table 1 Relevant KM Specifications

11/0.433kV Distribution Transformers, Dry
KM-EPM-D-TRF-11-0.4-DRY-GMT Type (Cast Resin), Ground Mounted for Indoor
Applications
Applications
Applications
11/3.3kV Distribution Transformers, Dry Type
KM-EPM-D-TRF-11-3.3-DRY-GMT (Cast Resin), Ground Mounted for Indoor
Applications
Applications
Applications
Ground Mounted 11/0.433kV Ester Immersed,
KM-EPM-D-TRF-11-0.4-ESTER-GMT
Hermetically Sealed Transformers
KM-EPM-D-TRF-33-11-OIL-2.5-5MVA 2.5/5MVA 33/11kV Power Transformers
Ground Mounted, 11/0.433kV Mineral Oil
Immersed, Hermetically Sealed Transformers
Ground Mounted 0.415/11kV Mineral Oil
KM-EPM-D-TRF-0.4-11-OIL-GMT-STEP-UP Immersed, Hermetically Sealed Step-Up
Transformers

Requirements

Pole-mounted, 11/0.433kV Mineral oil
KM-EPM-D-TRF-11-0.4-OIL-PMT
immersed, Sealed Tank Transformers
11kV Three Phase Automatic Voltage
KM-EPM-D-TRF-11-3PH-OIL-AVR
Regulators
33kV Three Phase Automatic Voltage
KM-EPM-D-TRF-33-3PH-OIL-AVR
Regulators
KM-EPM-D-SWG-11-0.4-DPS Distribution Package Substations (DPS)
KM-EPM-D-SWG-33-11-DPS-2.5-5MVA 33/11kV Package Substations 2.5 & 5MVA
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-INSULATING- Insulating Liquid for Electricity Distribution
LIQUID Transformers & Switchgear
MATERIALS
Standard designs and models from the Manufacturer’s manufacturing program are preferred, provided
they meet the requirements of this Specification, and serve the intended purpose.
It is not the intention to specify completely herein all the details of design and manufacturing of the
above-mentioned transformers and transformer items. It may be noted that norms, standards, etc.
specified are the bare minimum that is required. The transformers and the transformer items shall
conform in all respects to high standards of Engineering design and workmanship and shall be capable
of performing continuous & smooth operation within the parameters guaranteed by the supplier in a
manner acceptable to KAHRAMAA. KAHRAMAA reserves the right to reject any material if it is
found not in accordance with the specifications.
If a substantial improvement of any of the specified technical requirements, which is seen by the Bidder
advantageous to KM, is desired to be presented in the Bid, this may be proposed as an alternative to
that, which is assumed to be in conformity with the specified design. However, it is not mandatory that
the alternative design is going to be accepted but shall be subject to the decision of KM upon evaluation
of the same. The difference in price shall be clearly stated in percentage/unit.
Distribution transformer and accessories that are not as per KAHRAMAA standards and/or ratings,
shall be brand new (unused), appropriate rated, designed, manufactured and tested for particular
customer application with normal and / or special environment and service conditions and requirements.
The transformer shall comply to the Customer transformer specification requirements (not KM standard
specification requirements), not to have any HSE issues and harmful effects upon other electrical
equipment or other services, or likely to impair the supply and to have regularly and quality
maintenance. Customer to inform KM at any time if some changes on transformer and accessories could
have impact on HSE and / or affect KM system and operation.
All material and equipment to be supplied under these Specifications shall be brand new and unused.

Requirements
Environmental & Service Conditions

The ambient conditions in Qatar combine high temperatures with high humidity and high levels of salt
in the air at a maximum altitude of 100 metres above sea level. Debris ingress is a significant issue as
sandstorms are very frequent. Rainfall is typically low, however sudden, extreme bursts can occur over
a very short period. Prevailing winds are generally from the north-west, mostly light but occasionally
gusting in excess of 56km/h.
Environmental & Service conditions are stated in Table 2 and Table 3.
Table 2 Environmental Conditions
Value
Parameter Dry-type
Liquid immersed transformers and
transformers
AVRs
(indoor)
Maximum ambient temperature (°C) 50
Minimum ambient temperature (°C) 0
Minimum relative humidity (%) 20
Relative humidity (%) around 98 (95 to 100)
Maximum wind speed (km/h) NA 140

• Salt spray pollution in the atmosphere
• Industrial pollution in the atmosphere
• Abrasive wind-borne sand pollution in the atmosphere
Atmosphere conditions
• A considerable amount of salt is contained in the
atmosphere which together with the relatively high
ambient humidity, can produce sever corrosion
problems
NA Constant exposure to ultra-violet
Service exposure
radiation
Solar radiation – peak (W/m2) NA 1030
NA 80-150, with occasional heavy rainfall
Rainfall (mm)
of a high intensity with a short duration
Under certain climatic conditions, considerable
Condensation
condensation may take place

Requirements
Table 3 Special Service Conditions
Parameter Value
Temperature at any time (maximum temperature) of cooling air /
55
design temperature (°C)
Monthly average, of the hottest month temperature of cooling air
45
(°C)
Yearly average temperature of cooling air (°C) 35
Maximum Service Altitude (m) <1000
System Parameters
This section provides an overview of system parameters on KM’s Electricity Distribution Network.
System rated voltages 11kV, 22kV and 33kV used in KM distribution network are classified as Medium
voltage (MV). Therefore, equipment of listed rated voltages are considered in KM as MV equipment.
However, the power transformer standard IEC 60076-1 defines high-voltage winding - HV winding and
low-voltage winding - LV winding. Related mentioned, MV and HV designations should read the same
for HV transformer winding and all equipment connected to HV side of power transformer, as far as
this and all relevant transformer specifications concerns.
3.1 High Voltage

The High voltage system comprises of a three phase, three wire system with the star point earthed
through the earthing transformer at the primary substation.
Transformers shall be suitable for operation under the conditions stated in Table 4.
Table 4: HV System Parameters
HV Voltages
Parameter
11kV 22kV 33kV
GMT &
Nominal System Voltage (kV) 11 22 33
PMT
GMT &
Maximum System Voltage (kV) 12 24 36
PMT
GMT 31.5 31.5 31.5
Maximum Symmetrical Short Circuit Fault Level (kA)
PMT 25 31.5 31.5
GMT &
Maximum Earth Fault Current (kA) 4.5 4.5 4.5
PMT
3.2 Low Voltage

The LV System 433V has 5 wires i.e. 3 Phase + Neutral + Earth. Neutral and earth is directly shorted
at the Distribution Substation end. The consumer earth terminal is provided.

Requirements
The LV system 3.3kV comprises of a three phase, three wire system, preferable with resistance neutral
earthing and shall be capable of maintaining a constant supply at user end terminals. Any other type of
neutral earthing system, customer shall conduct the study and impact on network and inform Kahramaa.
Transformers shall be suitable for operation under the conditions stated in Table 5.
Table 5: LV System Parameters
LV Voltages
Parameter
0.433kV 3.3kV
Nominal System Voltage (kV) 0.433 3.3
Maximum System Voltage (kV) 0.457* 3.6
Maximum Symmetrical Short-Circuit Fault Level (kA) 44** 40
Highest Fuse Rating at LV Distribution Feeder Pillars (A) 400 -
* Insulation Level of LV Winding is as per Table 10, rated Highest Withstand Voltage, Um = 1.1kVas
per IEC 60076-3
** Fault duration is limited by HRC fuses, Type-J to BS 88 and DIN as well (at LV Distribution Feeder
Pillars). Fuses shall be in accordance with KM specification KM-EPM-D-FUSES-MV AND LV
FUSES.
3.3 Frequency
The operating frequency of the distribution system is 50Hz.
3.4 Short-Circuit Current Ratings

The maximum short-circuit current for the HV systems is 31.5kA, and for LV system is 44kA and 40kA
for 0.433kV and 3.3kV level, respectively.
General Technical Requirements

This section provides an overview of general technical requirements for transformers.
4.1 System of Units
Technical data dimensions, quantities, etc. throughout KM’s projects shall be in the SI-system of units
(International System of Units).
4.2 Applicable Codes and Standards

The transformers / AVRs and related accessories provided under this Specification shall be
manufactured under quality assurance system conforming to latest ISO issues. Except where otherwise
specified or implied, transformers and transformer items to be supplied shall comply with the latest
applicable standard of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), The British Standards

Requirements
Institution (BS), European standards (EN), the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
and German standard (DIN or equivalent).
The work must be performed in accordance with the latest revision of standards. National standards,
other than those listed above shall not be accepted.
The bidder must clearly state his proposal concerning the use of standards and codes.
All the recommendations contained in the relevant applicable standard shall be considered as mandatory
requirements. Specific requirements and special design features detailed in this specification over and
above those clarified in the applicable standards shall be complied with.
The Standards listed in Table 6 and Table 7 shall be applicable for transformers / AVRs and related
accessories. Any updates of mentioned standard and / or any new standards shall be applicable subject
to agreement between Kahramaa and Supplier / Manufacturer.
However, in every relevant KM Specification listed in Table 1, are provided with applicable standards
for the relevant application.
Table 6: References
IEC 60076-1:2011 Power Transformers – General
IEC 60076-2:2011 Power Transformers – Temperature rise for liquid-immersed transformers
IEC 60076- Power Transformers – Insulation Levels, Dielectric Tests and External
3:2013/AMD1:2018 Clearances in Air
IEC 60076-5:2006 Power Transformers – Ability to Withstand Short-Circuit
IECEE TRF 60076-

Test Report Form applies to: IEC 60076-5:2006
5B:2018
Power Transformers – Loading Guide for Mineral Oil Immersed Power
IEC 60076-7:2018
Transformers
IEC 60076-10:2016 Power Transformers – Determination of sound level
IEC 60076-11:2018 Power transformers – Dry-type transformers
IEC 60076-12:2008 Power transformers – Loading guide for dry-type transformers
IEC TS 60076-
20:2017(E)
Power transformers - Standard requirements, terminology, and test code for
IEC 60076-21:2018
step-voltage regulators
IEC 60076-22-
Power transformer and reactor fittings - Protective devices
1:2019

Requirements
IEC 60076-22-
Power transformer and reactor fittings – Accessories and fittings
7:2020
IEC 60085:2007 Electrical Insulation, Thermal Evaluation and Designation
IEC 60137:2017 Insulated bushings for alternative voltage above 1000V
IEC 60214-1:2014 Tap Changers – Performance Requirements and Test Methods
Magnetic materials - Part 1-1: Classification - Surface insulations of

IEC 60404-1:2016
electrical steel sheet, strip and laminations
Magnetic Materials – Specifications for individual materials - Cold-rolled
IEC 60404-8-7:2020 grain-oriented electrical steel strip and sheet delivered in the fully-processed
state
Magnetic Materials – Method of Test for the Determination of Surface
IEC 60404-1-1:2004
Insulation Resistance of Magnetic Sheet and Strip
High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 202: High-voltage/ low-
IEC 62271-202:2020
voltage prefabricated substation
BS 2562:1979 Specification for cable boxes for transformers and reactors
EN 50336:2021 Bushings for transformers and reactor cable boxes not exceeding 36 kV
Medium power transformers 50 Hz, with highest voltage for equipment not
exceeding 36 kV- Transformers with cable boxes on the high-voltage and/
EN 50588-2:2018
or low-voltage side - General requirements for transformers with rated power
less than or equal to 3 150 kVA
Medium power transformers 50 Hz, with highest voltage for equipment not
exceeding 36 kV- Transformers with cable boxes on the high-voltage and/or
EN 50588-3:2018
low-voltage side – Cable boxes type 1 for use on transformers meeting the
requirements of EN 50588-2
Power transformers – Additional European requirements Part 1- 1: Common
EN 50708-1-1:2020
part - General requirements
Power transformers – Additional European requirements Part 2- 1: Medium
EN 50708-2-1:2020
power transformer – General requirements
Power transformers – Additional European requirements. Part 3- 1: Large
EN 50708-3-1:2020
power transformers. General requirements
IEEE Guide for Loading Mineral Oil Immersed Transformers and Step
IEEE C57.91-2011
Voltage Regulators
ISO 12944-6:2018
paint systems – Part 6: Laboratory performance test methods

Requirements
KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-PADLOCKS Padlocks
KM-EPM-D-FUSES-MV AND LV FUSES MV and LV fuses Specification
KM-EPM-D-QA-INT-LAB-ASSESSMENT International Laboratory Assessment

4.4 Order of Precedence for Codes and Standards
In case of discrepancy between these Specifications and any of the applicable Codes and Standards, the
following order of precedence shall apply:
1) KM specifications
2) Applicable Codes and Standards (IEC, BS, EN, IEEE, ISO etc.)
3) Acceptable Alternative Codes and Standards.

The Bidder shall note that compliance of the manufacturer with the provision of these specifications
does not relieve him from his responsibility to supply transformers and transformer items of proper
design, electrically and mechanically suited to meet the operating requirements at the specified service
conditions.
Distribution Transformer and Automatic Voltage Regulator

5.1 General
Service (useful) life of Distribution Transformer and Automatic Voltage Regulator shall not be less than
25 years.
In Kahramaa Specification and Data Schedule following definitions of technical parameters values are
applied:
• requested values, values that KM stated in Specification and Data Schedule,

• guaranteed values, values that Bidder or third party stated in Data Schedule with proposal,
• measured (tested, actual) values, values that are measured at any time (during inspection,
tests on prototype unit, test on sample unit, factory acceptance test, test in accredited reputed
independent laboratories, site acceptance test, any time tests requested by KM in third party
laboratories etc.)

Requirements
Measured values shall be verified against guaranteed values at any time.
For design of transformer / AVR internal components (core, windings, etc.), manufacturer shall
calculate short-circuit currents and short-circuit withstand based on transformer short-circuit impedance
(s) / AVR impedance voltage only (without system impedance). System short-circuit current ratings
shall be considered for bushings calculations.
Where oil is referred to in this specification and in any relevant liquid immersed transformers and AVRs
specifications listed in Table 1, it can be construed to mean any insulation liquid, e.g. mineral oil or
ester.
5.2 Rated Power

The transformer shall give the specified continuous output power rating without exceeding temperature
rise limits for the thermal insulation class.
The power rating shall be based on the method of natural cooling of transformer.
Transformers shall be capable of delivering full rated power continuously under specified ambient,
service and ventilation conditions without any thermal overloading.
5.3 Tapping Range and Method for regulation +5% to -5%, in 4-steps
De-energized tap changer (DETC) shall be in accordance with IEC 60214-1.
Tapings shall be provided on the HV winding.
For dry-type transformers, de-energized (off-load, off-circuit) tapping selection shall be made by the
use of bolted links on the HV winding. Bolted links for tapping shall be capable of carrying the same
current as windings under any condition. The transformer manufacturer is responsible to fit an
appropriate label as per manufacturer standard with text “De-energized tap changer” that is clearly
visible, on each HV winding.
For liquid immersed transformers / AVRs, tap changing shall be carried out with the transformer off-
circuit, by means of an externally operated self-positioning tapping switch. The moving contacts shall
be spring loaded, self-aligning roller type.
For ground mounted liquid immersed transformers / AVRs, tap changing tapping switch shall be
mounted on long (wide) side the transformer tank. The tap changer selector switch shall be easily
accessible to the operator from convenient height from floor/ground. For 11kV transformers, current
ratings of contacts used in tap changers shall not be less than 30A for 500kVA transformers and not
less than 63A for 1000kVA and 1600kVA transformers.
For pole mounted liquid immersed transformers, tap changer position shall be located suitably safe for
successful operation on the long (wide) side wall of the tank, preferably located on LV side, wherever
applicable.
Provision shall be made for locking of the tap changer handle at any position, such means incorporating
a hole for accommodating a padlock having a 5 mm diameter shackle. When the padlock is closed, the
tapping handle shall not be operable.
Padlock shall be in accordance with KM specification KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-PADLOCKS.

Requirements
The transformer manufacturer is responsible to fit an appropriate stainless-steel label with text “De-
energized tap changer” according to labelling clause 5.13, that is clearly visible, near the operating
mechanism of the DETC on the transformer.
The tapping range shall be ±5% in steps of ±2.5% for total 5 tap positions. The position of the tap shall
be as labelled in Table 8.
Table 8: Tapping
Parameter Tapping
Tap Position 1 2 3 4 5
HV Tapping +5% +2.5% 0% -2.5% -5%
11000 11550 11275 11000 10725 10450

HV rated voltage
22000 23100 22550 22000 21450 20900
(V)
33000 34650 33825 33000 32175 31350
Principal tap position is for HV rated voltage connection, tap position (3) as per Table 8.
The link position numbers shall be as per manufacturing standards.
Drawing F.3 (Appendix F) shows an example of connection plate figure for the tapping range ± 5% in
4 steps of 2.5%.
Numerical digits need to be used as indication of the tap positions, shall be embossed or engraved
permanently on the knob.
The transformer manufacturer is responsible to fit an appropriate stainless-steel label with text “De-
energized tap changer” according to labelling clause 5.13, that is clearly visible, near the operating
mechanism of the DETC on the transformer.
Tap changer shall be of a robust construction and high-quality product and shall be sourced from
internationally reputed manufacturers only.

The insulation level of windings shall be according to IEC 60076-3 Table 2.
5.4.1 Insulation Level of HV Winding

The insulation of HV winding shall be rated to levels as stated in Table 9 below.

Requirements
Table 9: Insulation Requirements of HV Winding
HV Voltages
Parameter 11kV 22kV 33kV
GMT PMT GMT PMT GMT & PMT
Rated Voltage (U) 11 11 22 22 33
Rated Highest Withstand Voltage (Um) 12 17.5 24 24 36

Rated Lightning Impulse Peak Withstand
75 95 125 145 170
Voltage
Rated Power Frequency Withstand Voltage 28 38 50 50 70
5.4.2 Insulation Level of LV Winding
The insulation of LV winding shall be rated to levels as stated in Table 10 below.
Table 10: Insulation Requirements of LV Winding
Parameter 0.433kV 3.3kV
Rated Voltage (U) 0.433kV 3.3kV
Rated Highest Withstand Voltage (Um) 1.1kV 3.6kV
Rated Lightning Impulse Peak Withstand Voltage - 40kV
Rated Power Frequency Withstand Voltage 3kV 10kV
5.5 Short-Circuit Impedance

Tolerance on measured short-circuit impedance at principal tapping is ± 10% of the requested rated
value according IEC 60076-1 Table 1. Reference temperature for short-circuit impedance is defined in
Clause 5.6.
5.6 Reference Temperature for Short-Circuit Impedance, Load Loss and Winding
Resistance
The reference temperature for dry-type transformers with winding insulation system thermal class 155
(F) and 180 (H) are 120°C and 145°C, respectively.
The reference temperature for liquid immersed transformer / DPS transformer and AVR with winding
insulation system thermal class 105 (A) is 75°C.
5.7 Temperature-Rise(s) Limits

Guaranteed and the measured values of temperature rise(s) shall not be greater than respective limits
given as below.
Measured (actual) temperature rise(s) shall be defined in temperature-rise test described in Clause 7.1.3
Type Tests.

Requirements
Temperature rise(s) limits given below refer to a design temperature of 55°C, when the transformer is
fully loaded.
5.7.1 Temperature-Rise Limits for Dry-Type Transformers

Under special service conditions stated in Table 3, for the winding insulation system thermal class 155
(F) and 180 (H) in accordance with IEC 60085 / IEC 60076-11 Clause 10.1 and 10.2, average winding
temperature rise shall not exceed 85K and 110K, respectively inside the specified sheet steel enclosure,
with natural ventilation, without forced cooling.
5.7.2 Temperature-Rise(s) Limits for Liquid Immersed Transformers and AVRs

Under special service conditions stated in Table 3, temperature rise limits for normal service condition
stated in relevant IEC standards, shall be corrected by -15K, as per Table 2 of IEC 60076-2.
The temperature-rise limits given below are valid for transformers and automatic voltage regulators
with solid insulation designated as class 105 (A) according to IEC 60085 and immersed in insulation
liquid (mineral oil or ester), as per IEC 60076-2, Clause 6.2.
For liquid immersed transformers and automatic voltage regulators, temperature rises limits are: top
insulating liquid 45K, average winding (by winding resistance variation) 50K, hot-spot winding 63K.
(values are as per Table 1 of IEC 60076-2, corrected by -15K).
5.7.3 Temperature-Rise(s) Limits for Distribution Package Substation (DPS) Transformer

Temperature rises shall not exceed the corresponding temperature rises measured on the same power
transformer without an enclosure by more than temperature class of prefabricated substation.
For distribution package substation (DPS) transformer, temperature class of the DPS enclosure shall be
Class 5 and temperature rises limits are: top insulating liquid 40K, average winding (by winding
resistance variation) 45K, hot-spot winding 58K, as per IEC 62271-202, Clause 7.5. Note: In the event,
the DPS enclosure is designed for Class 10 enclosure, temperature rises limits are: top insulating liquid
35K, average winding (by winding resistance variation) 40K, hot-spot winding 53K.
5.7.4 Liquid Transformer / DPS Transformer / AVR Hot-Spot Winding Temperature-Rise

Calculation Method
For liquid immersed transformers, automatic voltage regulators and distribution package substation
(DPS) transformer, the hot-spot winding temperature rise shall be determined by calculation method.
The hot-spot factor (H) for thermal evaluation of temperature rise tests shall be applied with 1.3 as per
IEC 60076-7, Annex K, Table K.1 applicable for medium power transformer.
5.8 Temperature Limits Applicable to Loading of Transformer

The temperature of the magnetic core, metallic parts and adjacent materials shall not reach a value that
will cause damage to any part of the transformer.
5.8.1 Temperature Limits for Dry-Type Transformers
Temperatures limits applicable to loading of dry-type transformers are given in Table 11.

Requirements
Table 11: Temperature Limits Applicable to Loading of Dry-type Transformers
Parameter Value
Average winding temperature limits at rated current
(calculated from IEC 60076-11, Table 2, Winding temperature-rise limits)
Average winding (°C), thermal class 155 (F) 140
Average winding (°C), thermal class 180 (H) 165
Limiting hot-spot core temperature (Kahramaa requirement)
Hot-spot core temperature (°C) 130
Limiting hot-spot winding temperature (IEC 60076-12, Table 2)
Hot-spot winding temperature (°C), thermal class 155 (F) 180
Hot-spot winding temperature (°C), thermal class 180 (H) 205
Guaranteed and the measured value of hot-spot core temperature shall not be greater than stated in
Table 11.
5.8.2 Temperature Limits for Liquid Immersed Transformers

Temperatures limits applicable to loading of liquid immersed transformers are given in Table 12.
Table 12: Temperature Limits Applicable to Loading of Liquid Immersed Transformers (IEC 60076-7 Table 2)
Parameter Value
Normal cyclic loading

Winding hot-spot temperature and metallic parts in contact with cellulosic
120
insulation material (°C)
Other metallic hot-spot temperature (in contact with oil, aramid paper, glass 140
fibre materials) (°C)
Inner core hot-spot temperature (°C) 130
Top-oil temperature, in tank (°C) 105
Long-time emergency loading

140
Other metallic hot-spot temperature (in contact with oil, aramid paper, glass
160
Short-time emergency loading (less than 30 min)

160

Requirements
Parameter Value
Other metallic hot-spot temperature (in contact with oil, aramid paper, glass
180
5.9 Current Limits Applicable to Loading of Liquid Immersed Transformer

Along to temperature limits given in Table 12, there are limitations on current carrying capability of
transformer. Current limits, defined below, are not to be exceeded even if the circumstances of the
overload mean that the temperatures in Table 12 are not exceeded.
Current limits applicable to loading of transformers, according IEC 60076-7, Table 3, are:
• 1.5 p.u. for normal cyclic loading and long-time emergency loading
• 1.8 p.u. for short-time emergency loading.
5.10 Losses
Transformers could be purchased by KAHRAMAA or by Third party. Kahramaa will state energy
performance requirements as per Clause 5.10.1 for each transformer rating in Data Schedule. For liquid
immersed transformers, in case of economic evaluation of losses, Kahramaa will state in Tender
document / bulletin.
In any case of purchase, guaranteed values must fulfil energy performance requirements (requested KM
values), otherwise Kahramaa will reject any transformer.
The Bidder or Third party shall state guaranteed values of load loss at reference temperature & at
principal tap and no load loss at rated voltage, for each transformer rating in Data Schedule.
For liquid immersed transformers 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, the Bidder or Third party shall state
guaranteed values of load loss at reference temperature and no load loss at principal tap, load loss at
reference temperature at 'maximum current tapping' and the Peak efficiency index (PEI) for each
transformer rating in Data Schedule.
Reference temperature for load losses is defined in Clause 5.6.
Total guaranteed losses are sum of load loss at reference temperature and at principal tap and no-load
loss stated by Bidder in Data Schedule.
For liquid immersed transformers 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, total guaranteed losses for temperature rise
test are sum of load loss at reference temperature at 'maximum current tapping', and no-load loss stated
by Bidder in Data Schedule.
Measurement of losses is described in Clause 7.1.1 Routine Tests.
5.10.1 Energy Performance

In case of energy performance, following requirements shall be complied:

Requirements
• Guaranteed and the measured values of load losses at reference temperature and no-load losses
at principal tap, shall not be greater than respective requested values stated in relevant
Specifications and Data schedule by Kahramaa, according EN 50708-2-1, Tier 2. Total losses
values, that are sum of measured values of load loss at reference temperature and no-load loss,
shall not be considered for evaluation.
• For liquid immersed transformers 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, the Peak efficiency index (PEI)
calculated from the guaranteed and the measured values of load losses at reference temperature
and no-load losses at principal tap, according EN 50708-1-1:2020, equation A.2, shall not be
lower than respective value stated in relevant Specification and Data Schedule by Kahramaa,
according EN 50708-3-1, Tier 2.
In case of non-compliance of the above requirements Kahramaa has right to reject the complete lot.
5.10.2 Economic Evaluation of Losses (Capitalisation of Losses) for liquid immersed

transformers
When evaluating the individual tenders guaranteed losses received from the various bidders, the
transformer losses will be capitalised as follows:
Table 13: Capitalization Values for No-load Loss and Load Loss
Loss Value
No-load loss A = QAR 21000 per kW
Load loss B = QAR 7500 per kW
For the losses evaluation purpose, the following formula for Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) shall be
applied:
𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 = 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 + 𝐴𝐴 × 𝑃𝑃0 + 𝐵𝐵 × 𝑃𝑃𝑘𝑘

where:
– IC is the transformer initial cost (bid price);

– 𝑃𝑃0 is the guaranteed no-load loss (kW) at rated voltage and rated frequency, on the principal tap;
– 𝑃𝑃𝑘𝑘 is the guaranteed load loss (kW) at rated frequency, on the requested tap at a reference
temperature;
– 𝐴𝐴 is the factor representing the cost of capitalisation of no-load losses in cost per kW;
– 𝐵𝐵 is the factor representing the cost of capitalisation of the losses due to load in cost per kW.
Tenders shall be evaluated based on the Total Cost of Ownership, the most economically advantageous
tender is the tender, which has the lowest evaluated tender price.
For transformer, if any of the measured values of load loss at reference temperature or no-load loss are
greater than guaranteed values, then Kahramaa will have right to exercise one of the following options:
a) For prototype unit will reject the prototype unit and call for re-type test
For any other transformer (excluding prototype unit for type test):

Requirements
b) Reject that particular transformer or complete lot if transformer not fulfil energy performance
(KM requested values)
c) Penalty, if transformer fulfil energy performance (KM requested values), for complete lot shall
be recovered from the bidder for the excess losses of any transformer as under
QAR 31500 per kW for the no-load losses.
QAR 11250 per kW for the load losses.
Manufacturer shall verify by a test or proper calculation method as per IEC (as per Kahramaa
discretion) to prove that the transformer meets KM energy (No-load & Load Losses and for
33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA Peak Efficiency Index) and thermal requirements (temperature-rise
and heat dissipation for tank and radiators for liquid immersed transformers).
Test or calculation proof for transformer to be submitted along with routine test report. KM
reserve right to accept or reject the test or calculation proof submitted by Manufacturer. The
worst case to be applied to a complete lot.
For delivery, in case of either the measured load loss at reference temperature or no-load loss
is greater than + 15%, or the total loss exceeding over 10%, of the guaranteed values, the
respective transformers shall be not accepted. Kahramaa reserves the right to reject the
complete lot in such cases.
5.11 Overloading
Dry-type transformers shall be capable of operating in accordance with the loading guidelines of IEC
60076-12.
Liquid immersed transformers shall be capable of operating in accordance with the loading guidelines
of IEC 60076-7.
Automatic voltage regulators shall be capable of carrying the overloads stated in IEEE C57.91.
Terminal bushings, tap changers or any other auxiliary equipment shall not limit such overloading.
The Bidder shall state guaranteed values of permissible duration and maximum loss of life as per
defined overload requirements for each transformer rating in Data Schedule
5.11.1 Calculation Proof of Capability of Sustaining the Overload Conditions

Bidder shall submit with the proposal Calculation proof of capability of sustaining the overload
conditions guaranteed in Data Schedule, according mentioned standard in clause 5.11.
After no-load and load loss and temperature-rise test, described in Clause 7.1.3 Type Tests,
manufacturer shall provide calculation proof of overloading conditions guaranteed in Data Schedule,
with measured (tested) no-load and load losses and transformer thermal data (temperature rise(s) and
thermal time constant(s) etc.) as calculation input data.
Appropriate overload curves reflecting permissible duration of the overload as function of stated
overloads and ambient temperatures should be provided, too.
For defining overload data, previous load, i.e. preload of rated power (%), 100% shall be used.

Requirements
5.12 Rating and Connection Diagram Plates and Chart Graph

The transformer shall be fitted with individual diagrammatic rating plates in a visible position and
securely fastened. The rating plate shall be of stainless steel, matte finish, of top quality with clear
background and black text colour. The entries on the plate shall be indelibly marked that is, by etching,
engraving, stamping or by a photo-chemical process. The dimension to be decided by Manufacturer in
order to be legible.
Example of rating plate for dry-type transformer is given on Drawing F.1 Appendix F.
Example of rating plate for liquid immersed transformer is given on Drawing F.2 Appendix F.
A connection diagram plate, of similar quality, shall be provided to give full details of tap positions, the
internal connections and the voltage vector relationship of the several windings in accordance with IEC
and plan view for the correct physical relationship of terminals as per Drawing F.3 Appendix F.
For liquid immersed transformers, radiator type design, a chart or graph, of similar quality, showing the
relation between the oil temperature up to 105oC and the gas pressure, shall be permanently fixed on
each transformer.
5.13 Labelling
The transformer shall be fitted with durable, indelibly marked labels, securely fastened. Labels shall
withstand environmental conditions specified in Clause 2. Stickers are not acceptable.
Labels shall conform to the requirements stated in Table 14 below:
Table 14: Labelling Requirements
Background
Type Language Material Text Colour
Colour
Arabic and
Danger Stainless steel Red White
English
Arabic and
Caution (Warning) Stainless steel Yellow Black
English
Identification English Stainless steel. White Black
Colour coding (Red, Yellow & Blue), with indelible markings, shall be provided at suitable locations
on the frame of active part, to identify phase of each core, and inside cable boxes to identify phases of
HV and LV terminals.
HV and LV terminals shall be identified by characters of a type which cannot be obliterated, marked
on plates of durable and non-corrodible metal securely fixed to a visible position.
HV terminals shall be marked with upper case (capital) letters “A”, “B”, “C” and LV terminals shall be
marked with lower case (small) letters “a”, “b”, “c”, “n”.
The sequence of markings on HV terminals when read from left-to-right, facing HV cable box for all
GMT or terminals for PMT, shall be “A”, “B”, “C”. The sequence of markings on LV terminals when
read from left-to-right, facing LV cable box for all GMT or terminals for PMT, shall be “c”, “b”, “a”,
“n”.

Requirements
Additionally, primary (source), secondary (load) and tertiary winding terminals shall be marked with
reference number “1”, “2 and “3”, respectively, following letter denomination.
Cable boxes shall be labelled with name (HV or LV Cable box) and appropriate warning labels.
Suitable markings to identify the start and end of windings shall be marked on each physical winding.
All signage, including apparatus labels, shall be bolted in place using stainless steel fixings. No adhesive
labels are accepted.
For dry-type transformers, safety labels shall be permanently fixed to each side of the enclosure and
where possible not fitted to removable parts of the enclosure.
For liquid immersed transformers and automatic voltage regulators, safety labels shall be permanently
fixed to each side of the transformer / AVR tank and where possible not fitted to removable parts of the
transformer /AVR tank.
All signage and label inscription will be reviewed and approved by KAHRAMAA prior to manufacture.
5.14 Transformer Room

The Transformer (and its Enclosure for dry-type transformers) shall not be fitted with any forced
ventilation or exhaust fans. Only the natural air ventilation, through louvre doors and openings,
available in the civil building room shall be able to provide necessary ventilation needs. The civil
building rooms could be liable to frequent condensation.
The manufacturer needs to provide the necessary air flow requirements as a quantity and directions with
showing the minimum required sizing details of transformer room construction for transformer cooling
with natural air ventilation only, no forced cooling shall be proposed, KAHRAMAA substation civil
lay outs need to be considered for each proposal. The ventilation calculations shall include the data for
the adjacent to one or other both sides of the transformers in case of multiple units will be installed in a
room.
Construction
This section provides an overview of transformers construction.
6.1 General Construction

The design and construction of a transformer will be three-phase.
6.2 Magnetic Core

Magnetic steel used for magnetic core shall be of the best quality in order to guarantee always that no-
load losses will be lower than maximum level during transformer lifespan at working conditions.
The magnetic core shall be made of laminations of non-ageing, cold-rolled silicon steel with high
magnetic permeability and low hysteresis & eddy current losses.
Technologic and magnetic properties of magnetic domain refined high permeability grades of grain-
oriented electrical steel shall conform IEC 60404-8-7:2020 with maximum specific total loss 0.95W/kg
at 1.7 T.

Requirements
The maximum magnetic flux density in the legs and yokes of the core shall not exceed 1.7 Tesla at rated
voltage and frequency.
The no-load current shall be ≤ 1% of transformer rated current.
The construction of yoke and limbs shall be such that best space factor and highest dimensional
accuracy is achieved to keep the no-load losses and the hot spot temperature in the magnetic core as
well as the noise level as low as possible.
Electrical laminations shall be jointed, preferable step-lap overlapped, compressed and braced to
minimize stray losses and noise. Each lamination shall be insulated with high quality surface insulations
conforming IEC 60404-1-1, without burrs.
For dry-type transformers, the magnetic core shall be coated with high performance surface insulation
materials, conforming to the requirements of IEC 60404-1-1, to obtain good insulation resistance and
anticorrosion protection. Manufacture to provide solid proof that no corrosion effect to any part of the
magnetic core.
The core and its clamping plates shall form a rigid unit structure, which shall maintain its form and
position under the severe stresses encountered during shipment, transportation, installation and short
circuits conditions.
For dry-type transformers, the clamping structure shall not allow any bolt piercing the core lamination
in order to avoid circulating current in the core and local concentration of the flux in the yoke.
The core shall be pressed and banded and shall be clamped and bolted at the top and bottom in such a
manner as to ensure that no distortion shall take place when the transformer is subjected to magneto
motive forces equivalent to those which would be present in the event of a total short-circuit being
applied across the low voltage terminal with an infinite power supply at normal voltage and frequency
available, at the high voltage terminals.
Care shall be taken to secure uniformly distributed mechanical pressure over all the laminations to
prevent setting of the core and to limit noise and vibrations to a minimum under service conditions.
For liquid immersed transformers and automatic voltage regulators, the complete core frame assembly
shall be provided with suitable lifting eyes to facilitate removal of the assembly from the tank.
6.3 Windings and Connection Bus Bars

Windings shall be of best modern design.
The conductor must be made of electrolytic copper of high conductivity. Conductors shall have cross-
section adequate for the design and constant along the whole winding. The shape of conductor can be
rectangular wire, round wire or foil.
The insulation can be done with dielectric insulation material comply to the thermal class used (enamel
or paper). For liquid immersed transformer and automatic voltage regulators, where applicable, paper
for winding insulation shall be thermally upgraded.
In the windings design and manufacturing all mechanical, thermal and electrical stresses which will/can
occur during operation shall be considered. With the aim to withstand all test voltages, operation

Requirements
voltages and over voltages as well, the windings shall be properly designed. Use best technology &
design to have low inter-turn stresses. Design should account particularly for lightning withstand test
with chopped wave.
The current density for the HV and LV winding shall be stated by the manufacturer in the Data Schedule
of relevant KM specifications.
Adequate barriers shall be provided between windings and magnetic core and between the windings.
All tapping leads and connecting bars from the windings to the terminal boxes and bushings shall be
rigidly supported. Any stresses on coils and connections must be avoided. All windings, components
and busbars shall have adequate support to minimise movement caused by transport, normal service
and short circuit events. Coils must be capable of withstanding movement and distortion caused by all
operating conditions. To increase the capability of the transformers of withstanding the stresses under
short-circuit conditions modern technology in design and construction shall be applied.
All busbars shall be made of hard drawn high purity electrolytic copper.
6.4 Cable Boxes & Bushings

Cable boxes shall generally comply with the requirements of BS 2562, and clearances as per EN 50588-
2 and EN 50588-3.
High voltage and low voltage cable boxes shall be mounted on opposite sides of the enclosure and tank
wall for dry-type transformer and liquid immersed transformers, respectively. The interface between
enclosure and tank wall and the cable boxes shall be robust to ensure that the weight of the cable box
does not cause any deformation to the enclosure and tank wall for dry-type transformer and liquid
immersed transformers, respectively.
In general, HV & LV Cable boxes shall be suitable for vertical bottom entry of cables. However, in
terms of cable entry, both cable boxes shall be invertible, i.e. designed and manufactured in order to
provide utmost flexible solution and facility to accommodate in addition to this bottom cable entry, the
top entry as well and when required. [Note for the dry-type transformer: connections shall be made
through cable box only; they should not be made through top of enclosure directly].
The flexible solution and facility in LV cable box shall accommodate also the top entry of Bus Bars
through bus duct, therefore the cable box itself shall be in such way to accept either direction installation
and bottom plates are movable and having different configuration to provide the specified facilities to
accommodate all types of connections as per site needs.
The earthing point of cable boxes through earthing stud shall be provided on top and bottom to
accommodate either connection method.
Gland plates shall be metallic and gasketed from the cable boxes. LV cable Box gland plate shall be
of Non -magnetic metal such as painted Aluminum or better.
Wherever applicable, both HV and LV cable box bottom gland plates shall be gasketed from cable
gland(s) with specified gasket ensuring earth continuity.
Single-core power cable glands shall be insulated from the gland plate. Gland plate insulation shall be
capable of withstanding a dry high voltage test of 2000 V AC for one minute (1 min).

Requirements
The connection of the transformer could be through bushings as explained in the relevant KM
specification or through any other connection points in reference with manufacturer standard proved
design. KM has the full right to accept or reject the proposed design.
Bushings shall generally comply with the requirements of BS 2562, EN 50336:2021 and, where
applicable IEC 60137.
Bushings for dry-type transformers cable boxes shall be air/air type. Bushings for liquid immersed
transformers and automatic voltage regulators cable boxes shall be liquid/air type.
The bushing heights of HV and LV shall be on suitable height to facilitate cable connection but must
be avoided the bus bar joints. For preferred height from centre of bushings to the enclosure (transformer)
base see Table 17.
The construction shall be such that the accumulation of water is avoided and the box is effectively
sealed against weather and insects.
The minimum size of any fixing stud or bolt for securing a front cover plate shall be M10 mild steel.
All bolts used in assembly of cables boxes or enclosure of dry type transformers or tank wall for liquid
immersed transformers shall be electroplated for corrosion protection.
Gaskets, where applicable, shall be in accordance with KM Specification KM-EPM-D-GEN-MTRL-

GASKET. Gaskets shall be of the best quality and of one-piece construction only. Joints in the gaskets
are not allowed.
6.4.1 HV Cable Boxes & Bushings

The transformer shall be equipped with an air-filled HV Cable box, suitable for using heat-shrink
terminations, designed with adequate surrounding access for ease of termination.
Required values of HV Cable box & bushings parameters are given in Table 17. The high voltage cable
box arrangement and dimensional requirements shall be in accordance with the requirements of
Drawing No in Appendix F in accordance with Table 17.
The HV bushings shall be of the ceramic (porcelain) type of rating given in Table 17. Provided its
surface profile and terminal connection shall be suitable for terminating with KM standard Right-
Angled Boot type heat shrinkable cable termination kits. KM reserves the right to accept or reject with-
out assigning any reason thereof.
A brass wiping gland shall be provided in accordance with Fig 32 (Size-Y) of BS 2562:1979 suitable
for terminating mentioned power cable. The glands shall be provided with armour clamps to terminate
the cable armour to earth.
The cable box shall permit ease of access for jointing and connecting the cable, it shall be so constructed
that the cable can be introduced into the box without threading, with the cores cut to length and the
gland and plate located on the cable sheath. For this purpose, the bottom plate, with gland, shall be
detachable.
IP protection class of the cable box shall be IP43. Two Breathing holes covered with wire gauze shall
be made in the cable box as shown on Drawings F.8, F.9 and F.10 in Appendix F, the degree of

Requirements
protection being IP43. The same shall apply to a hole situated on the bottom plate of the box, the purpose
of which is to drain condensate.
The cable box shall be provided with two earth studs and a flexible earth connection from the cable box
lid.
The HV Cable box shall be mounted on enclosure of dry type transformers or tank wall for liquid
immersed transformers through a flange facing in accordance with Table 17.
Drawing F.7 in Appendix F shows HV Cable box clearance distances (A, B, C & E) (Fig 1 of EN 50588-
3).
The minimum clearances of insulated connections in HV Cable box, shall be in accordance with Table
1 of EN 50588-3:2018 (fully insulated) and shall meet the values stated in Table 15.
Table 15: Minimum Clearances of Insulated Connections in HV Cable Box
Clearance between live metal Clearance between live metal and earth
Um (kV) of different phases (mm) (mm)
A B C E
12 45 32 50 585
24 100 75 90 685
36 125 100 135 880
6.4.2 LV Cable Boxes & Bushings

The transformer shall be equipped with an unfilled LV cable box. Termination shall be by using heat-
shrink techniques, designed with adequate surrounding access for ease of termination.
Required values of LV cable box & bushings parameters are given in Table 17. The low voltage cable
box arrangement and dimensional requirements shall be in accordance with the requirements of
Drawing No in Appendix F in accordance with Table 17.
The cable box interface shall be designed using monoblock cast resin type for 433V termination and
individual ceramic bushings for 3.3kV termination.
For transformers up to 1000kVA, monoblock bushings shall be as per Figure 16 of BS 2562.
For transformers 1600kVA, monoblock bushings shall be as per Figure 10 of EN 50336.
The busbars shall be of high conductivity electrolytic copper and all busbar lengths, including that of
neutral shall be same. All exposed portion of copper busbars (whatsoever) shall be tin plated copper.
The LV cable box shall be designed to accept single core power cable.
The cable box shall be equipped with a removable gland plate which can be configured for either top
or bottom cable entry. Wherever applicable, LV cable Box gland plate shall be of Non -magnetic metal
such as painted Aluminum or better: It shall be verified during delivery to KM. The gland plate shall
be provided with seven un-insulated brass wiping glands conforming to size -X of BS 2562. Armour
clamps shall be provided to each gland, preferable from inside, to terminate the cable armour to earth.

Requirements
IP protection of LV Cable box shall be IP43.Three 12mm diameter breathing holes covered with fine
wire gauze shall be made equidistant along the stepped underside of the box, the degree of protection
being IP43. The same shall apply to a hole situated on the bottom plate of the box, the purpose of which
is to drain condensate.
The LV cable box shall be mounted on enclosure of dry type transformers or tank wall for liquid
immersed transformer through a flange facing in accordance with Table 17.
Minimum clearances required between live metal parts of different phases, and between live metal parts
and earth, in air, in the LV cable box shall meet the values stated in Table 16.
Table 16: Minimum Clearances in the LV Cable Box in Air
Clearance between live metal of Clearance between live metal and

Um (kV)
different phases (mm) earth (mm)
1.1 26 20
3.6 90 65
6.4.3 Parameters of HV and LV Cable Boxes
Parameters values of Cable boxes and bushings as per BS:2562 and industry practice are given in Table
17.
Table 17: Parameters Values of Cable Boxes as per BS 2562 and Bushings as per EN 50336 and Industry Practice
HV Voltages LV Voltages
No Parameter
11 kV 22 kV 33 kV 433 V 3.3 kV
Cable Boxes
Unfilled
Filled (air Filled (air Filled (air Unfilled (air
1 Type (air
insulated) insulated) insulated) insulated)
insulated)
Design &
2 Invertible Invertible Invertible Invertible Invertible
Manufacture
3 Table no. 4 6 6 11 10
4 Number of poles 3 3 3 4 4
Number of
5 1 1 1 7 4
glands
Shell dimensions
6 28 29 29 30 30
Fig.
7 Shell no. 20 51 61 114 121
Gland type / Wiping / Wiping / Wiping / Wiping / Wiping /
8
material brass brass brass brass brass
9 Glands size Y Y Y X X
10 Facings figure 24 24 24 25 25
11 Mounting flange E J H F M
Drawing No in
12 F.8 F.9 F.10 F.11 F.12
Appendix F
Bushings
1 Um (kV) 12 24 36 12 12
250 up to 1400 (L)
250 up to
1600kVA 800 (N)
1000kVA
2 Rated current (A) 400 for 2.5 250 250
400 above
& 5MVA Busbar 2500
1000kVA
and AVR for 1600kVA

Requirements
No Parameter HV Voltages LV Voltages

11 kV 22 kV 33 kV 433 V 3.3 kV
Ceramic
(Porcelain)
with
Material & Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic
3 Cast resin extended
Description (Porcelain) (Porcelain) (Porcelain)
busbar
/ clamped
busbar
4 Assembly figure 3 11 13 16 3
Preferable height
5 1320 1420 1520 1320 1320
(mm) (*)
(*) preferred height from centre of bushings to the enclosure base for dry-type transformers or
transformer skid base for liquid immersed transformers, based on industry practice.
Other requirements for transformers and transformer items are specified in their relevant technical
specifications as mentioned in clause 1.
6.5 Fittings
The transformer shall be provided with all standard fittings and accessories required for its safe
operation as detailed in the relevant technical specifications as mentioned in clause 1.
Fittings, cabling and accessories should be adequately supported and secured to minimise movement
caused by transport and during normal service for all of its operating life.
Protection devices shall be in accordance with IEC 60076-22-1.
Accessories and fittings shall be in accordance with IEC 60076-22-7.
For transformers and AVRs, the front cover of all gauges shall be made of non-breakable transparent
glass to prevent material deterioration and discolouration from sand storms and exposure to sunlight.
Inspection, Testing and Delivery

This section provides an overview of transformers inspection, testing and delivery.

At the time of tender/ order, manufacturers shall submit copies of test certificates, as prescribed below,
issued from accredited reputed independent testing laboratories recognized by KAHRAMAA. All type
tests & special tests are to be carried out on representative transformers essentially of the same design,
parameters & ratings.
KAHRAMAA reserves the right to verify the original test certificates & reports and or ask for more
supportive documents if required.
Each transformer shall be subjected to all routine tests prescribed in their relevant technical
specifications as mentioned in clause 1.

Requirements
Prior to Type & Special test, the sample transformers shall be completely assembled as in-service
condition inclusive of all accessories fitted (to ensure cross influence of each and every component
during the test(s)). A List of all materials, equipment and accessories detailed with model, make, rating
country of origin shall be part of the test report.
A test Matrix shall be submitted for KAHRAMAA review (in case of order placed) with the information
(but not limited to), of test duty, standard reference, sequence of test, sample sr. no etc.
Complete test procedures with cross referenced in test matrix. The procedure shall be fully descriptive,
drawing, sketches, 3D view (if required). The test procedure must contain the below noted information
(not limited to),
a. Content sheet
b. Test Object Technical parameters & drawings
c. Test parameters & testing arrangements
d. Test Sequence defined by dry-type, liquid immersed transformers and automatic voltage
regulators specifications
e. Acceptance criteria
Manufacturer shall take prior approval for Type Test matrix from KM before proceeding any Type Test.
During the manufacturing process, at all stages, inspections shall be made to check the physical and
dimensional parameters, for verification to compliance to the standards and to, by KAHRAMAA, the
approved test procedures.
KAHRAMAA (or authorized representative) reserve the right to be given access to the manufacturer’s
factory and for inspection of factory, materials, at any stage of manufacturing and for all or parts of
testing. Authorised KAHRAMAA personnel shall have the right to witness all inspection and tests for
contracts or any other products supply to KAHRAMAA.
A quality audit of the manufacturing process, machinery and Quality Management System of the
manufacturer and their outsourcing suppliers may be performed by KAHRAMAA (during
prequalification process and before, during and/or) after awarding of the contract.
Type and special tests shall take place at an internationally recognised independent testing laboratory,
witnessed and certified by an internationally recognised and KAHRAMAA accepted certification
body/laboratory.
Type and special tests laboratory shall be in all means as per KM-EPM-D-QA-INT-LAB-
ASSESSMENT.
Routine tests shall take place at an accredited manufacturers laboratory.
One set of the routine test records for each individual transformer shall be handed over to Kahramaa,
along with the transformer / AVR.
KAHRAMAA reserves the right to access quality documentation particularly in the event of a failure.
Testing of the paintwork shall be in accordance with KM specification (KM-EPM-D-PNT-

ELECTRICAL-MATERIALS and relevant KM Specification listed in Table 1.

Requirements
The manufacturer should possess required testing equipment in their laboratory to test the paint work
in accordance with ISO 12944-6. These test reports should be submitted along with each consignment
of delivery.
KM Engineers shall have the option of witnessing the tests on painting work, before delivery of each
consignment.
The transformer shall only be approved upon successful completion of all routine, type and special tests
as agreed by KAHRAMAA. No transformer can be dispatched for delivery until test reports are
approved by KAHRAMAA.
Any transformer in bulk production shall meet all KM requirements.
The inspection and testing cost to be borne by the Bidder.
7.1.1 Routine Tests

Routine factory tests shall be performed for each transformer that has been delivered to the
KAHRAMAA. The manufacturer’s seal shall be taken as an indication that each transformer has been
tested and conformed to this specification and respective IEC specifications.
During factory and site inspection, it shall be verified that all bolts & nuts are tightened to their
respective torques and marked with distinct colour (torque marks). Chart and data shall be provided by
transformer manufacturer on appropriate name plate.
Loss measurement
During loss test, all losses shall be measured at rated frequency.
No-load losses shall be measured at rated voltage / principal tap for all transformers.
Load losses shall be measured at principal tap.
For liquid immersed transformers 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, in addition to principal tap, load losses shall
be measured at 'maximum current tapping', according IEC 60076-1 Clause 6.6.
Measured load loss shall be corrected to reference temperature, as defined in Clause 5.6.
Total measured losses are sum of load loss at reference temperature and no-load loss as defined above.
Earth continuity test
Transformer body, all boxes like HV, LV, junction Box and conductive parts to be continuity tested
reference to Transformer earth terminal.
7.1.2 Prototype Units

Prototype unit is in all aspect (design, materials, manufacturing process, treatment, etc.) a true
representative of particular transformer item for all the units that shall be manufactured and delivered
under the Contract to KM. Prototype unit shall be provided for each required rating defined in particular
specification, as listed in Clause 1.

Requirements
Before Manufacturing of Prototype
Prior starting manufacturing of prototype items, the Supplier shall submit and secure approval for the
following set of documents, as a minimum:
• Completely filled-in and duly signed Technical Data Schedule

• Outline, arrangement and section drawings
• Wiring and connection diagrams as applicable
• Bill of material (manufacturer, country of origin, model designation, part number, rating) and
specifications
• Catalogues / data sheets for the offered materials / equipment / components
Final approval of documents shall be granted only after successful prototype inspection and type test,
as applicable.
Prototype Inspection
Prototype unit shall be inspected, but not limited to the following criteria:
• compliance with KM specifications,

• arrangement of components,
• quality of materials and workmanship,
• accessibility for operation, inspection, maintenance and replacement,
• safety provisions,
• functionality, operations, indications, alarms, etc.
• provisions for future extensions and upgrades,
• interface points,
• labels, marking and instructions
KM shall provide list of comments and required corrective actions which are deemed necessary to
incorporate in order to secure final approval. Accordingly, it shall be mutually agreed whether it is
required to arrange additional prototype inspection after corrective actions, or the manufacturer may
proceed with type tests / manufacturing of lot, subject that KM comments are attended.
When prototype inspection is satisfactorily completed, the manufacturer shall reflect in technical
documents all modifications done and shall submit complete set.
Prior starting manufacturing of transformer, the Supplier shall incorporate necessary modifications in
line with final prototype inspection.
Prototype Type Test
Type tests shall be performed on a single prototype unit of each transformer / AVR rating (for each
model of different designs used) which shall be identical to the production units in all respects relating
to materials, design and manufacture. As such, Bidders shall guarantee that the rest of transformers

Requirements
units will not undergo any change in design, process, treatment and / or change of materials refer to
accepted transformer. All type testing costs shall be included in the tender prices for the transformers.
Additional separate costs for prototype testing shall not be accepted.
During requested routine, type and special tests on prototype unit, all measured values shall be verified
against guaranteed values proposed by Bidder.
Type test report approval on prototype unit is mandatory for transformer bulk production.
Prototype unit approval Schedule is given in Table 18.
Table 18: Prototype Unit (Type Test Object) Approval Schedule
No Stage
1 Starting date (*)
Submission of set of documents as listed in the above paragraph ‘Before Manufacturing of
2
Prototype’ for the transformer and its accessories to KM for approval
3 Documents approval by KM including clarifications
4 Prototype inspection
5 For liquid immersed transformers and AVRs, active part inspection, connecting BOFP at
warehouse and / KM workshop
6 Implementing changes in prototype, if applicable
7 Documents approval by KM including modifications
8 Prototypes approval
9 Submission of date, laboratory name and plan for type tests (for KM approval)
10 Prototype type test
11 Submission of type tests reports for KM approval
12 Type tests report approval
(*) - the date on which contractual obligation has been created between the parties, as specified in the
invitation to submit proposals in the Tender.
7.1.3 Type Tests

Type test shall be made on a transformer which is representative of other transformers / AVRs, to
demonstrate that these transformers comply with the specified requirements not covered by the routine
tests: a transformer / AVR is considered to be representative of others if it is built to the same drawings
using the same techniques and materials in the same factory. The design, technology, material,
mechanical construction, functionalities of the equipment, performance characteristic and
manufacturing process of the representative transformers shall be the same as others.
During tender stage, bidder shall submit certified copies of type test certificates covering proposed
transformer to be supplied. Type tests certificates/reports may be considered acceptable if they are in
compliance with the relevant International Standards and the following:
• The certified type test report shall not be older than 10 years.
In some cases, during tender stage, instead exact KM power rating, Bidder could submit type test
certificate of the first higher KM specification power rating transformer, with same materials, design,
technology, mechanical construction, functionalities, performance characteristic and manufacturing
process, that satisfy all other KM specification requests. However, such type test certificate shall be
acceptable only at the discretion of the KM. The decision of KM shall be final & binding in this regard.

Requirements
KAHRAMAA may request repeat of Type Tests to prove compliance to this technical specification
where the materials used in the equipment offered and / or the manufacturing process and / or the place
of manufacture (or the referenced International Standards) have changed since the equipment was
originally type tested, the Bidder shall submit for approval of type test procedures and schedules for
performance of the same.
Temperature-rise test
For all transformers temperature-rise test at any time shall be performed by injection of guaranteed
losses at reference temperature.
For dry-type transformers temperature-rise test shall be performed with enclosure according to IEC
60076-11 clause 14.3.2 and IEC 60076-2.
In case of simulated load method:
• the short-circuited test (load loss) shall be performed by current injection with guaranteed load
losses,
• the open-circuit test (no-load loss) shall be performed at rated frequency and by voltage
corresponding to guaranteed no-load losses.
For liquid immersed transformers / DPS transformers temperature rise test shall be performed according
IEC 60076-2 clause 7.
In case of test by short-circuit method:
• the total loss injection shall be with total guaranteed losses defined in Clause 5.10,
• the current injection shall be with guaranteed load losses*.
(*) for liquid immersed transformers 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA, at 'maximum current tapping'.
Thermal time constants
During temperature rise test, winding thermal time constants shall be estimated from the hot resistance
cooling curve. For liquid transformer / DPS transformer insulating liquid thermal time constants shall
be estimated, too.
Magnetic Core temperature test for dry-type transformers
Magnetic core temperature test at any time shall be performed during temperature-rise test during no
load part.
Measured magnetic core temperature shall be obtained by taking the highest reading during temperature
rise test.
For measuring magnetic core temperature during test, Pt100 sensor shall be placed at the top of the
middle core-limb and shall be connected with analogue temperature indicator for record purpose. After
test, the Pt100 sensor shall be used with temperature monitoring unit, along with additional three Pt100
sensors for LV winding hot-spot measurement.

Requirements
7.1.4 Special Tests

Determination of sound level
Determination of sound level shall be performed for no load condition, one unit per lot for each rating,
during Factory Acceptance Test (FAT). Selection criteria for unit shall be maximum no-load loss in lot.
Short-circuit test:
Transformer’s ability to withstand short circuit conditions, i.e. thermal ability to withstand short circuit
and ability to withstand the dynamic effects of short circuit, shall be verified in accordance with IEC
60076-5. The format report shall be preferably as per Test Report Form IECEE TRF 60076-5B:2018.
Thermal ability to withstand short circuit shall be proved by calculation as per IEC 60076-5. The value
of ambient temperature shall be considered as not less than 55oC for initial winding temperature.
Duration of the current to be used for the calculation of the thermal ability to withstand short circuit
shall be 2 seconds.
Ability to withstand the dynamic effects of short circuit shall be demonstrated by short-circuit test on
at least one unit. The total number of tests shall be ten, three asymmetrical-peak shots, i.e. with full DC
offset, on each phase, altogether nine regular, followed by 10th symmetrical short-circuit current shot.
According IEC 60076-5, Clause 4.2.7.4.5, the short-circuit reactance values, in ohms, evaluated for
each phase at the end of the tests, do not differ from the original values by more than
• 2 % for transformers with circular concentric coils and sandwich non-circular coils. However,
for transformers having metal foil as a conductor in the low-voltage winding, higher values
exceeding 4 % are not acceptable.
• 4 % for transformers with non-circular concentric coils.
If any of the above conditions are not met, the unit shall be dismantled, as necessary, to establish the
cause of the deviation.
7.1.5 Type and Special Test Reports

The type and special test reports shall state according to which standard and clause the tests were
performed. The test reports shall specify the conditions of the test and the actual values received during
the type tests. It shall state the names and have the signatures of those who performed the type tests,
those who approved the type tests reports and those who witness the tests.
The type and special test reports shall contain a detailed drawing of the tested equipment, photos of the
equipment (including the Core and Coil Assembly) before and after the test.
7.1.6 Site Inspection Tests

Before energization of the transformer, in case routine test is older than six months, site inspection tests
shall be performed by Manufacturer / Supplier in presence of Client, as detailed in KM-EPM-D-TRF-
GEN-SIT-CHECKLIST.
7.1.7 Transformer / AVR Quality Proofing by Calculation Method

Along with tests, transformer / AVR quality shall be proved by calculation method, as given in Table
19.

Requirements
Manufacturer to provide appropriate calculation proof of temperature rise & heat dissipation at the time
of design for all ratings of transformers and same has to be acknowledged by accredited Type test
laboratories & KM has discretion to accept or reject.
Table 19: Transformer / AVR Quality Proofing by Calculation Method
Withstand ability / Transformer

No Reference (*) When to submit
Parameter Type / AVR
all, excluding Spec.
1 Acceleration in all direction with Bidder's proposal
PMT Clause 7.8
Air flow requirements of Spec. Clause
2 Indoor with Bidder's proposal
transformer room 5.14
Detailed calculations revealing
pressure developed for
continuous rated load,
calculations of max. tank
3 liquid / AVR with Bidder's proposal
withstand pressure and selection
criteria of pressure threshold
value of Pressure Relief valve
(PRV)
Energy performance
requirements (No-load & Load Spec. Clause
4 all See (**)
Losses and for 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.10
5.0MVA Peak Efficiency Index)
all IEC 60076-2 See (**)
IEC 60076-2 after temperature rise
5 Temperature rise
liquid / AVR IEC 60076-7 test for hot-spot
temperature
KM
6 Hot spot core temperature dry-type See (**)
requirement
Heat dissipation for tank and IEC 60076-2 at time of design and
7 liquid / AVR
radiators IEC 60076-7 See (**)
dry-type IEC 60076-12 with Bidder's proposal
liquid IEC 60076-7 and after no-load and
8 Overloading IEEE C57.91 load loss and
AVR temperature-rise tests,
See 5.11.1
liquid, radiator in case of replacing of
9 Thermal calculation of radiators
type / AVR radiators
Thermal ability to withstand
10 All / AVR IEC 60076-5 after short-circuit test
short circuit
(*) reference on Standard or Specification Clause.
(**) in Case Penalty of Capitalisation of losses, to be submitted along with routine test report, see
Clause 5.10.2 c)
7.2 Pre-Delivery Testing and Inspection

The following requirements shall be carried out by the manufacturer:
1) Prior to bulk manufacturing of 1st lot, against KM supplies/ Pre-qualification stage, the
manufacturer is obliged to produce samples - prototype units of transformers / AVRs (one of
each rating) for KM review. Subsequent to KM approval, type test to be conducted.

Requirements
KAHRAMAA reserves the rights to witness and audit without any prior notice towards the
manufacturing process during concurrency of contract (whatsoever).
2) For each lot or supply order, manufacturer shall notify KAHRAMAA at least 4-5 weeks prior
to manufacturing and testing, KM has full right to select the transformer randomly from the lot
and reserves the right to witness the FAT & manufacturing process at factory or issue a waiver
& dispatch clearance.
3) Acceptance by KM Engineer(s)/Representative(s) of any Transformer / AVR shall not relieve
the manufacturer from any of their responsibilities, guarantees, or from other obligations, to
manufacture the product fully complying with KM specification.
4) The tests are to be carried out on Sample Units, essentially of same identical design and ratings,
as being offered. Manufacturer is obliged to provide details of test procedures; test sequence
(as per relevant technical specifications mentioned in clause 1) and acceptance criteria being
followed.
5) Each transformer / AVR unit need to be subjected to all routine tests at factory before delivery.
Further, each unit is subjected to inspection on receiving them at DOHA to verify its healthiness
and its conformity with the guaranteed design data.
6) Three sets (copies) of routine tests & inspection & Quality Control (QC) reports to be prepared.
One set to be attached with the body of transformer / AVR (enclosure for dry-type
transformers), in a strong water-proof envelope. Second copy to be sent along with delivery
note. Third copy to be sent to the KAHRAMAA end-user department.
7) Reports shall include copy of 'Quality Control report' containing manufacturer's check list
verified/inspected at factory & supplier check list verified/inspected at warehouse / deliver
point for each transformer.
8) Detailed winding materials certificate and testing report shall be attached with each
manufactured and delivered unit.
9) The delivery package of each transformer / AVR shall be inspected at each delivery point and
the findings compared against the checks carried out by the manufacturer.
10) Each delivery note shall include the details of 'serial number' and 'month/year' of production of
each transformer / AVR.
11) Both the manufacturing date (i.e. month/year) and delivery date should be shown on the rating
plate of each transformer / AVR, and the time difference between manufacturing date and
delivery date should not be more than 6 months.
KAHRAMAA reserves the right to verify the loss measurement and paint test reports at the ultimate
delivery point (KM Warehouse (WH) or supplier's WH), Manufacturer to carry out these tests as and
when required by KAHRAMAA during the concurrency of the contract (without affecting the delivery
schedule) to prove the values showing in routine test report(s) for each unit comply with the mandatory
guaranteed values.
Whenever realized and decided, KAHRAMAA has the full right to choose a transformer / AVR from
the delivered either directly to KM or by external projects and send it to a reputable accredited
international laboratory and carry out the complete and /or any necessary testing. Results of such test(s)
shall be compared with the pre or post award test results submitted by manufacturer. Any conflict of
test results will be considered as non-compliance to agreement between KAHRAMAA &

Requirements
supplier/manufacturer, which will be referred to KAHRAMAA legal department for contractual action
(whatsoever).
7.3 Rejection and Tolerances

Kahramaa shall have the right to reject any transformer if it not in line with requirements stated in
Kahramaa specification and if measured values are not in line with requirements and tolerances stated
in Table 20.
Table 20: Requirements and Tolerances
No Parameter Requirement and Tolerance
Measured short-circuit impedance at reference

1 ±10% of requested rated value
temperature and at principal tap
Energy performance:
shall not be greater than guaranteed
temperature rise(s), stated by Bidder, see
2 Measured temperature rise(s)
Clause 5.7
Capitalisation of losses:
see Clause 5.10.2
Energy performance:
shall not be greater than guaranteed hot-
Measured hot-spot core temperature for dry-
3 spot core temperature stated by Bidder
type transformers
Capitalisation of losses:
see Clause 5.10.2
Guaranteed load losses at reference shall not be greater than KM requested
4
temperature and no load loss, at principal tap. losses
Peak efficiency index (*) calculated from

shall not be lower than KM requested Peak
5 guaranteed losses at reference temperature and
efficiency index
no-load losses
Energy performance:
Measured load losses at reference temperature
shall not be greater than guaranteed losses
and no load loss, at principal tap.
stated by Bidder
6 (*) Measured load losses at reference
temperature (at principal tap and 'maximum Capitalisation of losses:
current tapping') and no-load loss at principal see Clause 5.10.2
tap.
Energy performance:
Peak efficiency index (*) calculated from shall not be lower
7 measured load losses at reference temperature than guaranteed PEI stated by Bidder
and no-load losses Capitalisation of losses:
see Clause 5.10.2
Economic evaluation of losses (Capitalisation
energy performance requirements must be
8 of losses) (if stated in Kahramaa Tender
fulfilled, additionally see Clause 5.10.2
document / bulletin)
shall not be greater than guaranteed sound
9 Measured sound level at type and special test
level stated by Bidder
Measured short-circuit reactance in short-
10 See Clause 7.1.4
circuit test

Requirements
(*) only for liquid immersed transformers 33/11kV 2.5 & 5.0MVA.
For all of the other values the margins stated in IEC standards are applicable, unless otherwise specified
elsewhere in these Specifications.
Tolerances on all the dimensions shall be in accordance with provisions made in KM specifications and
the relevant international standards. Otherwise, the same will be governed by good engineering practice
in conformity with required quality of the product. KM has discretion to accept or reject the tolerances
proposed by Manufacturer.
7.4 Identification and Packaging

Markings for lifting and handling shall be legible. The manufacturer shall supply specific instructions
on storage and a copy of their Installation, Use and Maintenance Manual along with transformer / AVR.
The delivery note shall include the transformer / AVR serial number and the month and year of
production. The manufacture date shall be shown on the rating plate of each transformer.
Components or materials, if subject to a shelf-life limitation, shall have the final date of use prominently
and permanently shown on all packages.
The transformer / AVR shall be suitably packed for storage and to be protected against the ingress of
moisture and mechanical damage. The transformer / AVR shall be packed in usable (not perishable)
material to permit unpacking for inspection after shipping at warehouse / site and be suitable for re-
packing for later usage. The same repacked material shall protect against the ingress of moisture and
mechanical damage.
If the transformer shall be packed with wooden pallet support, prior shipment design/ drawing of pallet
shall be approved by KM. Only dry wood may be used, to reduce the risk of mold. Number of pallet
legs shall be minimum three, but appropriate for transformer / AVR mass. Minimum height from ground
level shall be 144mm. Centre of gravity shall be indicated so as to lift the transformer properly balanced
with a forklift.
Where applicable, in order to protect and avoid damage, transformer / AVR and / or accessories shall
be wrapped with transparent polythene sheet.
7.5 Warranty
The manufacturer shall warranty the transformer / AVR against all defects arising out of faulty design
or workmanship or defective material.
For transformers / AVRs, warranty period shall be a minimum 4 years from the date of commissioning
and 5 years from the date of delivery whichever comes earlier.
For liquid immersed transformers / AVRs manufacturer shall confirm a service life warranty against oil
leakage due to manufacturing defects or inadequate quality of material used, for a period 15 of years.
Equipment that fails within this warranty period, shall be replaced by the manufacturer at no cost to
KAHRAMAA. The replacement unit shall be supplied immediately with KAHRAMAA approved and
successful design which is identical to the supplied unit unless improvements were made. The root
cause of failure shall be determined, and a report shall be submitted to KAHRAMAA detailing the
defect.

Requirements
7.6 Drawings
The successful bidder shall submit detailed drawings of transformer / AVR (mechanical and electrical
drawings), with and without enclosure for dry-type transformers, transport drawing and rating plate
prior to commencement of manufacturing of the transformer for KAHRAMAA’s approval.
The transformer / AVR centre of gravity shall be indicated on the general arrangement (GA) drawings.
All major drawings (GA drawings, Sketches, Layouts, Sectional views, Elevation drawings etc.) shall
be submitted in A3 size & other notification, label drawings, legends can be submitted in A4 size sheets
with title blocks as approved by KAHRAMAA.
On delivery three complete sets of final detailed drawings of transformer / AVR (mechanical and
electrical) and operation and maintenance documents including spare parts list (if any) shall be
submitted.

When storage of transformer / AVR is required, store shall be in a clean, dry location, on a solid
foundation, where there is no possibility of mechanical damage. Transformers / AVRs shall not be
stored together with active chemicals and corrosive substances.
The transformers / AVRs and its components shall be capable of being stored without deterioration
within the temperature range of -10°C to +55°C and to meet the environmental conditions specified in
Clause 2.
7.8 Transport
According IEC 60076-1 Clause 9.5, the centre of gravity of the transformer / AVR in the transport
configuration shall be permanently marked on at least two adjacent sides of the transformer / AVR.
The transformer / AVR shall be designed and manufactured to withstand a constant acceleration of at
least 10 m/s² in all directions (in addition to the acceleration due to gravity in the vertical direction)
without any damage, demonstrated by static force calculations based on a constant value of acceleration.
The transformers / AVRs shall be transported and shipped in a contamination and moisture proof,
seaworthy container in accordance with international standards.
During the transportation process, the products shall be firmly placed, and shaking, collision and
movement are prohibited. If there are multiple accessory wooden boxes, it is not allowed to stack more
than two wooden boxes to avoid damage to the wooden boxes. The transformer shall be well protected
against rain during transportation to prevent rainwater from wetting the transformer.
Manufacturer’s Qualification
The manufacturer & local agent/ supplier shall possess certification, issued by a body authorised to do
so, indicating that the manufacturing unit operates to a standard equivalent to, but not limited to, ISO
9001. Copies of the valid certificates shall be submitted with technical documentation as stated in
Section 9.1 as follows:
1. ISO 9001,

Requirements
2. ISO 14001,
3. ISO 17025 (if applicable, however, KAHRAMAA has the full right to accept or reject the
laboratory at manufacturer’s factory premises with reference to manufacturer’s resources, the
specified tests and KAHRAMAA assessment),
4. ISO 18001 and/or updated/newly published equivalent standards.
Tender Information
Bidder shall submit information/documents along with their technical offer as instructed within relevant
technical specifications as mentioned in Clause 1, Tender Submission Requirements Checklist (TSR).

A compliance statement, as per Appendix C, detailing compliance with each clause and sub clause of
this specification and each specific transformer / AVR item technical specification shall be submitted
with no blanks. Compliance shall be indicated to full technical scope which shall include the tender
specification, addendum (if any), tender bulletin, pre-bid clarifications etc. Omission of any clause of
the technical scope for reasons whatsoever shall be deemed as compliance to that clause.
addendum (if any), tender bulletin, pre-bid clarification etc.) shall also be submitted on a separate
register (Deviation Schedule, Appendix B) for each transformer / AVR item, with the justification for
the deviation. The Deviation schedule shall be clearly filled as per the columns there-in
In case of no deviation, it shall be clearly stated as "NO DEVIATION" in Deviation Schedule as per
Appendix B.
treated as invalid.
Deviation Schedule (if any) shall be submitted separately for each transformer / AVR item with proper
supporting documents.
9.3 Outsourcing Restriction

Outsourcing of any critical component, such as the magnetic core cutting and assembly, the winding
coils, casting of coils, painting or fabrication of enclosure for dry type transformers and corrugated tank

Requirements
welding for liquid immersed transformers / AVRs, shall be declared prior to pre-qualification or the
release of the tender shortlist. In the event of outsourcing any of these components, the manufacturer is
responsible for the quality of these components and is required to provide documented evidence
demonstrating how quality has been controlled.
KAHRAMAA shall be informed if any changes are proposed by the manufacturer in the sourcing of
main components or accessories after pre-qualification or release of the tender shortlist. The
manufacturer shall not proceed without KAHRAMAA approval of any changes. Non-compliance of
this condition may lead to rejection of the transformer or transformer subassemblies.
In case any outsource material or raw material source is intended to be changed, supplier shall notify
KAHRAMAA detailing the technical comparison table based on the same standard, with the originally
used material for the type test object and new proposed source. In addition, supplier have to provide
catalogue, data sheet and related test reports for both samples. In the situation where the manufacturer
fails to justify/prove the compatibility of material (raw material/outsource material), KM reserves the
right to call for a fresh and complete type test or part thereof.
Any change in the previously out-sourcing list shall require KM review & approval.

Requirements
Appendices

Requirements

On this schedule the bidder shall provide Technical Data Schedule as per each Transformers
specification.
Issue: 0.0 13 Jan 2023 Internal Page A. 1 of 1

Requirements

On this schedule the bidders are required to attach a separate deviation list as per the table below.
addendum (if any), tender bulletin, pre-bid clarification etc) shall also be submitted on a separate
register (Deviation Schedule, provided below) for each Transformer and Transformer Accessories /
Automatic Voltage Regulator and AVR Accessories, with the justification for the deviation. The
Deviation schedule shall be clearly filled as per the columns there-in.
In case of no deviation it shall be clearly stated as "NO DEVIATION" in Deviation Schedule.
treated as invalid.
Deviation Schedule (if any) shall be submitted separately for each Transformer / AVR with proper
supporting documents.
Transformer /AVR : Transformer / Automatic Voltage Regulator
Sr. KM Tender KM Tender clause Description of Remarks

No. Clause No. Description Deviation
Issue: 0.0 13 Jan 2023 Internal Page B. 1 of 1

Requirements

Hereby we confirm that we have read and understood KAHRAMAA document ref. no:
KM-EPM-D-TRF-XXXX
and all other KAHRAMAA documents referred therein in section 4.2: Applicable Codes and Standards
and section 0: Appendices, as well as addendums, tender bulletins, pre-bid clarifications and other
documents that may be released by KAHRAMAA, if any, and we comply with the stated KAHRAMAA
requirements (cross-out non-applicable) without any deviation / with deviations as stated in Appendix
B: Deviation Schedule.
Signature of authorized representative
Stamp
Date
Issue: 0.0 13 Jan 2023 Internal Page C. 1 of 1

Requirements

The checkpoints in Checklists only serve as a guide and KM shall revise the checkpoints on a case-to-
case basis.
KM-EPM-D-TRF-GEN-F-INS- Transformers / AVRs – Factory Inspection
1
CHECKLIST Checklist
KM-EPM-D-TRF-GEN-SIT- Transformers / AVRs – Site Inspection Test
2
CHECKLIST Checklist
Issue: 0.0 13 Jan 2023 Internal Page D. 1 of 1

Requirements
1. Details

Address Line 2
Address Line 3
Address Line 4
Representative
Position
(Name and Position)
Telephone
Email
Product Type : e.g. Transformers / Automatic voltage regulators
Inspection
: Name(s)
Engineer/Team
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Remarks
Issue: 0.0 13 Jan 2023 Internal Page D.1 1 of 8

Requirements
2. General

☐ ☐ ☐

☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
Name of accredited
DNV
body:
personnel.
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐


Requirements
Name of accredited
body:
3. Health & Safety
☐ ☐ ☐
personnel.
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
controlled?
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

Requirements
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

5. Process Control
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

Requirements
5. Process Control
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
of maintenance.
☐ ☐ ☐


Requirements

☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

satisfactory.
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐ ☐

Requirements
☐ ☐ ☐
7.7 The test equipment used in final test is capable of testing Yes No N/A
regular maintenance. ☐ ☐ ☐
be satisfactory.
☐ ☐ ☐


☐ ☐ ☐
8. Packing

☐ ☐ ☐
transport.
☐ ☐ ☐
requirements.
☐ ☐ ☐

Requirements
9. Summary
9.2 Recommendation

☐ ☐ ☐ ☐
☐ ☐

Requirements
SITE INSPECTION TEST CHECKLIST
General
: Transformer (with enclosure for dry-type transformer) /

Supplied Equipment
Automatic voltage regulator
Date : dd/mm/yyyy
Installation Site
Site Name : Site Name
Site ID : Site ID
Project ID : Project ID
(Other supporting :
Insert titles of other relevant documentation supplied
documents)
Basic Information
Transformer / AVR Serial Number : XXXX-XXXX
Rated power (kVA) :
Voltage Ratio for transformers : XX/XX
Yes No N/A
Routine Factory Tests Certificate present.
☐ ☐ ☐

Requirements
Physical Site Inspection by Customer Completed
Yes No N/A
Check level and alignment of installed transformer / AVR. ☐ ☐ ☐
Check proper ventilation for indoor transformers. ☐ ☐ ☐
Check tightness of connections and fastenings. ☐ ☐ ☐
Check proper grounding. ☐ ☐ ☐
Check rating plates, tap changer, protective devices. ☐ ☐ ☐
For liquid immersed transformers and AVRs, check dehydrating ☐ ☐ ☐

breathers and vent plugs.
Check wire and cable connections. ☐ ☐ ☐
Check cable glands and entrance. ☐ ☐ ☐
Site Inspection Tests performed by Manufacturer / Supplier in

presence of Customer Completed
These tests shall be performed before energization of transformer:
Yes No N/A
Removal of impact recorder, downloading and interpretation of data in ☐ ☐ ☐

the presence of Customer. (Not applicable for pole mounted
transformers.)
For liquid immersed transformers and AVRs, testing of insulation liquid ☐ ☐ ☐

(breakdown voltage, water and acidity content).
Measurement of d.c. insulation resistance each winding to earth and ☐ ☐ ☐

between windings.
Check of core insulation. ☐ ☐ ☐
For liquid immersed transformers and AVRs, check of frame insulation. ☐ ☐ ☐
Measurement of winding resistance at principal tapping. ☐ ☐ ☐
For transformers, measurement of voltage ratio and check of phase ☐ ☐ ☐

displacement.

Requirements
Site Inspection Tests performed by Manufacturer / Supplier in

presence of Customer Completed
These tests shall be performed before energization of transformer:
Yes No N/A
For transformers, check of vector group by voltmeter method. ☐ ☐ ☐
For transformers, measurement of short-circuit impedance at principal ☐ ☐ ☐

tapping.
For AVRs, measurement impedance voltage at principal tapping. ☐ ☐ ☐
Remarks
Provide a summary of the outcome of the physical site inspection and site tests and any remarks
about the physical site inspection and site tests.
Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date:

Requirements
Appendix E Danger and Caution Notices

Danger board E.1
Issue: 0.0 13 Jan 2023 Internal Page E. 1 of 1

1.2mm THICK STAINLESS
4mm DIA HOLE STEEL SHEET
15
15
150
200
NOTES:
1 - ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE
TITLE DANGER BOARD
DATE SCALE
CREATED DESIGNED
13-Jan-2023 NTS ‫ةرلهإ شيتخت تكبلش لابرهكلا‬
SPECIFICATION REF. NO:
DRAWN CHECKED
KM-EPM-D-TRF- ELECTRICITY NETWORK PLANNING DEPARTMENT
CHECKED APPROVED GENERAL
‫يمو وملصالش م ويلخخم لاوملر‬
Ref. No. KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL-E.1 1 of 1 REVISION SHEET No.
0.0 1/1 MATERIAL STANDARD & SPECIFICATION SECTION
Requirements
Appendix F Drawings

Rating plate of dry-type cast resin transformer F.1
Rating plate of liquid immersed transformer F.2
Connection plate for the tapping range ± 5% in 4
F.3
steps of 2.5% (example)
Standard dimensions of liquid immersed ground
F.4
mounted transformer 11/0.433kV
Earthing terminal and lifting fittings of liquid
immersed ground mounted transformer and F.5
automatic voltage regulators
Standard dimensions of sealed type pole mounted
F.6
transformer
HV Cable box clearance distances F.7
Transformer 12kV fully insulated cable box - all
F.8
sizes
F.9
sizes
F.10
sizes
Transformer 1.1kV LV cable box and bushing
F.11
assembly 500kVA to 1600kVA
Transformer 3.6kV LV cable box and bushing
F.12
assembly 500kVA to 1600kVA
Issue: 0.0 13 Jan 2023 Internal Page F. 1 of 1

STANDARD REFERENCE
DRY TYPE CAST RESIN TRANSFORMER
IEC 60076-11:2018
RATED POWER kVA IP / IK PROTECTION OF ENCLOSURE
O
NUMBER OF PHASES 3 SHORT-CIRCUIT IMP. @ C (GUARANTEED/TESTED) %
RATED FREQUENCY Hz 50 TYPE OF COOLING AN
O
HV RATED VOLTAGE V LOAD LOSS @ C (GUARANTEED/TESTED) W
LV RATED VOLTAGE V NO LOAD LOSS (GUARANTEED/TESTED) W
HV RATED CURRENT A MAX. WINDINGS TEMP. RISES (GUARANTEED) K
LV RATED CURRENT A MASS OF CORE & WINDINGS kg
CONNECTION SYMBOL TOTAL TRANSFORMER MASS WITHOUT ENCLOSURE kg
DESIGN TEMPERATURE O
C 55 TOTAL TRANSFORMER MASS WITH ENCLOSURE kg
THERMAL INSULATION CLASS HV/LV MANUFACTURER'S SERIAL No.
WINDING TYPE HV/LV MONTH & YEAR OF MANUFACTURE
WINDING MATERIAL HV/LV Cu/Cu MONTH & YEAR OF DELIVERY
INSULATION LEVEL HV/LV kV DIAGRAM DRAWING No.
SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT HV/LV kA KM CONTRACT No./KM SCHEME No.
ENVIRONMENTAL, CLIMATIC,
OWNERS REF. No.
FIRE BEHAVIOUR CLASS
KM SPEC: , ISSUE XX, 20XX
SPACE FOR MANUFACTURER'S NAME & COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
TITLE Rating plate of dry type cast resin

transformer
DATE SCALE
CREATED DESIGNED 13-Jan-2023 NTS ‫ةرلهإ شيتخت تكبلش لابرهكلا‬
DRAWN CHECKED
KM-EPM-D-TRF-
ELECTRICITY NETWORK PLANNING DEPARTMENT
Ref. No. KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL-F.1 1 of 1 REVISION SHEET No.
STANDARD REFERENCE
LIQUID IMMERSED TRANSFORMER
IEC 60076-1:2011
RATED POWER kVA TRANSFORMER TANK TYPE (RADIATOR/CORRUGATED)
NUMBER OF PHASES 3 SHORT-CIRCUIT IMPEDANCE @75 OC (GUARANTEED/TESTED) %
RATED FREQUENCY Hz 50 TYPE OF COOLING
HV RATED VOLTAGE V LOAD LOSS @75 OC (GUARANTEED/TESTED) W
LV RATED VOLTAGE V NO LOAD LOSS (GUARANTEED/TESTED) W
HV RATED CURRENT A MAX. TEMP. RISES (TOP OIL AND WINDINGS)(GUARANTEED) K
LV RATED CURRENT A MASS OF CORE AND WINDINGS kg
CONNECTION SYMBOL INSULATING LIQUID (VOLUME/MASS) l/kg
O TYPE OF INSULATING LIQUID

DESIGN TEMPERATURE C 55
WITH REFERENCE TO IEC
THERMAL INSULATION CLASS HV/LV 105/105 TOTAL TRANSFORMER MASS kg
WINDING TYPE HV/LV MANUFACTURER'S SERIAL No.
WINDING MATERIAL HV/LV Cu/Cu MONTH & YEAR OF MANUFACTURE
INSULATION LEVEL HV/LV kV MONTH & YEAR OF DELIVERY
SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT HV/LV kA DIAGRAM DRAWING No.
TYPE OF MOUNTING KM CONTRACT No./KM SCHEME No.
LEAK TANK PRESSURE

kPa OWNERS REF. No.
WITHSTAND CAPABILITY
KM SPEC: , ISSUE XX, 20XX
SPACE FOR MANUFACTURER'S NAME & COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
TITLE Rating plate of liquid immersed

transformer
DATE SCALE
DRAWN CHECKED
KM-EPM-D-TRF-
yn a2 b2 c2
LV
LV VOLTS TERMINALS
433 (or 3300) a2 b2 c2
HV TAPPING TAP POSITION
PLUS 5% 1
PLUS 2.5 % 2
PRINCIPAL 0% 3 A1 B1 C1
MINUS 2.5 % 4
MINUS 5% 5
HV
A1 B1 C1
TITLE Connection plate for the tapping range

± 5% in 4 steps of 2.5% (example)
DATE SCALE
DRAWN CHECKED
KM-EPM-D-TRF-
EXAMPLE FOR 11/0.433 kV TRANSFORMER DIMENSIONS
RATING
L A 2E E 2F F W B H
POWER C D
(MAX.) (MAX.) (MIN.) (MIN.) (MIN.) (MIN.) (MAX.) (MAX.) (MAX.)
(kVA)
500 1980 990 500 250 830 415 1420 730 1320 1320 1830
1000 1980 990 500 250 830 415 1460 730 1320 1320 1980
1600 2200 1100 500 250 640 320 1650 825 1320 1320 2050
DIMESIONS "C" AND "D" SUBJECT TO TOLERANCE OF ±5 mm
L
A A
2E
E E
HV
B
W
B
LV
F F
2F
SHADED AREA INDICATES

MAXIMUM PROJECTION BEYOND
TANK WALL
H
C (H.V)
D(L.V)
NOTES:
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm AND ARE

SUBJECT TO NORMAL
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES.
TITLE Standard dimension of liquid immersed

ground mounted transformer 11/0.433kV
DATE SCALE
CREATED DESIGNED
13-Jan-2023 NTS ‫ةرلهإ شيتخت تكبلش لابرهكلا‬
DRAWN CHECKED
63 ± 5
Ø14
63 ± 5
WELD TO TANK
STAINLESS STEEL FLAG 6mm THICK

(EARTHING TERMINAL)
20
min
30° .
min.
20
Ø50
THICKNESS NOT LESS THAN 10mm

(LIFTING FITTINGS)
TITLE EARTHING TERMINAL AND LIFTING FITTINGS

OF LIQUID IMMERSED GROUND MOUNTED
TRANSFORMER AND AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE
REGULATORS
DATE SCALE
CREATED DESIGNED 13-Jan-2023 1:2 ‫ةرلهإ شيتخت تكبلش لابرهكلا‬
DRAWN CHECKED
CL CL
A
C
B
EARTHING TERMINAL WELDED TO CORNER
6 63
63
LE
HO
4 CL
Ø1
DETAILS OF STANDARD
EARTH FLAG
24
120
36
EARTHING FLAG
WELDED TO CORNER
DIMENSION A IS OVERALL HEIGHT TO TOP FACE OF LID OR TOP

OF BUSHING WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
DIMENSION B IS FROM CL TO BUSHING OR COOLING ASSEMBLY WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
DIMENSION C IS FROM CL TO TANK SIDE OR COOLING ASSEMBLY WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
NOTES
1. AN EXTENDED BASE SIMILARLY DRILLED OF MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 6mm MAY BE PROVIDED IN LIEU
OF THE MOUNTING ANGLES SHOWN.
2. FOR MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS ABC REFER TO TABLE.
3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO NORMAL MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED.
4. ALL DIMENSIONS IN mm.
5. NOT TO SCALE.
TITLE SEALED TYPE

POLE MOUNTED TRANSFORMER
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
DATE SCALE
DRAWN CHECKED
KM-EPM-D-GENERAL ELECTRICITY NETWORK PLANNING DEPARTMENT
CHECKED APPROVED
C
G A A B
C
E
HV CABLE BOX CLEARANCE DISTANCES ACCORDING BS EN 50588-3 FIGURE 1
Minimum clearence of insulated connections in HV Cable box
Clearance between live metal Clearance between live metal and

Um (kV) of diffrent phases (mm) earth (mm)
A B C E
12 45 32 50 585
24 100 75 90 685
36 125 100 135 880
Note:
FOR DIMENSION G SEE EN 50180
TITLE HV CABLE BOX

CLEARANCE DISTANCES
DATE SCALE
DRAWN CHECKED
KM-EPM-D-TRF-
A
BOX DESIGN SHOULD
HAVE REGARD TO
470 ACCESS TO THESE
FIXING STUDS
250 min.
370 M10 STUDS HOLDING
FLANGE FACING E OF BS:2562
COVER PLATE TO
TO FIG 24 FACING
BOX
216
116
HANDLE
CERAMIC BUSHING 12kV
585 min.
65
TO FIG 3 OF BS:2562
250A FOR USE UP TO 1600kVA
400A FOR USE AT 2.5 & 5.0MVA
145
Ø12 BREATHING
HOLES COVERED WITH
WIRE GAUZE
M10 NUT & BOLT

M10x1.5 6gx60 LONG FIXING HOLDING
M.S.PLATE THICKNESS THREADED STUD WELDED GLAND&COVER
SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: EQUIDISTANT INSIDE AND PLATE TO BOX
OUTSIDE FOR EARTHING
BOX SHELL 2(min) COMPLETE WITH 2
GLAND PLATE 2(min) UNINSULATED
WASHERS AND 4 NUTS GLANDS AS
COVER PLATE 2(min)
BUSHING PLATE 6 A FIG. 32 & 34 OF BS:2562
SECTION A-A GLAND SIZE Y
CONDENSATE DRAIN
NOTES: HOLE WITH WIRE
1. ALL FIGURE NUMBERS REFER TO BS 2562:1979 EXCEPT GAUZE BOTTOM PLATE WITH
WHERE OTHERWISE STATED PLUMBING CLAMP TO BE
2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm AND ARE SUBJECT TO DETACHABLE
NORMAL MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES.
DATE SCALE
‫ةرلهإ شيتخت تكبلش لابرهكلا‬ TITLE TRANSFORMER
CREATED DESIGNED 13-Jan-2023 1:5
ELECTRICITY NETWORK PLANNING DEPARTMENT 12kV FULLY INSULATED DRAWN CHECKED SPECIFICATION REF.NO:
KM-EPM-D-TRF-
(INVERTIBLE) CABLE BOX - ALL SIZES CHECKED APPROVED GENERAL
Ref. No. KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL-F.8 1 of 1
0.0
SHEET No.
1/1
A
BOX DESIGN SHOULD HAVE

686 REGARD TO ACCESS TO
THESE FIXING STUDS
586
345 min. M10 STUDS HOLDING
COVER PLATE TO BOX
FLANGE FACING TO FIG 24

FACING J OF BS:2562
285
185
CERAMIC BUSHING 24kV TO
HANDLE
FIG 11 OF BS:2562 (250A)
685 min.
100
210
Ø12 BREATHING HOLES
COVERED WITH WIRE
GAUZE
M10 NUT & BOLT

M.S.PLATE THICKNESS FIXING HOLDING
SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: GLAND&COVER
M10x1.5 6gx60 LONG
PLATE TO BOX
THREADED STUD WELDED
BOX SHELL 2(min) EQUIDISTANT INSIDE AND
GLAND PLATE 2(min) OUTSIDE FOR EARTHING
COVER PLATE 2(min) UNINSULATED
COMPLETE WITH 2
BUSHING PLATE 6 GLANDS AS
A WASHERS AND 4 NUTS
SECTION A-A FIG. 32 & 34 OF BS:2562
GLAND SIZE Y
NOTES:
CONDENSATE DRAIN HOLE BOTTOM PLATE WITH PLUMBING
1. ALL FIGURE NUMBERS REFER TO BS 2562:1979 EXCEPT WHERE WITH WIRE GAUZE CLAMP TO BE DETACHABLE
OTHERWISE STATED
2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm AND ARE SUBJECT TO NORMAL
DATE SCALE
KM-EPM-D-TRF-
Ref. No. KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL-F.9 1 of 1
0.0
SHEET No.
1/1
BOX DESIGN SHOULD HAVE
A REGARD TO ACCESS TO
THESE FIXING STUDS
875
775 500 min. M10 STUDS HOLDING
COVER PLATE TO BOX
FLANGE FACING TO FIG 24

FACING H OF BS:2562
245
345
CERAMIC BUSHING 36kV
TO FIG 13 OF BS:2562
(250A)
100
880 min.
HANDLE
290
Ø12 BREATHING
HOLES COVERED WITH
WIRE GAUZE
M10 NUT & BOLT

M10x1.5 6gx60 LONG FIXING HOLDING
M.S.PLATE THICKNESS THREADED STUD WELDED GLAND&COVER
SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: EQUIDISTANT INSIDE AND PLATE TO BOX
BOX SHELL 2(min) COMPLETE WITH 2 WASHERS
AND 4 NUTS UNINSULATED
GLAND PLATE 2(min)
A GLANDS AS
COVER PLATE 2(min) FIG. 32 & 34 OF BS:2562
SECTION A-A
BUSHING PLATE 6 CONDENSATE DRAIN GLAND SIZE Y
HOLE WITH WIRE
GAUZE
NOTES: BOTTOM PLATE WITH PLUMBING
CLAMP TO BE DETACHABLE
1. ALL FIGURE NUMBERS REFER TO BS 2562:1979 EXCEPT WHERE
OTHERWISE STATED
2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm AND ARE SUBJECT TO NORMAL
DATE SCALE
KM-EPM-D-TRF-
Ref. No. KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL- F.10 1 of 1
0.0
SHEET No.
1/1
A
FLANGE FACING TO FG-25 FACING F OF BS:2562
158 388 min.
572
89
216
89
114 114 114
HANDLE
638
89 89 89 89 89 89
CAST RESIGN BUSHING ASSEMBLY

12kV 1400A TO FIG.16 OF BS 2562
FOR 500 & 1000kVA
2500A BUSBAR COPPER

AREA = 63mm x 20mm
FOR 1600kVA
138
BOTTOM PLATE TO BE REMOVABLE

83 AND PLATE HOLES DIAMETER FOR
183 115 GLANDS TO BE MINIMUM 70mm EACH A
UNINSULATED CABLE GLANDS
SECTION A-A SIZE X. BS 2562 FIG.31 & 34
CONDENSATE DRAIN
HOLE WITH WIRE GAUZE
NOTES:

SUBJECT TO NORMAL MANUFACTURING
TOLERANCES.
DATE SCALE
‫ةرلهإ شيتخت تكبلش لابرهكلا‬ TITLE
CREATED DESIGNED
13-Jan-2023 1:5
ELECTRICITY NETWORK PLANNING DEPARTMENT TRANSFORMER 1.1kV LV (INVERTIBLE) DRAWN CHECKED SPECIFICATION REF.NO:
CABLE BOX AND BUSHING ASSEMBLY CHECKED APPROVED
‫يمو وملصالش م ويلخخم لاوملر‬ 500kVA TO 1600kVA Ref. No. KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL-F.11 1 of 1
0.0
SHEET No.
1/1
BOX DESIGN SHOULD
HAVE REGARD TO
ACCESS TO THESE A
FIXING STUDS
FLANGE FACING TO FG-25 FACING M OF BS:2562
285 min. M10 STUDS HOLDING 722

COVER PLATE TO BOX
89
216
89
CERAMIC BUSHING ASSEMBLY
150 150 150
12 kV BS:2562 FIG. 3
250A FOR USE UP TO 1000kVA
HANDLE
400 A FOR USE OVER 1000kVA
65 87 85 85 85 85 85 85 87
610
WITH EXTENDED BUSBAR /
CLAMPED BUSBAR
160
138 BOTTOM PLATE TO BE REMOVABLE

AND PLATE HOLES DIAMETER FOR
GLANDS TO BE MINIMUM 70mm EACH
M10x1.5 6gx60 LONG
THREADED STUD WELDED
EQUIDISTANT INSIDE AND
COMPLETE WITH 2
UNINSULATED CABLE GLANDS
WASHERS AND 4 NUTS A
SIZE X. BS 2562 FIG.31 & 34
CONDENSATE
DRAIN HOLE
WITH WIRE SECTION A-A
GAUZE
BOTTOM PLATE WITH PLUMBING
CLAMP TO BE DETACHABLE CONDENSATE DRAIN
HOLE WITH WIRE GAUZE
NOTES:

SUBJECT TO NORMAL MANUFACTURING
TOLERANCES.
DATE SCALE
‫ةرلهإ شيتخت تكبلش لابرهكلا‬ TITLE
CREATED DESIGNED
13-Jan-2023 1:5
ELECTRICITY NETWORK PLANNING DEPARTMENT TRANSFORMER 3.6 kV LV (INVERTIBLE) DRAWN CHECKED SPECIFICATION REF.NO:
CABLE BOX AND BUSHING ASSEMBLY CHECKED APPROVED
‫يمو وملصالش م ويلخخم لاوملر‬ 500kVA TO 1600kVA Ref. No. KM-EPM-D-TRF-GENERAL-F.12 1 of 1
0.0
SHEET No.
1/1

GTC-1123 (PQQ) - 2023

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GTC-1123 (PQQ) - 2023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫المؤسسة العامة القطرية للكهرباء والماء (كهرماء)‬

‫تعلن عن التأهيل المسبق‬

‫الموعد النهائي إلرسال‬ ‫بيان إرسال المؤهل‬ ‫رقم المناقصة‬

‫مكان تقديم طلبات التأهيل‬

The envelopes must be wax sealed.

Manufacturers/Companies that have a track record of Manufacturing/Supplying Ground Mounted

Date and Mode of Issue of the Pre-Qualification Place of submission of Pre-Qualification

‫رقم الطرح في‬

‫‪Three (3) Years Call-off Agreement for G.M.‬‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫رقم الطرح في‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫االستفسارات أثناء الطرح‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫نموذج التأمين املؤقت‬

‫يسرنا أن نخطركم بأننا نضمن السادة‪ .............................................. /‬الكائنين بـ ــ‪........................................‬بمبلغ‬

‫التوقيع والختم‪:‬‬ ‫التاريخ‪....... /....../..... :‬م‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫منوذج التأمني النهائي (ضمان حسن التنفيذ)‬

‫بناء على طلب السادة ‪...................................... /‬‬

‫توقيع البنك والختم ‪.........................:‬‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫‪Part 2 –Form of Agreement‬‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

This Contract is made by and between:

Kahramaa and the Choose an item. agree as follows:

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

FOR QATAR GENERAL ELECTRICITY FOR ___________________ :

Signature: _____________________ Signature: ____________________

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫‪Part 1 – Instructions to Tenderers‬‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

Preference for National Carrier 14

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

‫‪Form of Contract Agreement‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

IT.2 Validity of Tender

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

IT.3 Familiarization with Laws of Qatar

IT.4 Tendering Documentation

Instructions to Tenderers and the following appendices

General Conditions of Contract and the following appendices

Appendix E Call-off Supplier Resources

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

The Tenderer should notify KAHRAMAA immediately if any discrepancy, omission or

IT.5 Secrecy Declaration

IT.6 Site Visit and Mid-Tender Meeting

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

IT.7 Security Passes

Access to certain KAHRAMAA locations requires possession of a Security Pass. The

IT.9 Fully Informed

‫على مقدم العطاء تعبئة البيانات التالية والتوقيع على كل صفحة‬

IT.10 Tender Bulletins

If any addendum, clarifications or minutes of meeting will be issued as Tender Bulletins

IT.11 Ruling Language

Signature: _ Signature: